IAS Current Affairs | IAS General Studies | Civil service Current Affairs IAS Preparation Online Home Current

Affairs International News State News Browsing: Home Leave a comment Mother and Child Tracking System Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on May 15, 2013 in Women and Child Development

4 Votes

Mother and Child Tracking System (MCTS) is a web enabled name based system to monitor and ensure delivery of full spectrum of services to all pregnant women and children.

The system was introduced about 3 years back. It is currently being implemented throughout the country with active involvement of States/UTs. More than 4.06 crore pregnant crore pregnant women 3.3 crore children have been registered in the system since its inception.

Over 99.5% districts, 96% health blocks, 88% health facilities (other than Sub Health Centres (SHCs) and 94% SHCs are reporting data in MCTS.

Total 2.3 lakh ANMS are registered in MCTS, of which 2.2 lakh (96.6%) ANM are registered with Phone Number.

Total 8.4 lakh ASHAs are registered in MCTS, out of which 6.9 lakh (82.9%) ASHAs are registered with Phone number.

Everyday approximately 7-8 lakh SMSes are being sent to the beneficiaries carrying useful IEC messages related to maternal and child care, schemes like JSY, JSSK and Direct Benefit Transfer.

Regular Work plants are being sent to ANMs/ASHAs through SMS.

Daily SMSes are also being sent to senior officials of GOI and State Governments, Regional Directors, State Coordinators, District Collectors, Chief Medical Officers, District Programme Managers etc. regarding mother and child registration status, service due and delivery status.

MCTS system has been synchronised to Central Plan Schemes Monitoring System to make JSY payments online directly into the beneficiarys bank account in select pilot districts where the Director Benefits Transfer scheme is being rolled. Tags: Mother and Child Tracking System Permalink Leave a comment Inflation Index Bonds (IIBs) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on May 15, 2013 in Economics

1 Vote

Government of India in consultation with Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has decided to launch Inflation Index Bonds (IIBs), as instruments that will protect savings of poor and middle classes from inflation and incentivise household sector to save in financial instruments rather than buy gold.

For appropriate price discovery and market development, however, it is necessary to issue comparable instruments through auctions to the institutional investors such as Pension Funds, Insurance, and Mutual Funds etc. This will create demand for IIBs and help in making them tradable in the secondary market. It is therefore proposed to issue initial series for institutional investors (including 20% to retail investors) and later, another series, exclusively for retail investors. First series of IIBs would be issued in H1 of the current FY. With a view to target greater retail participation for this series also, it has been decided to enhance the non-competitive segment for retail investors to 20%, from the present level of 5%.

The details for first series of IIBs are as under:

Capital Indexed Bonds (CIBs) have a fixed real coupon rate and a nominal principal value that is adjusted against inflation. Periodic coupon payments are paid on adjusted principal. Thus, CIBs provide inflation protection to both principal and coupon payment. At maturity, the adjusted principal or the face value, whichever is higher, will be paid.

Index ratio (IR) will be computed by dividing ref. index for the settlement date by ref. index for issue date (i.e. IR set date = Ref. Inflation Index Set Date / Ref Inflation Index Issue Date).

Final Wholesale Price Inflation (WPI) will be used for providing inflation protection in this product. In case of revision in the base year for WPI series, base splicing method would be used to construct a consistent series for indexation.

Indexation Lag: Final WPI with four months lag will be used, i.e. Sept 2012 and Oct 2012 final WPI will be used as reference WPI for 1st Feb 2013 and 1st March 2013, respectively. The reference WPI for dates between 1st Feb and 1st March 2013 will be computed through interpolation.

Issuance method: CIBs will be issued by auction method.

Retail Participation: Non-competitive portion will be increased from extant 5 per cent to upto 20 per cent of the notified amount in order to encourage retail investors participation.

Maturity: Issuance would target various points of the maturity curve in order to have benchmarks. To begin with, these bonds will be issued for tenor of 10 years.

Issuance Size: Each tranche of CIBs will be for Rs. 1,000 2000 crore and total issuance would be for about Rs. 12,000-15,000 crore in 2013-14.

 Issuance Date: First such tranche will be issued on June 4th 2013 and the same would be issued regularly through auctions on the last Tuesday of each subsequent month during 2013-14.

Second series of IIBs exclusively for retail investors will be issued in H2. First series of the IIBs will help in determining the coupon rate for the Bonds through auction. This will help in benchmarking IIBs. Based on the experience in the initial issuances, second series of IIBs for the retail investors is proposed to be issued around October. Terms of Issuance of IIBs for retail investors would be announced in due course. Tags: Inflation Index Bonds (IIBs) Permalink Leave a comment Scholarships to Poor Students of General Category Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on May 5, 2013 in Minorities

3 Votes

The Ministry of Minority Affairs implements three Scholarship Schemes for Educational Empowerment of notified minority communities viz. Muslim, Christian, Sikh, Buddhist and Parsis (Zoroastrian) as per section 2 (c) National Commission for Minorities Act, 1992. Any student belonging to one of these five notified minority communities, who also comes under General Category, is eligible for Scholarship as per eligibility criteria of these schemes. Tags: Scholarships to Poor Students of General Category

Permalink Leave a comment Green Cess on Industry Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on May 5, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

4 Votes

The state of Maharashtra has imposed cess of 8 paise per unit from 1st May 2008 on the sale of electricity to commercial and industrial consumers. The cess is to be used for executing schemes of generation of renewable energy.

The Electricity Act 2003 and Tariff Policy 2006 provide enabling framework for renewable energy projects in the country. Government of India has also been providing fiscal and financial incentives for renewable energy sources based power generation systems and quantum and type of incentive depends upon area, capacity, renewable energy technology, and category of beneficiary etc. Further, profits earned from sale of renewable power are exempt from income tax for any 10 years out of the first 15 years of projects operation, as applicable to infrastructure projects.

In addition, under an assignment from the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy the Power Grid Cooperation of India Ltd. (PGCIL) has prepared a report for augmenting renewable power evacuation infrastructure for the likely renewable power capacity addition during 12th Five Year Plan period in eight major renewable resource rich states namely Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Karnataka, Maharashtra, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu and also Jammu & Kashmir. Tags: Green Cess on Industry

Permalink Leave a comment Committee on Business Climate Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on May 4, 2013 in Corporate Affairs

Rate This

Committee for Reforming the Regulatory Environment for Doing Business in India

The Ministry of Corporate Affairs has constituted a committee under the chairman ship of M.Damodaran, former Chairman, SEBI for reforming the Regulatory Environment for doing Business in the country. The committee will conduct an in-depth study in to the entire gamut of regulatory framework and prepare a detailed roadmap for improving the climate of business in India within a period of six months. It is noteworthy that easing of business environment mandates extensive examination of regulations in different areas of root functioning such as financial reforms, governance reforms, liberalized policy framework, process reforms etc.

The constitution of committee follows a recent Report of World Bank and the International Finance Corporation, entitled Doing Business 2012: Doing Business in a very transparent World that ranks india in the 132nd position among the sample of 183 countries.

i) Faster incorporation/registration of companies through fully electronic MCA-21 Registry provided;

ii) Companies allowed maintaining records and hold meetings through e-governance mode;

iii) Companies empowered to function in a manner which is self-regulated with disclosures/transparency rather than Government/regulatory approval based regime;

iv) Concepts of One Person Company and Small Company recognized to allow new entrepreneurs to take advantage of corporate form of business;

v) Faster mergers and acquisitions including short form of merger and cross border mergers allowed;

vi) Time bound approvals through National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT); and vii) Summary liquidation process for a class of companies provided. Tags: Committee on Business Climate Permalink 1 Comment National Council for Tribal Welfare Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 30, 2013 in Minorities

3 Votes

The National Council for Tribal Welfare has been Constituted with the following objectives:-

(i) To provide broad policy guidelines to bring about improvement in the lives of the ST community in the country.

(ii) To review the implementation of the Forest Rights Act.

(iii) To review the implementation of Schedule-V and Schedule-VI of the Constitution.

(iv) To monitor the implementation of Tribal Sub-Plan.

(v) To monitor programmes aimed at protecting Particularly vulnerable Tribal Groups.

The National Council for tribal Welfare Constituted under the Chairmanship of Honble Prime Minister has the following composition:-

1) Minister of Tribal Affairs, Government of India; 2) Minister of Finance, Government of India; 3) Minister of Agriculture, Government of India; 4) Minister of Home Affairs, Government of India; 5) Minister of Health & Family Welfare, Government of India; 6) Minister of Environment & Forests, Government of India; 7) Minister of HRD, Government of India; 8) Minister of Rural Development, Government of India; 9) Minister of Woman and Child Development, Government of India; 10) Minister of Culture, Government of India; 11) Minister of Mines, Government of India;

12) Minister of Coal, Government of India; 13) Minister of Power, Government of India; 14) Deputy Chairperson, Planning Commission; 15) Chief Ministers of Andhra Pradesh/ Gujarat/ Himachal Pradesh / Maharashtra / Rajasthan/ Orissa/ Jharkhand/ Madhya Pradesh/ Chhattisgarh/Assam /Meghalaya/ Mizoram/ Tripura (Schedule V and Schedule VI States); 16) Two experts to be nominated by the Prime Minister for a period of 2 years. 17) Secretary, Ministry of Tribal Affairs, Government of India Member Secretary.

No meeting of National Council for Tribal Welfare has been held so far.

The States of Andhra Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Odisha and Rajasthan are covered under the Fifth Schedule of the Constitution and have been entrusted with special responsibilities on matter pertaining to the welfare and advancement of the Scheduled Tribes.

The Chief Ministers of Chhattisgarh, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Odisha are the Chairpersons of Tribes Advisory Council (TAC) in their respective States and have presided over the meetings of TAC during the last three years Tags: National Council for Tribal Welfare Permalink Leave a comment Yash Chopra, Rajesh Khanna to receive Dadasaheb Phalke awards Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 26, 2013 in Awards

Rate This

Late Yash Chopra and Late Rajesh Khanna too will also be honoured with Phalke awards.

While Late Yash Chopra will be conferred with the Dadasaheb Phalke Academy Award for his services to the Indian film industry, his wife Pamela will receive the Saraswatibai Phalke Award. Rajesh Khanna, who passed away in July last year, will be honoured as the first superstar of Indian cinema award.

Apart from the them, playback singer Asha Bhosle will be presented with the Phalke Ratna Award for her contribution in the field of music for five decades.

Other stars who will receive awards at the function will be Akshay Kumar for Best Actor award for Rowdy Rathore, his mother-in-law Dimple Kapadia will get the Phalke Ever Memorable actor award, Manoj Bajpayee will get the Phalke Excellent Performance award for the film Gangs of Wasseyur while Irrfan Khan will be given the Phalke Memorable Performance Award for Paan Singh Tomar. Tags: Rajesh Khanna to receive Dadasaheb Phalke awards, Yash Chopra Permalink Leave a comment National Electricity Fund Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 26, 2013 in energy

3 Votes

Government of India launched the National Electricity Fund (Interest Subsidy Scheme) in July 2012 to provide interest subsidy on loans raised by both public and private Distribution Companies (DISCOMS), for capital works sanctioned by financial institutions to improve the infrastructure in distribution sector during the financial year 2012-13 and 2013-14.

Projects worth Rs.10,953.80 Crores have been sanctioned by the Union Government to various Utilities/States for consideration of Interest subsidy benefit under National Electricity Fund.

Government of India has approved setting up of National Electricity Fund (Interest Subsidy Scheme) to provide interest subsidy on loans disbursed to the State Power Utilities, Distribution Companies (DISCOMS) both in public and private sector for the loans taken from Private & Public Financial Institutions, to improve the infrastructure in distribution sector.

Rural Electrification Corporation (REC), would be the Nodal Agency to operationalise the scheme.

Under NEF scheme, interest subsidy would be provided on loans taken by private and public power utilities in distribution sector for non Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana (RGGVY) and non Restructured Accelerated Power Development and Reforms Programme (R-APDRP) projects.

The preconditions for eligibility are linked to reform measures taken by the States and the amount of interest subsidy is linked to the progress achieved in reforms linked parameters. The preconditions of eligibility are operationalisation of State Electricity Regulatory Commission (SERC), formulation of business plan for turn around of utilities, re-organization of State Electricity Boards (SEB), release of subsidy by State Government to DISCOMs, submission of audited annual accounts and timely filing of tariff petition.

There will be two categories of States for working out the interest subsidy Special category and focused states, and States other than special category and focused states. Each power utility eligible for subsidy on interest would be assigned marks based on reforms measures i.e. reduction in AT&C losses; reduction in revenue gap (Average Cost of Supply (ACS) Average Revenue Realized on subsidy received basis); return on equity and multi year tariff (MYT). Based on the consolidated score achieved on these parameters, the utilities would be categorized and will be eligible for subsidy in interest rates from 3% to 5% in States other than Special category and focused states and 5% to 7% in Special Category and focused states. Tags: National Electricity Fund Permalink Leave a comment Better Air Connectivity for NE Region Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 26, 2013 in Transport

1 Vote

Ministry of Civil Aviation informed that in order to connect the remote hill areas of the North Eastern Region the Airports Authority of India (AAI) is developing non-operational airports at Daparizo in Arunachal Pradesh, Tura in Meghalaya and Kamalpur in Tripura for operation of ATR42/ATR72 type of aircrafts. The AAI is also developing civil enclaves at Along, Passighat and Ziro in Arunachal Pradesh and Rupsi in Assam. However, the proposals are subject to the land acquisition by the State Government for these projects. In addition to this, construction of Greenfield airport in Pakyong and operationalisation of Tezu airport in Arunachal Pradesh has also been taken up, which can handle ATR-72 type of aircrafts. Once these airports are developed, they can be used for STOL aircrafts also, subject to commercial viability and demand. The AAI had undertaken a study through Rail India Technical and Economic

Services (RITES) for improving the air connectivity in north east which includes air connectivity among state capitals and other important remote locations in the north-east region.

Air India is operating three flights/week on Aizwal-Imphal route through Airbus A 319 and eight flights on Aizwal-Kolkata route through Airbus A-319. Operations in domestic sector have been deregulated and flights are being operated by airlines concerned on the basis of commercial viability subject to adherence of Route Dispersal Guidelines laid down by the Government with a view to achieve better regulation of air transport services taking into account the need for air transport services of different regions of the country. According to these guidelines, all scheduled operators are required to deploy in the North Eastern region, Jammu & Kashmir, Andaman & Nicobar Islands and Lakshadweep (Category-II routes) at least 10% of their deployed capacity on trunk routes (Category-I routes). Further, at least 10% of the capacity thus required to be deployed on Category-II routes, is required to be deployed for connectivity exclusively within these regions (Category -II A). Tags: Better Air Connectivity for NE Region Permalink Leave a comment Air Space Policy Body Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 26, 2013 in Transport

Rate This

Government Approves High Level Air Space Policy Body

Ministry of Civil Aviation informed the concept of Flexible Use of Airspace (FUA) for sharing of airspace between civil and military users has been agreed in principle. The Government has accorded approval for constituting a High Level Airspace Policy Body (HLAPB) with the Secretary, Ministry of Civil Aviation as its Chairperson, and also for establishing sub-committees by the HLAPB to develop modalities for implementing the concept of FUA. Salient features of the airspace sharing settlement includes establishment of three levels of airspace management, viz., ASM Level 1, the strategic level, wherein the per-determined airspace structures will be established, ASM Level 2, the pre-tactical level, wherein dayto-day allocation of airspace according to user requirements will be carried out and ASM Level 3, the tactical level, wherein real-time use of airspace allowing a safer and fuel efficient civil and military flights is effected. The airspace sharing settlement also includes establishment of an Airspace Management Cell (AMC) for conducting ASM Level 2 operations in close coordination with Central Flow Management Unit.

The concept of FUA is expected to bring in significant savings in terms of fuel and air travel time. Flexible and direct routing between major city pairs alone is expected to result in fuel savings of 20,20,380 kg. per annum and in reduction of CO2 emission of 63,93,600 kg. per annum. The expected reduction in the flying time for passengers owing to shorter routing / connectivity to destination and resultant on-time performances of airlines is likely to benefit passengers to a large extent. Tags: Air Space Policy Body Permalink Leave a comment Pictorial/Graphic Health Warnings on Tobacco Products Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 26, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

1 Vote

The Government of India has enacted The Cigarettes and Other Tobacco Products (Prohibition of Advertisement and Regulation of Trade and Commerce, Production, Supply and Distribution) Act, 2003 (COTPA 2003) to regulate consumption, production, supply and distribution of tobacco products, interalia, through mandatory depiction of specified pictorial health warnings on all tobacco product packs, in particular through sections 7 to 10 thereof read with rules notified there-under.

The extant provisions under COTPA are substantially compliant with the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC), except only in terms of the display area required to be occupied by the pictorial health warnings.

All tobacco products manufactured on or after 1st April, 2013 are required to have the new pictorial health warnings notified vide G.S.R. 724(E) dated 27th September, 2012.

The Act (COTPA 2003) and the rules issued there-under for enforcement of the provisions relating to depiction of specified pictorial health warnings on tobacco product packs have notified/authorised officials with the powers of entry, search and seizure and made them competent to act in case of violation of these provisions. The penal provisions for violation of these provisions are laid down in sections 20 and 26 of COTPA, 2003.

In order to ensure mandatory compliance with anti-tobacco laws, Ministry sends regular advisories to the states. Guidelines for implementation of various provisions of COTPA 2003 have been framed and shared with the State Governments. Ministry has written to the Director Generals of Police in all states/UTs to make compliance with COTPA 2003 a part of the monthly crime review meetings at district level. Ministry has also written to Ministry of Home Affairs to get the compliance with COTPA 2003 included in the agenda of Social Policing. Ministry issues public notices from time to time in the leading national and regional newspapers to create awareness about the provisions of the extant rules.

Ministry supports and maintains a helpline with toll free number for reporting any violations of the antitobacco laws. The reported violations are shared with states for necessary action. Tags: Pictorial/Graphic Health Warnings on Tobacco Products Permalink Leave a comment Committee on Pharmacists

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 26, 2013 in Committes and Commissions

2 Votes

The Ministry of Finance had constituted a Fast Track Committee to address the pay structure of certain common category posts of pharmacists. The Committee had recommended that the entry grade of Pharmacists in Central Government should remain at grade pay of Rs. 2800 in the pay band PB-1. However, on completion of 2 years service in the entry grade, all the incumbents should be granted nonfunctional upgradation to the next higher grade having grade pay of Rs. 4200 in the pay band PB-2.

Recommendations of the Fast Track Committee were considered and accepted by the Government and accordingly, an Office Memorandum was issued vide F No. 1/1/2008 IC dated 18/11/2009 approving the pay structure w.e.f. 1.1.2006 that the Pharmacists in the entry Grade Pay of Rs. 2800 having the qualification of 10+2 plus two years diploma in Pharmacy and registered under the State Pharmacy Council are to be granted an upgraded Grade Pay of Rs. 4200 on completion of two years of service. They are to be re-designated as Pharmacist (NFG) which will be delinked from promotion. However, no specific reference to Allopathic or AYUSH Pharmacists was made in the order.

The recommendations of the Fast Track Committee (FTC) as contained in Department of Expenditures OM dated 18/11/2009 as mentioned above, was not extended to the Pharmacists belonging to AYUSH Cadre in CGHS, on the basis of clarification rendered by the Ministry of Finance that since the basic qualification required as per the existing Recruitment Rule, for AYUSH Pharmacist in CGHS is lower than that is required for availing the benefits of higher grade pay as recommended by FTC.

As per the Ministry of Finances clarification, AYUSH pharmacists having lower qualification are not eligible for higher grade pay of Rs 4200/- which has been awarded to Allopathic pharmacists having requisite higher qualification as per the recommendations of FTC. Tags: Committee on Pharmacists Permalink Leave a comment Water For Domestic Use Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 26, 2013 in Water

1 Vote

The average annual water availability in the country has been assessed as 1869 Billion Cubic Meters (BCM). However, the utilizable water resources, considering topographic, hydrological and other constraints, has been estimated to be about 1121 BCM comprising 690 BCM of surface water and 431 BCM of replenishable ground water. The National Commission for Integrated Water Resources Development (NCIWRD) had, in its Report (1999), assessed the water requirements for domestic uses for the years 2025 and 2050 as 62 BCM and 111 BCM respectively. Hence, the availability of water for domestic use is sufficient to meet the demand.

Several steps for augmentation, conservation and efficient management to ensure sustainability of water resources are undertaken by the respective State Governments. In order to supplement the efforts of the State Governments, Government of India provides technical and financial assistance to State Governments to encourage sustainable development and efficient management of water resources through various schemes and programmes. State Governments allocate water for different uses depending on their priorities and requirements.

The Ministry of Drinking Water & Sanitation administers through the States the centrally sponsored scheme, National Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP) for providing financial and technical assistance to the States to supplement their efforts to provide drinking water to the rural areas. The State Governments are vested with powers to plan, execute and implement drinking water supply schemes under NRDWP.

Ministry of Urban Development is supplementing the efforts of State Governments/Urban Local Bodies in providing water supply in Urban areas/Metropolitan cities under the schemes/ programmes such as Jawahar Lal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission, North Eastern Region Urban Development Programme, Non-Lapsable Central Pool of Resources and Urban Infrastructure Development Scheme in Satellite Towns.

Wastage of Water

India WRIS

Availability of Ground Water

National Water Policy (2012) Tags: Water For Domestic Use Permalink Leave a comment India WRIS Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 26, 2013 in Water

Rate This

The project Generation of Database and Implementation of Web Enabled Water Resources Information System in the Country short named as India-WRIS WebGIS is a joint venture of the Central Water Commission (CWC), Ministry of Water Resources, Govt. of India and Indian Space Research Organization (ISRO), Department of Space, Govt. of India, as per the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) signed on December 3, 2008 between the two departments for a period of four years January 2009 to December 2012.

India-WRIS WebGIS aims as a Single Window solution for comprehensive, authoritative and consistent data & information of Indias water resources along with allied natural resources in a standardized national GIS framework (WGS-84 datum and LCC projection) tools to search, access, visualize, understand and analyze the data for assessment, monitoring, planning, development and finally Integrated Water Resources Management (IWRM).

The data collection, generation and presentation into the portal are continuous activities. The current version India-WRIS WebGIS (Version 3.0) has spatial layers and attributes as per data collected till November 2012. Further updating the attribute data and presentation are being done by the India-WRIS Project Team. These data have been collected from concerned state Govt. departments, CWC offices and Govt. of India departments and are organized in this portal.

Based on the type of data and its availability, the present portal contains 12 major info systems, 35 sub info systems having 114 spatial layers along with large attribute data of the water resources assets and temporal data of 5-100 years. Based on the National Map Policy (2005) and CWC data dissemination policy, the portal has two versions. The public domain version complies with both policy guidelines.

The India-WRIS WebGIS portal (Version 3.0) has been designed looking at the variety of users and their requirements. It has six major sections on the left panel such as WRIS Info Discovery, WRIS Explorer,

WRIS Connect, Share Success Stories, Water Resources Planning and Management and Input Data Builder. More details are available by hovering the mouse on the expandable menu tabs.

The next versions will be enriched further with modules like 3D Geo-visualization, direct link to current hydro met observations, hydrology tools for online analysis and WRIS education.

The project website, India-WRIS WebGIS Version 1.0 and 2.0 were launched on December 10, 2009, December 7, 2010 and March 22, 2012 respectively. Feedbacks received were addressed in this Version 3.0 which has been launched on December 4, 2012. However, the updation of spatial and temporal coverage of the existing Version 3.0 is a continuous process, and will be made available to users as per the generation and readiness. Tags: India - WRIS Permalink Leave a comment Wastage of Water Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 26, 2013 in Water

Rate This

Keeping in view the challenges emerging from increasing demands on water resources in the country due to population growth, urbanization, industrialization etc., Government of India undertook a review of the National Water Policy, 2002. The new National Water Policy, 2012 has made several recommendations for the improved management of water resources in the country.

The Salient Features of the National Water Policy, 2012 are.

The Ministry of Drinking Water & Sanitation administers through the States the centrally sponsored scheme, National Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP) for providing financial and technical assistance to the States to supplement their efforts to provide drinking water to the rural areas. The State Governments are vested with powers to plan, execute and implement drinking water supply schemes under NRDWP.

Ministry of Urban Development is supplementing the efforts of State Governments/Urban Local Bodies in providing water supply in Urban areas/Metropolitan cities under the schemes/ programmes such as Jawahar Lal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission, North Eastern Region Urban Development Programme, Non-Lapsable Central Pool of Resources and Urban Infrastructure Development Scheme in Satellite Towns.

In areas where water table is going down in the country, several steps have been taken to encourage artificial recharge, rainwater harvesting and regulation of ground water development to arrest declining ground water levels. For water conservation, rainwater harvesting and artificial recharge to ground water, Government of India has implemented pilot / demonstrative artificial recharge projects during VIII, IX, X and XI plan periods. In addition, technical assistance is provided to the State Governments and other organizations for rainwater harvesting and artificial recharge. In areas where the quality of underground water is not good, remedial measures are concentrated on providing alternative sources of water supply, since in-situ treatment of contaminated aquifers is difficult.

Due to seasonal, geographical and annual variation in availability of water as well as lack of adequate storage, substantial quantity of water, especially during monsoon season, remains unused and flows into sea. As per present assessment, the average annual water availability in the country is 1869 billion cubic meters (BCM). Further, it has been estimated in the year 2009 by Central Water Commission (CWC) that about 450 BCM of surface water and by Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) that about 243 BCM of ground water are being utilized for various purposes. The rest of the water could be considered to be flowing down to sea.

Several measures for increasing the storage capacity are taken up by the State Governments, viz, construction of dams, check dams and farm ponds. Government of India supplements the efforts of the

State Governments for increasing storage capacity by rendering technical and financial assistance through programmes like Accelerated Irrigation Benefits Programme and Repair, Renovation and Restoration of Water Bodies. Tags: Wastage of Water Permalink Leave a comment Availability of Ground Water Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 26, 2013 in Miscellaneous

Rate This

Ministry of Water Resources has constituted a Central Level Expert Group headed by Chairman, Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) and comprising of 27 Members including representatives of Central Government, State Governments and Academicians. The Terms of Reference (TOR) of the Expert Group, inter-alia, includes:-

(i).

Ensuring assessment of ground water available in deep/unconfined aquifers.

(ii). Assessment of annual replenish able ground water resources of the States in coordination with the respective State Level Committees for the reference year 2011.

(iii). Supervise estimation of utilization of the annual replenish able ground water resource of States as on 31st March 2011.

(iv). Prepare a National Level Report on assessment of ground water resources and its utilization as on 31st March, 2011.

(v). Integration of ground water and surface water data with a view to facilitating planning for constructive/integrated use of water resources.

For solving the problem of depletion of ground water, Central Government has taken following steps:-

(i). Extending technical and financial support to States/UTs under schemes such as Accelerated Irrigation Benefit Programme; Command Area Development and Water Management; Repair, Renovation and Restoration of Water Bodies for conservation of water resources in the Country.

(ii). Country.

CGWB has prepared a Master Plan for artificial recharge to ground water in the

(iii). Setting up of National Water Mission with the objective of, inter-alia, conservation of water resources.

(iv). Circulation of a Model Bill by the Ministry of Water Resources to all the States/UTs to enable them to enact ground water legislation for its regulation, development and conservation; and

(v). Advisory by Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA) to all the Chief Secretaries of the States and Administrators of the Union Territories, having Over-exploited blocks, to take measures to promote/adopt artificial recharge to ground water / rain water harvesting. Tags: Availability of Ground Water Permalink

Leave a comment National Water Policy (2012) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 26, 2013 in National Policy

1 Vote

Draft National Water Policy (2012)

In pursuance of the strategies identified in National Water Mission Document as well as deliberations in National Water Board, Ministry of Water Resources had initiated the process of reviewing the National Water Policy, 2002. Accordingly, the Drafting Committee on National Water Policy has evolved the draft policy after taking into consideration recommendations of various stake holders. The Salient Features of Draft National Water Policy (NWP, 2012) are:

1. Emphasis on the need for a national water framework law, comprehensive legislation for optimum development of inter-State rivers and river valleys, amendment of Irrigation Acts, Indian Easements Act, 1882, etc.

2. Water, after meeting the pre-emptive needs for safe drinking water and sanitation, achieving food security, supporting poor people dependent on agriculture for their livelihood and high priority allocation for minimum eco-system needs, be treated as economic good so as to promote its conservation and efficient use.

3. Ecological needs of the river should be determined recognizing that river flows are characterized by low or no flows, small floods (freshets), large floods and flow variability and should accommodate development needs. A portion of river flows should be kept aside to meet ecological needs ensuring that the proportional low and high flow releases correspond in time closely to the natural flow regime.

4. Adaptation strategies in view of climate change for designing and management of water resources structures, review of acceptability criteria and increasing water storage have been emphasized.

5. A system to evolve benchmarks for water uses for different purposes, i.e., water footprints, and water auditing be developed to ensure efficient use of water. Project financing has been suggested as a tool to incentivize efficient & economic use of water.

6. Setting up of Water Regulatory Authority has been recommended. Incentivization of recycle and re-use has been recommended.

7. Water Users Associations should be given statutory powers to collect and retain a portion of water charges, manage the volumetric quantum of water allotted to them and maintain the distribution system in their jurisdiction.

8. Removal of large disparity in stipulations for water supply in urban areas and in rural areas has been recommended.

9. Water resources projects and services should be managed with community participation. Wherever the State Governments or local governing bodies so decide, the private sector can be encouraged to become a service provider in public private partnership model to meet agreed terms of service delivery, including penalties for failure.

10. Adequate grants to the States to update technology, design practices, planning and management practices, preparation of annual water balances and accounts for the site and basin, preparation of hydrologic balances for water systems, and benchmarking and performance evaluation.

Tags: National Water Policy (2012) Permalink Leave a comment Construction of Houses for Economically Weaker Sections Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 25, 2013 in Urban development

Rate This

The on going housing scheme of Government of India in the urban slums viz., Rajiv Awas Yojana (RAY) was implemented under pilot phase during the Eleventh Five Year Plan period. With the experience gained during the pilot phase, revised scheme of RAY is being worked out for implementation during Twelfth Five Year Plan period. Similarly, the Interest Subsidy Scheme for Housing the Urban Poor (ISHUP) scheme which was also under pilot phase during Eleventh Five Year Plan period is being revised for launch as Rajiv Rinn Yojana (RRY) with enhanced credit limits and targets. However, since necessary approvals have not been received, details and time frame for actual launch of these schemes, cannot be committed at this juncture.

The apart from reservation of 20-25% of developed land for Economically Weaker Section (EWS) / Low Income Group (LIG) housing in every new public / private residential development projects, Ministry of Housing & Urban Poverty alleviation through its two schemes namely Affordable Housing in Partnership (AHP) and Rajiv Rinn Yojana (RRY) envisages encouraging private builders to construct houses for urban poor through incentivization and creation of demand led growth in housing respectively. Tags: Construction of Houses for Economically Weaker Sections Permalink

Leave a comment Programmes and Policies Implemented For Urban Development Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 25, 2013 in Urban development

Rate This

Eleventh Plan had several schemes to promote urbanization. These include, among others, the Jawaharlal Nehru Urban Renewal Mission (JnNURM) for creation of urban infrastructure /service delivery mechanisms through community participation and enhanced accountability of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs)/ parastatals agencies and Mass Transit Urban Transport projects under the Ministry of Urban Development.

The objectives of the various schemes to promote urbanization have been achieved to a large extent. As on 31st March, 2013, 553 projects at a total cost of Rs. 61,672.31crore have been sanctioned under the Urban Infrastructure & Governance sub-mission of JnNURM. The Additional Central Assistance (ACA) committed by the Government of India towards meeting the central share of the total project cost for these 553 projects is Rs. 28,521.25crores, out of which an amount of Rs. 19,478.77crore has been released to the Mission Cities. In addition an amount of Rs. 2,089 crore had been sanctioned as central share for Buses under Stimulus Package, out of which Rs. 1,501.34crore has been released till date.

Under urban transport, Delhi Metro rail project phase-II was completed and its phase III of Delhi Metro rail project of 136.33 kms. at an estimated cost of Rs. 41078.78crore are being implemented. Metro rail projects in Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Chennai, Kolkata, Jaipur, Kochi and Mumbai are under implementation. Sanction of 15,260 buses, enabled with Intelligent Transport System (ITS) under

JNNURM is likely to improve city bus services in many cities. Out of which 14000 busses have already been delivered.

The requirement of capital expenditure from all sources for urban sector under the Twelfth Plan as estimated by the Working Group on financing urbanisation during the 12th Five Year Plan is Rs. 3,87,576 crore. Tags: Programmes and Policies Implemented For Urban Development Permalink Leave a comment Neha Ramu Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 20, 2013 in Personalities

2 Votes

Neha Ramu, 12-year-old Indian-origin girl in UK has stunned everyone after she scored an incredible 162 on her IQ test even higher than Albert Einstein and Stephen Hawking. Neha Ramu, daughter of an Indian doctor couple, achieved a score of 162 on a Mensa IQ test the highest score possible for her age.

The score puts the tween in the top one per cent of brightest people in the UK and means she is more intelligent than physicist Hawking, Microsoft founder Bill Gates and scientist Albert Einstein, who are all thought to have an IQ of 160.

Neha scored 162 on the Cattell IIIB test, putting her within the top one per cent of people in the country. Neha had always performed well at school, but it was only when she took an entrance exam for her school, achieving a perfect score of 280/280, that they realised her potential.

She took the test for Mensa, a society for people with high IQs, two years later, and achieved the maximum possible score for someone aged under 18. Tags: Neha Ramu Permalink Leave a comment Jnanpith award 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 19, 2013 in Awards

2 Votes

Eminent Telugu novelist, short story writer, poet and critic Ravuri Bharadwaja selected for the prestigious Jnanpith award for the year 2012 for his contribution to Telugu literature.

Bharadwaja passed through all sorts of vicissitudes of life but continued his service to Telugu literature with perseverance. His greatest attribute is his flair for story-telling. His works proved that a writer has social awareness and his work a human purpose.

Odiya novelist Pratibha Ray was also selected for the same award.

Mr. Bharadwaja is the third Telugu to be chosen for the honour, after the late Viswanatha Satyanarayana for Ramayana Kalpavruksham (1970) and C. Narayana Reddy for Viswambara (1988). The 86-year-old writer has to his credit 37 collections of short stories, 17 novels, six short novels for children and eight plays.

Topping the galaxy of writers of post-Gopichand era, he was first reckoned as a successor to Chalam. But Bharadwaja made a mark of his own by embellishing his writings with distinct characteristics in his inimitable style, diction, portrayal and narration. If Paakuduraallu is a masterpiece that presents a graphic account of life behind the screen in the film industry and came to be known for its originality and craftsmanship, another novel, Kadambari, is equally acclaimed as an outstanding work. His other notable works are Jeevana Samaram, Inupu Tera Venuka and Koumudi.

Born to Ravuri Mallikamba and Kotaiah on July 5, 1927 in Moguluru village of Paritala Jagir under the former Hyderabad State, Mr. Bharadwaja later moved to Tadikonda village in Guntur district. His formal education lasted only till Class VIII, but his literary prowess got him honorary doctorates from Andhra, Nagarjuna and the Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University.

He started work as technician during World War II, doing odd jobs as a field worker in factories before joining the editorial staff of Zamin Rytu, in 1946 and then Deena Bandhu, in 1948. Later, he worked in several publications including in Jyothi, Samiksha, Abhisarika, Chitraseema, Cinema and Yuva till 1959, when he joined the All India Radio, Hyderabad as a Junior Script Writer.

Starting his writing career at the age of 17, he has the distinction of receiving the State Sahitya Academy Award for Literature twice in 1968 and 1983 and Central Sahitya Academy Award in 1983. He was the first recipient of the Gopichand Literary Award in 1968 and Rajalakshmi Award for Literature in 1987. Tags: Jnanpith award 2012

Permalink 1 Comment Ricin Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 19, 2013 in Science and Technology

4 Votes

Ricin is a poison that is naturally found in castor beans, produced by the pervasive castor bean weed. It can be formed into a powder, mist or pellet, or even added to water, according to the federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

Castor beans are processed throughout the world to make castor oil. Ricin is the part of the waste mash produced when castor oil is made.

This concentrated ricin kills people by killing their cells. It gets absorbed into individual cells, and then starts preventing the cells from making the proteins they need to survive. The cells die, and ultimately the bodys systems fail, which can lead to death.

The symptoms of ricin poisoning might not raise an alarm until its too late. They begin benignly enough respiratory distress, followed by nausea, coughing, fever and, ultimately perhaps, death.

Ricin-associated illness cannot be spread from person to person through casual contact. However, if you come into contact with someone who has ricin on their body or clothes, you could become exposed to it.

There is no antidote for ricin poisoning. If you are exposed, you will need to get the ricin off of your body as quickly as possible. Poisoning is treated by medical care to minimize the effects.

The U.S. military is said to have experimented with using ricin as a possible warfare agent, and ricin was possibly used in the 1980s in Iraq. Some terrorist organizations have also tried to harness its power, according to the CDC.

But the single most infamous ricin incident occurred in 1978 and has been dubbed the umbrella murder.

Georgi Markov, a Bulgarian dissident writer and journalist who was living in London at the time, was assassinated by a man who used a rigged umbrella to fire a poisonous ricin pellet into his leg. Markov became ill and died several days later.

Although Markovs death-by-ricin poisoning remains unsolved making it one of the most enduring mysteries of the Cold War its speculated that the Bulgarian secret police and the Soviet KGB were behind Markovs death

Tags: Ricin Permalink Leave a comment Steps Taken for Protection of Birds in Bharatpur Sanctuary of Rajasthan Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 17, 2013 in Rajastan

Rate This

The Ministry of Enviroment & Forests has taken several steps for augmentation of water supply for protection of birds in the Keoladeo National Park, Bharatpur, Rajasthan. The details are as follow:-

(i) A project costing Rs.65.00 crore has been undertaken for supply of water to Keoladeo National Park from Goverdhan drain by laying of pipelines from Santruk village to Keoladeo National Park for a distance of about 17.1 km and water resource augmentation within the National Park area. The work of laying of pipeline has been completed and test of water flowing into the Park has been done during September 2012.

(ii) About 216 million cubic feet (mcft) and 234 mcft of water was made available from the traditional source, i.e., Panchana Dam during the year 2010-11 and 2012-13 respectively. The State Board for Wildlife has recommended that the water supply from the Panchana dam be made available every year on sustained basis. Tags: Steps Taken for Protection of Birds in Bharatpur Sanctuary of Rajasthan Permalink Leave a comment Agreement (DTAA) and Protocol Signed Between India and Malta Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 17, 2013 in India and World

Rate This

An Agreement (DTAA) and Protocol Signed Between India and Malta for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion With Respect to Taxes on Income

The Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (DTAA) and the Protocol between the Republic of India and Malta for the avoidance of double taxation and for the prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income is in force since 8th February, 1995. Both India and Malta have renegotiated the Agreement to bring in line with international standards, change in domestic laws and changed economic scenario.

India and Malta had signed the new DTAA at Valetta, Malta. The Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (DTAA) was between India and Malta. Once the DTAA enters into force, it will stimulate the flow of capital, technology and personnel between both the countries and will further strengthen the economic relationship. It also provides tax stability and reduces any obstacles in providing mutual cooperation between India and Malta. Tags: Agreement (DTAA) and Protocol Signed Between India and Malta Permalink Leave a comment Super-giant star in constellation Virgo, beyond Milky Way Galaxy Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 13, 2013 in Space (World)

Rate This

An Indian scientist and his Taiwanese colleague have discovered a blue super-giant star located in the constellation Virgo, far beyond our Milky Way Galaxy.

Over 55 million years ago, the star emerged in an extremely wild environment, surrounded by intensely hot plasma (a million degrees centigrade) and amidst raging cyclone winds blowing at four million kilometres per hour.

Research using the Subaru Telescope, the National Aeronautics and Space Administrations (NASA) Galaxy Evolution Explorer (GALEX), and the Canada-France-Hawaii-Telescope (CFHT) revealed unprecedented views of the star formation process in this intergalactic context and showed the promise of future investigations of a possibly new mode of star formation, unlike that within our Milky Way.

About one thousand galaxies reside in a cluster filled with million-degree hot plasma and dark matter. The Virgo cluster, the nearest cluster of galaxies located about 55 million light years from Earth in the constellation Virgo, is an ideal laboratory to study the fate of gas stripped from the main body of galaxies falling into the intra-cluster medium.

The astronomer duo Dr Ananda Hota from UM-DAE Centre for Excellence in the Basic Sciences, India, and Dr Youichi Ohyama from Institute of Astronomy and Astrophysics, Academia Sinica or ASIAA, Taiwan focused on the trail of IC 3418 to explore a potentially new mode of star formation.

Hota has been collecting data from multiple telescopes since 2006 to understand this galaxy, which he first spotted in the GALEX data during his research.

IC 3418 is a small galaxy falling into the Virgo cluster of galaxies at such a high speed (a thousand kilometres per second) that its blanket of cool gas strips off.

As it passed through the cluster, its stripped-off cool gas formed a 55,500 light-years-long trail that looks very much like the water vapour condensation trail from a supersonic jets path. Tags: beyond Milky Way Galaxy, Super-giant star in constellation Virgo Permalink Leave a comment Steps Taken for Protection of Endangered Species Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 11, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

5 Votes

The Government has taken several steps for protection of endangered species of wild animals in the country, which are as following:-

i. Legal protection has been provided to wild animals against hunting and commercial exploitation under the provisions of the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972.

ii. The Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 has been amended and made more stringent. The punishment for offences under the Act have been enhanced. The Act also provides for forfeiture of any equipment, vehicle or weapon that is used for committing wildlife offence(s).

iii. Protected Areas, viz., National Parks, Sanctuaries, Conservation Reserves and Community Reserves covering important wildlife habitats have been created all over the country under the provisions of the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 to conserve wild animals and their habitats.

iv. Financial and technical assistance is provided to the State/ Union Territory Governments under the Centrally Sponsored Schemes of Integrated Development of Wildlife Habitats, Project Tiger and Project Elephant for providing better protection to wildlife, and improvement of its habitat.

v. The Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI) has been empowered under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 to apprehend and prosecute wildlife offenders.

vi. The State/Union Territory Governments have been requested to strengthen the field formations and intensify patrolling in and around the Protected Areas.

vii. The Wildlife Crime Control Bureau has been set up to strengthen the enforcement of law for control of poaching and illegal trade in wildlife and its products.

viii.

Strict vigil is maintained by the officials of State Departments of Forests and Wildlife.

The periodic assessments carried out in respect of prioritized species, rhinoceros and lion, have indicated improvement in their population status.

The Ministry of Environment & Forests also provides financial assistance to State Governments for undertaking Recovery Programmes for saving critically endangered species as a component of the Centrally Sponsored Scheme of Integrated Development of Wildlife Habitats. Budget is not allocated separately for this component. At present, sixteen species have been prioritized for taking up such recovery programmes which include Snow Leopard, Bustards (including Floricans), River Dolphin, Hangul, Nilgiri Tahr, Marine Turtles, Dugongs and coral reefs, Edible-nest Swiftlets, Asian Wild Buffalo, Nicobar Megapode, Manipur Brow-antlered deer, Vultures, Malabar civet, the great one-horned rhinoceros, Asiatic Lion, Swamp deer and Jerdons Courser.

Snow Leopard

Bustard

River Dolphin

Hangul Deer

Nilgiri Thar

Marine Turtles

Dugongs

Edible Nest Swiftlet

Wild Buffalo

Nicobar Megapode

Manipur antlered deer

Malabar Civet

Rhinoceros

Swamp Deer

Jerdons courser

Under the component Recovery Programmes for Saving Critically Endangered Species of the Centrally Sponsored Scheme Integrated Development of Wildlife Habitats (CSS-IDWH) financial assistance has been provided for eight critically endangered species including Snow Leopard, Hangul, Dugongs, Ediblenest Swiftlets, Asian Wild Buffalo, Manipur Brow-antlered deer, Vultures and Asiatic Lion as per the proposals received from various State/Union Territory Governments. Protection of Bio-Diversity Protection of Sea Cows Tags: Steps Taken for Protection of Endangered Species Permalink Leave a comment Commissioning Of Indian Coast Guard Ship H-191 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 10, 2013 in Defence

1 Vote

Indian Coast Guard Ship H-191, the fifth of the series of twelve Air Cushion Vehicles (ACVs) designed and built by M/s Griffon Hoverworks Limited (GHL), UK was commissioned at Mumbai by Vice Admiral Anurag G Thapliyal, AVSM Director General Indian Coast Guard. The commissioning ceremony was witnessed by Inspector General SPS Basra, YSM, PTM, TM, Commander Coast Guard Region (West) and other dignitaries from Central and State Government.

The 21 metres long Air Cushion Vehicle with 31 tonnes displacement can achieve a maximum speed of 45 knots. The ACV is capable of undertaking multi-farious tasks such as surveillance, interdiction, search and rescue and rendering assistance to small boats/craft in distress at sea.

The Air Cushion Vehicle H-191 will be based at Okha under the Administrative and Operational Control of the Commander Coast Guard Region (North-West). The hovercraft is commanded by Commandant IJ Singh and has a crew of 02 Officers and 11 Enrolled Personne Tags: Commissioning Of Indian Coast Guard Ship H-191 Permalink Leave a comment L.Vannamei Broodstock Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 10, 2013 in Agriculture

Rate This

Rajiv Gandhi Centre for Aquaculture Produces Specific Pathogen free L.Vannamei Broodstock for the First Time in India

Specific Pathogen Free (SPF) Litopenaeus vannamei broodstock developed for the first time in India by Rajiv Gandhi Centre for Aquaculture, the R & D arm of the Marine Products Export Development Authority in association with the Oceanic Institute, Hawaii, USA, is ready for supply to hatchery operators at reasonable rate. The primary objective of this initiative is to produce selectively bred Litopenaeus vannamei shrimp broodstock (mother shrimp) that exhibit good hatchery performance for producing high quality shrimp seed which should exhibit fast growth and high survival on commercial shrimp farms in India.

Rajiv Gandhi Centre for Aquaculture is a Society functions under the Marine Products Export Development Authority, a statutory body set up by the Government of India under the MPEDA Act 1972, under the Ministry of Commerce & Industry, Govt. of India, for promotion of export of marine products from India.

During the financial year 2011-12, for the first time in the history of Marine product exports, the export earnings have crossed US$ 3.5 billion. Exports aggregated to 0.86 million tonnes valued at Rs. 16597.23 crores and US$ 3508.45 million. Compared to the previous year, seafood exports recorded a growth of 6.02% in quantity, 28.65% in rupee and 22.81% growth in US$ earning. Frozen Shrimp is the major export value item accounting for 49.63% of the total US dollar earnings. The above was achieved during a period of recession in the international market. One of the major reasons for the increase in production and higher export turnover was due to the introduction of SPF L.vannamei shrimp for Aquaculture production.

Considering the established infrastructure for farming shrimps in India, it is reasonably easy for L.vannamei farming and can substantially contribute to marine product export from the country.

However, one of the major obstacles for increasing the L.vannamei production is the non-availability of quality SPF broodstock in India in required quantities.

Currently shrimp hatcheries import L.vannamei broodstock from Broodstock Multiplication Centres in USA, Thailand and Singapore with high shipping cost and transit loss due to mortality. Average cost of broodstock when it reaches the hatchery is estimated at Rs.5000/- and the higher cost of broodstock and transportation ultimately get transferred to the shrimp farmers who purchase seeds at a higher price (Rs. 0.6 per seed). High cost of broodstock is also prompting some hatcheries to source broodstock from shrimp ponds which ultimately results in the production of poor quality seeds and subsequent crop loss to farmers. About 80% of the shrimp farmers are marginal and small scale farmers with 0.5 to 5 Ha water spread area and the success of the crop largely depends on the quality of seeds supplied to the farmers. Hence for sustaining the productivity and profitability of shrimp farmers, it is essential that quality seeds are provided to farmers at reasonable rate.

In this circumstance, MPEDA initiated a collaborative project through RGCA and Oceanic Institute, Hawaii, USA, an affiliate of Hawaii Pacific University and engaged in Aquaculture research since 1960 is a not-for-profit research and development organization dedicated to marine aquaculture, biotechnology, and coastal resource management, to produce selectively bred Litopenaeus vannamei shrimp broodstock that exhibit good maturation/hatchery performance. The production unit of SPF L.Vannamei Broodstock of RGCA is functioning from Mangamaripeta, Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh.

Though L.vannamei is a native to the Pacific coast of central and south America, one of the major reason for L.vannameis popularity among shrimp farmers world-wide is due to the availability of selectively bred fast growing improved quality specific pathogen free (SPF) and specific pathogen resistant (SPR) seeds. Selectively bred SPF L.vannamei also has the potential to grow under intensive culture conditions, tolerates a wide range of salinities & temperatures and require only lower protein diet and can also utilize the natural productivity of shrimp ponds in intensive culture conditions. It is generally considered to be more resistant to diseases and can mate and spawn easily under captivity and the survival rates during hatchery rearing are generally higher.

Specific Pathogen Free Post larvae imported from Nucleus Breeding Centre of Oceanic Institute, Hawaii, USA, shall be grown from PL to 40 gms in MPEDA/RGCA facility Vizag.. Six to eight months period is required for growing PL to 40 gms size. The above project has the capacity to produce 45000 number of broodstock annually.

This project shall help Indian farmers to produce 1.35 lakh MT of additional shrimp for export worth around Rs. 4000 crores per annum by utilizing about 10,000 Ha water spread area for two crops per annum.

Most importantly, this initiative of MPEDA will deliver quality broodstock to shrimp hatcheries and thus ensure the supply of quality seeds required for several thousands of small and marginal farmers at affordable price.

The first batch of around 20000 Nos. of high quality SPF L.vannamei broodstock produced at RGCA facility at Visakhapatnam is ready for supply to approved shrimp hatcheries in India at half the price of imported stock.

Tags: L.Vannamei Broodstock Permalink Leave a comment FCI Raises Rs. 5000 Crore through Bonds Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 10, 2013 in Commerce

Rate This

The Food Corporation of India (FCI) has raised Rs.5000 crore by issue of taxable bonds backed by Government of India Guarantee to meet its additional working capital requirement. Bond issue was opened on 21.03.2013 and closed on 22.03.2013. The Bonds are of two tenures i.e., 10 years (Rs.300

crore) and 15 years (Rs.4700 crore). The coupon rate for 10 years was 8.62% per annum and for 15 years 8.80% per annum.

FCI is having Cash Credit Limit with Consortium of 62 banks. Present Cash Credit Limit is Rs.54,495 crore which is secured by mortgaging entire stock of FCI and guaranteed by Government of India. The present interest rate on Cash Credit Limit is 10.79% on monthly basis which translates into 11.34% on annualized basis. The annual interest saving through issue of this bond will be Rs.127.54 crore with reference to interest cost on Cash Credit Limit. Tags: FCI Raises Rs. 5000 Crore through Bonds Permalink Leave a comment Steps to Reduce Air Pollution in the Country Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 8, 2013 in Transport

4 Votes

The Government has taken steps to reduce air pollution in the country particularly in NCR and other metro-politan cities. These include :-

Bharat stage-IV emission norms have been implemented in 13 mega cities including NCR for new 4wheelers from 2010. Mass emission standards (Bharat Stage III) have been notified for two, three wheelers and diesel driven agricultural tractors from April 1, 2010 throughout the country.

 Stringent Emission Standards have been implemented to regulate emissions from in-use vehicles from October 2004. Supply of improved diesel and gasoline. Operating Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) mode public transport in Delhi. Introduction of metro in Delhi to promote use of mass public transport system. Central Pollution Control Board and State Pollution Control Boards are implementing the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1981 to restore air quality. A mutually time targeted programme is implemented under Corporate Responsibility for Environment Protection (CREP). Special drives for prevention and control of pollution in 17 categories of highly polluted industries.

The Government has also issued new emission norms for industries, power stations and diesel operated commercial vehicles. These include:-

Revision of emission norms for petrol and kerosene driven gensets and emission norms for Genset Diesel Engine. Issued Directions under Section 5 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 to 338 defaulting 17 category of highly polluting industries since last 3 years. Standards are developed for Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and load based standards for particulate matter (PM) including revision of PM emission standard for cement industry. BS-IV emission standards have been notified for all the diesel commercial vehicles in 20 cities of the country including NCR and other metro cities. The quality of diesel has also been improved to make it commensurate with BS-IV emission norms. Most of non-destined buses/trucks are not allowed to enter city premises and are by-passed. Heavy duty trucks in cities are allowed to ply only during specific timings. In Delhi & some other cities most of the public transport is running on CNG instead of diesel. 15 years old commercial vehicles are not allowed to ply in Delhi since December 1998. All the commercial vehicles are required to undertake annual fitness checks & certification. Tags: Steps to Reduce Air Pollution in the Country

Permalink Leave a comment Schemes for Elimination of Gender and Social Gaps in School Enrolment and Retention Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 7, 2013 in Education

2 Votes

To promote education among minorities, the Ministry of Human Resource Development has taken significant initiatives. The major ones are

Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA),

Scheme of financial assistance for Infrastructure Development for Private Aided/Unaided Minority Institutes (IDMI)

Scheme for Providing Quality Education in Madrasas (SPQEM).

The Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan aims at bridging of gender and social category gaps in elementary education. The Scheme has been extended to recognize volunteering Madarsas / Maktabs supported under SSA. It also includes those other volunteering Madarsas / Maktabs which may not be registered or recognized but supported under SSA interventions in coordination with State Project Directorates. The Scheme provides for opening of new schools, additional teachers as per enrolment, free textbooks

including urdu text books, free uniform for girls, SC, ST and BPL children. Under SSA, 88 Muslim concentrated districts have been identified wherein for 2012-13, 18% of the total allocations under SSA were approved for these districts. For education of drop outs and never enrolled girls at upper primary level, over 3600 Kasturba Gandhi Balika Vidyalayas (KGBVs) have been sanctioned out of which 544 are in Muslim concentration districts where more than ten thousand Muslim girls are enrolled. Overall there are 32,490 Muslim girls enrolled in KGBVs.

The Ministry has launched Saakshar Bharat Mission the new variant of the National Literacy Mission. The Scheme has special focus on women, belonging to minorities. It is proposed to cover one crore twenty lakh Muslims (1crore women + 20 lakh men) under the programme. Saakshar Bharat is being implemented in 410 districts where female literacy is less than 50%.

The objective of Scheme for Providing Quality Education in Madrasas (SPQEM) is to provide financial assistance and encourage traditional institutions like Madarsas and Maktabs to introduce Science, Mathematics, Social Studies, Hindi and English in their curriculum so that children studying in these institutions gain academic proficiency for Classes I-XII. However, the process of modernization of traditional Maktabs is voluntary. SPQEM provides financial assistance for appointment of teachers to teach modern subjects, establishment of computers and science laboratories in Madarsas of Secondary and Higher Secondary level, as also strengthening of libraries and book banks at all levels.

The Scheme for Infrastructure Development of Private Aided/Unaided Minority Institutes (IDMI) would facilitate education of minorities by augmenting and strengthening school infrastructure in Minority Institutions (elementary/ secondary/senior secondary schools). The Scheme will encourage educational facilities for girls, children with special needs and those who are most deprived educationally amongst minorities.

The Scheme covers the entire country. However, preference is given to eligible minority institutions (private aided/unaided elementary/secondary/senior secondary schools) located in districts, blocks and towns having a minority population above 20%, based on available census data. The Scheme funds infrastructure development of private aided/unaided minority elementary/secondary/senior secondary schools to the extent of 75% and subject to a maximum of Rs. 50 lakhs per school for-

(i) Strengthening of educational infrastructure in the existing elementary /secondary/senior secondary school including additional classrooms, science/ computer lab rooms, library rooms, toilets, drinking water facilities etc.;

(ii) Hostel buildings for children in such category of schools, especially for girls; and

(iii) Any other educational infrastructure not covered in (i) or (ii) above, but which in view of the State/Central Grant- in- Aid Committee is justified for educational advancement of the minority institutions. Tags: Schemes for Elimination of Gender and Social Gaps in School Enrolment and Retention Permalink Leave a comment Science Express- Biodiversity Special 2013 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 7, 2013 in Science and Technology

1 Vote

With a view to create awareness amongst masses in general and youth in particular about the exceptional biodiversity of India , the Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) in collaboration with Department of Science & Technology ( DST) and Indian Railway launched last year on World Environment Day

It will be open to visitors from 1000hrs till 1700hrs and entry is free. Schools can fix appointments to visit the exhibition and also participate in Joy-of-Science lab by calling 09428405407/8 or by sending an e-mail to sciencexpress@gmail.com. A team of 40 young well trained and highly motivated post graduates in science, who remain on-board throughout the entire journey, will facilitate the visitors and

explain the content of the exhibits and also answer their queries. Thereafter the train will halt at 60 more locations across India before returning to its base station- Gandhinagar Capital- on 28 October 2013.

The present run of the train is the 2nd Phase in the two phase programme envisaged to cover a minimum of 100 locations on Broad Gauge network of Indian Railway across the entire length & breadth of the country. Of the 16 coaches of Science Express- Biodiversity Special, 8 are solely dedicated to showcasing the myriad biodiversity spread across all the bio-geographical zones of India through a variety of interactive exhibits, short films & videos that are shown on Plasma & LED TV screens, large format displays, kiosks, backlit panels, and so on. The rest of coaches have interesting & informative exhibits on Climate Change, Energy and Water conservation and topical issues in science. The popular Joy of Science Lab is mounted in an exclusive coach in which students are guided to perform various experiments & activities to understand concepts of various themes projected in the train. In addition, on the railway platform where the train is halted, young visitors are encouraged to play several exciting games as well as participate in quizzes, painting competitions, elocutions, just-a-minute, etc. The window panes of the entire train have also been judiciously used to put up posters on the numerous species of flora & fauna found in India which keep the visitors engaged while waiting for their turn. SCIENCE EXPRESS Tags: Science Express- Biodiversity Special 2013 Permalink Leave a comment Solar heartbeat Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 7, 2013 in Space (World)

4 Votes

A magnetic solar heartbeat beats deep in the suns interior, generating energy that leads to solar flares and sunspots.

The suns periodic magnetic field reversals. Every 40 years, according to the model, the suns zonal magnetic field bands switch their orientation, or polarity.

That cycle is about four times longer than the 11-year sunspot cycle that governs the level of solar activity. Being able to model such a regular, long-term process is remarkable.

Dissipating turbulence

Modeling the sun has been a sticky problem for decades. The first attempts in the 1980s captured only a rough approximation of the turbulence inside of the sun.

Turbulence, when it occurs, happens at both large and small scales. The large scales are easy to simulate, but in the sun, a small feature only about tens of miles across is just as important in understanding how fluid propagates.

When energy from turbulence dissipates, the turbulence flows into smaller and smaller whirlpool shapes, called vortices. You can see this for yourself, Charbonneau said, when swirling your hand in a full bathtub. The movement will produce a vortex in the water that will gradually break up into tinier ones that dissipate the energy.

On the sun, dissipation takes place at a scale of tens of yards. Thats extremely minute, compared with the size of the sun which is 1 million times larger than Earth. Theres no way we can capture that in a simulation.

To approximate this process, scientists typically limit the resolution to about 6.2 miles (10 kilometers). This, however, creates an energy buildup in the simulation that will blow up the model before it can run for very long.

Studying the suns brightness

Several science groups are now trying to model brightness changes in the sun. Its been known for years that the sun is brighter when its more active.

The sun produces more dark sunspots during that time which dim it somewhat but it also creates small magnetic structures that brighten the surface.

How these structures form is still under investigation. Charbonneau and his team are examining how the magnetic field on the sun affects the transport of energy from the inside to the outside.

Theres a link between convective energy transport and the magnetic cycle, and you can measure that through going through the simulation and pulling out the flows, the primary variables. Tags: Solar heartbeat Permalink Leave a comment ICSI National Awards for Excellence in Corporate Governance 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 7, 2013 in Awards

Rate This

Chairman of the Awards Jury of the ICSI (Institute of Company Secretaries of India) and former Chief Justice of India Shri Justice M. N. Venkatachaliah presented the ICSI National Awards for Excellence in Corporate Governance -2012 to two Best Governed Companies:

1.

Indian Oil Corporation Limited; and

2.

HCL Technologies Limited.

The Awards were presented during the o ngoing 2nd CSIA International Corporate Governance Conference. The Company Secretaries of the awardee companies, Shri Raju Ranganathan, Company Secretary, Indian Oil Corporation Limited ; and Shri Manish Anand, Company Secretary, HCL Technologies Limited were also honoured for their contribution in adhering to good corporate governance practices.

ICSI Life Time Achievement Award for the year 2012 was presented to Shri Deepak S. Parekh, Chairman, Housing Development Finance Corporation Ltd. for translating excellence in Corporate Governance into reality.

Certificates of Recognition were presented to the Top Five Companies. These are ( in Alphabetical order):

1. CMC Limited

2.

Engineers India Limited

3.

ONGC Limited

4.

Persistent Systems Ltd.

5.

Powergrid Corporation of India Limited

Tags: ICSI National Awards for Excellence in Corporate Governance - 2012 Permalink Leave a comment CCEA approves sugar decontrol Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 7, 2013 in Commerce

1 Vote

The CCEA in its meeting on April 4, 2013 has approved the following proposals:

The Regulated Release Mechanism of sugar by will be dispensed with immediately. The decision will provide timely payment of cane price to farmers. However, PDS consumers will continue to get sugar at the existing rates.

Obligation to supply sugar as levy on mills at a control rate for Public Distribution System will be done away with for sugar produced after September, 2012 and the requirement of sugar for PDS will be procured by the states through open market.

Present sugar quota of the states will be protected and the States will be mandated to continue with the current retail issue price of Rs. 13.50 per Kg. under PDS. The states will be given subsidy for the balance amount between retail issue price and the current ex-mill price calculated provisionally @ Rs. 32/- per Kg.

The subsidy burden on PDS sugar supply alone was estimated at about Rs.2556 crore for 2011-12 production. The additional burden after the decontrol for supply of about 27 lakh tons of sugar would be about Rs.3120 crore. Tags: CCEA approves sugar decontrol Permalink Leave a comment Reconstitution of Central Press Accreditation Committee. Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 4, 2013 in Education

1 Vote

The Ministry of Information & Broadcasting has reconstituted the Central Press Accreditation Committee(CPAC). The CPAC functions as a body to approve applications for accreditation from the media, both Indian as well as foreign. The members of the committee are Sh. Himanshu Chatterjee (Indian Federation of Working Journalists), Sh. B.M.Sharma (All India Small and Medium Newspapers Federation), Sh. Pramod Mathur (Working News Cameramens Association), Sh. Surinder Kapoor (News Cameramens Association), Ms. Coomi Kapoor (Editors Guild of India), Sh. Shazi Zaman(Indian Broadcasting Foundation), Sh. Swaraj Thapa (Press Association), Sh. Manoranjan Bharati (News

Broadcasters Association), Sh. Supriya Prasad (Broadcast Editors Association), Smt. Mangipudi Aruna (Association of Small and Medium Newspapers of India), Sh. Thyagaraja (Indian Federation of Small and Medium Newspapers), Sh.Geetartha Pathak (Indian Journalists Union), Sh. Jagdish Yadav (Association of Accredited News Cameraman), Sh. Padmadhar Pati Tripathi (All India Journalists Welfare Association), Sh. Radhey Sham Sharma (All India Newspaper Editors Conference), Sh. Subhash Nigam (National Union of Journalists), Sh. Pankaj Vohra, Sh. Nirmal Pathak, Ms. Neerja Chaudhary, Ms. Pallavi Ghosh, Sh. Vinod Agnihotri, Sh. Diwakar, Sh. Varughese K. George, Sh. Sunil Gatade and Sh. Naveen Grewal (Nominated). Tags: Reconstitution of Central Press Accreditation Committee. Permalink Leave a comment National Higher Education Qualification Framework for Mobility of Students in Higher Education Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 4, 2013 in Education

Rate This

The Central Advisory Board on Education resolved that a CABE Committee will be constituted to examine the formulation of a National Higher Education Qualification Framework (NHEQF). It will submit its recommendations within a period of six months. The CABE in its 61st meeting in the Capital appreciated the proposal to develop a National Higher Education Qualification Framework which would facilitate the mobility of students in higher education.

The essential purpose of the NHEQF is to provide the broad framework within which universities and other degree-awarding educational institutions could develop the syllabi that they consider relevant thereby using their academic autonomy to the fullest extent in a responsible manner and without adversely affecting the horizontal and vertical mobility of students.

The NHEQF may provide a comprehensive indicator of all learning achievements within and across different disciplines and shall represent a consensus of views of all stakeholders. Accordingly, it shall provide a basis for monitoring and regulating the quality and compatibility of higher education across institutions. It may thus become a single system of levels for all qualifications offered by higher educational institutions across all disciplines thereby making higher education qualification comparable nationally and internationally.

Another distinctive feature of the NHEQF is making the programmes of studies modular, thereby permitting accreditation or certification of a component, part of the larger qualification. Thus, the NHEQF would serve as an unequivocal description of higher education qualification at the national level with the aim that the higher education system of the country is internationally understood. Tags: National Higher Education Qualification Framework for Mobility of Students in Higher Education Permalink Leave a comment Check on Displacement of Adivasis Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 4, 2013 in Minorities

Rate This

The Ministry of Environment & Forests is implementing National Environment Policy, 2006, The Biological Diversity Act, 2002, National Forest Policy, 1988, and Rules made thereunder which address the concerns for the environmental stability and ecological security of the nation including water cycle, biodiversity conservation and forest land productivity, etc.

The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 recognises and vests the forest rights and occupation in forest land in forest dwelling scheduled tribes and other forest dwellers who have been residing in such forest for generations but whose rights are not recorded. The Act provides that no member of a forest dwelling scheduled tribe or other traditional forest dweller shall be evicted or removed from forest under his occupation till the recognition and verification procedure is complete.

Diversion of forest land for non-forestry purpose is regulated under the provisions of the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980. Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plans, wherever applicable, are in-built components of the proposals for diversion of forest land.

Tags: Check on Displacement of Adivasis Permalink Leave a comment Steps Taken for Protection of Elephants Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 4, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

1 Vote

Efforts are made to protect and increase the elephant population in the country. The Central Government is releasing funds for protection and conservation of elephants in the country under the Centrally Sponsored Scheme of Project Elephant. The Elephant range states have taken various activities to mitigate Man-Elephant conflict, improvement of Elephant Habitat, restoration of

Elephant Corridors and various awareness programmes under the scheme. Some of the activities are as follows:

1) Habitat improvements and restoration of Elephant Corridors in PE Range states under PE Scheme (CSS)

2) Infrastructure improvement in Elephant Reserves for effective management of elephant population.

3) Anti depredation squads, anti poaching squads and trekkers are engaged for protection of elephants.

4) To restrict menace of elephants to human habitations, solar fencing, trenches and stone waling are being provided in the depredation prone localities.

5) Studies on various issues such as man animal conflict, carrying capacity of elephant habitat are encouraged.

6) Awareness programme among the local villagers are taken to minimize the loss of life of the wild elephants.

7) For better management of Wild Elephants, 28 Elephant Reserves have been established by the states.

8) To secure the future of the elephants in India, the Ministry of Environment and Forests has constituted an Elephant Task Force which has submitted its report Gajah to the Ministry in 2010.

9) To monitor and review the CSS scheme of PE, a steering committee has been constituted by the Ministry.

10) As per one of the decisions in the 6th meeting of NBWL, a committee for strengthening of Elephant Reserves and elephant corridors has been constituted in January, 2013.

11) As per one of the Elephant Task Force recommendations, creation of National Elephant Conservation Authority (NECA) is under process.

12) Joint advisories have been issued by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) and Ministry of Railways (MoRs) to all the concerned states to avoid deaths of elephants by speeding trains. Tags: Steps Taken for Protection of Elephants Permalink Leave a comment Central Medical Services Society Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 4, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

1 Vote

Central Medical Services Society (CMSS), a Central Procurement Agency of Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, has been registered under Societies Registration Act, 1860 on 22-03-2012. CMSS will be responsible for procuring health sector goods in a transparent and cost-effective manner and distributing them to the State/UT Governments by setting up IT enabled supply chain infrastructure including State warehouses in 50 locations.

The main objective of CMSS will be to ensure uninterrupted supply of health sector goods to the State Governments. Rules and Regulations of CMSS have been framed. MoHFW is providing one time budgetary support of Rs.50 crores to enable establishment of CMSS.CMSS has been permitted to charge a service fee on the value of procurement to meet its operational expenses which should be well within an upper ceiling of 5% of the value of procurement. Tags: Central Medical Services Society Permalink 1 Comment AYUSH during the 12th Five Year Plan Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 4, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

1 Vote

Thrust Areas of the Department of AYUSH during the 12th Five Year Plan including priorities for 2013-14

The 12th Plan seeks to expand the reach of healthcare and work towards long term objective of establishing a system of Universal Health Coverage in the country. During the 12th Plan period, AYUSH system would be increasingly main-streamed using their areas of strengths in preventive and promotive healthcare, diseases and health conditions relating to women and children, older persons, NCDs, mental ailments, stress management, palliative care, rehabilitation and health promotion.

Thrust Areas of the 12th Plan:

An allocation of Rs.10,044crores has been made for AYUSH during 12th Plan as against the 11th Plan expenditure of Rs. 2994 crores to focus on the following thrust areas.

(i) Increasing involvement of AYUSH in the health services and its greater role for bridging the gaps for achieving Universal Health Coverage.

(ii) Department of AYUSH seeks to use its core competence in preventive and promotive healthcare, diseases and health conditions relating to women and children, older persons, NCDs, mental ailments, stress management, palliative care, rehabilitation and health promotion for Universal Health Coverage.

12th Plan Proposals:The 12th Plan proposals include setting up of the following Institutions.

(i)

Homoeopathic Medicine Pharmaceutical Co. Limited.

(ii)

All India Institute of Yoga.

(iii)

All India Institute of Homoeopathy.

(iv)

All India Institute of Unani Medicine.

(v)

National Institute of Sowa Rigpa.

(vi)

National Institute of Medicinal Plants.

(vii)

National AYUSH Library & Achieves.

(viii)

Central Council for Research in Sowa Rigpa.

(ix)

National Commission for Human Resources in AYUSH.

(x)

Central Drug Controller for AYUSH.

(xi)

Indian Institute of AYUSH Pharmaceuticals Sciences.

(xii)

National Institute of Geriatrics.

(xiii)

National Institute on Metabolic & Life Style Diseases.

(xiv)

National Institute of Drugs Tobacco De-addiction.

New Programmes: The following new programmes are also proposed to be introduced as a part of the National Mission on AYUSH.

(i)

AYUSH Gram.

(ii)

Pharmaco vigilance initiative for ASU drugs.

(iii)

Strengthening of Research Councils Unit.

(iv)

National AYUSH Health Programme.

(v)

Hospitals & Dispensaries (under NRHM including AYUSH Flexi-pool).

Tags: AYUSH during the 12th Five Year Plan Permalink Leave a comment National Programme for Health Care of the Elderly Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 4, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

1 Vote

The Ministry of Health & Family Welfare has launched National Programme for the Health Care of Elderly (NPHCE) during 11th Plan period to address various health related problems of elderly people, keeping in view the recommendations made in the National Policy on Older Persons as well as the States obligation under the Maintenance & Welfare of Parents & Senior Citizens Act 2007.

The aim of the NPHCE programme is to

Provide separate and specialized comprehensive healthcare to the senior citizens at various level of State healthcare delivery system including outreach services. T

The major components of the NPHCE during 11th Five Year Plan were establishment of 30 bedded Department of Geriatric in 8 identified Regional Medical Institutions (Regional Geriatric Centres) in different parts of the country and to provide dedicated health care facilities in District Hospitals, CHCs, PHCs and Sub Centres in 100 identified districts of 21 States. The programme is being implemented in a phased manner and initially 100 districts have been selected from 21 States in 11th FYP. It is proposed

to cover more districts under the programme and develop 12 additional Regional Geriatric Centres in selected Medical Colleges of the country during 12th Five Year Plan .

As per latest reports, Geriatric OPD has been opened at 5 Institutes viz. All India Institute of Medical Sciences, New Delhi; Grants Medical College & JJ Hospital, Mumbai;Sher-I-Kashmir Institute of Medical Sciences (SKIMS); Govt. Medical College, Thiruvananthapuram and Guwahati Medical College, Assam. Among the States, Chhattisgarh, Gujarat, Haryana, Jammu & Kashmir, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, Sikkim, Orissa, Punjab and Rajasthan have reported opening of Geriatric OPD/Ward at various District Hospitals. Bi-weekly Geriatric Clinic at CHCs started at Bilaspur, Jashpur Nagar and Raipur (Chhattisgarh), Mewat and Yamuna Nagar (Haryana), Leh (J&K) and Shimoga& Kola (Karnataka). Weekly Geriatric Clinics at PHCs have been started at Mewat (Haryana), Leh (J&K) and Shimoga&Kolar (Karnataka). Tags: National Programme for Health Care of the Elderly Permalink Leave a comment Steps Taken to Protect Ecology of Indian Himalayan Region Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 4, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

2 Votes

Considering the ecological sensitivity of the region, several initiatives are taken to protect the ecology of Indian Himalayan Region by the Govt. of India and Himalayan states through the Mission on Sustaining Himalayan Ecosystem under National Action Plan on Climate Change and Himalayan Sustainable Development Forum (HSDF) under the Shimla Declaration adopted during the Himalayan Chief Ministers Conclave held at Shimla on Oct 29-30, 2009. Uttarakhand Forest Department undertakes Plantation activities in forest areas around the around Gangotri, Yamunotri and Badrinath dhams.

Himalayan Glaciers provides the review of information regarding the glacier retreat in the region, including Gangotri Glacier. Further, G.B. Pant Institute of Himalayan Environment & Development (GBPIHED) has undertaken studies on Gangotri glacier retreat, silt load in the glacial melt and water quality of river Bhagirathi originating from Gangotri glacier. A pilot study conducted by GBPIHED for MoEF entitled Environmental and social impacts of hydropower projects in river Ganga basis (between Dharasu and Gangotri) in Uttarakhand has indicated that the water quality parameters are within the permissible limit of the Bureau of Indian Standards. Tags: Steps Taken to Protect Ecology of Indian Himalayan Region Permalink 3 Comments Lightest Material on Earth Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 3, 2013 in Science and Technology

4 Votes

Chinese scientists have placed another milestone in the field of science by discovering the lightest substance in the whole world that has a density of one six of the density of air. The substance is named as carbon aerogel.

The scientists at the Zhejiang University have produced the solid material with a density of 0.16 mg/cubic centimeter. The material has broken all the pre-existing records of graphite aerogel, of being the lightest material.

Aerogel is a material which is created by drying the semi solid gel and removing the solvent. The material is visible in solid state with many of its inner poles filled with air, which accounts for its minimum density.

The former lightest material was developed by the German scientists in the former year. It was developed with a density of 0.18 mg/cubic centimeters.

The team freeze-dried the solutions of carbon nanotubes and graphene for removing moisture and keeping a hold of its integrity. Professor Gao said that the structure of carbon aerogel is same as carbon sponge. When an aerogel equivalent to a mug in size is kept on Setaria, there is no bending seen in the slender glass. Though it appears to be fragile, carbon aerogel is highly elastic and can bounce back after facing a compression.

In addition, its one of the materials with biggest oil absorption capacity. Current oil absorbing products can usually absorb organic solvent of about 10 times of their own weight. The carbon aerogel newly developed can absorb up to 900 times their own weight.

Carbon aerogel is expected to play an important role in pollution control such as oil spill control, water purification and even air purification.

In addition to pollution control, carbon aerogel is expected to become an ideal material for energy storage insulation, catalytic carrier and sound-absorption. Tags: Lightest Material on Earth Permalink Leave a comment Achievements in Adolescent Health Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 3, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

2 Votes

Adolescent Health Division of the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare implements three programmes viz Adolescent Reproductive and Sexual Health Programme (ARSH), Menstrual Hygiene Scheme (MHS) and Weekly Iron Supplementation Programme (WIFS).

1. Adolescent Reproductive and Sexual Health (ARSH)

Adolescent Reproductive and Sexual Health programme (ARSH) focuses on the reproductive and sexual health in order to influence the health seeking behaviour of adolescents. Interventions are designed to meet the service needs of adolescents through public health systems. The programme focuses on counselling services and routine check-up at primary, secondary and tertiary levels of care is provided on fixed days and fixed time to married and unmarried adolescents, girls and boys through Stand Alone and fixed day clinics. As of now a total of 5207 clinics are functional against a target of 6280. In addition to this, Peer Educators at village level have been enrolled in 17 States and UTs.

2. Weekly Iron and Folic Acid Supplementation (WIFS)

The Weekly Iron and Folic Acid Supplementation (WIFS) Programme has been launched to meet the challenge of high prevalence of anaemia amongst adolescent girls and boys. The long term goal is to break the intergenerational cycle of anaemia, the short term benefits is of a nutritionally improved human capital. Programme has been implemented across the country both rural and urban areas and will cover 13 crores adolescents 6 crore girls and boys enrolled in class VI-XII of government and government aided school and 7 crores out of school girls. Programme has been launched in 19 states

namely Orissa, Tripura, Andhra Pradesh, West Bengal, Maharashtra, Chandigarh, D&N Haveli, Uttarakhand, Haryana, Andaman Nicobar, Daman and Diu, Puducherry, Kerala, Mizoram, UP, Gujarat, Jharkhand, Himachal Pradesh and Arunachal Pradesh. Remaining states are at different stages of preparation for implementation.

3. Scheme for Promotion of Menstrual Hygiene (MHS):

The Ministry of Health and Family Welfare has introduced a scheme for promotion of menstrual hygiene among adolescent girls in the age group of 10-19 years in rural areas. The scheme is being implemented in 152 districts across 20 states in the country, wherein supply in 107 districts is through central procurement and in 45 districts production with quality assurance guidelines is through local Self Help Groups. The sanitary napkin packs (containing 6 pieces each) is branded as Freedays Tags: Achievements in Adolescent Health Permalink Leave a comment Section 3(d) of the Indian Patent Act Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 1, 2013 in Corporate Affairs

5 Votes

Swiss pharma major Novartis lost a seven-year long legal battle for getting its blood cancer drug Glivec patented in India and to restrain Indian companies from manufacturing generic drugs, with the Supreme Court rejecting the multinational companys plea.

A Supreme Court dismissed the claim of the Swiss firm for getting exclusive rights for manufacturing the cancer drug on the ground that a new substance has been used in the medicine.

Basel-headquartered Novartis had contested the rejection of its patent application for anti-cancer drug Glivec by the Indian patent office and subsequently by the Intellectual Property Appellate Board (IPAB) and had challenged IPABs interpretation of section 3 (d) of Indian Patent Act.

The IPAB had upheld the contention of the Indian Patent Office that the drug, Glivec, is simply a new form of imatinib and hence not patentable as per Section 3 (d) of Indian Patent Act

This section states that inventions that are mere discovery of a new form of a known substance and do not result in increased efficacy of that substance are not patentable. This implied that India did not support patents for inventions which were minor modifications and prevented undue monopoly during the extended period of patent protection by the company.

Chapter II of the The Patents Act, 1970 on Inventions not patentable reads as:

3. What are not inventions.The following are not inventions within the meaning of this Act,

(a) an invention which is frivolous or which claims anything obviously contrary to well established natural laws; (b) an invention the primary or intended use or commercial exploitation of which could be contrary public order or morality or which causes serious prejudice to human, animal or plant life or health or to the environment; (c)the mere discovery of a scientific principle or the formulation of an abstract theory or discovery of any living thing or non-living substance occurring in nature; (d) the mere discovery of a new form of a known substance which does not result in the enhancement of the known efficacy of that substance or the mere discovery of any new property or new use for a known substance or of the mere use of a known process, machine or apparatus unless such known process results in a new product or employs at least one new reactant.

Explanation.For the purposes of this clause, salts, esters, ethers, polymorphs, metabolites, pure form, particle size, isomers, mixtures of isomers, complexes, combinations and other derivatives of known substance shall be considered to be the same substance, unless they differ significantly in properties with regard to efficacy; Tags: Section 3(d) of the Indian Patent Act Permalink Leave a comment National Programme on Prevention & Control of Cancer, Diabetes, CVD & Stroke Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on April 1, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

2 Votes

India is experiencing a rapid health transition with a rising burden of Non Communicable Diseases (NCDs). Overall, NCDs are emerging as the leading causes of death in the country accounting for over 42% of all deaths (Registrar General of India). NCDs cause significant morbidity and mortality both in urban and rural population, with considerable loss in potentially productive years (aged 3564 years) of life.

It is estimated that the overall prevalence of diabetes, hypertension, Ischemic Heart Diseases (IHD) and Stroke is 62.47, 159.46, 37.00 and 1.54 respectively per 1000 population of India. There are an estimated 25 Lakh cancer cases in India.

Considering the rising burden of NCDs and common risk factors to major Chronic Non Communicable Diseases, Government of India initiated an integrated National Programme for Prevention and Control of Cancers, Diabetes, Cardiovascular Diseases and Stroke (NPCDCS). The focus of the programme is on health promotion and prevention, strengthening of infrastructure including human resources, early diagnosis and management and integration with the primary health care system through NCD cells at different levels for optimal operational synergies. National Cancer Control Programme, an on-going programme, has been integrated under NPCDCS.

The programme is being implemented in 100 districts spread over 21 States during 2010-11 & 2011-12) at an estimated outlay of Rs. 1230.90 crore (Rs.499.38 crore for interventions on diabetes and cardiovascular diseases & stroke and Rs.731.52 crore for cancer control) on a cost sharing basis between the Centre and the States at the rate of 80:20. These districts have been selected keeping into account their backwardness, inaccessibility & poor health indicators.

Services offered under NPCDCS

Major risk factors for these NCDs are raised blood pressure, cholesterol, tobacco use, unhealthy diet, physical inactivity, alcohol consumption, and obesity which are modifiable. Hence a majority of cancers and CVDs can be prevented and treated if diagnosed at an early stage. Health promotion and prevention of chronic NCDs are yet to be adequately addressed in the countrys health system. Presently, Clinical services, too, are not adequately equipped to provide the required level of care for these diseases in primary and secondary health-care settings. Therefore, the appropriate strategies have been devised to be implemented under NPCDCS to ensure that the NCDs can be prevented and managed in an effective manner.

A. Cardiovascular Diseases (CVD), Diabetes & Stroke

A Cardiac care unit at each of the 100 district hospitals.

 NCD clinic at 100 district hospitals and 700 Community Health Centres (CHCs) for diagnosis and management of Cardiovascular Diseases (CVD), Diabetes & Stroke.

Provision for availability of life saving drugs, to each district hospital in 100 districts.

Opportunistic Screening for diabetes and high blood pressure to all persons above 30 years including pregnant women of all age groups at 20,000 Sub Centres.

Home based care for bed ridden cases in 100 districts.

Support for contractual manpower and equipments at the 100 district hospitals & 700 CHCs for management of NCDs including health promotion activities.

B. Cancer:

Common diagnostic services, basic surgery, chemotherapy and palliative care for cancer

cases at 100 district hospitals.

Support for Chemotherapy drugs at each district hospital

Day care Chemotherapy facilities at 100 district hospitals.

Facility for laboratory investigations including Mammography at 100 district hospitals

Home based palliative care for chronic, debilitating and progressive cancer patients at 100 districts.

 Support for contractual manpower and equipment for management of cancer cases at the 100 district hospitals.

Strengthening of 65 centre Tertiary Cancer Centres (TCCs)

Achievements so far

Operational Guidelines developed

Training Modules developed for Health Workers and Medical Officers.

Human Resource under National NCD Cell in place

Human Resource under State and District level in process

Signed MOU Received from 11 States

Setting up of State and District NCD cells in process

Funds for implementation of NPCDCS in 27 districts across 19 states were released in March 2011 foropportunistic screening, establishment of NCD clinic at CHCs and District Hospitals.

Efforts are being taken to increase awareness for promotion of healthy lifestyle through Mass media.

 Funds for conducting training workshops were released to NIHFW and Indian Nursing Counsel.

Pilot Project on School based Diabetes Screening Programme initiated in 6 districts

Proposal for surveillance of NCD risk factors is under submission

The programme, thus, attempts to achieve behaviour change in the community to adopt healthy life styles including dietary patterns, enhanced physical activity and reduced intake of tobacco and alcohol resulting in overall reduction in the risk factors of common Non-Communicable Diseases in the country. Tags: CVD & Stroke, Diabetes, National Programme on Prevention & Control of Cancer Permalink 1 Comment Faces of Our Ancestors Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 29, 2013 in Science and Technology

2 Votes

Back in the beginning

To put a human face on our ancestors, scientists from the Senckenberg Research Institute used sophisticated methods to form 27 model heads based on tiny bone fragments, teeth and skulls collected from across the globe. The heads are on display for the first time together at the Senckenberg Natural History Museum in Frankfurt, Germany. This model is Sahelanthropus tchadensis, also nicknamed Toumai, who lived 6.8 million years ago. Parts of its jaw bone and teeth were found nine years ago in the Djurab desert in Chad. Its one of the oldest hominid specimens ever found.

Australopithecus afarensis

With each new discovery, paleoanthropologists have to rewrite the origins of mans ancestors, adding on new branches and tracking when species split. This model was fashioned from pieces of a skull and jaw found among the remains of 17 pre-humans (nine adults, three adolescents and five children) which were discovered in the Afar Region of Ethiopia in 1975. The ape-man species, Australopithecus afarensis, is believed to have lived 3.2 million years ago. Several more bones from this species have been found in Ethiopia, including the famed Lucy, a nearly complete A. afarensis skeleton found in Hadar.

Australopithecus africanus

Meet Mrs. Ples, the popular nickname for the most complete skull of an Australopithecus africanus, unearthed in Sterkfontein, South Africa in 1947. It is believed she lived 2.5 million years ago (although the sex of the fossil is not entirely certain). Crystals found on her skull suggest that she died after falling into a chalk pit, which was later filled with sediment. A. africanus has long puzzled scientists because of its massive jaws and teeth, but they now believe the species skull design was optimal for cracking nuts and seeds.

Paranthropus aethiopicus

The skull of this male adult was found on the western shore of Lake Turkana in Kenya in 1985. The shape of the mouth indicates that he had a strong bite and could chew plants. He is believed to have lived in 2.5 million years ago and is classified as Paranthropus aethiopicus. Much is still unknown about this species because so few reamins of P. aethiopicus have been found.

Paranthropus boisei

Researchers shaped this skull of Zinj, found in 1959. The adult male lived 1.8 million years ago in the Olduvai Gorge of Tanzania. His scientific name is Paranthropus boisei, though he was originally called Zinjanthropus boisei hence the nickname. First discovered by anthropologist Mary Leakey, the wellpreserved cranium has a small brain cavity. He would have eaten seeds, plants and roots which he probably dug with sticks or bones.

Homo rudolfensis

This model of a sub-human species Homo rudolfensis was made from bone fragments found in Koobi Fora, Kenya, in 1972. The adult male is believed to have lived about 1.8 million years ago. He used stone tools and ate meat and plants. H. Rudolfensis distinctive features include a flatter, broader face and broader postcanine teeth, with more complex crowns and roots. He is also recognized as having a larger cranium than his contemporaries.

Homo ergaster

The almost perfectly preserved skeleton of the Turkana Boy is one of the most spectacular discoveries in paleoanthropology. Judging from his anatomy, scientists believe this Homo ergaster was a tall youth about 13 to 15 years old. According to research, the boy died beside a shallow river delta, where he was covered by alluvial sediments. Comparing the shape of the skull and teeth, H. ergaster had a similiar head structure to the Asian Homo erectus.

Homo heidelbergensis

This adult male, Homo heidelbergensis, was discovered in in Sima de los Huesos, Spain in 1993. Judging by the skull and cranium, scientists believe he probably died from a massive infection that caused a facial deformation. The model, shown here, does not include the deformity. This species is believed to be an ancestor of Neanderthals, as seen in the shape of his face. Miquelon, the nickname of Atapuerca 5, lived about 500,000 to 350,000 years ago and fossils of this species have been found in Italy, France and Greece.

Homo neanderthalensis

The Old Man of La Chapelle was recreated from the skull and jaw of a Homo neanderthalensis male found near La Chapelle-aux-Saints, in France in 1908. He lived 56,000 years ago. His relatively old age, thought to be between 40 to 50 years old, indicates he was well looked after by a clan. The old mans skeleton indicates he suffered from a number of afflictions, including arthritis, and had numerous broken bones. Scientists at first did not realize the age and afflicted state of this specimen when he was first discovered. This led them to incorrectly theorize that male Neanderthals were hunched over when they walked.

Homo floresiensis

The skull and jaw of this female hobbit was found in Liang Bua, Flores, Indonesia, in 2003. She was about 1 meter tall (about 33) and lived about 18,000 years ago. The discovery of her species, Homo floresiensis, brought into question the belief that Homo sapiens was the only form of mankind for the past 30,000 years. Scientists are still debating whether Homo floresiensis was its own species, or merely a group of diseased modern humans. Evidence is mounting that these small beings were, in fact, a distinct human species.

Homo sapiens

Bones can only tell us so much. Experts often assume or make educated guesses to fill in the gaps in mankinds family tree, and to develop a sense what our ancestors may have looked like. Judging from skull and mandible fragments found in a cave in Israel in 1969, this young female Homo sapien lived between 100,000 and 90,000 years ago. Her bones indicate she was about 20 years old. Her shattered skull was found among the remains of 20 others in a shallow grave. Tags: Faces of Our Ancestors Permalink Leave a comment Committees to address three key farmers issues Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 27, 2013 in Agriculture

2 Votes

Representatives would be enlisted by the government to make appropriate recommendations on issues related to MSP, FTAs and FDI in retail

Representatives of Indian Coordination Committee of Farmers Movements held extensive discussions with Sharad Pawar, Union Minister of Agriculture; Jairam Ramesh, Minister of Rural Development; K.V. Thomas, Minister of State, Consumer Affairs, Food & Public Distribution; D. Purandeswari, Minister of State, Commerce and Industry; S.K. Jena, Minister of State, Fertilizers and N.N. Meena, Minister of State, Finance on March 20 to discuss the demands of farmers who had been camping since March 18 at Jantar Mantar in New Delhi.

After detailed discussions lasting for nearly three hours it was decided to constitute committees to address three crucial issues that were exercising the farmers, namely

To examine the methodology of assessing cost of cultivation and determining the Minimum Support Prices of various agricultural commodities;

To address apprehensions in regard to dumping of agricultural produce in the country under liberal Free Trade Agreements.

To suggest appropriate safeguards to protect farmers in the wake of the introduction of Foreign Direct Investment in Multi Brand Retail.

It was decided that the representatives of the farmers would be enlisted in each of the above committees, which would make appropriate recommendations and suggestions to the Government for protection of farmers interests

Tags: Committees to address three key farmers' issues Permalink Leave a comment Hygiene ratings for all food outlets in India soon Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 27, 2013 in Miscellaneous

1 Vote

The Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI) is working on new norms to grade outlets according to their level of hygiene and cleanliness

The Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI) is working on new norms on hygiene and cleanliness at food outlets across the country. All food outlets, from small dhabas to five-star hotels , will be graded according to their level of food hygiene and cleanliness.

This will mean that a dhaba in your neighbourhood could be rated as level-1 , if cooking practices measure up to the minimum standards laid down by the authority, while a fine dining restaurant may end up getting the top billing. It is also possible for restaurants belonging to the same chain to get different ratings.

FSSAI has also mandated all food outlets to register with their respective state authorities to keep a count of the number of eateries in every state. Besides food joints, the authority also plans to lay down

basic norms of compliance for street vendors and hawkers, in collaboration with the housing and urban poverty alleviation ministry, to maintain food hygiene.

While the standards will be finalized over the next few months, the deadline for mandatory registration expires in February 2014. Failure to get a licence or get registration done will lead to a penalty. The plan is to initially focus on metros and gradually move to the smaller cities and towns.

Our criteria will be to come up with standards to grade food outlets. They could be graded as stars or as levels. The focus will be to see that they maintain food hygiene and safety so that consumers can make a wiser choice.

Apart from cleanliness at the place of cooking, the authority will also lay down guidelines for clean storage and transport facilities.

To ensure that consumers are aware of the hygiene practices being followed, outlets will also have to get, and display , a certificate issued by the authority displayed. Even as the large players have come out in support of the new norms, it is the small food businesses with limited resources that will pose trouble to ensure implementation.

Naturally, the end cost to the consumer will go up as these outlets will need more investments into maintaining cleanliness. But the amount passed on will be very small. The main challenge is to train people in the sector to take these steps.

The authority, which is planning the standards in collaboration with the health and consumer affairs ministries , along with several other government and private institutions , plans to invite volunteers for training food outlet managers and street vendors.

In places outside India, they have a holistic process of ensuring food safety. That will be our ultimate aim. We will have to come up with norms which will ensure a win-win situation for both the consumers and the eateries Tags: Hygiene ratings for all food outlets in India soon

Permalink 1 Comment Sathyamangalam Forest declared Tiger Reserve Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 27, 2013 in Tamilnadu

1 Vote

Sathyamangalam Forest in Erode district has been declared a Tiger Reserve. It is the fourth such reserve in Tamil Nadu. The three other tiger reserves are at Mudumalai in the Nilgiris district, Anamalai in Coimbatore districtand Kalakad-Mundanthurai in Tirunelveli district.

The government has earmarked 1.40 lakh hectares for the exclusive protection zone for the big cats. Of the total area, the core zone comprises over 90,000 hectares.

25 tigers

Sathyamangalam is home to at least 25 tigers, which has been confirmed by various studies conducted by our department and the World Wildlife Fund. The population is healthy and growing.

The presence of a good number of tigers in the region was confirmed during the recent wildlife census, as well. Enumerators found marks left by tigers in many areas in this region.

The scat study conducted by the department also indicated the presence of 18 to 25 tigers in the region.

The creation of a tiger reserve will lead to total habitat improvement and improve the flora and fauna in the entire region. The wildlife managers will be able to ensure greater protection to the big cats. The purpose of the initiative is to protect, propagate and improve wildlife and its environment.

The region has a unique environment where elephants, tigers, black bucks, hyenas and vultures co-exist. The elephant population in the region is estimated to be around 1,200. The region also witnesses a healthy growth in the vulture population, forest officials here said.

The Forest Department would not evict people living inside the tiger reserve. There will be no forceful eviction. The livelihood of the forest dwellers will not be disturbed due to the creation of exclusive zone for tigers Tags: Sathyamangalam Forest declared Tiger Reserve Permalink Leave a comment Quality of Service Regulations 2013 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 27, 2013 in Miscellaneous

1 Vote

TRAI releases Quality of Service (Code of Practice for Metering and Billing Accuracy) (Amendment) Regulations, 2013 dated 25th March, 2013.

The Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) has issued the Quality of Service (Code of Practice for Metering and Billing Accuracy) (Amendment) Regulations, 2013 amending the framework for audit of the metering and billing system of service providers provided in the Quality of Service (Code of Practice for Metering and Billing Accuracy) Regulations, 2006, so as to protect the interest of consumers.

The regulations issued in 2006 have prescribed a Code of Practice for metering and billing accuracy, containing standards for metering and billing, which every access service provider has to comply, so as to minimize the incidences of billing complaints and for protecting the interest of consumers. These regulations also provided for a system of annual audit of the metering and billing system through any one of the auditors, from the panel notified by TRAI, and the service providers are required to submit Audit Report by 30th June of every year and Action Taken Report on the inadequacies, if any, pointed out by the Auditor by 30th September. TRAI had issued a Consultation Paper on 27th November, 2012, seeking the comments of stakeholders on the proposals to introduce financial disincentives for addressing the problem of delay in submission of audit reports and action taken reports, false or incomplete audit and action taken reports and delayed refund of overcharges to affected consumers and proposals for improvement of quality of audit. Open House Discussions were held in Delhi on 9th January, 2013. After considering the views received from the stakeholders during the consultation process, TRAI has issued the Quality of Service (Code of Practice for Metering and Billing Accuracy) (Amendment) Regulations, 2013. The salient features of these regulations are given below:

Service providers to get its metering and billing system audited annually for basic and cellular mobile telephone service in each service area through any one of the auditor from the panel notified by TRAI.

Audit of call data records of one month of sample subscribers from most popular plans, new plans, data plans and Special Tariff Vouchers, in each Quarter so that the audit is representative of the whole year and also to facilitate timely refund of overcharged amounts.

Submission of audit report and action taken report by service providers to TRAI every year by 31st July and 15th November respectively.

Financial disincentive at the rate of Rs.1,00,000/- per week for delay in submission of Audit Reports and Action Taken Reports by the service providers.

Financial disincentive not exceeding Rs.10,00,000/- per Action Taken Report for false or incomplete information in the Action Taken Report.

In all cases of overcharging established during audit the affected customers shall be refunded of the overcharged amounts within two months, failing which the service provider shall be liable for financial disincentive equivalent to the amount of overcharged amount.

Auditors to submit monthly progress report to TRAI on refund of overcharged amounts to affected customers, in addition to submission of report on progress of audit at periodic intervals. Tags: Quality of Service Regulations 2013 Permalink Leave a comment 2,500 Model Schools to be Set up under PPP Mode from 2012-13 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 26, 2013 in Education

1 Vote

The Government has approved setting up of 2,500 model schools under the Public-Private Partnership (PPP) mode in blocks which are not educationally backward. The implementation of this component has been initiated from 2012-13. The selected private entities will develop, design, build and operate these schools for which the Government will contribute to recurring cost on per capita basis for the students sponsored. Maximum 10% of the capital investment in the school shall be provided as infrastructure grant. The initial agreement for such provision of quality education would be for 10 years for each school, which is extendable by mutual consent. The scheme provides for reservation to SCs, STs and OBCs as per the State norms.

A scheme with Central-State funding for setting up one Model Degree College in each of the 374 identified educationally backward districts having Gross Enrolment Ratio (GER) lower than the national GER is being implemented since 2010. Out of the 374 educationally backward districts, 62 minority concentration districts have been identified. Under this scheme, the State Government may, if they so choose, identify private not-for-profit participants (in PPP model), while ensuring that such involvement of the private sector does not adversely affect the access to education of disadvantaged sections Tags: 2, 500 Model Schools to be Set up under PPP Mode from 2012-13 Permalink Leave a comment Initiatives Taken by Government to Ensure a Corruption Free, Transparent Administration Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 24, 2013 in Governance

Rate This

The series of steps taken to provide a Government that is corruption-free, transparent, accountable and responsive at all times. RTI act, Lokpal Bill,2011, Whistle Blowers Protection Bill, 2011, The Prevention

of Bribery of Foreign Public Officials and Officials of Public international Organizations Bill, 2011 and other Administrative measures as part of the efforts to provide a transparent and corruption free Administration.

Empowerment of Citizens under the RTI Act itself is evident from the fact that a total number of 7,05,976 applications were processed by designated public authorities in the Central Government during the previous financial year. Prime Minister Dr.Manmohan Singh had constituted a Group of Ministers (GOM) to consider measures that can be taken by the Government to tackle corruption. The GOM has looked into specific issues such as State funding of elections; Fast tracking of all cases of public servants accused of corruption; Ensuring full transparency in public procurement and contracts, including enunciation of public procurement standards and a public procurement policy; Relinquishing discretionary powers enjoyed by Ministers; Introduction of an open and competitive system of exploiting natural resources etc.

The Lokpal Bill, 2011 has already been passed by the Lok Sabha. The Bill was then referred to a Select Committee of Rajya Sabha. The Select Committee has submitted its report to Parliament. Cabinet has accepted most of the recommendations of the Select Committee. Efforts are now underway to bring the Bill in RS.

The resolve of the govt. to protect the honest officers and such officers who expose corruption. With this objective in mind, Govt. has formulated Whistle Blowers Protection Bill, 2011, which has been passed by the Lok Sabha and is now pending in the Rajya Sabha.

With regard to the bribery of foreign public officials etc a standalone Bill titled The Prevention of Bribery of Foreign Public Officials and Officials of Public International Organizations Bill, 2011 has been introduced in the Lok Sabha. The Prevention of Corruption Act is also being amended to bring the corruption in the Private Sector under its purview.

The thrust being given by the Govt. on efficient functioning of the bureaucracy and need for review of their performance. Rules have been amended to provide for two tiers of intensive reviews of All India Service Officers on completion of 15 years of qualifying service and again on completion of 25 years of qualifying service, to assess the suitability of the officers for their further retention in service.

A number of other legislations have been initiated to usher in greater transparency and accountability. Right of Citizens for time-bound delivery of Goods and Services and Redressal of their Grievances Bill, 2011, intends to make the Citizens Charter statutory and to endow the public with the right to delivery of goods and services in a time bound manner.

The comprehensive reform attempts are made through the implementation of the recommendations of the Administrative Reforms Commissions. The 2nd Administrative Reforms Commission was constituted in 2005 to prepare a detailed blueprint for revamping the public administration system in the country. The ARC had submitted 15 reports containing 1251 recommendations. Out of these 1251 recommendations, more than 900 recommendations have been accepted by the Government.

The need for E-Governance initiatives for providing a transparent administration. He informed that a framework for efficient handling of public grievances through the Centralised Public Grievance Redress and Monitoring System (CPGRMS) is already in place. Pilot implementation of the e-Office project, which is one of the mission mode projects under the National e-Governance Plan is being carried out.

The Ministry has taken a number of steps over the years for streamlining the pension administration system for greater convenience and welfare of the pensioners. The Department of Pension & Pensioners Welfare has developed a web-based Pensioners Portal, a Mission Mode Project (MMP) under the National e-Governance Plan of Government of India. . Tags: Initiatives Taken by Government to Ensure a Corruption Free, Transparent Administration Permalink Leave a comment Steps for Improvement of Tribal People Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Minorities

Rate This

Various schemes of Government of India aim to bring about improvement in the quality of life of the Scheduled Tribes (STs). Policies of the Ministry of Tribal Affairs, the nodal Ministry for overall development of the Scheduled Tribes, focus on the integrated socio-economic development of the Scheduled Tribes.

The Ministry provides grants to the State/Union Territories under Special Central Assistance to the Tribal Sub-Plan and under Article 275(1) for socio-economic development of the STs and for creation of infrastructure in tribal areas. Several Centrally Sponsored Schemes and Central Sector Schemes are also implemented by the Ministry for ensuring education, coaching, skill upgradation, training facilities to the STs. The list of the schemes is given below.

Schemes of Ministry of Tribal Affairs

Name of Schemes

Special Area Programs (SAP)

1 SCA to Tribal Sub-Plan

2 Article 275(1) of the Constitution

Central Sector Schemes(CS)

1 Grant-in-Aid to NGOs for STs including Coaching & Allied Scheme and Award for Exemplary Service

2 Vocational Training Centres in Tribal Areas

3 Strengthening of Education among ST girls in low literacy Districts

4 Market Development of Tribal Products/ Produce

5 Grant-in-aid to State Tribal Development Cooperative Corporations for Minor Forest Produce

6 Development of Particularly Vulnerable Tribal (PTG)

7 Support to National/State Scheduled Tribes Finance & Development Corporations

8 Rajiv Gandhi National Fellowship for ST Students

9 Scheme of Institute of Excelence/Top class institute

10 National Overseas Scholarship Scheme

C Centrally Sponsored Schemes (CSS)

1 Scheme of PMS, Book Bank and Upgradation of Merit of ST students

2 New Scheme of Pre Matric Scholarship for ST students

3 Scheme of Hostels for ST Girls and Boys

4 Establishment of Ashram Schools

5 Research Information & Mass Education , Tribal Festival and Others Tags: Steps for Improvement of Tribal People Permalink Leave a comment Additional Subsidy on Chemical Fertilizers Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Agriculture

Rate This

The Government continues to provide Urea to the farmers at a fixed price of Rs 5360 PMT, which is much below its delivered cost. The difference in the normated delivered cost and Maximum Retail Price (MRP) is paid as subsidy by the Government. As regards Phosphatic and Potassic (P&K) fertilizers, the Government is implementing Nutrient Based Subsidy (NBS) Policy w.e.f. 1.4.2010. Under this policy, a fixed amount of subsidy, decided on annual basis, is provided on P&K fertilizers covered under the scheme.

Since the country is nearly fully dependent on imports in P&K fertilizers either in the form of finished fertilizers or their raw material and subsidy being fixed, its international price affects the prices of fertilizers in the country.

The prices of P&K fertilizers in last three years have mainly increased due to fluctuation in its international prices and also due to depreciation of Indian rupee vis a vis USD. Apart from above, there is no proposal to provide any additional subsidy on chemical fertilizers. Tags: Additional Subsidy on Chemical Fertilizers Permalink Leave a comment Use of Non-Urea Fertilizers Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Agriculture

Rate This

Government policy is to support balanced use of fertilizers to sustain soil health in the country.

The following steps are taken for the balanced use of fertilizers:

i. Nutrient Based Subsidy Policy, which has been implemented w.e.f. 1.4.2010, promotes competition amongst the fertilizer companies. The fertilizer companies tend to focus on farmers through farm extension services and educate farmers about the modern fertilizer application techniques, soil health and promote soil test based application of soil and crop specific fertilizers, which is necessary for balanced application of fertilizers.

ii. Use of customized fertilizers is encouraged with the objective to promote site specific nutrient management so as to achieve maximum fertilizer use efficiency of applied nutrient in a cost effective manner. These fertilizers are multi-nutrient carrier designed to contain macro and micro nutrients and are soil specific and crops specific formulated on the basis of soil testing results. The Government has also allowed the use of subsidized fertilizers for manufacturing mixture and customised fertilizers to promote use of customized fertilizers.

iii. Subsidy on sulphur content in the fertilizers is provided.

iv. To meet the requirement of micro nutrients, a fixed subsidy is also provided on fortification of fertilizers by Boron and Zinc. Use of Neem Coated Urea is also encouraged.

v. Soil test based balanced and integrated nutrient management through conjunctive use of both inorganic and organic sources (compost, manures, bio-fertilizers etc.) of plant nutrients is recommended to sustain sound soil health.

vi. Soil testing facility is provided to the farmers free of cost or with some nominal fee by State Governments. In this regard soil health cards are issued by the State Governments to farmers.

vii. A National Project for Management of Soil Health & Fertility has been launched during 2008-09. Under the project financial assistance is provided to set up new static Soil Testing Laboratories (STLs) and new Mobile Soil Testing Laboratories besides strengthening of existing laboratories.

viii. Indian Institute of Soil Science (IISS), Bhopal under ICAR has been sanctioned a project for preparation of Geo-Referenced Soil Fertility Maps including interlinking of soil fertility status with Soil Test Crop Response (STCR) data to generate site specific recommendations in 19 major States (171 districts). Tags: Use of Non-Urea Fertilizers Permalink Leave a comment Financial Sector Legislative Reforms Commission (FSLRC)

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Committes and Commissions

Rate This

Back ground

The Finance Minister announced the formation of the Financial Sector Legislative Reforms Commission (FSLRC) during his Budget speech of 2011-2012 to rewrite and harmonize financial sector legislations, rules and regulations. This had become necessary as the institutional framework governing Indias financial sector was built over a century. The Resolution notifying the FSLRC was issued by the Government on 24 March 2011. The FSLRC is required to submit its findings within a period of 24 months.

The FSLRC is chaired by former Judge of the Supreme Court of India Justice B.N. Srikrishna. Apart from the Chairman, the FSLRC consists of 9 other members and a Secretary.

There are over 60 Acts and multiple Rules/Regulations in the financial sector and many of them date back decades when the financial landscape was very different from what is obtaining today. Large number of amendments made in these Acts over time has increased the ambiguity and complexity of the system. The Commission has to comprehensively review them and rewrite them for a modern financial sector in tune with the aspirations of the resurgent Indian economy.

The composition of the Commission:

Justice (Retd.) B. N. Srikrishna, Chairman

Justice (Retd.) Debi Prasad Pal, Member

Dr. P.J. Nayak, Member

Smt. K. J. Udeshi, Member

Late Shri C. Achuthan (upto 19 September 2011)

Shri Yezdi H. Malegam, Member

Prof. Jayant Varma, Member

Prof. M. Govinda Rao, Member

Shri Dhirendra Swarup, Member Convenor

Joint Secretary, Capital Markets (Nominee Member)

Shri C K G Nair, Secretary to the Commission Working Groups

Working Group on Banking

Working Group on Insurance, Pension and Small Savings

Working Group on Payments

Working Group on Public Debt Management

Working Group on Securities Super-regulator for financial sector

A government-appointed panel on Friday proposed a unified regulator for markets, insurance, commodities and pensions. It proposed to keep banking out of its purview, but only temporarily.

The panel, whose proposals could change the financial landscape of India, also suggested five additional agencies, including an appellate tribunal that would subsume the Securities Appellate Tribunal (SAT).

The suggestions were made by the Financial Sector Legislative Reforms Commission, formed in March 2011 to rewrite and harmonise financial sector laws.

The commission, headed by retired Supreme Court judge B N Srikrishna, said RBI was there for monetary policy and enforcing laws in the banking sector. This system should be retained, it said, but only for now.

When the unified regulator, to be called the Unified Financial Agency (UFA), got some experience, the panel said, RBI should be merged with it. The panel suggested that the Securities and Exchange Board of

India (Sebi), the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority (Irda), the Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority (PFRDA) and the Forward Markets Commission (FMC) be subsumed under UFA.

It suggested doing away with a multiple-agency structure for foreign capital inflows. Foreign direct investment (FDI) policy is now framed by the Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion. But the proposals are cleared by the Foreign Investment Promotion Board, after clearances from other agencies.

The final report is also likely to suggest a sunset clause of 10 years for financial sector laws. Though the proposal was not part of the approach paper released in October 2012, the commission had indicated some legislations were obsolete and irrelevant in the current context.

The approach paper had proposed moving from eight financial regulatory agencies to seven, to achieve economies of scope and scale.

Besides UFA, RBI and the appellate tribunal, the four agencies proposed are: The Resolution Corporation to watch financial firms that have made intense promises to households and intervene when the net worth of such firms nears zero; the Financial Redressal Agency to address consumer complaints against financial sector companies; an Independent Debt Management Office, and the Financial Stability and Development Council, both with statutory powers.

The Securities Appellate Tribunal (SAT) might be subsumed under the Financial Sector Appellate Tribunal, to hear appeals against RBI on regulatory functions, the Unified Financial Agency, decisions of the Financial Redressal Agency and some elements of the work of the Resolution Corporation.

Most of the recommendations are in line with the approach paper. But there are certain issues on which we have now more inputs. So, they have been modified.

The approach paper had also said there was a need for separating the adjudication function from the mainstream activities of a regulator, to achieve greater separation of powers. It had stressed independence of regulators, as the government has the power to issue directions to regulators.

The commission proposed this power be removed. It was in favour of temporary capital controls based on economic conditions, rather than opting for permanent decontrol.

In his Budget speech 2013-14, Chidambaram had said the Centre would act quickly and decisively on the recommendations of the commission. He also proposed constituting a standing council of experts to analyse the international competitiveness of the financial sector, periodically examine the transaction costs of doing business in the Indian market, and to provide inputs to government for action

The Terms of Reference of the Commission include the following:

(i) Examining the architecture of the legislative and regulatory system governing the Financial sector in India,

(ii) Examine if legislation should mandate statement of principles of legislative intent behind every piece of subordinate legislation in order to make the purposive intent of the legislation clear and transparent to users of the law and to the Courts.

(iii) Examine if public feedback for draft subordinate legislation should be made mandatory, with exception for emergency measures.

(iv) Examine prescription of parameters for invocation of emergency powers where regulatory action may be taken on ex parte basis.

(v) Examine the interplay of exchange controls under FEMA and FDI Policy with other regulatory regimes within the financial sector.

(vi) Examine the most appropriate means of oversight over regulators and their autonomy from government.

(vii) Examine the need for re-statement of the law and immediate repeal of any out-dated legislation on the basis of judicial decisions and policy shifts in the last two decades of the financial sector post-liberalisation.

(viii) Examination of issues of data privacy and protection of consumer of financial services in the Indian market.

(ix) Examination of legislation relating to the role of information technology in the delivery of financial services in India, and their effectiveness.

(x) Examination of all recommendations already made by various expert committees set up by the government and by regulators and to implement measures that can be easily accepted.

(xi) Examine the role of state governments and legislatures in ensuring a smooth interstate inancial services infrastructure in India.

(xii) Examination of any other related issues. Tags: Financial Sector Legislative Reforms Commission (FSLRC) Permalink Leave a comment World Meteorological Day 2013 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

1 Vote

World Meteorological Day (WM DAY) Theme Watching the Weather to Protect Life and Property

World Meterological Day is on 23 March, worldwide meteorological communities celebrate World Meteorological Day (WM Day) around a chosen theme. This year the theme is Watching the weather to protect life and property. This theme focuses attention on the crucial role of meteorological services in strengthening safety and resilience to weather events.

Weather extremes have a tremendous impact on our earth. The loss of life and huge economic loses were caused by weather, climate, or water related hazards such as tropical cyclones and storm surges, droughts, floods or related disease epidemics and insect infestations. About 90% of natural disasters are caused by Weather, Climate and water related hazards.

Weather extremes have a tremendous impact on our earth. The loss of life and huge economic loses were caused by weather, climate, or water related hazards such as tropical cyclones and storm surges, droughts, floods or related disease epidemics and insect infestations. About 90% of natural disasters are caused by Weather, Climate and water related hazards.

India Meteorological Department (IMD) under the Ministry of Earth Sciences is a national agency for meteorology and hydrology with responsibility to provide and efficient weather climate services for safety of our life and property and to contribute to the cause of national development. The department has implemented a comprehensive programme for modernization of its observational network by enhancing the network of AWS, ARG, DWR, Development of the GPS based digital radiosonde with ground receiver, sky radio meter for aerosol studies, Ozone monitoring and enhanced computational facility with high performance computing system. The dense observational network with reliable and real time transmission of data leads to improve our weather prediction capability.The dense observational network with reliable and real time transmission of data leads to improve our weather prediction capability. The DWR derived product are used for monitoring, nowcasting and accurate

warning for severe weather events like flash floods, thunderstorms, duststorms, heavy rainfall, Gail wind, hail etc..

IMD provide current and forecast meteorological information for optimum operation of weathersensitive activities like agriculture, irrigation, shipping, aviation, offshore oil explorations, etc. and warn against severe weather phenomena like tropical cyclones, norwesters, dust storms, heavy rains and snow, cold and heat waves, etc., which cause destruction of life and property. Timely warning of these severe weather events can save more lives and minimize damages to properties. IMD also provides climatological information required for agriculture, water resource management, industries, oil exploration and other nation-building activities.

In the present scenario of growing public awareness and requirement of meteorological information, India Meteorological Department has emerged as major service provider in the country. The meteorological information is not only important for over all economic development of our country but has a vital role for long term planning for industrial growth . Over time, there has been a significant reduction in the loss of life due to increase accuracy in early warnings issued by this department for natural hazards . Our services also contribute significantly toward the safety, economy and efficient operation of aviation, shipping and surface transport systems . It plays a crucial role towards mitigating the effect of catastrophic weather events like, flood and cyclones by issuing Quantitative Precipitation Forecast (QPF) for the river-sub-basin wise and cyclones track, intensity and landfall prediction respectively. The department has improved its cyclone prediction capability by reducing forecast error and improving track forecast skill with time and space.IMD is also responsible to provide early warning to all cyclone affected countries in Asia and Asia Pacific region . In agricultural sector farmers advisories and crop yield forecasts agricultural output using Space, Agro-meteorology and land based observations (FASAL) is being provided by IMD at different stages of the crops growth period which improved agriculture production in the country.

The worst implications of growing climate variability and change is a big challenge ahead during 21st Century. This department has multilateral international collaboration and multy departmental collaboration at national levels to exchange available meteorological and environmental information in order to protect our people against natural disasters and consequences from extreme climate change.

World Meterological Organisation (WMO) is a specialized agency of the United Nations Organization with its aim to reduce the loss of life and property caused by disasters and others catastrophic events related to weather, climate and water, as well as with goal of sustainable development and safeguard the environment and the climate for present and future generations

Tags: World Meteorological Day 2013 Permalink Leave a comment e-IPO for Indian Citizens Abroad Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Miscellaneous

Rate This

Department of Posts, Ministry of Communications & IT, today in association with Department of Personnel and Training launched Electronic Indian Postal Order (eIPO) to enable Indian citizens abroad to pay RTI fee online. This is a facility to purchase an Indian Postal Order electronically by paying a fee on-line through e-Post Office Portal i.e. https://www.epostoffice.gov.in. It can also be accessed through India Post website www.indiapost.gov.in.

At present, this facility is available only for Indian Citizens abroad across the globe to facilitate them to seek information under the RTI Act, 2005. Both Debit and Credit Cards of any Bank powered by Visa/Master can be used for this purpose. All the requirements for filling an RTI application as well as other provisions regarding eligibility, time limit, exemptions etc; as provided in the RTI Act, 2005 will continue to apply.

The applicant needs to register on the website to create his/her profile for the first time. He has to select the Ministry/Department from whom he desires to seek information under the RTI Act and the eIPO so generated can be used to seek information from that Ministry/Department only. A printout of

the eIPO is to be attached with the RTI application sent in hard copy. In case RTI application is filed electronically, eIPO is required to be attached as an attachment. Tags: e-IPO for Indian Citizens Abroad Permalink Leave a comment National Waterways of India Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Transport

2 Votes

Inland Water Transport (IWT) is an economic, fuel-efficient, environment friendly and employment oriented mode of transport. Today, it is recognised all over the world for its inherent advantage of being the cheapest mode of transport for bulk haulage over long distance between places situated along the waterfront. Its energy efficiency, low pollution and potential for employment generation are universally accepted.

The Government of India has thus set up Inland Waterways Authority of India (IWAI), a statutory body under Ministry of Shipping in 1986 with the responsibility of regulation and development of National Waterways in the country for shipping and navigation.

The following inland waterways in the country have so far been declared as National Waterways.

Allahabad-Haldia stretch (1620 km) of the Ganga- Bhagirathi- Hooghly river system as National Waterway No-1;

Sadiya-Dhubri stretch (891 km) of Brahmaputra river as National Waterway No-2;

Kollam-Kottappuram stretch of West Coast Canal along with Champakara canal and Udyogmandal canal (205 km) as National Waterway No-3;

Kakinada-Puducherry stretch of Canals and the Kaluvelly Tank, Bhadrachalam-Rajahmundry stretch of river Godavari and Wazirabad- Vijayawada stretch of river Krishna (1078 km) as National Waterway-4; and

Talcher-Dhamra stretch of rivers, Geonkhali-Charbatia stretch of East Coast Canal, Charbatia-Dhamra stretch of Matai river and Mahanadi Delta rivers (588 km) as National Waterway-5

IWAI is taking up the development of the first three National Waterways in a phased manner with a view to provide it as an alternative mode of transport. Action has already been initiated to develop commercially viable stretches of NW-4 and NW-5 under Public-Private-Partnership (PPP) mode with the financial assistance of Asian Development Bank (ADB)/ Viability Gap Funding (VGF).

Besides, IWAI is developing and maintaining the Indian side of Sunderbans waterways under the IndoBangladesh Protocol for Transit and Trade under which the inland vessels of one country can transit through the specified routes of the other country.

National Waterways-1

Ganga-Bhagirathi-Hooghly river system from Allahabad to Haldia was declared as National Waterway No.1 vide National Waterway (Allahabad-Haldia stretch of the Ganga Bhagirathi- Hooghly river) Act 1982 (49 of 1982). It became operative from 27th Oct 1986 after the formation of the IWAI. The waterway extends from Haldia to Allahabad for a distance of 1620 kms.

The Hooghly river portion of the waterway from Haldia to Nabadwip is tidal.Sea going vessels navigate up to Calcutta (140 kms) and the fairway up to Calcutta is maintained by the Calcutta Port Trust. From Calcutta up to Tribeni there is no restrictions for navigation by inland vessels of a loaded draft up to 4m. From Nabadwip to Jangipur the waterway is formed by Bhagirathi river. Bhagirathi river is a regulated river because of the Barrages at Farakka and Jangipur.With the controlled discharge from the Farakka Barrage and limited river conservancy work a navigable depth of 2m is maintained in this route throughout the year.

From Farakka upstream the navigable route is through the main Ganga river. The Feeder Canal and the navigation lock at Farakka become the link between the Bhagirathi and main Ganga upstream Farakka Barrage. The large variation in discharge along with unstable morphological condition of bank and bed, heavy sediment load,continuous braiding and meandering make development of navigational channel acomplex task.

NW-1 stretch is defined as Ganga-Bhagirathi-Hooghly river system from Allahabad to Haldia (1620km).This waterway is declared as National Waterway in 1986.NW-1 is passing through UP, Bihar, Jharkhand and West Bengal.Length of HaldiaFarakka waterway is 560Km, of FarakkaPatna is 460Km and of PatnaAllahabad is 600 km. Figure:1 shows the index map of National Waterway1.

National Waterways-2

Brahmaputra from Dhubri to Sadiyawas declared as National Waterway no. 2 vide National Waterway (Sadiya-Dhubri stretch of the Brahmaputra river) Act 1988 ( 40 of 1988 ).From Dhubri to Sadiya, the waterway extends for a distance of 891Km. The river Brahmaputra flows downthe centre of Assam

Valley.It receives a number of tributaries like Subansiri,Jia Bharali, Dihing, Burhi Dihing, Disang, Dhansiri and Kopili. The Brahmaputra along with its continuous water routes leading up to the ports of Calcutta and Haldia is a very important traditional IWT route. Under an agreement with the Govt. of Bangladesh, the CIWTC an other Indian vessel operators are plying their carg0 vessels between Assam and Calcutta region making use of IWT transit facilities through Bangladesh.

Important river stations/commercial centers along the river bank in NW-2 are Dhubri, Jogighopa, Pandu/Guwahati, Tezpur, Neamati, Dibrugarh, Sadiya and Saikhowa.Pandu/Guwahati is the most important river station on NW-2 and the stretch downstream of Pandu up to Bangladesh Border (260 kms) is the stretch where IWT operation is presently most active.

National Waterways-3

The West Coast Canal from Kottapuram to Kollam was declared as National Waterway No.3 vide National Waterway (Kollam-Kottapuram stretch of West Coast Canal and Champakara and Udyogmandal Canals) Act 1992 ( 33-F of 1992 ) and notified on 1st Feb. 1993. From Kottapuram to Kollam including Champakara and Udyogmandal canals has a navigable length of 205 kms.

This waterway comprises of natural lakes, back-waters, river sections and man-made canal sections. The Champakara and Udyogmandal canals link industrial centers of Ambalamugal and Udyogmandal with the Kochi port. On the main West Coast Canal between Kollam and Kottapuram, the Kochi Edapallikota (120 kms) stretch was opened for cargo movement during November 1994 consequent to improvement works carried out by IWAI. National Waterways-4

Kakinada-Puducherry canal stretch (767km) along with Godavari River stretch (171km) between (Bhadrachalam and Rajamundry) and Krishna River stretch(157km) between (Wazirabad and Vijayawada) is termed as NW-4.Total length of NW-4 is 1095 km. A network of irrigation cum navigation canal linking Chennai and Ennore Ports in Tamil Nadu with the Kakinada Port,and Machlipatnam Ports in Andhra Pradesh runs through a distance of 618 kms. The Kakinada canal and Eluru canal and Commamur

canal which are irrigation cum navigation canal also interlink the two major river systems of Godavari and Krishna. The Buckingham canal which interlinks the Commamur canal with Chennai port runs through a distance of 315 Km is tidal.

In view of the port hinterland connection, interstate and inter city traffic potential and the historic data on IWT movement, development of this waterway into an efficient IWT system is envisaged during the 9th Five Year Plan. Further integrated canal also connect the Chennai city with the Mercunam through the south Buckingham canal and Cooum river runs through a distance of 103 kms National Waterways-5

The East Coast Canal stretch along with Brahmani and Mahanadi delta river system is defined as NW-5. It includes the canal stretch between Geonkhali and Charbatia (217 km), part of Matai River between Charbatia and Dhamra (40 km), part of Brahmani, Kharsua and Dhamra river system between Talcher and Dhamra (265 km) and Mahanadi delta river system between Mangalgadi and Paradeep (101 km). Total length of NW-5 is 623 km.

In accordance with Section 14(2)(c) of the Inland Waterways Authority of India Act, 1985 (82 of 1985), IWAI has published River Navigational charts for the three National Waterways NW-1, NW-2 and NW-3, which are available. The maps of NW-4 and NW-5 will be available after getting permission from Survey of India. National Waterways-6

Declaration of Barak river from Bhanga to Lakhipur(121 km) in the State of Assam as National Waterway is under consideration of Govt.

River Barak originates from Patkari range of Manipur at an elevation of 2440 mts. The river flows through Manipur, Manipur-Mizoram and Manipur-Assam border and then along Assam and then finally enters into Bangladesh. Out of the total length of 900 kms of the river, 564 kms is in the Indian territory. The IWT route through Bangladesh is open for navigation under the Indo-Bangladesh Protocol which facilitates movement of IWT vessels up to Karimganj and Silchar.Hydrographic surveys carried out in the river route have shown feasibility of extension of this river route up to Lakhipur. Since this IWT route serves a vital transportation linkage to the North Eastern states, it is proposed to develop the river and also to improve the navigational facilities in the Protocol route leading to Karimganj during the 9th Five Year Plan.

Tags: National Waterways Permalink 1 Comment Biomethanation Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Science and Technology

2 Votes

Biomethanation is a process by which organic material is microbiologically converted under anaerobic conditions to biogas. Three main physiological groups of microorganisms are involved: fermenting bacteria, organic acid oxidizing bacteria, and methanogenic archaea. Microorganisms degrade organic matter via cascades of biochemical conversions to methane and carbon dioxide. Syntrophic relationships between hydrogen producers (acetogens) and hydrogen scavengers (homoacetogens, hydrogenotrophic methanogens, etc.) are critical to the process. Determination of practical and theoretical methane potential is very important for design for optimal process design, configuration, and effective evaluation

of economic feasibility. A wide variety of process applications for biomethanation of wastewaters, slurries, and solid waste have been developed. They utilize different reactor types (fully mixed, plugflow, biofilm, UASB, etc.) and process conditions (retention times, loading rates, temperatures, etc.) in order to maximize the energy output from the waste and also to decrease retention time and enhance process stability. Biomethanation has strong potential for the production of energy from organic residues and wastes. It will help to reduce the use of fossil fuels and thus reduce CO(2) emission

Urban & Industrial Wastes Energy Programmes. Tags: Biomethanation Permalink Leave a comment Urban & Industrial Wastes Energy Programmes. Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in energy

Rate This

The Ministry of New and Renewable Energy is implementing Programme on energy recovery from urban and industrial wastes, which, inter-alia, includes setting up of five pilot projects based on municipal solid waste / garbage.

The programme provides for central financial assistance @ Rs 2.00 crore per megawatt limited to Rs. 10.00 crore per project for five pilot projects based on garbage set up by State Nodal Agencies,

Urban Local Bodies/ Municipal Corporations or entrepreneurs. In addition, customs and excise duty concessions are also provided for initial setting up of these projects.

The projects being set up presently are based on Biomethanation, combustion and gasification technologies followed by engines or turbines for power generation. The projects at Bangalore, Delhi and Hyderabad are employing combustion technology based on reciprocating grate boilers, whereas the project at Pune and Solapur are based on gasification and biomethanation technologies, respectively. These projects are being set up on Build, Own, Operate and Transfer basis. These are considered viable and will supply power to the State Transmission Companies at a tariff of Rs. 2.59 to 4.25 per kWh, which is comparable with the cost of conventional power. Tags: Urban & Industrial Wastes Energy Programmes. Permalink Leave a comment Central Adoption Resource Authority (CARA) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Women and Child Development

Rate This

Central Adoption Resource Authority (CARA) has been set up as an autonomous body of the Ministry of Women and Child Development which functions as a nodal body for adoption of Indian children and is mandated to monitor and regulate in-country and inter-country adoption. CARA is designated as the Central Authority to deal with inter-country adoptions in accordance with the provisions of the Hague Conventions on Inter-Country Adoptions, 1993, ratified by Government of India in 2003. CARA interacts with State Governments and UT Administrations through regular training and orientation programmes as well as meetings, consultations and visits to the States/UTs. The implementation of the adoption

programme in the States/UTs is reviewed in various consultations organized by the Ministry as well as meetings of the Project Approval Board to consider proposals received from States/UTs for release of grants under the Integrated Child Protection Scheme. Tags: Central Adoption Resource Authority (CARA) Permalink Leave a comment Reports on Malnutrition Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

As per UNICEF report Tracking Progress on Child and Maternal Nutrition in 2009, the proportion of Indias underweight children under five to the developing world is 42%. It is mentioned that these estimates are calculated on basis of data collected from 2001-02 or later and may not be comparable. However, as per the National Family Health Survey-3 (NFHS-3), 2005-06, 42.5% children under 5 years are underweight in the country.

The problem of malnutrition is complex, multi-dimensional and inter-generational in nature, and cannot be improved by a single sector alone. The approach in dealing with the nutrition challenges has been two pronged: First is the Multi-sectoral approach for accelerated action on the determinants of malnutrition in targeting nutrition in schemes/programmes of all the sectors. The second approach is the direct and specific interventions targeted towards the vulnerable groups such as children below 6 years, adolescent girls, pregnant and lactating mothers.

The Government has accorded high priority to the issue of malnutrition especially among children and women including young girls and is implementing several schemes/programmes through State Governments/UT Administrations. The schemes/programmes include the

Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS),

National Rural Health Mission (NRHM),

Mid-Day Meal Scheme, Rajiv Gandhi Scheme for Empowerment of Adolescent Girls (RGSEAG) namely SABLA,

Indira Gandhi Matritva Sahyog Yojna (IGMSY)

as direct targeted interventions.

Besides, indirect multi-sectoral interventions include

Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS),

National Horticulture Mission, National Food Security Mission,

Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme (MGNREGS), Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan,

National Rural Drinking Water Programme etc.

All these schemes have potential to address one or other aspect of Nutrition.

The main schemes/programmes of Ministry of Women and Child Development which have a bearing on the nutritional status includes the Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS) Scheme which provides a package of six services namely supplementary nutrition, pre-school non-formal education, nutrition & health education, immunization, health check-up and referral services. ICDS Scheme has since been universalised with effect from 2008-09. The total number of sanctioned Projects are 7076 and Anganwadi centres (including Mini AWCs and Anganwadi on demand) are 13.71 lakhs. Against this there are 7025 operational projects and 13.31 lakh operational AWCs as on January 2013. The services are currently availed by 927.66 lakh beneficiaries which include 746.81 lakh children (6 months to 6 years) and 180.85 lakh pregnant and lactating mothers.

Government has recently approved strengthening and restructuring of Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS) Scheme with a budget allocation of Rs. 1,23,580 crore during 12th Five Year Plan.

Another scheme, the Rajiv Gandhi Scheme for Empowerment of Adolescent Girls (RGSEAG), or Sabla provides a package of services including health and nutrition to adolescent girls in the age 11- 18 years (with a focus on out-of-school AGs) in 205 districts on a pilot basis. The scheme has two major components i.e. Nutrition and Non Nutrition Component. The beneficiaries in 2011-12 were 100.77 lakhs and during 2012-13 are 88.49 lakhs so far.

Further, the Indira Gandhi Matritva Sahyog Yojana (IGMSY), introduced in 2010, is a Conditional Cash Transfer scheme for pregnant and lactating (P&L) women to contribute to better enabling environment by providing cash incentives for improved health and nutrition to pregnant and nursing mothers. The scheme is being implemented initially on pilot basis in 53 selected districts. The beneficiaries in 2011-12 were 3.05 lakhs and during 2012-13 are 3.76 lakhs so far.

The Mid Day Meal Scheme by Department of School Education and Literacy has a provision for providing hot cooked mid day meal to children studying in class I to VIII in Government, Government aided, local body schools as well as children studying in the National Child Labour Project (NCLP) schools and centres run under the Education Guarantee Scheme (EGS) / Alternative and Innovative Education (AIE) centres including Madarsas/ Maktabs supported under the Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA). During 2011-12, 10.54 crore children & in 2012-13, 10.43 crore children were covered under the Mid -Day Meal Scheme in the country.

The National Rural Health Mission (NRHM) and under its umbrella, the Reproductive and Child Health Programme, seeks to improve the availability and access to quality health care including Maternal and

Child Health services particularly to rural population throughout the country. Some of the key steps undertaken through this programme are promotion of institutional deliveries through Janani Suraksha Yojana; capacity building of health care providers in basic and comprehensive obstetric care; antenatal and postnatal care including Iron and Folic Acid supplementation to pregnant & lactating women for prevention and treatment of anaemia; Janani Shishu Suraksha Karyakaram (JSSK) ( launched on 1st June, 2011) which entitles all pregnant women delivering in public health institutions to absolutely free and no expense delivery including Caesarean section ; Village Health and Nutrition Days in rural areas as an outreach activity, for provision of maternal and child health services ; operationalisation of Sub-centers, Primary Health Centers, Community Health Centres and District Hospitals for providing 247 basic and comprehensive obstetric care services.

Under NRHM, the Twelfth Plan strategy seeks to strengthen initiatives taken in the Eleventh Plan to expand the reach of health care and work towards the long term objective of establishing a system of Universal Health Coverage (UHC) in the country. Maternal and child care will continue to focus on reduction of IMR and MMR.

Government has also launched an Information, Education and Communication (IEC) Campaign against malnutrition for generating awareness on nutrition issues with the pro bono services of Shri Aamir Khan. Tags: Reports on Malnutrition Permalink Leave a comment National Mission on Teachers and Training Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Agriculture

1 Vote

National Mission on Teachers and Training to be Launched to Improve Quality of Teachers and Teaching

A National Mission on Teachers and Training will be launched which will lay down a roadmap to improve the quality of teachers and teaching thereby improving the educational delivery and learning outcomes in higher education institutions and added that a sum of Rs 100 crore has been provided in Annual Plan 2013-14.

The Ministry further added that a major new initiative is the Centrally Sponsored Scheme (CSS) of Rashtriya Uchhatar Shiksha Abhiyan (RUSA) which will be launched to provide financial assistance to State Instituions. The total outlay for the scheme in the XII Plan is Rs. 25,000 crore of which a sum of Rs 500 crore has been provided in Annual Plan 2013-14.

On the issue of social imbalances in higher education system, the Ministry said that National initiative will be launched for greater inclusion of socially disadvantaged sections of SCs, STs, Minorities, Backward classes, girls and inclusion of persons with disabilities in higher education will be accorded priority.

Since the launch of Direct Benefits Transfer (DBT) scheme on 1.1.2013, the Minister said that the Department of Higher Education has disbursed scholarships to 36060 students under Universities / College Students and fellowship to 4971 students under Fellowship Schemes of UGC and the amount has directly been transferred into the bank account of beneficiaries spread all over the country.

On the issue of elementary education the Minister said that thirteen states have asked for relaxation of guidelines in terms of qualification of teachers so that those states could have more number of teachers. He also expressed that untrained teachers in these states could be trained through distance education programme. There are 7.72lakh untrained teachers out of which 6 lakhs are being trained through this programme.

Regarding womens education, he said that Sakshar Bharat Programme is being implemented to increase literacy level among women.

On Akash tablets, the Minister expressed that IIT Mumbai, has placed order for one lakh sets which are to be supplied by the end of this month. There is a gap in supply; the ministry is concentrating on content rather than hardware in order to let the people have choice about the set. The Ministry, he said wants to create enabling and conducive environment for technology based education. Tags: National Mission on Teachers and Training Permalink Leave a comment Direct Cash Transfer to Farmers for Fertilizer Procurements Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Agriculture

1 Vote

The Department of Fertilizers with the technical support of National Informatics Centre (NIC) is following the phased approach for direct transfer of subsidies for fertilizers in the following manner:

I. Phase I: Information visibility till the retailers level where part subsidy is disbursed to the manufacturers on the basis of the information of retail acknowledgements reported in mFMS.

II. Phase II: Part subsidy payment to the manufacturers on the basis of the information of retailer sales of fertilizers captured in mFMS.

III. Phase III: Subsidy payment to the farmer on the basis of fertilizer sales made to him/her.

IV. Phase IV: Subsidy payment to the farmer as per his entitlement on the basis of details of sales made to him/her

Phase I has been made operational from November 2012.

It has been decided to conduct a Pilot of Phase II (To capture the retailer sales of fertilizers to farmers) before its implementation across the country. 12 Districts across 11 States have been selected for the Phase II pilot based on Aadhaar penetration, fertilizer consumption, geographical variance, dealer network etc. The pilot is to be launched by April 2013.

In the subsequent phases of the project, the mechanism to transfer subsidy directly to the intended beneficiaries (Farmer) will be formulated and implemented once the implementation of Phase I & II are stabilized.

A Task Force under the Chairmanship of Sh. Nandan Nilekani, Chairman, UIDAI, was set up by the Government to suggest an implementable solution for the transfer of direct subsidy in fertilizers, LPG and kerosene to the farmer. The mandate of the Task Force was to recommend and implement a mechanism for transfer of direct subsidy including, inter-alia, to identify and suggest the required changes in the existing systems, processes and procedures, IT frameworks and supply chain management. The Task Force is also to oversee and evaluate the implementation of the solutions proposed on pilot based through the concerned implementing Ministries. Tags: Direct Cash Transfer to Farmers for Fertilizer Procurements Permalink Leave a comment Rice Husk Based Electricity Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in energy

Rate This

With more than 1 billion inhabitants, 1.5 metric tons of CO2 emissions per capita (the equivalent to CO2 emissions from 168 gallons of gasoline), and 44% of whom lack access to electricity, India faces enormous energy, development, and environmental challenges. Nowhere is this more apparent than in the countrys 125,000 sprawling rural villages that either lack access to a power grid or are connected but experience unreliable and inconsistent electricity supply.

Across the country, inhabitants rely on kerosene to light homes and diesel generators to power businesses depriving families and small business owners of valuable income and producing harmful CO2 emissions and health-damaging pollution. With dynamic innovation, financial support, and a copious local supply of rice husk, an upstart American company is making a significant impact on the lives and businesses of rural India.

A Local, Sustainable Solution to a National Problem

In 2008, Husk Power Systems registered as an electricity provider in the Indian state of Bihar, with a mission to produce renewable and affordable power to Indias villages, and other areas across the world, in a financially sustainable way. The company began constructing biomass-based power plants that relied heavily on rice husks as a fuel source. By pouring sack loads of rice husks along with any other type of agricultural residue, including wood into a specially designed gasifier, Husk Power successfully burned biomass to generate inexpensive electricity. For only $2.20 per month for a basic connection, Bihar residents have a cost-effective alternative to light homes and power businesses.

A Boon to Local Villages and Small Businesses

With more than 65 fully operational plants in Bihar that serve an average of 500 customers each, the company supplies roughly 32,000 households and 180,000 local inhabitants with enough electricity to power at least two lights and support mobile phone charging. This quality lighting allows children time to study, small business owners the ability to stay open after dark, and community members to keep in touch with each other by phone.

The plants also benefit the environment. By providing inhabitants with an inexpensive alternative to kerosene, the biomass plants reduce kerosene consumption by 6-7 liters per month, resulting in a CO2 emissions reduction of 8,100 tons per year, which is the equivalent of taking 1,441 cars off of the road for a year. Additional emissions reductions come from the decreased use of diesel generators.

For businesses, this new source of biomass energy improves operations by providing enhanced lighting and the ability to use electric fans. This has led to the creation of additional businesses in Bihar, including photocopying shops and mini cinemas. The plants use of rice husk provides an additional $3,000 USD in revenue per year for local rice mills, and the plants themselves offer employment opportunities for members of the rural community.

The companys innovative rice husk plants demonstrate the benefits sustainable energy solutions provide to developing nations that lack adequate access to energy. These solutions enhance education, strengthen community ties, and enable local businesses to improve the lives of thousands.

Tags: Rice Husk Based Electricity Permalink Leave a comment Cabinet Committee on Investment since 30th January 2013 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Commerce

Rate This

Security Clearance for Exploration and Production activities in NELP Blocks

In the first meeting of the CCI held on 30.1.2013, the proposal of M/o Petroleum and Natural Gas regarding Clearance for Carrying Out Exploration and Production Activities in NELP Oil & Gas Blocks was considered. The contracts for 40 blocks under consideration were awarded between April 2000 and June 2010. However, security clearance was withdrawn between February 2010 and May 2012. The issue was pending since then. According to the Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas, an investment of US$ 13.42 billion has already been made in these 40 blocks and an investment of US$ 2.542 billion is envisaged in the next 3-4 years. The Committee noted that exploration and production activities have been allowed by Ministry of Commerce in respect of one block. The CCI directed M/o Petroleum & Natural Gas and M/o Defence to evolve workable solution in respect of seven blocks within 30 days and to examine the conditions attached by the M/o Defence in respect of 32 blocks in terms of their essentiality and/or feasibility within 3 months.

The CCI in its meeting held on 20.3.2013 considered the proposal of the M/o Petroleum and Natural Gas and approved the conditional clearance given in respect of 5 blocks. Total investment made in these blocks is US$ 10.546 billion (about Rs 56,921 cr) and investment envisaged is US$ 0.29 billion (about Rs 1,566 cr). The bottlenecks in respect of other 31 other blocks are in advanced stage of resolution. The CCI has directed that outstanding issues be resolved within a week.

Pooling of Price of Imported Coal with Domestic Coal

Investment made in a number of thermal power projects are not being optimally utilized at present due to shortage of domestic coal. This situation could be remedied by plugging the gap between demand and supply through import of coal. However, the price of imported coal is higher than the price of domestic coal. In view of this,on 5.2.2013, the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs considered the proposal of the Ministry of Coal regarding Pooling of Price of Imported Coal with Domestic Coal and

approved the broad guidelines for the pricing and pass through of higher cost of the imported coal. The Committee also directed that the proposal based on the approved guidelines be placed within 5 weeks.

Location of North Karanpura Super Thermal Power Project of NTPC

In the second meeting of the CCI held on 20.02.2013, two proposals, one each of the M/o Coal and M/o Power regarding North Karanpura Super Thermal Power Project (NKSTPP)(3*660 MW) by NTPC. The project location falls in a potential coal bearing area containing coal reserve of about 6 billion tonne.The project has been pending since March 2000 on the issue of the location of the project. The CCI decided that the power plant be constructed at the present site with some specific conditions. The Committee also decided, in principle, to restore the original coal linkage granted to the plant with certain stipulations. According to the Ministry of Power, this project would lead to an investment of about Rs 14000 cr and generation of 1980 MW of power.

Environment and Forest Clearance to Coal Mining projects

The CCI, in its meeting held on 20.02.2013, considered the proposal of the Ministry of Coal regarding fast tracking of the approvals for the Environment and Forest Clearances in respect of 12 coal mining projects. According to the Ministry of Coal, these 12 projects would lead to annual coal production of 36.97 Million Tonne and an investment of Rs 1347.63 cr. The Committee noted that in respect of six coal mines, environment clearance has been accorded and directed that in respect of remaining cases relating to environment/forest clearances, Secretary, Ministry of Environment & Forests and Secretary, Ministry of Coal will hold mutual discussions and finalize within one month, the time-frame for processing such cases.

Decision taken to streamline the processes relating to Environment and Forest Clearances: Meeting of the CCI held on 20 March 2013

7.1 To help boost investments in the critical sectors of the economy, a number of steps have been taken in the last three months to streamline the process of granting forest and environment clearances. The CCI, in its meeting held on 20.03.2013 reviewed the progress made in this regard so far and set deadlines for the activities that are yet to be completed.

7.2 Environment Clearance (EC) for mining projects

7.2.1 For one time capacity expansion of 25% or less, coal mining projects have now been exempted from public hearing provided that public hearing had taken place at the time of obtaining the existing EC and the mining is confined to the existing lease area. This would help boost production of coal which is in short supply in the country. MoEF informed the CCI that an OM has been issued to this effect on 19.12.2012.

7.2.2 It has also been decided that no fresh EC shall be required for a mining project at the time of renewal of mining lease, if EC was obtained under the EIA Notification of 2006. In this regard, the required Notification has been sent to the printing press for publication. CCI directed MoEF to ensure within a week that similar dispensation is made for projects that had obtained EC under the EIA Notification of 1994.

7.3 Environment Clearance (EC) and Forest Clearance (FC) for linear projects.

7.3.1 In order to protect the rights of STs and Other Forest Dwellers (STOFD) under the Forest Rights Act, the MoEF in its guidelines of 03.08.2009 had made it mandatory to get the consent of all the Gram Sabhas whose lands were involved in a project. Linear projects like roads, transmission lines etc. generally pass through a large number of villages. A number of projects were getting delayed as obtaining consent of each Gram Sabha is time consuming. The CCI was informed that an OM has been issued on 05.02.2013 whereby such projects are now exempt from obtaining the consent of Gram Saha provided that the rights of the Primitive Tribal Groups/Pre-agricultural Communities are not affected and the State Government has certified that all rights under the Forest Rights Act have been recognized and vested. This would help enormously reduce the time taken in obtaining FC and would also ensure that the rights of STOFD are fully protected.

7.3.2 Many a time linear projects involve only small stretches of forest land. Earlier work could not be taken up even on the non-forest portion unless FC was available for the forest land. CCI was informed that this anomaly has been removed through an OM that MoEF issued on 07.01.2013. Now, work on non-forest part can begin (subject to certain conditions) during the pendency of the FC.

7.3.3 Based on the order passed by the Supreme Court in the Lafarge matter, EC for a project is not being granted unless FC has been granted first. Therefore, pending FC work cannot begin in the non-

forest portion of a linear project despite the easing of norms as described in para7.3.2 above. On being approached by the MoEF, the Supreme Court on 12.03.2013 has allowed delinking of EC and FC in case of linear projects. The CCI directed MoEF that the requisite guidelines to delink the grant of EC and FC for linear projects should be issued expeditiously.

7.3.4 In its judgment dated 27.02.2012, the Supreme Court has made it mandatory (until rules are framed under MMDR Act) to obtain EC even for mining of minor mineral which includes brick/ordinary earth. Therefore, in the States, where relevant rules are yet to be framed, digging of earth for highway projects requires EC. The CCI was informed that an OM has been issued on 18.12.2012 obviating the need for obtaining a separate environment clearance for mining of soil/earth from borrow areas of highway projects. Further, based on experience gained, it is proposed to amend this OM to the effect that broad coordinates of areas from which borrow area may be selected, may be provided by the project proponent at EC stage instead of the TOR stage; and that likely impact on environment due to proposed mining of soil/earth may also be provided at EC stage instead of at the ToR stage. The CCI directed the MoEF to issue the requisite amendment expeditiously.

7.4 Environment Clearance (EC) and Forest Clearance (FC) for other projects

7.4.1 Under MoEFs letter dated 13.05.2011, no FC is required for creation of certain critical infrastructure involving less than 5 Ha forest land in 60 identified districts. The CCI was informed that through OM dated 10.12.2012 this has been extended to 22 more districts and through OM dated 01.02.2013 this exemption has further been extended to all categories of roads and quarrying of materials used in construction of public roads.

7.4.2 The CCI was informed that, through OM dated 01.11.2012 EC procedure for SEZs has been brought in line with the framework prescribed for NIMZs under the National Manufacturing Policy. This would allow the State Govts. to delegate powers to the State Pollution Control Boards and would exempt individual units from public hearing, if the SEZ, as a whole, has undergone public hearing.

7.4.3 The CCI was informed that a Committee has been constituted under Dr. K. Kasturirangan, Member, Planning Commission, to review the provisions of EIA Notifications, 2006 relating to building, roads and SEZ projects. The Committee is to give its report by 22.03.2013. The CCI directed the MoEF that the decisions on the recommendations of the Committee should be taken expeditiously.

7.4.4 An Expert Committee has been constituted on 30.01.13 to further streamline EC processes. The issue relating to mandatory EC for brick earth and ordinary earth from areas less than 5 Ha has been referred to this Committee. The Committee has given its recommendations which are under examination. The CCI directed MoEF to complete the requisite action within a month.

Super Thermal Power Project of NTPC

In the second meeting of the CCI held on 20.02.2013, two proposals, one each of the M/o Coal and M/o Power regarding North Karanpura Super Thermal Power Project (NKSTPP)(3*660 MW) by NTPC. The project location falls in a potential coal bearing area containing coal reserve of about 6 billion tonne.The project has been pending since March 2000 on the issue of the location of the project. The CCI decided that the power plant be constructed at the present site with some specific conditions. The Committee also decided, in principle, to restore the original coal linkage granted to the plant with certain stipulations. According to the Ministry of Power, this project would lead to an investment of about Rs 14000 cr and generation of 1980 MW of power.

Environment and Forest Clearance to Coal Mining projects

The CCI, in its meeting held on 20.02.2013, considered the proposal of the Ministry of Coal regarding fast tracking of the approvals for the Environment and Forest Clearances in respect of 12 coal mining projects. According to the Ministry of Coal, these 12 projects would lead to annual coal production of 36.97 Million Tonne and an investment of Rs 1347.63 cr. The Committee noted that in respect of six coal mines, environment clearance has been accorded and directed that in respect of remaining cases relating to environment/forest clearances, Secretary, Ministry of Environment & Forests and Secretary, Ministry of Coal will hold mutual discussions and finalize within one month, the time-frame for processing such cases.

. Tags: Cabinet Committee on Investment since 30th January 2013 Permalink Leave a comment Cabinet committee on Investment

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Committes and Commissions

5 Votes

Accordingly, the Cabinet Committee on Investment was constituted by the Cabinet Secretariat letter no 1/11/3/2012-Cab dated 02.01.2013. The functions of the Committee are as under:

(i) to identify key projects required to be implemented on a time-bound basis, involving investment of Rs 1000 cr or more, or any other critical projects, as may be specified by the Committee, in sectors such as infrastructure, manufacturing, etc.;

(ii) to prescribe time limits for issue of requisite approvals and clearances by the Ministries/Departments concerned in respect of projects in identified sectors;

(iii) to monitor the progress of identified projects including the time prescribed/taken to obtain each approval each approval/clearance and delays, if any;

(iv) to review implementation of projects, that have been delayed beyond the stipulated timeframe, including issues causing delay in grant of clearance/approvals;

(v) to review the procedures followed by Ministries/Departments to grant/refuse approvals and clearances;

(vi) to take decision regarding grant/refusal of approval/clearance of specific projects that are unduly delayed , if deemed necessary;

(vii) to consider and decide measures required for expeditiously granting/refusing approvals/clearances in identified sectors including simplification of rules/procedures followed by the respective Ministries/Departments for decision making; and

(viii) to require statutory authorities to discharge functions and exercise powers under the relevant law/regulation within the prescribed time frames for promoting investment and economic growth.

Accordingly, all the concerned Ministries/Departments have been requested to review projects, both in public and private sectors, having investment of Rs 1000 cr or more that are pending on account of delay in according clearances/approvals and to formulate and circulate the proposals for the consideration of the CCI, after due inter-ministerial consultations, in respect of such delayed projects. If the Administrative Ministry/ Department feels that a proposal needs to be considered by the Committee of Secretaries first, it should send a note/proposal for consideration by the Committee of Secretaries to the Cabinet Secretariat.

Background

The Cabinet cleared setting up of the Cabinet Committee on Investment for fast tracking decision on big projects on 13 December. Prime Minister will head this super investment body which will fast track clearances for mega projects.

The proposed body will not be a substitute for the Foreign Investment Promotion Board (FIPB),

PM will be the chairman of the committee and he will nominate its members. The present cabinet committee on infrastructure will be dissolved and all the powers will be vested with the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs (CCEA).

The proposal to set up a high-level body for according speedy clearance to infrastructure projects entailing investment in excess of Rs 1,000 crore was initially mooted by Finance Ministry.

Chidambaram had proposed setting up NIB to oversee and monitoring large projects. NIB could also be called Cabinet Committee on Investment.

The proposal, however, had evoked sharp criticism from the Environment Ministry, which had said that NIB would dilute its powers.

Environment Ministry said that the proposal seems to have been mooted only for the benefit of large firms and investors, while having no provision for redressing the concerns of affected people.

Our problem is not conceptualising projects. Our problem lies in getting numerous clearances and getting the project off the ground within a reasonable time.

Replying to a question in the Lok Sabha last month, the Finance Minister had said there were over 100 projects, each involving investment of Rs. 1,000 crore or more, that have been delayed for various reasons. The main purpose is to oversee and monitor large projects which will give a fillip to Indias economic growth. Our problem is not conceptualising projects. Our problem lies in getting numerous clearances and getting the project off the ground within a reasonable time Tags: Cabinet committee on Investment Permalink Leave a comment Space Debris Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Space (World)

Rate This

Although outer space is often imagined to be a desolate, empty place, the region around Earth swarms with millions pieces of man-made debris that create potential hazards for their functioning neighbors. Where did all of this junk come from? Will it ever go away? What kind of problems might it create for people stationed on Earth?

With the launch of the Soviet satellite Sputnik in 1957, mankind began its journey to reach the stars. But although the first probe in space returned to Earth after only three short months, it kicked off a series of launches that not only inspired people around the world but also filled the region with large chunks of inert metal.

Inactive satellites, the upper stages of launch vehicles, discarded bits left over from separation, and even frozen clouds of water and tiny flecks of paint all remain in orbit high above Earths atmosphere. When one piece collides with another, even more debris is released. Over 21,000 pieces of space trash larger than 4 inches (10 centimeters) and half a million bits of junk between 1 cm and 10 cm are estimated to circle the planet. And the number is only predicted to go up

There are also millions of pieces of debris smaller than a third of an inch (1 cm). In Low Earth-orbit, objects travel at 4 miles (7 kilometers) per second. At that speed, a tiny fleck of paint packs the same punch of a 550 pound object traveling at 60 miles per hour. Not only can such an impact damage critical components such as pressurized items, solar cells, or tethers, they can also create new pieces of potentially threatening debris

For fifty years, the primary source of all of the junk came from objects that exploded by accident. However, in 2007, the intentional destruction of the Chinese weather satellite Fengyun-1C as part of an anti-satellite missile test created a significant field of space debris. Two years later, a defunct Russian

military satellite struck an operational American Iridium satellite over northern Siberia, blowing even more trash into space.

An ounce of prevention

Despite the small size of most of the objects in space, the U.S. and Russian military are able to keep track of a great deal of the mess. Objects as small as 4 inches (about 10 cm) can be seen by radars or optical telescopes on Earth. When preparing a launch, mission controllers screen the predicted postlaunch orbit for potential collisions to avoid as much damage as possible. Similarly, crafts such as the space shuttle and the International Space Station can change their orbits if a larger object approaches.

But everything sent into space still faces potential collisions with smaller, untrackable objects that can pit or damage them. Satellites and space craft are heavily shielded to protect vital components. At NASAs Hypervelocity Impact Technology Facility in Texas, new protective materials can be tested by shooting objects from a Light-Gas gun to simulate space junk collisions.

Watch for falling objects

Earths orbit is segregated into three distinct regions. Low Earth-orbit (LEO), covers the area 125-1,250 miles (200-2000 km). Pieces of space junk in this region are impacted by the atmosphere, which degrades their orbit, dragging them back to Earth sooner. This is a prime realm for piloted spacecraft due to its easy access. Navigation and communication satellites tend to prefer a semi-synchronous orbit 6,000 to 12,000 miles (10,000 to 20,000 km) above the surface. Satellite telecommunication and weather satellites orbit in geosynchronous Earth orbit, over 22,000 miles (36,000 km) high, and can remain aloft for millions of years. The lower the orbit, the less time the object is likely to remain in space before returning to Earth.

Bits and pieces of trash constantly fall from the sky but nearly everything larger than 4 inches (10 cm) survives in some form, likely in smaller fragments. In the last five decades, an average of one piece of debris fell to the Earth each day. Most of the trash raining down burns up in the atmosphere before it ever reaches the surface. Those that survive often fall into water; remember, the ocean makes up

approximately 70 percent of the Earths surface. According to NASAs Orbital Debris Program Office, no serious injury or significant property damage from falling debris has been confirmed.

Adopt an atmosphere

In recent years, various space organizations have worked to reduce the amount of trash added to Earths orbit by implementing better designs. Russia, China, Japan, France, and the European Space Agency have also issued guidelines on how to cut back on the potential impactors in orbit.

Cleaning the debris that already exists is a completely different challenge. Specific trips to larger objects could remove them from orbit, but at a high financial cost. Other proposals include the use of a laser to provide a path-shifting push that wouldnt damage the object Tags: Space Debris Permalink Leave a comment Protecting Elephants in India Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 23, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

2 Votes

Introduction:

Elephants are social beings living in a matriarchal society and caring for their young ones in the same way as humans do. The Indian sub-continent is considered to be the last remaining stronghold of the Asian elephants. With more than 26,000 elephants, it is home to more than half the global Asian elephant population in the wild. Valuing the important niche that elephant has come to occupy in the socio-cultural milieu of the Indian society, the government has accorded it the status of the National Heritage Animal and has undertaken several conservation Measures. Despite best efforts of the government, the society and the people at large, elephant conservation still remains an uphill task

Major Threats to Elephants:

Habitat loss, and fragmentation and degradation of elephant habitat Illegal killing (for Ivory Trade), train accidents (Safety measures are introduced in Railway Budget 2013), and electrocution etc. Human-elephant conict

Project Elephant:

Project Elephant (PE) was launched by the Government of India in the year 1991-92 as a Centrally Sponsored Scheme with following objectives :

To protect elephants, their habitat & corridors

To address issues of man-animal conflict

Welfare of domesticated elephants

Under this project, Financial and technical support are being provided to major elephant bearing States and UTs (Andaman and Nicobar) in India.

Main activities under the Project are:

Ecological restoration of existing natural habitats and migratory routes of elephants;

Development of scientific and planned management for conservation of elephant habitats and viable population of Wild Asiatic elephants in India;

Promotion of measures for mitigation of man elephant conflict in crucial habitats and moderating pressures of human and domestic stock activities in crucial elephant habitats;

Strengthening of measures for protection of Wild elephants form poachers and unnatural causes of death;

Research on Elephant management related issues;

Public education and awareness programs

Eco-develoment

Veterinary care

Elephant Reserves:

Sighbhum Elephant Reserve in Jharkhand was the first reserve to be notified in the

country in the year 2001 and since then 32 Elephant Reserves (ERs). Kerala has highest number of protected Elephant Reserves Monitoring of Illegal Killing of Elephants (MIKE) Programme

Mandated by COP resolution of CITES (the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora) , Project Elephant has been formally implementing MIKE Programs in the Elephant Reserves. MIKE aims to measure levels and trends in the illegal hunting of elephants and to determine changes in these trends over time Tags: Protecting Elephants in India Permalink Leave a comment Panchayat Empowerment & Accountability Incentive Scheme (PEAIS) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 22, 2013 in Governance

1 Vote

The Panchayat Empowerment & Accountability Incentive Scheme (PEAIS) is a Central Sector Plan Scheme which is being implemented by the Ministry of Panchayati Raj since 2005-06. The scheme had an allocation of Rs.5.00 crore for 2005-06, which was raised to Rs.10.00 crore for the subsequent years. Funds released to the State Governments/UTs on 100% grant basis, after assessing their devolution of the 3Fs (Funds, Functions and Functionaries). The Scheme has continued in the 11th Five Year Plan period with annual allocation of Rs.10.00 crore.

From 2006-07 onwards the criteria for eligibility were derived on the basis of devolution of 3Fs, which was developed by the National Council of Applied Economic Research (NCAER), New Delhi. During 200708, the index was revised to include a fourth dimension of Framework, which specifically tests if the State has met the four mandatory Constitutional requirements viz. establishing the State Election Commission, holding PRI Election every five years, establishing State Finance Commission and setting up of District Planning Committees.

For 2008-09 NCAER, New Delhi was engaged by the Ministry for compiling the information on the parameters constituting the DI and processes the same. NCAER submitted the final Report titled An Index of Devolution for Assessing Environment for PRIs in the States-Empirical Assessment-2008. An Evaluation of the States under the PEAIS for 2008-09 was based on a two stage assessment. The first stage was called the Framework Criteria, which was based on the following 4 fundamental Constitutional requirements:

Establishment of State Election Commission; Holding of elections to the PRIs; Setting up State Finance Commission and Constitution of the District Planning Committees (DPCs).

For the year 2008-09, the Ministry awarded 10 prizes in all, which went to Madhya Pradesh, West Bengal, Tamil Nadu & Kerala as First Prize of Rs.1.50 crore each, Karnataka, Sikkim, Himachal Pradesh and Haryana as Second Prize of Rs.75 lakh each and to Chhattisgarh and Assam as Third Prize of Rs.50 lakh each.

For 2009-10, the Indian Institute of Public Administration (IIPA) was commissioned to undertake the study of the Devolution Index and rank States accordingly.

As in 2008-09, evaluation of States under PEAIS for 2009-10 was based on a two-stage assessment. The first stage, called the Framework Criteria, was based on the following 4 fundamental Constitutional requirements as in 2008-09. States that fulfilled each of these 4 fundamental requirements, qualified for evaluation in terms of various indicators of the DI.

The indicators for the DI aim at assessing the state of devolution in respect of the 3Fs, namely, funds, functions, and functionaries by the respective States to the PRIs. The 2009-10 study has attempted some important conceptual and methodological improvements. Firstly, States have been assessed on how well they have implemented the framework criteria. For example, as against only assessing if State

Finance Commission (SFCs) have been set up as a qualifying criterion, delays in constitution of SFCs, submission of reports etc. have also been studied. Secondly, weightedscores, that reflect in the importance of particular criteria have been used. Thirdly, scoring has been more differentiated by grading various responses. Finally, the accountability parameters have been built in systematically. The indicators for the DI study this year are as follows:

Indicators for the Devolution Index Study 2009-10:

Framework

State Election Commission-Holding regular Panchayats elections, Gap and dissolution

State Finance Commission -Qualification of members prescribed in the Act, Constitution at regular interval, Acceptance of recommendations, Timeliness of actions thereon.

District Planning Committees and their working Regular Meeting, Regular submission of plans, Consolidation of plans and its integration with State plan.

Functions

Functions Assigned to Panchayats -Legislative devolution , Activity mapping,Executiveorders issued, The role of Panchayats in planning, implementation, spending funds and monitoring.

Role of Panchayats in Important Central and State Schemes

Role of Gram Sabha - Number and of meetings held and whether minutes are maintained; Role of Gram Sabha in approval of plans, budget, UCs and beneficiary lists

Transparency in Panchayats Mechanism to deal with RTI and corruption, Whether there is an Ombudsman

Finances

Empowerment of Panchayats to impose and collect revenue- Taxes, fees, duties, cess etc. collected by Panchayats, Share of own revenue of Panchayat in State own revenue

Fund availability with Panchayats

Panchayat Nidhi/Fund: (Receipt & Expenditure)

Timely release of Twelfth Finance Commission grants to the Panchayats

Set of criteria, weight to allocate fund to the Panchayats

System of fiscal management, monitoring and evaluation

Functionaries

Accountability of functionaries to Panchayats

Panchayats own officials

Panchayats super cession

Role of Panchayats in parallel bodies/institutions

Capacity building of functionaries

Infrastructure for efficient & effective management of Panchayats

Indicators related to functional devolution include legislative devolution, activity mapping, issuing of executive orders, the actual activities performed by Panchayats, the role of the GramSabhas etc. The indicators regarding devolution of finances include the fiscal domain ofPanchayats, i.e. taxes, fees etc. levied by them, grants from State Government and the system of fiscal management. The indicators regarding the devolution of functionaries include control ofPanchayats over officials, capacity building, role of Panchayats in parallel bodies etc.

Performance of the States and the UTs

24 States and Union Territories (UTs) participated in the evaluation exercise. Jharkhand did not qualify, as elections to Panchayats have not been held in the State. Evaluation of the performance of the 23 States / UT that qualified on the DI is as follows:

Tags: Panchayat Empowerment & Accountability Incentive Scheme (PEAIS) Permalink Leave a comment

Creamy layer bar for OBCs raised Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 22, 2013 in Governance

1 Vote

Creamy layer is the income limit beyond which OBCs are not eligible for quotas. A group of ministers has decided to raise the creamy layer bar from Rs 4.50 lakh to Rs 6 lakh annually as part of the revision done every four years. Thus OBCs earning over 6 lakh will not be eligible for reservations in jobs and education with The increase, however, marks a setback for the backward lobby of ministers that blocked the proposal for fixing creamy layer at Rs 6 lakh in the Cabinet last June, arguing it did not reflect the fall in value of currency and inflation.

A group of ministers headed by P Chidambaram is learnt to have weighed in favour of retaining the income level suggested by social justice ministry that ran into resistance in the Cabinet last year. Narayanasamy, along with petroleum minister Veerappa Moily and overseas Indian affairs minister Vayalar Ravi, had opposed the Rs 6 lakh proposal in the Cabinet, saying that it should be at least Rs 7 lakh. The resistance forced the prime minister to refer the issue for consultations.

Thus finally after consultations the Chidambaram-led ministerial panels move to keep a uniform Rs 6 lakh salary bar is way below the recommendation made by National Commission for Backward Classes that it should be Rs 12 lakh in urban areas and Rs 9 lakh in rural areas.

The income ceiling was introduced at Rs 1 lakh in 1993 and was revised to Rs 2.50 lakh in 2004 and Rs 4.50 lakh in 2008.

As against NCBCs suggestion of Rs 12 lakh that reflected Mandal satraps long-held aversion for the concept of creamy layer, the Centre seems to have been deterred by the backlash of a huge hike.

While there can be a judicial challenge arguing that setting the bar too low is designed to neutralize the income ceiling, there are fears in the ruling dispensation that quota for rich OBCs would lead to demands from upper castes that their poor too be given reservations. Tags: Creamy layer bar for OBCs raised Permalink Leave a comment Shortage of Budget Hotels in the Country Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 22, 2013 in Miscellaneous

Rate This

As per the report of the Working Group on Tourism for the 12th Five Year Plan (2012-2017) set up by the Planning Commission, for a projected annual growth of 12% in the tourism sector, the requirement of additional hotel rooms under classified category in 2016 over 2010 is estimated to be 1,90,108.

The Ministry of Tourism had got a study conducted by M/s ACNielsen ORG-MARG Pvt. Ltd. As per this study, 1,81,596 hotel rooms were required per annum at 54 identified locations in the country in 2006.

The Ministry of Tourism had got another study conducted in 2009 by the Indian Institute of Tourism & Travel Management (IITTM) Gwalior. As per this study, on an average 40,190 hotel rooms were required per day for the tourists visiting Delhi during the Commonwealth Games, 2010.

The expansion/growth of hotel industry in the country is a continuous process. The Union Government has constituted a Hospitality Development and Promotion Board (HDPB) in January, 2011 to facilitate the clearances required by hotel projects in a time bound manner and to accelerate the expansion/growth of hospitality industry in the country. Further, to encourage the growth of budget hotels, the following incentives have been announced:

Five Year Tax Holiday for 2, 3 and 4 star category hotels located in all UNESCO declared World Heritage sites (Except Mumbai and Delhi) for hotels operating w.e.f. 01.04.2008 to 31.03.2013.

Extension of Investment Linked tax incentives under Section 35 AD of the Income Tax Act to new hotels of 2-Star category and above anywhere in India, which will facilitate growth of Accommodation in the country.

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has de-linked credit for hotel projects from Commercial Real Estate (CRE), thereby enabling hotel projects to avail credit at relaxed norms and reduced interest rates.

Hotel and Tourism related industry has been declared a high priority industry and Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) is allowed upto 100% under the automatic route. Tags: Shortage of Budget Hotels in the Country Permalink Leave a comment Houselisting & House Census 2011 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 22, 2013 in Governance

Rate This

Report on Housing Stock, Amenities and Assets in Slums Based on Houselisting & House Census 2011

Ministry for Housing and Urban Poverty Alleviation released the report on Housing stock, Amenities and Assets in slums based on Houselisting & House Census, 2011. The states and other stakeholders to change their attitude towards urban poor living in slum areas. These statistics and data will help the government in redrawing programme and policies. The Ministry stated that Ministry of Housing and Urban Poverty Allevation will not make any distinction between notifed, recognized and identified slums while formulating developmental schemes and grants.

Registrar General, India (RGI)on the report said that these data will be used by Centre, states and other stakeholders. RGI to issue data on female headed household. The data reflect that there is hardly any difference in infrastructure facilities available in Urban areas and slums.

Registrar General, India Dr. C. Chandramouli presented the important features of the report and outlined its importance.

The highlights of the report are as follows:-

In all 1.73 Crore Census houses have been reported in the House listing Blocks categorized as Slums in India, comprising 1.37 Crore slum households.

There are 19 cities with million plus population where more than 25% households live in slums.

A majority (71%) of these are located in six States namely, Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal, Madhya Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh.

Out of these 19 cities, five cities namely, Vishakhapatnam, Jabalpur, Mumbai, Vijayawada and Meerut have more than 40% slum households.

Out of total slum houses, 92.7% are occupied and 7.3% are vacant.

84.9% Census Houses are used for residence/residence-cum-other use.

58.4% residential census houses are in good condition, 37.5% are livable and rest 4.0% are in dilapidated condition.

70.2% Slum households are owned. Rest are mostly rented

74 % households use Tap as the main source of drinking water followed by hand pump/tube well (20.3%)

Source of drinking water is available to 56.7% of the households within the premises in slums; 31.9% have the source located near (within 100m) the premises and 11.4% have to travel more than 100 m away to fetch drinking water.

More than 90% slum households use electricity as main source of lighting, 8.2% kerosene and 0.7% households have other source of lighting and 0.5% households have no lighting in the slum areas.

66% households are having latrine facility within the premises meaning that every third household (34%) has no latrine facility within the premises. 18.9% slum households defecate in open and 15.1% use public latrine.

81% slum households have a bathroom or an enclosure without roof. 53.2% households avail banking service in slum areas.

About 70% slum households have television in their houses for entertainment, 18.7% possess Radio / Transistor.

Computers/laptops have not made inroads in slums to the desired extent. Only 10.4% households have computer/laptop in their house, out of which 3.3% have computer/laptop with internet connection (as against 9.3% in non-slum areas) and 7.1% without internet connection.

72.7% slum households have telephone facility out of which 4.4% have land line connection, 63.5% mobile and 4.8% have both facilities. In non-slum areas this percentage is 83.9. Tags: Houselisting & House Census 2011 Permalink Leave a comment Steps taken for Strengthening Power distribution system. Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 22, 2013 in energy

1 Vote

The Union Government has taken various steps to strengthen the power distribution system of the country.

A Task Force on Private Participation in Power Sector distribution was constituted in November, 2010 under the Chairmanship of Shri B.K. Chaturvedi, Member Planning Commission to develop a framework for enabling private participation in the distribution of electricity. As per the report, State representatives were co-opted in the Task Force, which endorsed both Public Private Partnership (PPP) Model and the Franchisee Model leaving it to the States to choose a model that they think is useful for them.

PPP Model in the distribution of electricity encompasses all functions and obligations relating to distribution of electricity in a license area. The concessionaire, selected through competitive bidding, would be responsible for maintenance, operation and upgradation of the distribution network and the supply of electricity to the regulated consumers. Reduction of AT&C losses, improvement in quality of power supplied, strengthening of distribution network, improved customer satisfaction and introduction of competition through open access are some of the salient feature of this model.

Public Private Partnership (PPP) has been implemented by the way of privatization and appointment of distribution franchisee in some States. The distribution sector in the States of Odisha and Delhi was privatized in 1999 and 2002 respectively.

Public Private Partnership in the form of Urban Distribution Franchisee (UDF) is in place in the states of Maharashtra in towns of Bhiwandi, Nagpur, Aurangabad and in state of Uttar Pradesh in Kanpur & Agra urban areas.

Electricity is a concurrent subject and the responsibility of electricity distribution rests with the States. Government of India acts as a facilitator in supplementing the efforts of States to provide power to consumers in an improved manner.

However, under the Restructured-Accelerated Power Development and Reforms Programme (R-APDRP), projects worth Rs.32323.67 Crores have been sanctioned. Cumulatively an amount of Rs.6456.01 Crore has been disbursed under R-APDRP, for sanctioned projects.

The steps taken by the Union Government to strengthen the power distribution system of the country are as under:

R-APDRP:

To reduce the AT&C losses in the country and to improve the power distribution sector of state utilities, Government of India has launched the Restructured-Accelerated Power Development and Reforms Programme (R-APDRP) during 11th Plan period. The focus of R-APDRP is on actual demonstrable performance by utilities in terms of sustained AT&C loss reduction in the project areas. Projects under the scheme are taken up in two parts in towns having population more than 30,000 (10,000 for special category States) as per census 2001. Part-A of the scheme is for establishing IT enabled system for energy accounting / auditing and Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) for big cities (population:4 lacs and Annual Energy Input: 350MU) whereas Part-B is for up-gradation, augmentation & strengthening of electrical infrastructure in project towns.

So far (as on 28.2.2013), under R-APDRP, projects worth Rs.32323.67 have been sanctioned. Cumulatively an amount of Rs.6456.01Crore has been disbursed under R-APDRP, for sanctioned projects.

Rating of Utilities

In order to enable a unified approach by Financial Institutions (FIs)/ Banks for funding State Distribution Utilities, Ministry of Power has developed an integrated rating methodology for State Distribution Utilities. The overall objective of the integrated rating methodology is to devise a mechanism for incentivizing/ disincentivising the distribution utilities so as to improve their operational and financial performance, enable regulatory compliance and influence respective State Govts. to fulfill commitments on subsidy, equity support including transition funding support to achieve self-sustaining operations.

Order of Appellate Tribunal for Electricity (APTEL)

Ministry of Power has requested Appellate Tribunal for Electricity to issue directions under section 121 of the Electricity Act to the State Regulatory Authorities to revise the tariff appropriately (suo-

motto, if required), in the interest of improving the financial health and long term viability of electricity sector in general and distribution utilities in particular.

The Appellate Tribunal for Electricity(APTEL) in its order dated 11th November, 2011 has issued directions to the State Commissions with a view to improve the financial health of SEBs/ Discoms and ultimately help to deal with the mounting arrears of pending dues of the distribution utilities, which inter alia include automatic fuel & power purchase adjustment cost, suo-motto determination of tariff, if petition is not filed by utility, annual truing up of accounts and no resource gap to be left uncovered by SERCs. The regulatory assets are to be created only in extraordinary circumstances & to be liquidated in maximum 3 years.

Model Tariff Guidelines:

Forum of Regulators have resolved to implement Model Tariff Guidelines, which address issue of rationalization of tariff. FOR (Forum of Regulators) has circulated Model Tariff Guidelines to SERCs, for their adoptions. Now SERCs are required to adopt these tariff guidelines and make regulation. Adoption of Model Tariff Guidelines is a precondition for disbursement of loan by Power Finance Corporation and Rural Electrification Corporation to utilities.

Financial Restructuring of State Distribution Companies

A scheme for Financial restructuring of State Owned Discoms has been notified by the Government of India to enable the turnaround of the State Discoms and ensure their long term viability. The scheme contains measures to be taken by the State Discoms and State Govt for achieving financial turnaround by restructuring their debt with support through a Transitional Finance Mechanism by Central Govt. Tags: Steps taken for Strengthening Power distribution system. Permalink Leave a comment Mythical Saraswati River Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 22, 2013 in Miscellaneous

1 Vote

Indian Space Research Organization (ISRO) has studied the palaeochannels in North West India and related them to the channels of River Saraswati. ISRO has not constituted any committee for this purpose.

An integrated palaeochannel map of River Saraswati has been prepared from the origin in Himalayas to Rann of Kutchch. The origin of the mapped course of the River Saraswati palaeochannel in North West India was linked to Himalayan perennial source through Sutlej and Yamuna Rivers.

The Government has made efforts to trace the origin of Saraswati river and has also constituted a committee for this purpose.

The work on delineation of entire course of river Saraswati in North West India was carried out using Indian Remote Sensing Satellite data along with digital elevation model. Satellite images are multispectral, multi-temporal and have advantages of synoptic view, which are useful to detect palaeochannels. The palaeochannels are validated using historical maps, archaeological sites, hydrogeological and drilling data. It was observed that major Harappan sites of Kalibangan (Rajasthan), Banawali and Rakhigarhi (Haryana), Dholavira and Lothal (Gujarat) lie along the River Saraswati. Tags: Mythical Saraswati River Permalink Leave a comment Passport Services

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 22, 2013 in Governance

Rate This

(i) Despite constant improvements in the Passport Issuance System and liberalized measures to make the system more transparent over the years and due to the rapid increase in the number of passport seekers besides increasing expectations from citizens vis--vis delivery of services to the citizens by the Govt, it was realized that it would not be possible to meet the demand without revamping the system. Keeping this in mind, the Ministry embarked on an ambitious e-governance initiative as part of National e-Governance Plan the Passport Seva Project (PSP) a Mission Mode Project which aims to deliver all Passport-related services to the citizens in a timely, transparent, more accessible, reliable manner & in a comfortable environment through streamlined processes and committed, trained & motivated workforce.

(ii) As a first step in designing the PSP, MEA engaged the National Institute for Smart Government (NISG) for studying the existing system of Passport issuance in India and the global best practices and for making suitable recommendations on establishing a redesigned system that could fulfill the above objective.

(iii) On receipt of a detailed report from NISG, the MEA obtained approval of the Union Cabinet on 6th September 2007, inter alia to

(a) outsourcing of delivering front-end passport services,

(b) establishing 77 Passport Seva Kendras (PSKs) across the country,

(c) creating a centralized IT system linking all PSKs, RPO/POs, Police and Postal Department

(d) permitting the private partner to levy a Service Charge for each service.

(iv) Following a two bid process, M/s. Tata Consultancy Services (TCS) were selected as Service Provider in May 2008 for implementation of Passport Seva Project. A Master Service Agreement (MSA) was signed by the MEA with TCS on 13th October 2008. TCS would recover its cost through Service Charge per passport based on volumes and subject to 27 stringent service delivery levels. These service delivery levels encompass various parameters such as external and internal efficiency; external, internal and technical effectiveness; environment and ambience and customer relations. The achievement and sustenance of these service levels requires a holistic approach to service delivery and optimization across technology, business process and people on a continuous basis. This IT driven Project is run with over 3,000 persons deployed from the private Service Provider and 2,500 officials from the MEA. The Project runs on the Build-Own-Operate-Transfer model wherein the initial investments are by the private partner. There is minimal investment from the Government.

(v) The MSA includes clauses relating to governance schedule, use and control of PSKs, security and safety, terms of payment, taxation, breach, rectification and termination, protection and limitations, data protection, confidentiality, audit, access and reporting, intellectual property, trademarks/publicity, severability & waiver, dispute resolution, change control, exit management and terms of payment. The responsibilities of Service Provider include the following :

a. All hardware, software, networking & PCs of the entire Passport system as specified in the RFP and the MSA.

b. Physical Infrastructure for all PSKs including interiors thereof, as specified in the RFP.

c. Data Centre (DC), Disaster Recovery Centre (DRC) and Central Passport Printing Facility (CPPF) setup

d. Maintenance and operations of all the above

e. Staff for all private counters at PSKs

f. Technical staff for supporting PSK, PO, DC, DRC, CPPF

g. Training on the application software, training on general computer skills, soft skills, and customer service & delivery

h. Change management and communication strategy & implementation

i. Obtaining ISO (9001, 27001, 20000) certifications for the Passport System

j. Compliance with the Service Level Agreements (SLAs)

k. Call Centre & grievance handling.

(vi) The pilot project was launched at four PSKs in Karnataka in May 2010. Subsequently, three more pilot PSKs were launched in Chandigarh, Ludhiana and Ambala in August 2010. Following requisite certification by the Third Party Audit Agency Standards, Testing & Quality Certification (STQC), an organisation under the Department of Information Technology in January 2011, a roll-out plan was firmed up jointly by the Ministry and the Service Provider the TCS. By 14th June, 2012 all the 77 PSKs were set up and operationalised in the country. The STQC has issued Compliance Verification Report in mid-June 2012 and Operation & Maintenance Phase of the Project has since commenced for six years from the date of Go-Live i.e. up to 11th June 2018 as per terms of the MSA. As on 28th February 2013, 71.7 lakh passports were issued and 3.6 lakh miscellaneous passport services were rendered under the new system.

(vii) Only front-end activities, such as token issuance, initial scrutiny of the application forms, acceptance of fee, scanning of the documents, taking photos and biometrics are performed by the

Service Providers staff. The sovereign and fiduciary functions such as verification of documents, police verification, decision on grant of passports, revocation, impounding of passports, printing and dispatch of passports, are performed by the Govt personnel.

(viii) The entire process is online and streamlined including interface with the Indian police for verification of personal particulars of applicants and with India Post for tracking delivery of passports. Status of applications can be tracked through the Passport Portal http://www.passportindia.gov.in . For assistance one can call toll-free helpline 1800-258-1800. Applicants presence in person at the PSK enables the Passport Issuing Authority to capture their photograph and fingerprints to prevent the incidence of impersonation. The applicants also get full opportunity to see and affirm their personal particulars to be entered in the passport to avoid unnecessary correspondence later. An e-mail based helpdesk facility and a 247 call centre have been set up to provide requisite information to citizens in 17 vernacular languages. An SMS message is sent to the citizen as soon as the passport is dispatched.

(ix) The benefits of the Project to the citizens are service provisioning within defined service levels, closer and larger number of access points for services, availability of a portfolio of on-line services with real-time status tracking, an effective system of grievance redressal and strict adherence to First -InFirst Out principle in rendering of services. The number of public dealing counters has been increased from the erstwhile 350 to 1610 in the new system and public dealing hours have gone up from 4 hours to 7 hours a day.

The Agreement with TCS to operate and maintain the Passport Seva System is valid till 11th June 2018 with provision for its renewal for further two years. The Government, therefore, is in no position at present to indicate any future course of action as regards renewal or cancellation of the Agreement.

A Project of this magnitude where nearly 30,000 passport applications are processed daily by the personnel manning the PSKs and many more thousand citizens are attended to by Call Centres, cannot be without operational relations challenges. In terms of the MSA, TCS is bound to provide services in compliance with 27 stringent Service Level Agreements. A Grievance Redressal mechanism is in place as part of the Programme Governance Structure. Whenever a complaint is received, it is redressed forthwith in consultation with the Heads of PSKs, RPOs and TCS. The Government has clearly delineated the role of TCS staff in the System for its smooth functioning. TCS has also been conducting training and orientation programmes from time to time to inculcate good work ethics in the staff. The Government is also working on a set of instructions for the CPO and TCS personnel besides standardization of documents required for processing passport applications to minimize complaints in this regard and to improve service delivery

Tags: Passport Services Permalink Leave a comment Scientists discover layer of liquified molten rock in Earths mantle Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 22, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

1 Vote

Hidden magma layer could play role in shaping the geologic face of our planet.

Scientists have discovered a layer of liquified molten rock in Earths mantle that may be responsible for the sliding motions of the planets massive tectonic plates.

The finding may carry far-reaching implications, from understanding basic geologic functions of the planet to new insights into volcanism and earthquakes.

This new image greatly enhances our understanding of the role that fluids, both seawater and deep subsurface melts, play in controlling tectonic and volcanic processes.

The scientists discovered the magma layer at the Middle America trench off Nicaraguas shores.

Using advanced seafloor electromagnetic imaging technology pioneered at SIO, the scientists imaged a 25-kilometer- (15.5-mile-) thick layer of partially melted mantle rock below the edge of the Cocos plate where it moves beneath Central America.

The new images of magma were captured during a 2010 expedition aboard the research vessel Melville.

After deploying a vast array of seafloor instruments that recorded natural electromagnetic signals to map features of the crust and mantle, the scientists realized they had found magma in a surprising place.

For decades scientists have debated the forces that allow the planets tectonic plates to slide across the Earths mantle.

Orange-colored area enclosed by dashed line denotes recently discovered magma layer. Credit: Scripps Institution of Oceanography

Studies have shown that dissolved water in mantle minerals results in a more ductile mantle that would facilitate tectonic plate motions, but for many years clear images and data required to confirm or deny this idea were lacking.

Our data tell us that water cant accommodate the features we are seeing, said Naif. The information from the new images confirms the idea that there needs to be some amount of melt in the upper mantle. Thats whats creating this ductile behavior for plates to slide.

The marine electromagnetic technology employed in the study was originated by Charles Chip Cox, an emeritus oceanographer at SIO, and in recent years further advanced by Constable and Key.

They have been working with the energy industry to apply this technology to map offshore oil and gas reservoirs.

The researchers say their results will help geologists better understand the structure of the tectonic plate boundary and how that affects earthquakes and volcanism.

One of the longer-term implications of our results is that we are going to understand more about the plate boundary, which could lead to a better understanding of earthquakes, said Key.

The researchers are now trying to find the source that supplies the magma in the newly discovered layer. Tags: Scientists discover layer of liquified molten rock in Earths mantle Permalink Leave a comment Research in Nuclear Science Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 21, 2013 in energy

Rate This

The Department of Atomic Energy (DAE) has been pursuing R&D in nuclear science, engineering and advanced mathematics. The R&D activities are carried out through Research Centres, Aided Institutions under the administrative control of the Department and also through extra mural support through Board of Research in Nuclear Sciences (BRNS). The Department has formulated projects under the XII Five Year Plan with emphasis on Research in Nuclear Science. The outlay provided under XII Five Year Plan (2012-17) R&D Sector is ` 19,740 crore. During the last three years, the Department has provided adequate financial support under R&D Sector as detailed below, for pursuing research in nuclear science:

Some of the other important steps taken by the Department towards boosting the research in nuclear sciences and allied disciplines are the following:

i)

Setting up of Global Centre for Nuclear Energy Partnership (GCNEP) in Haryana.

ii) Participation of Indian scientists in international collaboration programmes such as Large Hadron Collider at CERN, International Thermo Nuclear Experimental Reactor (ITER) Project/Jules Horowitz Reactor Project (France) etc.

iii) Strengthening of Human Resources and building expertise in the specialised areas of nuclear sciences through initiatives under Homi Bhabha National Institute (HBNI), a deemed University, setting up of National Institute of Science Education and Research (NISER), University of Mumbai-Department of Atomic Energy-Centre for Excellence in Basic Sciences (UM-DAE-CBS), collaborations of Research Centres /Aided Institutions of DAE with Universities in India and abroad;

iv) Strengthening of R&D infrastructure by way of new project activities for establishing new BARC campus at Vizag, TIFR Centre for Interdisciplinary Sciences (TCIS) at Hyderabad and International Centre for Theoretical Sciences (ICTS), Bengaluru.

v) Pursuing research in the Fast Breeder Reactor and fusion research programmes.

Two research reactors are proposed to be constructed at the new BARC Campus at Vizag. One of the research reactors will be similar to existing 100 MW Dhruva research reactor. The other research

reactor will be a 30 MW reactor specifically designed to produce high specific activity radioisotopes not presently produced in the country. Tags: Research in Nuclear Science Permalink Leave a comment Permission to Private Sector for Uranium Mining Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 21, 2013 in energy

Rate This

The private sector companies in the country have not sent any proposal to the Government for approval of Uranium mining ;

Uranium is a prescribed substance under the Atomic Energy Act 1962. Handling of prescribed substances has been regulated both under the Atomic Energy Act 1962, and the Atomic Energy (working of mines, minerals and handling of prescribed substances) Rules 1984, under which no person shall mine, mill, process and/or handle any ore mineral or other material from which any one or more of the prescribed substances can be extracted, without obtaining a licence from the licensing authority (appointed by Central Government). Further, the subject of Atomic Energy has, since the inception of Indias industrial policy in 1948, been always reserved for the exclusive domain of the Government; and hence only the Central Government and its Public Sector Undertakings (PSU) only are permitted for exploration, mining, processing etc. of Uranium. Further, the New Exploration Licensing Policy (NELP) was enunciated by Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas, and is applicable only for the Hydro-carbon sector in the country. In view of the above, there is, at present, no proposal to give licence or permission to private sector companies for exploration and mining of Uranium in the country

Tags: Permission to Private Sector for Uranium Mining Permalink Leave a comment Disposal of Nuclear Waste Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 21, 2013 in energy

2 Votes

Management of radioactive waste in Indian context includes all types of radioactive wastes generated from the entire nuclear fuel cycle and also from installations using radionuclides in medicine, industry and research. In the choice of processes and technologies adopted utmost emphasis is given to waste minimisation and volume reduction. The comprehensive radioactive waste management operations are carried out fulfilling all prescribed regulatory requirements.

Safe management of nuclear waste has been accorded a high priority right from the inception of our nuclear energy programme. Nuclear waste in gaseous, liquid and solid forms is generated during operation & maintenance activities of nuclear facilities. The processing technologies adopted for management of nuclear waste are summarised below:

(1) Gaseous waste is treated at the source of generation. The techniques used are adsorption on activated charcoal and filtration by high efficiency particulate air filter. The treated gases are then diluted with exhaust air and discharged through tall stack with monitoring.

(2) Liquid waste streams are treated by various techniques, such as filtration, adsorption, chemical treatment, evaporation, ion exchange, reverse osmosis etc. depending upon the nature, volume & radioactivity content. The emphasis is on volume reduction and the concentrate generated therefore is immobilised in inert materials like cement, etc.

(3) The radioactive solid waste generated during operation and maintenance of nuclear facilities are segregated and volume is reduced using various technologies like compaction and incineration. The solid/solidified waste is packaged in suitable containers to facilitate handling, transport and disposal. Disposal of waste is carried out in specially constructed structures such as stone lined trenches, reinforced concrete trenches and tile holes.

(4) India has adopted closed fuel cycle option, which involves reprocessing and recycling of the spent fuel. During reprocessing, only about two to three percent of the spent fuel becomes waste and the rest is recycled. This waste, called high level waste (HLW), is converted into glass through a process, called vitrification. The vitrified waste is stored in a Solid Storage Surveillance Facility for 30-40 years with natural cooling prior to its disposal in a deep geological repository. The need for a deep geological repository will arise only after three to four decades. Tags: Disposal of Nuclear Waste Permalink Leave a comment BIRAC 1ST Foundation Day Celebrated Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 21, 2013 in Science and Technology

Rate This

Empowering and Enabling the Biotech Innovation Ecosystem for affordable product development

Biotechnology Industry Research Assistance Council (BIRAC) is a Section 25 Not-for-Profit Company of Government of India, that is registered under Indian Companies Act 1956, and has been set up as Department of Biotechnologys interface agency, which serves as a single window for the emerging biotech industries. BIRAC is guided by an Independent Board of Directors comprising senior professionals, academicians, policy makers and industrialists.

As a Government of India enterprise, it endeavours to bring professionalism, transparency and efficiency into its functioning while providing support to catalyse the transformation of the emerging Indian bioeconomy.

BIRACs core mission is to work as a Development Agency in the field of biotechnology which addresses the national needs of health and food security problems through bottom up competitive grant approach or through top down product development programmes. To achieve this, BIRAC would be working in partnership with private, public and international groups. The organisation will have diverse teams and still affirm operational reciprocity.

Biotechnology Industry Research Assistance Council (BIRAC) celebrated its one year of Incorporation here in new Delhi. Union Minister of Science & Technology and Ministry of Earth Sciences reiterated that innovative research is the key to achieving affordable product development. Potential of Bio technology sector is tremendous and the vision of department of Biotechnology and the Biotech Industry is to achieve a size of US$100b by 2025.

Indias Biotechnology sector has grown steadily over the last decade from US$500m in 2003 to US$4b in 2011-12. Today Indian Biotech stands 4th in term of volume and 13th in terms of value, holding 2% of global biotech industry share. Ranked 3rd in the Asia- Pacific region after Japan and Korea, Biotech Industry in India has registered a CAGR of 14.75% during the last 5 years. He also highlighted the important role to be played by BIRAC in catalysing this growth through its mandate of empowering and enabling the biotech innovation ecosystem for affordable products development. BIRAC is a new

industry academia interface, a unique organisation set up by the Government, the first of its kind with a focussed vision of enhancing strategic research and innovation capabilities of the Indian Biotech Industry, particularly start-ups and SMEs for creation of affordable products addressing the needs of largest sector of society.

DBT in Special Address also enumerated the key strategies of BIRAC which emphasise on the need to foster innovation and entrepreneurship in all places of research and promote affordable innovation in key social sectors.

DBT traced the journey of BIRAC and highlighted some key initiative taken during the last one year which include, launch of the Ignition Grant, signing of over 100 public private partnership research agreements, supporting nearly 50 industry academia partnership collaborations and technology acquisition for nutritional crop improvement.

The Grand Challenge Meet over the next two days will focus on two major national unmet needs securing maternal and child health and improved agriculture for nutrition. The Meet will discuss the priorities, new policy interventions and strategies to meet this goal and the specific role which BIRAC can play for delivering the solutions. Tags: BIRAC 1ST Foundation Day Celebrated Permalink Leave a comment Social Security Agreements Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 21, 2013 in NRI

Rate This

India has signed Social Security Agreements (SSAs) with Belgium, France, Germany (social insurance for posted workers only), Switzerland, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Hungary, Denmark, the Czech Republic, Republic of Korea, Norway, Germany, Finland, Canada, Japan, Sweden, Austria and Portugal. Such Agreements protect the interests of Indian professionals by providing following benefits:

(i) exemption from social security contribution for posted (detached) workers (provided the worker is covered under the Indian social security system and continues to pay his contribution to the Indian system during the period of contract).

(ii) exportability of social security benefits in case of relocation to India or any other country after having made the due social security contribution.

(iii) totalization of the periods of contribution pertaining to both countries for the purpose of assessing eligibility for the benefit/pension under the legislation of each country.

Bilateral labour Memorandum of Understandings (MoUs) have also been signed with United Arab Emirates (UAE), Jordan, Qatar, Kuwait, Oman, Malaysia and Bahrain for ensuring protection and welfare of overseas Indian workers.

The salient features of such MoUs are :

(i) Declaration of mutual intent to enhance employment opportunities and for bilateral cooperation in protection and welfare of workers.

(ii) The host country to take measures for protection and welfare of the workers in organized sector.

(iii) Statement of the broad procedure that the foreign employer shall follow to recruit Indian Workers.

(iv) The recruitment and terms of employment to be in conformity with the laws of both the countries.

A Joint Working Group (JWG) is also constituted to ensure implementation of the MoU and to meet regularly to find solutions to bilateral labour problems. Tags: Social Security Agreements Permalink Leave a comment Investment by NRIs Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 21, 2013 in Commerce

Rate This

Data on foreign investment is maintained by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI). Separate data on NRI investment is, however, not maintained by them. The data on total FDI inflows under automatic and approval route over the past five years, as reported by RBI, is as under: Sl. No Financial Year FDI Inflows (in US$ million) 1 2. 3 4. 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 26732 22458 14939 23473

2012-13(April-Dec.2012)

13920

Major sectors in which FDI inflows made are Service, Metallurgical Industries, Construction Development, Information & Broadcasting, Chemicals and Textiles.

The policy for Foreign Direct Investment (FDI), including investment from NRIs, permits FDI, under the automatic route, in several sectors. Investment is promoted through dissemination of information on the investment climate and opportunities in India and by advising prospective investors, including NRIs, about the same. Invest India, a joint venture between the Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion and Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI) acts as a facilitator, for prospective overseas investors, including NRIs. To encourage the NRIs for investment the Overseas Indian Facilitation Centre (OIFC) has been set up jointly by the Ministry and Confederation of Indian Industry (CII). Overseas Indian Facilitation Centre (OIFC) use to organise investment and interactive Meets in different countries, and also during the Pravasi Bhartiya Divas. Tags: Investment by NRI's Permalink Leave a comment Herschel telescope reveals galaxys youngest stars for the first time Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 21, 2013 in Space (World)

Rate This

Brilliant multicolor images from the powerful new Herschel telescope reveal the youngest stars ever before seen.

The newly-discovered protostars are in the Orion Molecular Cloud Complex, an area of space where astronomers have previously looked for the birth of stars.

However, the sensitive infrared camera aboard the European Space Agencys relatively new Herschel Space Observatory was able to identify even younger and colder stars than other telescopes.

The 15 budding stars are mere infants by cosmic standards some of them in stages of formation that last only 25,000 years. Our own solar system is an estimated 4.6billion years old

The image on the left is a composite of pictured recorded by the Herschel space telescope. It picked up dramatically more vivid detail from the same area of space than the American Spitzer Space

Eleven of the new stars emitted red colors picked up by Herschels spectrometer, meaning that they are low energy and likely embedded in envelopes of cosmic gases, meaning they are especially young.

With these recent findings, we add an important missing photo to the family album of stellar development, Glenn Wahlgren, the Herschel Program Scientist at NASA, said. Herschel has allowed us to study stars in their infancy.

The images returned by the Herschel telescope show a dazzling mix of colors from the cluster of stars in the Orion cloud.

Stars form from the gravitational collapse of clouds of gas and dust, which condenses into a ball of super-heated plasma.

The transformation is relatively fast by the standards of the cosmos and lasts only a few hundred years.

Herschel has revealed the largest ensemble of such young stars in a single star-forming region, Amelia Stutz, the lead author of a paper to be published in The Astrophysical Journal and a postdoctoral researcher at the Max Planck Institute for Astronomy in Heidelberg, Germany, said. With these results, we are getting closer to witnessing the moment when a star begins to form.

The Herschel Photodetector Array Camera and Spectrometer instrument found the stars by detecting the tiniest specs of infrared light radiating from the Orion cloud - about 70 and 160 micrometers in wavelength, comparable to the width of a human hair.

Astronomers used the Herschel telescopes readings and compared them with previous images of the same region of space taken by NASAs Spitzer Space Telescope.

Herschel, which was launched by the European Space Agency in 2009, is the largest infrared telescope every sent into space. It cost about $1.4billion.

News of the new discovery is timely. Herschel is slated to stop working this month when its cryogenic superfluid helium runs out.

Tags: Herschel telescope reveals galaxys youngest stars for the first time Permalink Leave a comment National Commission for Denotified, Nomadic and Semi-Nomadic Tribes Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 19, 2013 in Committes and Commissions

3 Votes

The composition of the National Commission for Denotified, Nomadic and Semi-Nomadic Tribes (NCDNT) was as follows:-

(i)

Shri Balkrishna Sidram Renke -

Chairman

(ii)

Shri Laxmanbhai K. Patni

Member

(iii)

Shri Lakshmi Chand

Member Secretary.

The terms of reference of the NCDNT were as under:-

To specify the economic interventions required for raising the living standards of Denotified, Nomadic and Semi Nomadic Tribes by asset creation and self-employment opportunities;

To recommend measures to utilize the existing channeling agencies set up for the economic development of SC/STs and OBCs for extending an economic development package to these groups, keeping in view their specific requirements;

To identify programmes required for their education, development and health; and

To make any other connected or incidental recommendation that the Commission deems necessary.

The NCDNT has submitted its report to the Government which is under consideration of the Government . Tags: National Commission for Denotified, Nomadic and Semi-Nomadic Tribes Permalink Leave a comment Bustards Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 19, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

6 Votes

After suffering neglect for decades, the Indian bustard species, one of the heaviest flying birds in the world, have some reason to cheer. The Union Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) has prepared a species recovery programme to control the dwindling population of the Great Indian Bustard, the Lesser Florican and the Bengal Florican, three of the four bustard species found in India. All the three birds have been endemic to the grasslands of India and are on the brink of extinction. The fourth one Houbara, is a migratory species

Bustards, considered the flagship grassland species, represent the health of the grassland ecology. With rampant hunting for the birds and declining grasslands in the country, their population also kept dwindling. The Great Indian Bustard can weigh up to 15 kg and grow up to one metre in height. Its population decreased from 1,500-2,000 in the 1980s to 250-300 last year. Similarly, only less than 350 Bengal Floricans are left in the country and less than 2,500 Small Floricans survive in the world with breeding restricted to Gujarat, Rajasthan, Maharashtra and western Madhya Pradesh.

The Great Indian Bustard, the state bird of Rajasthan, was earlier found throughout the western half of India, spanning eleven states. The bird is now restricted to only fragmented pockets in Rajasthan, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat, with very little breeding population. The Bengal Florican, which was once widely distributed in the Gangetic and Brahmaputra plains, is now found in pockets in Uttar Pradesh, Assam and Arunachal Pradesh. The Lesser Florican, the smallest in the bustard family, was found throughout the country.

Action delayed

While about 75 per cent decline in the Great Indian Bustard was observed within a timescale of last three generations (40-45 years; each bird has a life span of 12-15 years), the governments did little to save the bird. The International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), during the World Conservation Congress in 2004, had passed a resolution urging the Indian government to start a Project Bustards to protect all the bustard species in the country.

The National Forestry Commission of India, too, in 2006 had recommended such a project on the lines of Project Tiger and Project Elephant to protect the three bustard species and other grassland flora and fauna. Project Elephant and Project Tiger have shown that by targeting rare and flagship species, many habitats and associated species can be saved. However, there are many species that are not covered by these two Central government schemes, said the report of the commission. As protection of grasslands

would greatly benefit livestock, the Ministry of Agriculture and Animal Husbandry should also be involved in Project Bustards.

However, neither the state governments nor the Centre could finalise any substantial plan for bustard conservation. Since bustard does not have the status of a popular species in the peoples psyche, it has not received the attention of the governments as in the case of the tiger or the elephant, admits an MoEF official. Even while choosing the national bird, the Great Indian Bustard was ignored in favour of the peacock. Conservationists had strongly pitched for the Great Indian Bustard. However, officials picked the peacock because of its more attractive looks; the fact that the word bustard rhymes with a swear word also weighed heavily against the large brown bird.

IUCN categorised the Bengal Florican as a critically endangered species in 2008. Following this, a task force was constituted by the environment ministry in 2009 to look into the conservation of the bustard species. But little came of it. It was only after IUCN categorised the Great Indian Bustard as critically endangered and Lesser Florican as endangered species in July last year that the government began quick deliberations with wildlife experts and civil society groups working on the conservation of the bird. In November last year, the ministry organised a workshop with state forest departments, wildlife experts and non-profits to formulate the guidelines for a recovery plan of bustards. The draft recovery plans for the three species are the outcome of the workshop.

Incentive for people

Under the programme, the Centre has prepared the general guidelines for the conservation of the birds while states have been asked to prepare state-level and site-specific action plans. The programme is focused on securing the habitats for the bird outside the protected areas by involving communities. The results of the ongoing programmes were not producing encouraging results as a sizeable population of bustards thrive in non-protected areas. Now, our thrust is to go beyond the protected areas and involve people in the conservation efforts. A major component of the plan would be to incentivise the farmers and communities for successful breeding of the birds on their land, says Jagdish Kishwan, additional director general of forests (wildlife division) in the ministry. He also headed the task force on bustards. The Centre will give financial assistance to the states through its Integrated Development of Wildlife Habitats Scheme, initiated by MoEF in 2009.

When Project Tiger was started in 1972, there was a campaign in the states to create protected areas for wildlife. Over time, nine sanctuaries have been notified for bustards. However, these notifications

could not produce the desired results as hardly one per cent of the grasslands of the country are covered under them. The government had no policy for conservation outside the protected areas. Consequently, rest of the grasslands were overgrazed, converted into agricultural lands or used for expanding industrial zones and human habitations,.

Not only the governments, the bird also suffered because of the apathy of people. In July last year, the Maharashtra government decided to reduce the size of the Great Indian Bustard sanctuary in Solapur district. The sanctuary has around 25 of the birds, spread in 8,496 sq km. The government decided to reduce it to 1,222 sq km because some areas were already urbanised and residents in other areas complained that the irrationally large sanctuary was hindering the regions development . Similarly, due to enhanced protection and restricted livestock grazing in the Karera Bustard Sanctuary in Madhya Pradesh, the black buck population in the area exploded, resulting in crop depredation in adjoining private agricultural lands. This antagonised local agro-pastoral communities, whose members did not want protected areas near their homes. This eventually caused the local extinction of the Great Indian Bustard.

The bird is now extinct in three of the nine sanctuaries created specially for bustard conservation, including Karera.

For this reason, the Bustard Recovery Programme recommends linking local livelihoods with bustard conservation. A profitable and equitable mechanism to share revenues generated from eco-tourism with local communities should be developed, say the draft guidelines of the programme. For effective conservation, the guidelines direct state governments to identify the core breeding areas for bustards and keep them inviolate from human disturbances. The guidelines suggest restriction on infrastructural development and land use diversion for roads, high tension electric poles, intensive agriculture, wind power generators and construction. Only low intensity, traditional pastoral activities should be allowed, that too, not during the breeding season, say the guidelines.

This is only the first step

Welcoming the bustard recovery programme, Asad Rahmani, director of Bombay Natural History Society, says the success of the programme will depend upon how sincere the Central and state governments are in saving bustards. Unfortunately in India, conservation of only a few species get priority. We have Project Tiger, Project Elephant, Project Snow Leopard, but no project to save critically endangered birds or amphibian or plant species. Almost 50 per cent of the total 159 globally threatened

birds found in India are not found in any tiger reserve. To ensure long term survival of bustards, there is an urgent need to start Project Bustards, Tags: Bustards Permalink Leave a comment Critically Endangered Animal Species of India Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 19, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

6 Votes

The Ministry of Environment and Forests in collaboration with the Zoological Survey of India, has released a comprehensive document on Critically Endangered Animal Species of India. For the first time, information on these species has been brought out in a comprehensive and visually appealing format.

The current extinction crisis has placed many species in the Critically Endangered category. It is the highest risk catergory assigned by the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List, where all available evidence indicates an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild.

The IUCN framework provides an objective evaluation that can be applied consistently by scientists and facilitates comparison across widely different groups of animals. This process has lead to a better and more robust understanding of the level of endangerment of individual species.

There are three Centrally Sponsored Schemes Project Tiger, Project Elephant and Integrated Development of Wildlife Habitats. One of the components under the Integrated Development of Wildlife Habitats provides for recovery programmes to save critically endangered species and their habitats. The preparation of Recovery Plans involves assessing the current status of species and preparation of a year-wise five year plan in collaboration with a reputed scientific institute. Out of the 57 critically endangered species, the Ministry of Environment and Forests has taken up interventions for nine species and their respective habitats. Recovery programmes are ongoing for the Leatherback turtles and marine ecosystems, Malabar Civet and low elevation moist forests of the west coast, Floricans and grasslands, four species of critically endangered Vultures, and the Jerdons Courser. The first meeting of the National Tri-State Coordination Committee for the conservation of the Gharial was recently held on the 19th of February, and a recovery programme is being formulated by leading wildlife scientists from across the country.

There is an urgent need to better understand the ecological needs of the other critically endangered species in India, and design relevant scientific conservation interventions. For instance, after 135 years the Chalazodes Bubble-Nest Frog (Raorchestes chalazodes) was recently re-discovered in February 2011. In addition, there are many other species that have been assigned as data deficient and not listed in any of these categories. More studies are needed to obtain basic information to assess the status of these species. Tags: Critically Endangered Animal Species of India Permalink Leave a comment Protection of Bio-Diversity Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 19, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

4 Votes

The Government has taken a number of measures to protect marine biodiversity in the country. These measures inter-alia include:

(i) The Ministry of Environment & Forests implements a Plan Scheme for conservation and management of mangroves and coral reefs in the country

(ii) The Ministry of Environment & Forests has initiated an Integrated Coastal Zone Management Project with the assistance of World Bank, under which funds have been earmarked for marine national park conservation in Gujarat and coral regeneration, and development of marine aquarium and a research centre in West Bengal.

(iii) A Task Force for Conservation of Marine Biodiversity has been constituted to formulate steps for protection and conservation of marine biodiversity, including identification of gap areas in coastal and marine biodiversity, assess the existing capacity of institutions involved in coastal and marine biodiversity research, and to develop capacity on survey and monitoring of marine biodiversity; and recommend strategies and action plans for marine biodiversity conservation.

(iv) The Ministry of Environment & Forests is implementing two externally aided projects in the East Godavari River Estuarine Ecosystem, Andhra Pradesh and Malvan Coast, Sindhudurg District, Maharashtra during 2011 to 2016, with the aim of sectoral mainstreaming including knowledge management for coastal and marine biodiversity conservation, institutional capacity development, and sustainable community livelihoods and natural resource use in project land/seascape.

(v) Funds are provided to the State Governments for Marine National Parks and Sanctuaries in the country for conservation and management of wildlife habitat including fishes under the Centrally Sponsored Scheme on Integrated Development of Wildlife Habitats. A sum of Rs. 136.86 lacs has been released during the last financial and current financial years for eight Marine National Parks and Sanctuaries.

(vi) Financial assistance is also provided for recovery programme to an endangered marine species Protection of Sea Cows (Dugong) under the Centrally Sponsored Scheme, Integrated Development of Wildlife Habitat. The funds released during the current financial year for recovery of Dugong species is Rs. 18.61 lakhs. Tags: Protection of Bio-Diversity Permalink Leave a comment Protection of Sea Cows Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 19, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

5 Votes

Government of India has initiated the assessment of dugongs distribution, habitat and risks due to fisheries and other anthropogenic related activities in India following the standardized Dugong catch/incidental catch survey developed by UNEP/CMS Dugong MoU Secretariat with the help of Wildlife Institute of India (WII), Dehradun.

The Government of India has supported the Gujarat Ecological Education and Research (GEER) Foundation, Gujarat to assess the populations of dugong using interview based survey in 2009 and found that the populations of dugong were declined in its all ranges. Primary analysis of the survey carried out by WII in 2012-13 has also confirmed that the dugong populations in Gujarat and Tamil

Nadu is declining due to fisheries related activities, pollution and habitat degradation. However, the dugong population in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands is found to be stable.

The steps taken by the Government to protect the habitats of wild animals including marine animals in the country are as follows:-

i. Dugong has been identified as one of the 16 selected species for initiating recovery programmes in their respective habitats under the Centrally Sponsored Schemes of Integrated Development of Wildlife Habitats. Financial and technical assistance is provided to the Union Territory Government of Andaman & Nicobar Islands under the component Recovery of Critically Endangered Species.

ii. Legal protection has been provided to wild animals against hunting and commercial exploitation under the provisions of the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972. According to the conservation and threat status, wild animals are placed in different schedules of the Act. Dugongs are included in Schedule I of the Act, which affords it the highest degree of protection under the Act.

iii. The Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, provides for punishment of offences for violation of its provisions. The Act also provides for forfeiture of any equipment, vehicle or weapon that is used for committing wildlife offence(s).

iv. Protected Areas, viz., National Parks, Sanctuaries, Conservation Reserves and Community Reserves covering important wildlife habitats have been created all over the country under the provisions of the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 to conserve wild animals and their habitats

v. The Wildlife Crime Control Bureau has been set up to strengthen the enforcement of law for control of poaching and illegal trade in wildlife and its products.

vi. The Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI) has been empowered under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 to apprehend and prosecute wildlife offenders.

vii. The State/Union Territory Governments have been requested to strengthen the field formations and intensify patrolling in and around the Protected Areas.

viii.

Strict vigil is maintained by the officials of State Departments of Forests and Wildlife.

Tags: Protection of Sea Cows Permalink Leave a comment 60th National Film Awards Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 19, 2013 in Art and Culture

Rate This

Jury headed by Shri Basu Chatterjee for Feature Films, Ms. Aruna Raje for Non-Feature Films and Shri Swapan Mullick for Best Writing on Cinema announce the Awards

The award for the best feature film has been conferred to Paan Singh Tomar (Hindi) produced by UTV Software communications Ltd. and directed by Tigmanshu Dhulia . In non-feature film category, the award for the Best Film has been conferred to Shepherds of Paradise (Gojri & Urdu) produced and directed by Raja Shabir Khan. In the category of Best Writing on Cinema section, the book Silent Cinema in India A Pictorial Journey (English) written by B.D. Garga and published by Harper Collins Publisher India has bagged the top honour, whereas Shri P.S. Radhakrishnan has been conferred the award for the Best film Critic.

In the Feature Film category, a total of 38 films from 14 languages have been selected for the 60th National Awards. Chittagong (Hindi) and 101 Chodiyangal (Malayalam) have shared the Indira Gandhi award for the Best Debut Film of a Director. The award for the Best Popular Film for providing wholesome entertainment has been shared by Vicky Donor (Hindi) and Ustad Hotel (Malayalam). The award for the Best Director has been conferred on Shri Shivaji Lotan Patil for the film Dhag (Marathi). The award for the Best Actor has been shared by Shri Irrfaan playing the title role in Paan Singh Tomar and Shri Vikram Gokhale for the film Anumati(Marathi). The award for the Best Actress has been conferred on Ms Usha Jadhav for her performance in Dhag (Marathi). The award for the best Supporting Actor has been conferred on Shri Anu Kapur for the film Vicky Donor. The award for the best supporting Actress has been shared by Ms Dolly Ahluwalia for the film Vicky Donor and Ms Kalpana for the film ThanichallaNjan (Malyalam). The Best Child Artist award has been shared by Master Virendra Pratap for Dekh Indian Circus (Hindi) and Master Minon for 101 Chodiyangal (Malayalam).

The award for the Best Male playback singer has been conferred on Shri Shankar Mahadevan for the song Bolo Na from the film Chittagong. The award for the Best Female Playback singer has been conferred on Ms Aarti Ankalikar-Tikekar for the song Palakein Naa Moon Don from the film Samhita (Marathi). The award for the best Screen play writer (original) has been conferred on Shri Sujoy Ghosh for the film Kahaani. The award for best Screen play writer (adapted) has been conferred on Shri Bhavesh Mandalia and Shri Umesh Shukla for the film Oh My God. The award for the best Dialogue has been conferred on Ms Anjali Menon for the film Ustad Hotel (Malayalam). The award for the best lyrics has been conferred on Shri Prasoon Joshi for the song Bolo Na from the film Chittagong. A special jury award has been conferred on Shri Rituparno Ghosh and Shri Nawazuddin Siddiqui for the films Chitrangadha (Bengali), Kahaani, Gangs of Wasseypur, Dekh Indian circus and Talaash (Hindi). The award for the best choreography has been conferred on Pt. Birju Maharaj for the film Vishwaroopam (Tamil).

In the Non-Feature Film category, Shri Vikrant Pawar has got the Best Director award for the film Kaatal (Marathi). The Award for the Best Debut Film of a Director has been conferred to Shri Lipika Singh Darai for the film Eka Gachha Eka Manisa Eka Samudra (Odia). Shumona Goel and Shai Heredia for the film I Am Micro (English) and Vasudah Joshi for Cancer Katha (English) have been selected for Special Jury Award. Timbaktu (English) has been awarded as the Best film in the Environmental category and Dreaming Taj Mahal ( Hindi & Urdu) has been conferred the award for the Best Promotional film. Tags: 60th National Film Awards Permalink Leave a comment

Copyright Rules 2013 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 19, 2013 in Programmes and Policies

Rate This

The Copyright Rules, 2013 has been notified by the Copyright Division, Department of Higher Education, Ministry of Human Resource Development on 14th March, 2013. The amendments to the existing provisions of the Copyright Act, 1957 and introduction of new provisions under the Copyright(Amendment) Act, 2012, which came into the force on 21st June, 2012, necessitated amendments to the Copyright Rules, 1958. The draft Rules were posted on the website of the Copyright Office on 28th August, 2012 seeking comments of all stakeholders and experts giving a deadline of 20th September, 2012. The Ministry also held a meeting with various stakeholders and copyright experts on 8th October, 2012 to seek their suggestions on the draft rules.

The Copyright Rules, 2013 provide new rules for statutory licence for cover versions and broadcasting of literary and musical works and sound recording; compulsory licences for works withheld from public, unpublished and published works, for benefit of disabled; registration of Copyright Societies and Performers Right Societies; storage of transient or incidental copies of woks; making or adapting the work by organisations working for the benefit of persons with disabilities; importation of infringing copies and technological protection measures.

The fee for registration of copyright for various works and fee for licences to be issued by register of Copyrights under the directions/orders of the Copyright Board have been increased under the Copyright Rules, 2013. The minimum fee has been increased for registration from Rs. 50/- per work to Rs. 500/per work and the maximum fee has been increased from Rs. 600/- per work to Rs. 5,000/-. The fee for licences has been increased from Rs. 200/- to Rs. 2000/- per work and the maximum fee has been

increased from Rs. 400/- to Rs. 40,000/-. The new fee structure provided under Second Schedule of the Rules is applicable from the date of coming into force of the Copyright Rules, 2013 that is 14th March, 2013. Tags: Copyright Rules 2013 Permalink Leave a comment Asset-Liability Management (ALM) Policy Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 18, 2013 in Money and Banking

1 Vote

Asset-Liability Management (ALM) is one of the important tools of risk management in commercial banks of India. Indian banking industry is exposed to number of risk prevailed in the market such as market risk, financial risk, interest rate risk etc. The net income of the banks is very sensitive to these factors or risk. For this purpose Reserve bank of India (RBI), regulator of Indian banking industry evolved the tool known as ALM.

ALM-CONCEPT

ALM is a comprehensive and dynamic framework for measuring, monitoring and managing the market risk of a bank. It is the management of structure of balance sheet (liabilities and assets) in such a way that the net earnings from interest is maximized within the overall risk-preference (present and future)

of the institutions. The ALM functions extend to liquidly risk management, management of market risk, trading risk management, funding and capital planning and profit planning and growth projection.

The concept of ALM is of recent origin in India. It has been introduced in Indian Banking industry w.e.f. 1st April, 1999. ALM is concerned with risk management and provides a comprehensive and dynamic framework for measuring, monitoring and managing liquidity, interest rate, foreign exchange and equity and commodity price risks of a bank that needs to be closely integrated with the banks business strategy.

Asset-liability management basically refers to the process by which an institution manages its balance sheet in order to allow for alternative interest rate and liquidity scenarios.

SIGNIFICANCE OF ALM

Volatility Product Innovations & Complexities Regulatory Environment Management Recognition

ALM-PROCESS

The ALM process rests on three pillars:

i. ALM Information Systems

o Management Information Systems o Information availability, accuracy, adequacy and expediency

ii. ALM Organization

o Structure and responsibilities o Level of top management involvement

iii. ALM Process

o Risk parameters o Risk identification

Tags: Asset-Liability Management (ALM) Policy Permalink Leave a comment Commodity Boards Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 18, 2013 in Commerce

1 Vote

There are five statutory Commodity Boards under the Department of Commerce. These Boards are responsible for production, development and export of tea, coffee, rubber, spices and tobacco.

(i) Coffee Board

The Coffee Board was set up under Section (4) of the Coffee Act, 1942. The Board is headed by a Chairman and functions from Bangalore. The Board administers four Regional Coffee Research Stations, a Coffee Research Institute, a number of Regional Field Stations and Coffee Demonstrations Farms. The primary functions of the Board include formulating and implementing programmes and projects for growth and development of the coffee industry; promoting coffee consumption in India and exports in the international market; supporting research; extension and developmental activities for raising productivity; evolving pest and disease resistant varieties; and prescribing and enforcing quality standards at all stages.

Coffee Development Programme in NER

Coffee Board since 1970 is engaged in the development of coffee in North Eastern Region (NER) with a view to providing sustainable income to tribal growers and to wean away the tribal inhabitants from Jhum cultivation. Since XI plan period Coffee Board has been implementing a comprehensive Coffee Development Programme covering the seven North Eastern States viz., Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya, Manipur, Mizoram, Nagaland and Tripura. The scheme comprises support for Coffee Expansion, Consolidation of Existing Holdings, Quality Up gradation, Marketing of coffee, Raising of Group Nurseries. Besides these the Board through its Research & Extension set up in the NE states, has been providing support in terms of research, transfer of technology and capacity building to coffee growers. Recently, the Board has strengthened its extension manpower in the NE Region by filling up of regular posts for an effective implementation of the coffee development programme.

The total financial allocation for Coffee Development in NE Region for the current financial year (201213) is Rs.5.50 Crore out of which 5.37 Crore has been utilized as on Feb 2013.

There has been a gradual increase in the production of coffee in NE Region. The production of coffee in NE Region increased from 143.20 MT in 2009-10 to 220.00 MT in 2011-12.

(ii) Rubber Board

The Rubber Board was set up under Section (4) of the Rubber Act, 1947. The Board is headed by a Chairman with head quarters at Kottayam. It has five Zonal Offices, thirty nine Regional Offices, a number of Field Stations, Rubber Development Centers and Regional Nurseries. The Board is responsible for the development of the rubber industry by way of assisting and encouraging scientific, technical and economic research; supplying technical advice to rubber growers; training growers in improved methods of planting, cultivation and manuring and collecting statistics from the owners of estates, dealers, manufacturers.

(iii) Tea Board

The Tea Board was constituted as a Statutory Body on 1st April, 1954 under Section (4) of the Tea Act, 1953. The Board is headed by a Chairman with head office at Kolkata. As an apex body for the tea industry in India, the Board has two Zonal Offices at Guwahati and Coonoor and 13 Regional Offices spread over different parts of India, one Research Centre at Kurseong (Darjeeling) and three foreign offices in London, Moscow and Dubai. The primary functions of the Board include rendering financial and technical assistance for cultivation, manufacture, marketing of tea; promoting tea exports; aiding research and developmental activities for augmentation of tea production and improvement of tea quality; encouraging and assisting the unorganized small growers sector financially and technically and collecting & maintaining statistical data and its publication for the benefit of growers, processors and exporters.

(iv) Tobacco Board

The Tobacco Board was constituted as a Statutory Body on 1st January, 1976 under Section (4) of the Tobacco Act, 1975. The Board is headed by a Chairman with headquarters at Guntur, Andhra Pradesh, and is responsible for the development of the tobacco industry. The Board also has a Directorate of Auctions at Bangalore and 18 Auction platforms across the states of Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka. The primary functions of the Board include regulating the production and curing of Virginia Tobacco; keeping a constant watch on the Virginia Tobacco market in India and abroad; ensuring fair and remunerative prices to growers; maintaining and improving existing markets and developing new markets abroad by devising appropriate marketing strategies. The Board is entrusted with the task of recommending to the

Central Government the minimum prices that may be fixed; regulating tobacco marketing in India with due regard to the interest of growers, manufacturers and dealers; propagating information useful to growers, traders and manufacturers and purchasing Virginia Tobacco from the growers when the same is considered necessary for protecting the interests of growers. During the year 2009-10, a Tobacco Boards Growers Welfare Fund, has been created to implement the Tobacco Boards Growers Welfare Schemes, with one time contribution of Rs.17.536 crores by the Tobacco Board. This will be subject to the contribution from growers and the Tobacco Board in the ratio of 1:2. A rehabilitation package to Flue Cured Virginia (FCV) tobacco farmers who wish to shift out of tobacco cultivation is also being contemplated.

(v) Spices Board

The Spices Board was constituted as a Statutory Body on 26th February, 1987 under Section (3) of the Spices Board Act, 1986. The Board is headed by a Chairman with its head office at Kochi and is responsible for the development of cardamom industry and promoting the export of all the 52 Spices listed in the Spices Board Act, 1986. The primary functions of the Board include increasing the production and productivity of small and large cardamom; development, promotion and regulation of export of spices; granting certificate for export of spices; undertaking programmes and projects for promotion of export of spices (like setting up of spices parks, support of infrastructure improvement in spices processing etc.); assisting and encouraging studies and research for improvement of processing, grading and packaging of spices; striving towards stabilization of prices of spices for export and controlling and upgrading quality for export (including setting up of regional quality evaluation labs and training centers). In regard to cardamom, the Board also provides financial and other assistance for cultivation and processing of cardamom; monitoring prices; increasing domestic consumption; improving marketing; registering and licensing brokers (including auctioneers), e-auction system; undertaking, assisting or encouraging scientific, technological and economic research and improving quality. The Board also implements programmes for development of spices in NE region and organic spices in the country; it also supports programmes aimed at better post harvest practices. Tags: Commodity Boards Permalink Leave a comment Patent Filing Services Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 18, 2013 in Commerce

2 Votes

The Section 5 of the Patents Act, 1970, through which the patent was restricted only to the methods or processes of manufacturing of medicines, has been omitted by the Patents (Amendment) Act, 2005. Consequently, the amended provisions of the Act allowed the product patent for medicines also. The said amendment was intended to make the provisions of the said Act in conformity with Indias obligations under the Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS), and also to promote creativity and innovation in the country.

The Office of Controller General of Patents, Designs and Trade Marks (CGPDTM) has launched the comprehensive online patent filing system with effect from 15th December, 2012. In addition to the existing online filing of new applications, this system enables subsequent filing of the prescribed forms and other documents along with the prescribed fees for all the procedures. This system is more user friendly as this has been simplified and includes user manual, frequently asked questions, troubleshooting and dual way login facilities through user ID and digital signature.

The new system is likely to generate more number of applications through online filing route and to increase the efficiency and productivity in the Patent Office in terms of processing of applications.

Awareness and sensitization programmes on Patents are conducted by Office of Controller General of Patents, Designs and Trade Marks (CGPDTM) either on its own or in collaboration with other organizations in the country, where, the officials of the Patent Office elaborate on the new online filing system. In addition, Public Relations Officers are available in each Patent Office location to provide necessary information on the new system to the interested public. The information is also available in the Official website of the Office of Controller General of Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. Tags: Patent Filing Services

Permalink Leave a comment Rural Sector Gets Major Boost in Budget 2013-14 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 18, 2013 in Rural Development

Rate This

46% Hike in Budgetary Allocation for Flagship Schemes of Rural Development Rs 1,400 Crore Allocated for Water Purification Plants in Arsenic and Fluoride Affected Rural Habitations

The Union Budget for 2013-14, has enhanced the outlay to support schemes to build rural infrastructure and strengthen social safety nets.

The Ministry of Rural Development steers a number of flagship programmes and it has been allocated Rs 80,194 crore in 2013-14 as compared to Rs 55,000 crore in the previous year, marking an increase of 46 percent. Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme, MGNREGS will get Rs 33,000 crore, Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana, PMGSY will get Rs 21,700 crore, while Indira Awaas Yojana, IAY has been allocated Rs 15,184 crore. As the objectives of PMGSY have been substantially fulfilled in several States, PMGSY-II has been proposed to be carved out to help States such as Andhra Pradesh, Haryana, Karnataka, Maharashtra, Punjab and Rajasthan.

The Rural Housing Fund set up through the National Housing Bank is used to refinance lending institutions, including RRBs, that extend loans for rural housing. So far, 400,000 rural families have taken

loans. Rs 6,000 crore has been allocated to the Rural Housing Fund in 2013-14, as against Rs 4,000 crore in the last budget.

NABARD operates the Rural Infrastructure Development Fund (RIDF). RIDF has successfully utilised 18 tranches so far and the corpus of RIDF-XIX in 2013-14 has been raised to Rs 20,000 crore.

The Ministry of Health and Family Welfare will receive Rs 37,330 crore in the 2013-14 budget. Of this, the new National Health Mission that combines the rural mission and the proposed urban mission will get Rs 21,239 crore, an increase of 24.3 percent over the Revised Estimate.

The Government has set an ambitious target of skilling 50 million people in the 12th Plan period, including 9 million in 2013-14. Funds will be released by the National Rural Livelihood Mission and the National Urban Livelihood Mission to be spent on skill development activities. In this regard, National Skill Development Corporation has been set up and is doing good work.

The Backward Regions Grant Fund (BRGF) is a vital source of gap funding and it has been allocated Rs 11,500 crore in 2013-14 as well as another sum of Rs 1,000 crore for Left Wing Extremism (LWE) affected districts. BRGF will include a State component for Bihar, the Bundelkand region, West Bengal, the KBK districts of Odisha and the 82 districts under the Integrated Action Plan. Tags: Rural Sector Gets Major Boost in Budget 2013-14 Permalink 1 Comment Panchayat Empowerment and Accountability Incentive Scheme Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 18, 2013 in Governance

1 Vote

Panchayat Empowerment and Accountability Incentive Scheme (PEAIS) is a Central Sector Plan Scheme aimed at

(i) incentivization of States for devolving funds, functions and functionaries (3Fs) to Panchayats and

(ii) incentivization of Panchayats to put in place accountability systems to make their functioning transparent and efficient. The scheme is 100% centrally funded.

Under PEAIS, State Governments/UTs are ranked on a Devolution Index which measures the extent of devolution of 3Fs by States to Panchayats. States are ranked on the DI through a study conducted by an independent organization. Since 2011-12, best performing Panchayats in the country have also been incentivized.

The assessment of States along the DI follows a two stage process. The States that fulfill mandatory provisions of the Constitution qualify for further assessment on the extent of devolution. A study has been commissioned to evaluate the performance of States in 2012-13. The indicators used in the study are given below. The ranking is under process.

Indicators for Panchayat Strengthening Index 2012-13

A.

Basic Details of Panchayats

B.

Panchayat Elections

C.

Dissolution and Bye Elections

D.

Constitution & Functions of District Planning Committee

E.

Role of Panchayats in Parallel Bodies/Institutions

F.

Autonomy to Panchayats

G.

Functions Assigned to Panchayats and Actual Involvement of Panchayats

H.

Involvement of Panchayats in Important Schemes

I.

NFC Grants to the Panchayats

J.

State Finance Commission & Fiscal Transfer to Panchayats

K.

Empowerment of Panchayats to Impose and Collect Revenue

L.

Fund Availability with Panchayats

M.

Expenditure of Panchayats

N.

Recent Initiatives related to Finance & Accounts

O.

Accounting & Audit

P.

Social Audit

Q.

Gram Sabha

R.

Transparency and Anti- Corruption

S.

Physical Infrastructure of Panchayats & e-Connectivity

T.

Panchayat Officials

U.

Training Institutions

V.

Training Activity

W.

Panchayat Assessment & Incentivization

Indicators related to social audit have been included in the State level study as well as the model Panchayat level indicators.

Every year model indicators and questionnaire have been refined by the Ministry. These have been circulated to all the States/UTs for adoption with suitable modifications. The Ministry held a workshop to consider improvement on indicators under PEAIS on 11th May, 2012. Two workshops were held to improve the State level field verification process on 18-19 and 30-31 October, 2012. Tags: Panchayat Empowerment and Accountability Incentive Scheme Permalink Leave a comment India Post prepares to start new bank

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 17, 2013 in Money and Banking

Rate This

The Postal Department is finalising a blueprint to set up a bank of its own, with particular focus on penetrating rural areas and smaller towns

The Reserve Bank of India having opened the window for new bank licences, the postal department is finalizing the blueprint to set up a bank of its own at your neighbourhood post office, a move that will challenge the dominance of large public sector lenders in smaller towns and rural India.

While the department already has a balance sheet of Rs 6.18 lakh crore, which includes deposits of around 5.5 lakh crore, it is expected to set up a new entity that will function as the bank. Transferring the existing deposit base to the bank or converting the entity into a bank will entail an initial capital base of around Rs 55,000 crore to meet RBIs requirement, which the government will find difficult to provide. So, the proposed bank will start with the minimum capital requirement of Rs 500 crore,

This will benefit rural areas enormously. There are nearly 1.55 lakh post offices and no capital cost of building is required. We are connecting post offices. As it is, we are offering savings bank in post offices and this is a natural progression. The matter is under discussion with the finance ministry and RBI.

The postal department has appointed Ernst & Young as consultant for the project and based on the detailed project report, it will approach the Union cabinet for a final go ahead.

The new entity will have its own board and guidelines that comply with RBI regulations. Although there are several examples of postal departments getting into banking ranging from the German and Italian model, to those in South Africa and Japan sources said the India model will be a lot different given the countrys vast geographical spread and low level of banking penetration.

Among the various suitors, the postal department has one of the strongest cases to set up a bank given its massive reach across the country with 1.53 lakh post offices, almost all offering savings bank facilities. In all, there are 23.3 crore savings bank accounts with deposits adding up to Rs 3.8 lakh crore at the end of March 2012. In a way it is already a savings bank. All that we want to do is make it a commercial bank,.

The plan is to penetrate rural areas and smaller towns, which is also in line with the governments stated aim of offering banking facilities in the hinterland. Over a period of time, services such as investment banking will be added so that the bank becomes a full-fledged financial services entity.

The postal department has already initiated steps to connect post offices through an electronic network, which will be useful while setting up a bank. Connectivity ensures that customers can transact business through any branch in the country. It has also ordered the procurement of over 800 ATMs Tags: India Post prepares to start new bank Permalink Leave a comment Foreign officials may come under anti-graft law Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 17, 2013 in Governance

1 Vote

The cabinet will consider a bill that will make bribery by foreign officials both government and semigovernment punishable under Indian law, a move that can spell trouble for middlemen like those in the AgustaWestland deal.

India had signed the United Nations Convention against Corruption on December 9, 2005. The Prevention of Bribery of Foreign Public Officials and Officials of Public International Organisations Bill, 2011 is necessary for the ratification of the Convention. It provides a mechanism to deal with bribery among foreign public officials (FPO) and officials of public international organizations (OPIO). The Prevention of Bribery of Foreign Public Officials and Officials of Public International Organizations Bill, 2011 was introduced in the Lok Sabha on March 25, 2011 by the Minister of State for Personnel, Public Grievance and Pensions.

The Bill empowers the Central Government to enter into agreements with other countries (contracting states) for enforcing this law and for exchange of investigative information. The Bill also criminalizes acceptance or solicitation of bribes by FPO and OPIO for acts or omissions in their official capacity; Offering or promising to offer a bribe to any FPO and OPIO for obtaining or retaining business; Abetment or attempting either of the above acts. Any person who commits offences under the Bill shall be liable to imprisonment between six months and seven years, and a fine. Extradition treaties entered into by India with other countries that are signatories to the convention are deemed to be amended to include offences under the Bill.

The bill applies to officials in foreign embassies and government enterprises as well as those working for entities like Italian defence firm Finmeccanica at the centre of the Agusta-Westland chopper scam that are partly state owned.

The bill is intended to also signal the governments commitment to cracking down on bribe givers and middlemen who use ambiguity of the law or diplomatic cover to evade law enforcement agencies.

Once passed by Parliament, foreign officials convicted of bribery will be liable to a prison sentence of six months to seven years besides a fine.

The bill refers to foreign public officials and officials of public international organizations and makes acceptance or solicitation of bribes as well as acts of omission and commission in official capacity as a punishable offense.

The law provides that extradition treaties signed by India with nations that are party to the UN convention will be deemed to be amended to include offenses under this act.

The measure brings Indian law in line with norms followed by OECD that seek to punish a senior executive offering a bribe to a government official to influence the award of a contract.

Under OECD rules, public international organisation includes any international organisation formed by states, governments, or other public international organisations, whatever the form of organisation and scope of competence, including, for example, a regional economic integration organisation such as the European Communities.

An official investigating an offense whos evidence is available in another country can apply for relevant permission before a special judge hearing a case under the prevention of corruption act. A high court is empowered to hear appeals against a ruling or directive of the special judge Tags: Foreign officials may come under anti-graft law Permalink Leave a comment Govt aims to provide houses for all homeless Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 17, 2013 in Human Resource

Rate This

As per Census 2001, total houseless households in the country stood at 0.45 million. Census of India 2011 data on houseless households has not been released as on date, therefore, estimation of houseless households as of now and its comparison with the number in 2001 cannot be made at this juncture. However Technical Group on Urban Housing Shortage has indicated that 0.53 million Households are in homeless condition in urban areas as of 2012.

The Land and Colonisation are State subjects, therefore it is the primary responsibility of State Governments to provide houses/shelters to all citizens. Government of India did not have any scheme for construction of shelters for homeless persons during the Eleventh Five Year Plan. However, in order to complement and supplement the initiatives of State Governments in providing housing for the urban poor, Ministry of Housing & Urban Poverty Alleviation has been implementing following schemes/programmes:

Under Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JNNURM) with its two components Basic Services to Urban Poor (BSUP) and Integrated Housing & Slum Development Programme (IHSDP), 1.57 million Dwelling Units have been sanctioned as on date.

The scheme of Rajiv Awas Yojana (RAY) is at a preparatory phase where Slum Free City Planning is being undertaken.

Under Affordable Housing in Partnership Scheme (AHP), 11 projects of 2 States viz., Karnataka & Rajasthan have been sanctioned.

The Interest Subsidy Scheme for Housing the Urban Poor (ISHUP) is meant to facilitate channelization of credit for the urban poor. As on date, 13,485 beneficiaries have been covered under ISHUP.

Under National Urban Livelihood Mission (NULM), Shelters for Urban Homeless has been proposed to be taken up during Twelfth Five Year Plan. However, since necessary approvals have not been obtained, no time frame for its finalization can be committed at this juncture.

The Ministry further stated that given the magnitude of the housing shortage and budgetary constraints of both the Central and State Governments, it is clear that Public Sector efforts will not alone suffice in fulfilling the housing demand. Tags: Govt aims to provide houses for all homeless Permalink Leave a comment Arctic Ocean: Strategic implications for India and the region Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 17, 2013 in Transport

1 Vote

Situated right on top of our planet, the Arctic Ocean has been frozen since times immemorial. Desolate, frigid and mysterious, it remained insignificant. However, of late, the Arctic is increasingly attracting global media coverage. For a single reason: it is melting rapidly. The consequences of which will be transnational and transoceanic, many of which cannot even be envisaged at this juncture.

Various scientific studies project that Arctic ice will be dramatically reduced, or possibly disappear, during the summers, as early as 2050. Conservative estimates suggest that a forty percent reduction in

summer ice extent has already occurred. Such developments will have a substantial impact on India and its neighbourhood. Three most important repercussions for the region arise from the impact of a rising sea level, access to vast energy resources and potentially shorter shipping routes.

The major impact of a rapidly melting Arctic on South Asia, is linked to sea level rise. It is believed that melting ice from Greenland alone could contribute significantly to global sea level rise over the next 50100 years. When added to the melting of land ice in other parts of the Arctic, this means trouble.

Most nations that are vulnerable to sea level rise do not have the resources to prepare for it. In South Asia, India, Bangladesh, Pakistan and Sri Lanka have large populations living in at-risk coastal areas. Small island nations such as the Maldives are at severe risk because they do not have enough land at higher elevations to support displaced coastal populations. Another challenge for coastal populations is the danger of losing their fresh-water supplies as rising sea levels push saltwater into their aquifers. For these reasons, those living on several small island nations like the Maldives could be forced to evacuate over the period of the 21st century.

Bangladesh is the worlds third most vulnerable country with regard to sea-level rise, both in terms of the number of people and in the top ten in terms of percentage of population, living in low-lying coastal zones. Currently, almost 40 million people live in the coastal areas of Bangladesh. Loss of coastal land to the sea along its susceptible coastline is likely to generate a steady flow of the displaced people, whether inland or towards neighbouring countries.

Maldives holds the record for being the lowest country in the world with a maximum natural ground level of only 2.3 metres above sea level and an average height of only 1.5 m above sea level. Reports suggest that Islamic fundamentalism is finding its way into this politically unstable island nation, albeit on a small scale. Some years down the line, a scenario is very likely wherein forced relocation of population, loss of economic opportunity in tandem with religious fundamentalism, could create a national crisis in the Maldives, which would then have an adverse impact on regional security. Lakshadweep group of islands have problems similar to that of the Maldives, insofar as terrain is concerned. Whatever be the consequences of Arctic melt in the Maldives, it will be replicated in these islands.

On the global shipping front, the newly-opened Arctic routes could cut the cost and duration of a voyage from Europe to East Asia by an enormous margin, saving the shipping industry billions of dollars per year. In this context, it is well known that India is according the highest priority to development of its

maritime sector, premised on its location and peninsular geography, overlooking the dense sea lanes in the Indian Ocean. To this end, the Maritime Agenda 2010-2020 (MA 10-20), launched by Prime Minister Manmohan Singh in 2011, has a budgetary allocation of INR 500,000 crore ($90 billion). The MA 10-20, in the form of a study and a plan, compares the Indian maritime sector to global standards to highlight the deficiencies in India. It also brings out the trends in international shipping and port infrastructure and makes future projections to identify the specific areas of improvement required in Indias maritime sector.

Thus, the MA 10-20 provides a roadmap for the development of the maritime sector and sets the targets for the relevant departments to achieve. The key targets of this plan are to create a port capacity of 3,200 Million Tonnes for handling about 2,500 Million Tonnes of cargo, improving port performance on par with the best in the world, increasing tonnage under the Indian flag and increase Indias share in global ship building to five percent. Given such initiative, the Arctic melt, with its potential to divert the shipping traffic way from the Indian peninsula, will need to get factored in. The container volumes and shipping loads, handled by Indias present and future ports, which are astride the main east-west sea transportation lanes in the Indian Ocean Region, will get negatively impacted.

Insofar as the energy angle is concerned, the US Geological Survey estimates that the Arctic bottom holds as much as 25 percent of the worlds undiscovered oil and gas deposits. As the global oil prices continue to remain volatile, the commercial exploitation of the Arctic hydrocarbon resources will become technologically and economically feasible. Unlike the Middle East, the Arctic accords the advantage of a region, where conflict and political instability does not threaten secure extraction and transportation. Other minerals and metals are also abundant. Therefore, the Arctic resources could radically alter energy import patterns for the region, since India and most countries of South Asia are on an energy intensive curve of their growth. Hence, such untapped energy reserves are of potential value and strategic relevance.

In sum, though the Arctic seems far away from India, the rapid melting of this polar ice cap will have a bearing on regional topography and human security: particularly from the Arctic induced global sea level rise, the implications of which will be serious, given the high population density along the South Asian coastlines.

The time is thus ripe for India and its neighbours to commence brainstorming on the impact of the Arctic melt.

Tags: Arctic Ocean: Strategic implications for India and the region Permalink Leave a comment New Pension Scheme to allow deferred withdrawal Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 16, 2013 in Money and Banking

1 Vote

As against the current practice of phased withdrawal the PFRDA has taken the decision based on feedback from various stakeholders

The Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority (PFRDA) has allowed investors in the New Pension Scheme (NPS) to opt for deferred withdrawal of their money at the time of exit, as against the current practice of phased withdrawal.

The replacement of phased withdrawal with deferred withdrawal was taken after PFRDA received feedback from various stakeholders, the pension fund regulator said.

Stakeholders informed PFRDA that subscribers be given a specific option to defer or time the entire lump sum withdrawal (maximum 60 per cent) at the time of exit from NPS.

This would be a better option than forcing subscribers to choose a certain percentage each and every year while opting for the phased withdrawal option, including the year in which they are exiting the system.

Under the deferred withdrawal facility, subscribers, at the time of exit from NPS, can exercise the option to defer withdrawal of eligible lump sum and stay invested in the NPS, according to PFRDA.

However, no fresh contributions will be accepted and also no partial withdrawals will be allowed during such a period of deferment.

The subscriber can withdraw the deferred lump sum amount at any time before attaining the age of 70 years by giving a withdrawal application or notice.

If no such notice is given, the accumulated pension wealth would be automatically monetised and credited to his/ her bank account upon attaining the age of 70 years.

As on March 2, NPS manages a corpus of over Rs.28,400 crore of 44.93 lakh subscribers. Around two lakh subscribers are from the private sector while 27 lakh are from Central/State governments.

Around 15.79 lakh subscribers are served by NPS-Lite, which is designed to ensure ultra-low administrative and transactional costs.

NPS is an initiative of PFRDA, the apex body established by the government to regulate and develop the pension sector. It has been extended to all citizens with effect from May 1, 2009. Tags: New Pension Scheme to allow deferred withdrawal Permalink Leave a comment Tan Twan Eng Declared Winner of 2012 Man Asian Literary Prize Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 16, 2013 in Awards

Rate This

Tan Twan Eng on 14 March 2013 was announced as a winner of the 2012 Man Asian Literary Prize. With this, he became the first Malaysian author to win the most prestigious literary prize of Asia.

Tan Twan Eng won the 2012 Man Asian Literary Prize for his novel The Garden of Evening Mists. This is only a second time that the prize has been given to the novel written originally in English. The previous winners had won the award as English translations.

The Garden of Evening Mists set during aftermath of the Japanese occupation of Malaya won 30000 US Dollars from the shortlist of five novels which spanned over the Asian continent.

The five shortlisted novels from longlist of 15 were as follows:

Between Clay and Dust Musharraf Ali Farooqi (Pakistan) The Briefcase Hiromi Kawakami (Japan) Silent House Orhan Pamuk (Turkey) The Garden of Evening Mists Tan Twan Eng (Malaysia)

 Narcopolis Jeet Thayil (India)

The judging panel of the 2012 Man Asian Literary Prize was award-winning literary critic and journalist Dr. Maya Jaggi, novelist Vikram Chandra and Vietnamese-American novelist Monique Truong.

About The Garden of Evening Mists

The Garden of Evening Mists by Tan Twan Eng is a novel about traumatic aftermath of the Japanese occupation of Malaya. It also covers the post-war insurgency against British rule. The novel covers themes such as love and atonement, disturbing co-existence of cultural refinement, barbarism and personal and national honour.

Previous years winners

The previous years winners are as follows:

South Korean writer Kyung-sook Shin- 2011 Bi Feiyu- 2010 Su Tong-2009 Miguel Syjuco-2008 Jiang Rong-2007

About Man Asian Literary Prize

The Man Asian Literary Prize laid its foundation in 2007. The literary award is given annually to best novel by an Asian writer. The novel can be written in English or translated into English. It should have been published in previous year.

For selecting the winner, the judges select the longlist of 10 to 15 titles announced in December, which is then followed by the shortlist of 5 to 6 titles. The winner of the award is declared in March every year.

The winner is given 30000 US Dollars. The translator, if exists, is given 5000 US Dollars. The submissions for the best novels are invited by the jury through publishers in any country. Tags: Tan Twan Eng Declared Winner of 2012 Man Asian Literary Prize Permalink Leave a comment India Ranked Low on Gender Inequality Index: Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 16, 2013 in Human Resource

Rate This

The UN Human Development Report 2013 was released on 14 March 2013, according to which India has poor Gender Inequality Index, apart from the overall poor Human Development Index (HDI).

Apart from Afghanistan that got a rank of 147 in comparison to 132 of India, all the countries in the region of South Asia were ranked higher on Gender Inequality Index. China was also ranked very high on Gender Inequality Index. This Gender Inequality Index measures the inequality in terms of achievements between males and females in three main aspects namely, labour market, reproductive health and empowerment.

Women Representation in Parliament

Women representation in Parliament in India is only 10.9 percent. The only worse country than India is Iran with 3.1 percent. The country that has best representation of women in Parliament is Nepal with 33.2 percent.

Maternal Mortality Ratio

India ranks badly on the Maternal Mortality Ratio as well. Maternal Mortality Ratio measures the ratio of the number of maternal deaths to the number of live births in a given year. It is expressed per 100000 live births. In India, for every 100000 births, 200 women die during the childbirth or due to complications in childbearing. The only countries to have higher Maternal Mortality Ratio than India are Bangladesh (240), Pakistan (260) and Afghanistan (460). The countries with lowest Maternal Mortality Ratio are Sri Lanka (35) and Iran (21). Tags: India Ranked Low on Gender Inequality Index: Permalink 1 Comment Human Development Index (HDI) 2013 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 16, 2013 in Reports and Index

2 Votes

The Human Development Index (HDI) was introduced in the first Human Development Report in 1990 as a composite measurement of development that challenged purely economic assessments of national progress.

This year the HDI report 2013, entitled The Rise of the South: Human Progress in a Diverse World, emphasizes on the unprecedented growth of developing countries, which is propelling millions out of poverty and reshaping the global system. It covers 187 countries and territories. Data constraints precluded HDI estimates for eight countries: Marshall Islands, Monaco, Nauru, the Peoples Democratic Republic of Korea, San Marino, Somalia, South Sudan and Tuvalu.

Norway, Australia and the United States lead the rankings of 187 countries and territories in the latest Human Development Index (HDI), while conflict-torn Democratic Republic of the Congo and droughtstricken Niger have the lowest scores in the HDIs measurement of national achievement in health, education and income. Yet according to the report Niger and the Democratic Republic of the Congo, despite their continuing development challenges, are among the countries that made the greatest strides in HDI improvement since 2000.

The new HDI figures show consistent human development improvement in most countries. Fourteen countries recorded impressive HDI gains of more than 2 percent annually since 2000in order of improvement, they are: Afghanistan, Sierra Leone, Ethiopia, Rwanda, Angola, Timor-Leste, Myanmar, Tanzania, Liberia, Burundi, Mali, Mozambique, Democratic Republic of the Congo, and Niger. Most are low-HDI African countries, with many emerging from long periods of armed conflict. Yet all have made significant recent progress in school attendance, life expectancy and per capita income growth, the data shows.

Most countries in higher HDI brackets also recorded steady HDI gains since 2000, though at lower levels of absolute HDI improvement than the highest achievers in the low-HDI grouping.

Hong Kong, Latvia, Republic of Korea, Singapore and Lithuania showed the greatest 12-year HDI improvement in the Very High Human Development quartile of countries in the HDI; Algeria, Kazakhstan, Iran, Venezuela and Cuba were the top five HDI improvers in the High Human Development countries; and Timor-Leste, Cambodia, Ghana, Lao Peoples Democratic Republic and Mongolia were the HDI growth leaders in the Medium Human Development grouping.

The overall trend globally is toward continual human development improvement. Indeed, no country for which complete data was available has a lower HDI value now than it had in 2000.

When the HDI is adjusted for internal inequalities in health, education and income, some of the wealthiest nations fall sharply in the rankings: the United States falls from #3 to #16 in the inequalityadjusted HDI, and South Korea descends from #12 to #28. Sweden, by contrast, rises from #7 to #4 when domestic HDI inequalities are taken into account.

The new HDI rankings introduce the concept of the statistical tie for the first time since the HDI was introduced in the first Human Development Report in 1990, for countries with HDI values that are identical to at least three decimal points. Ireland and Sweden, each with an HDI value of 0.916, are both ranked seventh in the new HDI, for example, though the two countries HDI values diverge when calculated to four or more decimal points.

The 2013 Reports Statistical Annex also includes two experimental indices, the Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI) and the Gender Inequality Index (GII). The GII is designed to measure gender inequalities as revealed by national data on reproductive health, womens empowerment and labour market participation. The Netherlands, Sweden and Denmark top the GII, with the least gender inequality. The regions with the greatest gender inequality as measured by the GII are sub-Saharan Africa, South Asia and the Arab States.

The Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI) examines factors at the household level that together provide a fuller portrait of poverty than income measurements alone. The MPI is not intended to be used for national rankings, due to significant differences among countries in available household survey data.

In the 104 countries covered by the MPI, about 1.56 billion people are estimated to live in multidimensional poverty. The countries with the highest percentages of MPI poor are all in Africa: Ethiopia (87%), Liberia (84%), Mozambique (79%) and Sierra Leone (77%). Yet the largest absolute numbers of multidimensionally poor people live in South Asia, including 612 million in India alone.

The Statistical Annex also presents data specifically pertinent to the 2013 Report, including expanding trade ties between developing countries, immigration trends, growing global Internet connectivity and public satisfaction with government services, as well as individual quality of life in different countries.

The Report also reviews key regional development trends, as shown by the HDI and other data: Arab States: The regions average HDI value of 0.652 is fourth out of the six developing country regions analysed in the Report, with Yemen achieving the fastest HDI growth since 2000 (1.66%). The region has the lowest employment-topopulation ratio (52.6%), well below the world average of 65.8%. East Asia and the Pacific: The region has an average HDI value of 0.683 and registered annual HDI value growth between 2000 and 2012 of 1.31%, with Timor-Leste leading with 2.71%, followed by Myanmar at 2.23%. The East Asia-Pacific region has the highest employment-topopulation ratio (74.5%) in the developing world. Eastern Europe and Central Asia: The average HDI value of 0.771 is the highest of the six developingcountry regions. Multi-dimensional poverty is minimal, but it has the second lowest employment-topopulation ratio (58.4%) of the six regions. Latin America and the Caribbean: The average HDI value of 0.741 is the second highest of the six regions, surpassed only by Eastern Europe and Central Asia average. Multi-dimensional poverty is relatively low, and overall life satisfaction, as measured by the Gallup World Poll, is 6.5 on a scale from 0 to 10, the highest of any region. South Asia: The average HDI value for the region of 0.558 is the second lowest in the world. Between 2000 and 2012, the region registered annual growth of 1.43% in HDI value, which is the highest of the regions. Afghanistan achieved the fastest growth (3.9%), followed by Pakistan (1.7%) and India (1.5%). Sub-Saharan Africa: The average HDI value of 0.475 is the lowest of any region, but the pace of improvement is rising. Between 2000 and 2012, the region registered average annual growth of 1.34 percent in HDI value, placing it second only to South Asia, with Sierra Leone (3.4%) and Ethiopia (3.1%) achieving the fastest HDI growth.

Full article Tags: Human Development Index (HDI) 2013 Permalink Leave a comment Sour gas Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 16, 2013 in energy

1 Vote

Sour gas is a term used to refer to gas which contains hydrogen sulfide in concentrations greater than four parts per million. The term sour gas is usually used with reference to natural gas, although it can be used to discuss other gases as well. Gas with impurities such as hydrogen sulfide needs to be treated before it can be safely used. The gas refining process includes a step known as sweetening to remove hydrogen sulfide and other materials.

When natural gas is initially accessed in the field, it usually contains an assortment of impurities, which can depend on where natural gas drilling sites are located. These impurities must be removed at a refinery to ensure that the gas performs in a stable and predictable way when it is used. In the case of sour gas, the hydrogen sulfide gives the gas a distinctively strong odour which makes it easy to identify, and the sweetening process removes much of the odour.

As sour gas is drilled and transported to a refinery for processing, care must be taken, because the hydrogen sulfide can be corrosive. Specialized pipes and equipment are needed to avoid adverse reactions during transport which could pose a safety risk. Once sour gas arrives at the refinery, it can be put through a series of processes to sweeten it. Typically, hydrogen sulfide isnt the only impurity in the gas, with sour gas often containing carbon dioxide as well. Tags: Sour gas Permalink Leave a comment Veer Bhadra Mishra(Mahantji) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 16, 2013 in Personalities

1 Vote

Dr.Veer Bhadra Mishra(Mahantji) is the founding president of the Sankat Mochan Foundation. He is a former professor of Hydraulic engineering and former Head of the Civil Engineering Department at the Banaras Hindu University. He is also the Mahant (High Priest) of the Sankat Mochan Temple at Varanasi founded by poet-saint Goswami Tulsidas. Dr Mishra was recognized on the United Nations Environmental Programs Global 500 Roll of Honour in 1992, and was a TIME Magazines Hero of the Planet recipient in 1999 for his work related to cleaning of Ganga through the Sankat Mochan Foundation.

His education has helped him understand threats to the Ganges, and since 1982 he has struggled to open the eyes of bureaucrats and the public. Supported in part by aid from the various individuals and some Govt. agensies of U.S. and Sweden, Mishra juggles his roles as priest and activist.

Motivated most of all by respect and love for the river, Mishra, working with William Oswald, an engineering professor emeritus at the University of California, Berkeley, proposed what is called an Advanced Integrated Wastewater oxidation Pond System (AIWPS). It would store sewage for 45 days, using bacteria and algae to eliminate waste and purify the water. Mishra expects the plan to be adopted but recalls past defeats.

Tags: Veer Bhadra Mishra(Mahantji) Permalink

Leave a comment Arvind Mayaram Committee Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 16, 2013 in Committes and Commissions

1 Vote

The Government has constituted a four-member committee headed by Economic Affairs Secretary Arvind Mayaram for giving clear definitions to Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) and Foreign Institutional Investment (FII), with an aim to remove ambiguity over the two types of foreign investments.

The DIPP Secretary, an RBI Deputy Governor and a SEBI Whole-time Member are the other members of the high power committee.

There is a lot of confusion in the mind of foreign investors because there is no distinction between FDI and FII The committee has been constituted pursuant to the budget announcements by the Finance Minister. It will simplify definition as to what constitutes FII and what constitutes FDI.

The panel would look at the definition of FDI and FII and not the foreign investment caps in different sectors.

We are looking at definition not cap. How do you define FDI, how do you define portfolio investment The committee will come up with the definition.

At present, if an investor has a stake of 10 per cent or less in a company, the investment is treated as foreign institutional investment. If an investor has a stake of more than 10 per cent, it is treated as foreign direct investment.

That primarily is on account of the fact that 10 per cent shareholding gives you some voice in the management Similarly, SEBI also has this requirement that individual FII will not invest more than that in a company.

The committee would be constituted to examine the application of the principle and to work out the details expeditiously Tags: Arvind Mayaram Committee Permalink Leave a comment PRAVASI BHARTIYA BIMA YOJANA Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 16, 2013 in NRI

1 Vote

SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PRAVASI BHARTIYA BIMA YOJANA

 An insurance cover of a minimum sum of Rs. 10.00 lakhs payable to the nominee/legal heir in the event of death or permanent disability of any Indian emigrant who goes abroad for employment purpose after obtaining emigration clearance from the concerned Protector of Emigrants (POE).

The Insurance policy shall be valid for a minimum period of two years or the actual period of employment contract, whichever is longer.

In case of death, besides the cost of transporting the dead body, the cost incurred on economy class return airfare of one attendant shall also be re-imbursed by the Insurance company. The claim for reimbursement shall be filed with the Insurance company within ninety days of completion of journey.

In the event of death or permanent disability due to any accident/physical injury sustained while in employment abroad, the Insurance company shall re-imburse the sum assured even after expiry of the Insurance policy provided the accident occurred during currency of the Insurance cover and claim in this regard is filed within 12 calendar months from the date of the accident.

If the emigrant worker is not received by the employer or if there is any substantive change in the job/Employment Contract/Agreement to the disadvantage of the insured person, or if the employment is prematurely terminated within the period of employment for no fault of the emigrant, the Insurance Company shall re-imburse one-way Economy Class airfare of the one attendant shall also be reimbursed by the insurance company provided the grounds for repatriation are certified by the concerned Indian Mission/Post and the Air-tickets are submitted in original. A medical insurance cover of a minimum of Rs 75000/- only in case of hospitalization of the insured worker in an emergency on grounds of accidental injuries and/or sickness/ailments/diseases occurring during the period of Insurance whether in India or in the country of his employment. The Insurance company shall either provide cash-less hospitalization and/or re-imburse the actual medical expenses in above eventuality, provided the medical treatment is in India.

Hospitalisation cover of Rs. 50,000/- per annum for the family of the emigrant worker in India consisting of spouse and two dependent children upto twenty one years of age in the event of death or permanent disability of the insured person.

 In case of falling sick or declared medically unfit to commence or continue or resume working and the service contract is terminated by the FE within the 1st 12 months of taking the insurance cover, the actual one-way Economy Class airfare shall be re-imbursed by the Insurance company provided the grounds for repatriation are certified by the concerned Indian Mission/Post and the Air-tickets are submitted in original. In case the repatriation is arranged by the Indian Mission/Post, the Insurance Company shall reimburse the actual expenses to the concerned Indian Mission/Post.

Maternity benefits to women emigrants, subject to a minimum cover of Rs. 25,000/-. In case of medical treatment in the country of employment, the maternity benefits would be provided only if the requisite documents are certified by the concerned Indian mission/Post. The re-imbursement shall be restricted to actuals.

A cover of Rs. 30,000/- for legal expenses incurred by the emigrant in any litigation relating to his/her employment, provided the necessity of filing such case is certified by the appropriate Ministry of that country. The actual expenses incurred will be certified by the concerned Indian Mission/Post.

The premium charged will be Rs. 275 and Rs. 375/- +service tax, for a policy periods of 2 and 3 years respectively. Tags: PRAVASI BHARTIYA BIMA YOJANA Permalink Leave a comment INDIAN COMMUNITY WELFARE FUND (ICWF) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 16, 2013 in NRI

1 Vote

Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs has established the Indian Community Welfare Fund (ICWF) in the 43 Indian Missions across the world in countries that have a significant overseas Indian population.

2. The Indian Community Welfare Fund (ICWF) is aimed at providing on site welfare services on a means tested basis in the most deserving cases including:

(i) Boarding and lodging for distressed overseas Indian workers in Household / domestic sectors and unskilled labourers; (ii) Extending emergency medical care to the overseas Indians in need; (iii) Providing air passage to stranded overseas Indians in need; (iv) Providing initial legal assistance to the overseas Indians in deserving cases, (v) Expenditure on incidentals and for airlifting the mortal remains to India or local cremation/burial of the deceased overseas Indian in such cases where a sponsor is unable or unwilling to do so as per the contract and the family is unable to meet the cost.

3. Overseas Indian workers duped by unscrupulous intermediaries in the host countries, runaway house maids, those who become victim of accidents, deserted spouses of overseas Indians or undocumented overseas Indian workers in need of emergency assistance or any other overseas Indian citizens who are in distress would be the main beneficiaries of the Fund. The Fund will also be utilized to meet the expenditure for airlifting the mortal remains of overseas Indian citizens to India on a means tested basis, on the recommendation of respective Heads of Missions.

4. The ICWF would be funded through budgetary support from the Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs,funds raised by the Indian Missions by levying a nominal service charge on consular services and through Voluntary contributions from the Indian community.

5. Currently the Fund is administered by the following Heads Missions of to provide various on-site welfare services to the Indian citizens who are in dire distress:

UAE, Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Oman, Kuwait, Bahrain, Malaysia, Libya, Jordan, Yemen, Sudan, Afghanistan, Indonesia, Syria, Lebanon, Thailand, Iraq and Maldives, Australia, Canada, Mauritius, Singapore, South Africa, Trinidad and Tobago, UK and USA, Fiji, Reunion Island, Guadeloupe/St. Martinique, France, Germany, Guyana, Israel, Italy, Jamaica, Kenya, Netherlands, New Zealand, the Philippines, Portugal, Suriname, Tanzania and Egypt Tags: INDIAN COMMUNITY WELFARE FUND (ICWF) Permalink 1 Comment MAHATMA GANDHI PRAVASI SURAKSHA YOJANA (MGPSY) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 16, 2013 in NRI

1 Vote

Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs has introduced a Pension and Life Insurance fund scheme called Mahatma Gandhi Pravasi Suraksha Yojana (MGPSY) for the Overseas Indian workers having Emigration Check Required (ECR) passports. The objective of MGPSY is to encourage and enable the overseas Indian workers by giving government contribution to:

Save for their Return and Resettlement (R&R)

Save for their old age,

Obtain a Life Insurance cover against natural death during the period of coverage.

The government contribution available under the MGPSY is for a period of five years or till the return of subscribed worker back to India, whichever is earlier. The main attractions of MGPSY are:

Government contribution of Rs.1,000 per annum in line with Swavalamban platform for all MGPSY subscriber who save between Rs.1,000 and Rs.12,000 per year in NPS-Lite.

An additional government contribution of Rs.1,000 per annum by MOIA for the overseas Indian women workers who save between Rs.1,000 to Rs.12,000 per year in NPS-Lite.

A special government contribution of Rs.900 by MOIA towards Return and Resettlement (R&R) of the overseas Indian workers who save Rs.4,000 or more per annum. Tags: MAHATMA GANDHI PRAVASI SURAKSHA YOJANA (MGPSY) Permalink Leave a comment Train Travel Concession for Disabled Persons Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 16, 2013 in Transport

1 Vote

Indian Railways grant concession to four categories of disabled persons in extreme cases i.e.

(i) Orthopedically Handicapped/Paraplegic persons who cannot travel without escort

(ii) Mentally Retarded persons who cannot travel without escort

(iii) Completely Blind persons travelling alone or with escort and

(iv) Totally Deaf and Dumb persons (both afflictions together in the same person) travelling alone or with escort. One escort is also granted same concession. Concessions are granted at stations on surrendering the copy of prescribed disability certificate.

No age limit has been prescribed for eligibility of concession in the case of disabled persons. Indian Railways grant concessions to disabled persons on production of prescribed disability certificate irrespective of age. Tags: Train Travel Concession for Disabled Persons Permalink Leave a comment Corporate Social Responsibility of PSUS Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 15, 2013 in Commerce

Rate This

As per the existing guidelines on Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) issued by the Department of Public Enterprises (DPE) in April, 2010, all profit making Central Public Sector Enterprises (CPSEs), including Maharatna CPSEs are required to select CSR activities which are aligned with their Business strategy and to undertake them in a project mode. CPSEs are mandated to spend their funds on CSR projects selected by them with the approval of their respective Boards. All profit making CPSEs are required to allocate budget mandatorily through a Board Resolution as percentage of net profit (previous year) in the following manner: Type of CPSEs Net Profit (Previous Year) in a Financial Year (% of profit) (i) Less than Rs. 100 crore (ii) Rs.100 crore to Rs. 500 crore (iii)Rs.500 crore and above 3% 5% 2% 3% (Subject to a Minimum of Rs. 3 crore) 0.5% 2% Expenditure range for CSR

Shri Patel informed the House that the loss making CPSEs are not mandated to earmark specific funding for CSR activities. CSR Budget is fixed for each financial year and this fund does not lapse. It is transferred to a CSR funds in which it accumulates. Implementation of CSR activities of CPSEs is monitored by the administrative Ministries/ Departments of concerned CPSEs. State/UT/PSU-wise information of CSR work undertaken by the CPSEs, including Maharatna CPSEs and the number of persons benefited there from, is not maintained centrally in the Department of Public Enterprises. CPSEs are free to take up CSR Projects for upliftment of weaker sections, and backward districts, the Minister said in his reply. Tags: Corporate Social Responsibility of PSUS Permalink Leave a comment Efforts to Check Fake Currency Notes Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 15, 2013 in Money and Banking

2 Votes

The Shilabhadra Banerjee Committee constituted to review the acquisition procedure of the security features for currency notes has submitted its report to the Government. The main recommendations of the Committee and action taken thereon are indicated below:

i) Creation of Directorate of Currency: Directorate of Currency has been set up in the Ministry of Finance.

ii) Acquisition of security features: The process of selection of security features has been initiated.

iii) Research and Development activities: R&D Labs have been set up in various units of Security Printing Minting Corporation of India Limited (SPMCIL) and Bharatiya Reserve Bank Note Mudran (P) Limited (BRBNMPL).

iv) Review of procurement manuals: The procurement manuals of SPMCIL and BRBNMPL have been reviewed.

v) Indigenisation: A joint venture banknote paper mill is being set up at Mysore and a new paper line is being established at SPM, Hoshangabad.

vi) Creation of FCORD: A FICN Coordination Centre (FCORD) has been set up under the Ministry of Home Affairs to coordinate the activities for combating the menace of FICNs.

vii) Publicity campaign by RBI: The Reserve Bank of India has launched a multi media campaign for educating the public on how to easily distinguish genuine banknotes from fake ones. Tags: Efforts to Check Fake Currency Notes Permalink Leave a comment Navratna Status to Central Public Sector Enterprises Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 15, 2013 in Commerce

Rate This

Presently, there are 14 Central Public Sector Enterprises (CPSEs) which have been granted Navratna status. As per the criteria laid down by the Government, Miniratna Category I and Schedule A CPSEs, which have obtained excellent or very good rating under the Memorandum of Understanding system in three of the last five years, and have a composite score of 60 or above in the six selected performance parameters, namely,

(i) net profit to net worth,

(ii) manpower cost to total cost of production/services,

(iii) profit before depreciation, interest and taxes to capital employed,

(iv) profit before interest and taxes to turnover,

(v) earning per share

(vi) inter sectoral performance, are eligible to be considered for grant of Navratna status.

The proposals for grant of Navratna status to CPSEs are to be initiated by the concerned administrative Ministries and are considered in terms of laid down procedure. Tags: Navratna Status to Central Public Sector Enterprises Permalink Leave a comment Thorium as a Safe and Clear Energy Source Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 14, 2013 in energy

1 Vote

Thorium plays a pivotal role in Indian Nuclear power programme. In fact, right at the beginning, a 3stage Indian nuclear power programme has been chalked out and use of Thorium as an energy source has been contemplated during the third stage. Right from the inception of Indian nuclear power programme, work has been carried out on various aspects of thorium utilisation- including mining and

extraction of thorium, fuel fabrication, irradiation in reactors, reprocessing and refabrication. Internationally too, certain new designs have been proposed to use Thorium.

The third stage of Indian nuclear power programme contemplates making use of Uranium-233 (obtained from irradiated thorium) to fuel Uranium-233 Thorium based reactors, which can provide energy independence to the country for several centuries. This will avoid the dependency on coal and natural gas.

Thorium will be introduced on a large scale at an optimal point during operation of Fast Breeder Reactors in the second stage of Indian Nuclear Programme and it will become the mainstay for nuclear power generation in the third stage. The time of large scale thorium deployment is expected to be 3 4 decades after the commercial operation of Fast Breeder Reactors with short doubling time. Tags: Thorium as a Safe and Clear Energy Source Permalink Leave a comment Actual Forest Area in the Country Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

2 Votes

Forest Survey of India has been mapping and assessing the countrys forest cover biennially using Remote Sensing Technology. Forest cover includes all lands having trees with canopy density of ten percent and above and with area one hectare and more irrespective of its land use. As per the India

State of Forest Report-2011 the total loss of the forest cover is 367 square kilometer compared to the previous assessment of India State of Forest Report-2009.

There is a strong policy and legal frame which include the National Forest Policy, 1988, Indian Forest Act, 1927, Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and Biological Diversity Act, 2002 for sustainable management of forests. The National Forest Policy provides for sustainable management of forests. The principal aim of Forest Policy is to ensure environmental stability and maintenance of ecological balance. The Policy aims to have a minimum of one third of the total land area of the country under forest or tree cover. To move towards the goal of 33% forest and tree cover, afforestation in the country is taken up under various Centrally Sponsored Schemes such as National Afforestation Programme (NAP), Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme (MGNREGS), Integrated Watershed Management Programme (IWMP), National Bamboo Mission (NBM), 13th Finance Commission and also under different State Plan/ NonPlan Schemes including externally aided projects. National Afforestation Programme (NAP) of the Ministry of Environment & Forests is a 100% Centrally Sponsored Scheme for afforestation and tree plantation and eco-restoration of degraded forests and adjoining areas in the country through peoples participation. Working Plans are the instruments for scientific forest management. All forest are managed under the prescription of a working plan/scheme.

The National Mission for A Green India is one of the eight Missions under the National Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC). The Green India Mission aims to increase forest and tree cover on 5 million hectare area and to improve quality of forest cover on another 5 million hectare area, environmental amelioration through climate mitigation, forest based livelihood of local communities and also to improve ecosystem services such as carbon sequestration, biodiversity and hydrological services. Plantation activities have been envisaged in the Mission through various Sub Missions, the Minister added. Tags: Actual Forest Area in the Country Permalink Leave a comment Vegetable initiative for Urban Clusters (VIUC) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in Agriculture

5 Votes

Vegetable initiative for Urban Clusters (VIUC) for Enhancing Vegetable Production and Productivity

The Government has launched a new scheme on Vegetable Initiative for Urban Clusters (VIUC) during 2011-12 as a sub-scheme of Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana (RKVY) for addressing all concerns related to demand and supply side of the vegetable sector, enhancing vegetable production & productivity and encouraging establishment of an efficient supply chain in one major urban centre in each State which is either the State capital or any other city having a population of one million or above. In case, if there is no such city which satisfies this criteria, then other urban cluster closer to one million population is selected for the purpose. At present, all State capital cities are covered under the scheme except Haryana and Jammu & Kashmir where Gurgaon, Jammu & Srinagar have been taken up under the scheme respectively. The scheme encourages mobilization of farmers into groups/ associations and their tie-up with financial institutions and aggregators.

Besides VIUC, Government is implementing schemes on

(i) National Horticulture Mission (NHM) and

(ii) Horticulture Mission for North East and Himalayan States (HMNEH) for the development of horticulture including vegetable in the country. Assistance is being extended for vegetable development activities such as seed production, protected cultivation, organic farming, Integrated Nutrient Management (INM)/ Integrated Pest Management (IPM) measures as well as creation of infrastructure for post harvest management and Marketing of fruits and vegetables.

National Mission on Micro Irrigation (NMMI) is also being implemented to increase the productivity of crops including vegetables through drip and sprinkler system of irrigation.

Tags: Vegetable initiative for Urban Clusters (VIUC) Permalink Leave a comment Measures to make Small Land Holdings Viable and Assist Farmers to Adopt Suitable Technologies Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in Agriculture

1 Vote

The Government of India provides financial incentives, grants, concessions to farmers, including small and marginal farmers, through various schemes such as National Food Security Mission, Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana, Revised Macro Management of Agriculture, Integrated Scheme of Oilseeds, Pulses, Oil Palm and Maize (ISOPOM), Modified Agricultural Technology Management Agency Scheme, National Horticulture Mission etc. to increase production and productivity of various crops.

As per results (provisional) of latest Agriculture Census 2010-11, the number of marginal and small operational holdings taken together (holdings having operated area below 2.00 hectare) constitute 84.97 per cent of total number of holdings with 44.31 per cent of total operated area in the country.

The Government has taken several measures to make small land holdings viable and assist farmers to adopt suitable technologies. This include,

(i) promoting adoption of modern technologies and practices like multiple cropping, intercropping and integrated farming systems;

(ii) disseminating knowledge through Krishi Vigyan Kendras (KVKs), Kisan Melas, exhibitions and training programmes in different parts of the country to create awareness about improved agricultural technologies;

(iii) strengthening farm credit delivery system for providing credit at affordable rate of interest to support the resource requirements of the agricultural sector; and (iv) providing adequate support services to farmers etc. Tags: Measures to make Small Land Holdings Viable and Assist Farmers to Adopt Suitable Technologies Permalink Leave a comment Central Scheme for Ensuring Supply of Quality Seeds to Farmers Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in Agriculture

1 Vote

For ensuring supply of quality seeds to the farmers, the Department of Agriculture and Cooperation is implementing Central Sector Scheme Development and Strengthening of Infrastructure Facilities for Production and Distribution of Quality Seeds, under which assistance is provided for strengthening and modernizing seed infrastructure facilities, upgrading the quality of farm saved seed through seed village programme, production and distribution of quality seeds, establishing Seed Bank for ensuring seed availability in contingent situations, establishing and strengthening quality control infrastructure facilities in the count ,etc.

In order to curb the sale of fake/substandard/unlicensed seeds, the State Governments have power under the Seeds Act, 1966, the Seed Rules, 1968 and the Seeds (Control) Order, 1983, to take actions like issue of warning, show cause notices, stop sale order, trial in the court etc., against suppliers of fake/sub-standard/unlicensed seeds. Tags: Central Scheme for Ensuring Supply of Quality Seeds to Farmers Permalink Leave a comment Promoting Farm Mechanization among Small and Marginal Farmers Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in Agriculture

Rate This

The Ministry of Agriculture has various extension services for disseminating the know-how of modern agricultural technologies throughout the country which also includes remote/rural areas by following ways:

Through establishment of Agriculture Technology Management Agencies (ATMA) for introduction of new technologies to the farmers.

Through Kisan Call Centres (KCC) for providing the information on modern technologies to the farming community through toll free, country vide common number 1800-180-1551 in local languages.

 Kisan Vigan Kendras (KVK) of Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) are established with the aims at assessment, refinement and dissemination of modern technology to the farmers.

Various agricultural technologies are being dissimientated through a network of Doordarshan National Channel, 18 Regional Kendras and 180 Narrowcasting Centres apart from 96 FM Radio Stations under Mass media Support to Agricultural Extension scheme.

The Ministry of Agriculture is also implementing various major schemes for promotion of farm mechanization as under:

Macro Management of Agriculture (MMA); Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana (RKVY); National Food Security Mission (NFSM); and National Horticulture Mission (NHM); Promotion and Strengthening of agricultural mechanization through training, testing and demonstrations.

Apart from these, Government is considering a Sub-Mission on agricultural Mechanization (SMAM) for promoting farm mechanization during 12th Five Year plan.

To promote farm mechanization amongst small and marginal farmer and to facilitate custom hiring facility, the Government is also considering providing assistance on procurement of agricultural machinery to establish custom hiring centres, to individual Entrepreneurs, Self Help Group (SHG)/ User Groups (UG) of farmers, Cooperative Societies etc Tags: Promoting Farm Mechanization among Small and Marginal Farmers Permalink Leave a comment Focus on New Farm Practices, Inputs

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in Agriculture

1 Vote

National Food Security Mission (NFSM) with three components, viz., NFSM- Rice, NFSM-Wheat and NFSM-Pulses was launched with effect from Rabi 2007-08 with an aim to achieve additional production of Rice, Wheat and Pulses by 20 million tonnes by the end of 11th Five Year Plan, i.e., Rice by 10 million tonnes, Wheat by 8 million tonnes and Pulses by 2 million tonnes. From Kharif 2010, Accelerated Pulses Production Programme (A3P) has been launched under NFSM-Pulses for technology demonstrations in Village Level Compact Blocks for enhanced production of pulses.

In addition to above, the Government of India launched a campaign to increase area coverage under pulses through its promotion as intercrops with Kharif crops and as relay crop, and catch crop in Rabi and summer seasons. New farm practices have been encouraged and nearly 8.19 lakh demonstrations of improved varieties of rice, wheat and pulses have taken place from 2007-08 to 2011-12. Nearly, 174.56 lakh quintals of seeds of rice (high yieldidng variety/hybrids), wheat and pulses have been distributed. More than 122.90 lakhs ha area has been treated with soil ameliorants (gypsum/lime/micro nutrients) to restore soil fertility. About 49.53 lakh ha of cropped area has been covered under Integrated Pest Management (IPM) and 74.70 lakh improved farm machineries/water saving devices (including sprinkler, pumpsets/pipes) have been distributed. Capacity building of farmers has been enhanced through organization of 49182 Farmers Field Schools. Tags: Focus on New Farm Practices, Inputs Permalink 2 Comments Ultra Mega Power Projects (UMPP)

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in energy

1 Vote

Ultra Mega Power Projects (UMPP) are a series of ambitious power projects planned by the Government of India. With India being a country of chronic power deficits, the Government of India has planned to provide power for all by the end of the Eleventh Five-Year Plan (20072012). This would entail the creation of an additional capacity of at least 100,000 MW by 2012. The Ultra Mega Power projects, each with a capacity of 4000 MW or above, are being developed with the aim of bridging this gap.

The UMPPs are seen as an expansion of the MPP (Mega Power Projects) projects that the Government of India undertook in the 1990s, but met with limited success. The Ministry of Power, in association with the Central Electricity Authority and Power Finance Corporation Ltd., has launched an initiative for the development of coal-based UMPPs in India. These projects will be awarded to developers on the basis of competitive bidding

Based on supercritical technology, 16,000 MW of capacity has been contracted through the competitive bidding process for UMPPs. The average tariff for these projects is in the range of 2-3 per unit which is much lower than the recent cost plus tariffs. The first UMPP, developed by Tata Power at Mundra, Gujarat has been commissioned and contributes 4,000 MW in power to the northern grid

Tags: Ultra Mega Power Projects (UMPP)

Permalink Leave a comment System of Rice Intensification (SRI) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in Agriculture

Rate This

System of Rice Intensification (SRI) emerged in the 1980s as a synthesis of locally advantageous rice production practices encountered in Madagascar by Fr Henri de Laulanie, a Jesuit Priest who had been working there since 1961. But, it is Dr. Norman Uphoff from Cornell International Institute for Food and Agriculture, Ithaca, USA, who had brought this method to the notice of outside world in the late 1990s. Today SRI is being adopted in many states in India and the response from farmers has been overwhelming seeing the benefits of the method, notwithstanding the constraints.

SRI is a combination of several practices those include changes in nursery management, time of transplanting, water and weed management. Its different way of cultivating rice crop though the fundamental practices remain more or less same like in the conventional method; it just emphasizes altering of certain agronomic practices of the conventional way of rice cultivation. All these new practices are together known as System of Rice Intensification (SRI). SRI is not a fixed package of technical specifications, but a system of production with four main components, viz., soil fertility management, planting method, weed control and water (irrigation) management. Several field practices have been developed around these components. Of them, the key cultural practices followed in most cases are:

Preparing high-quality land

SRI requires careful levelling and raking, with drainage facilitated by 30 cm wide channels at two-meter intervals across the field.

Preferring compost or farmyard manure to synthetic fertilizers

It is better to use organic nutrients, as they are better at promoting the abundance and diversity of microorganisms, starting with beneficial bacteria and fungi in the soil. This will promote proper microbial activity, thereby improving production.

Developing nutrient-rich and un-flooded nurseries

The seedbeds have to be nutrient-rich and established as close to the main field as possible. This will enable quicker and easier transportation between the nurseries and the fields, minimizing both transport time and costs so that the seedlings are efficiently transplanted.

Using young seedlings for early transplantation

This has to take place when the seedlings are just 8 to 12 days old, soon after they have two leaves, and at least before the 15th day after sowing.

Ensuring wider spacing between seedlings

The seedlings should be planted at precise spacing, usually 25 X 25 cm2, about 16 plants per square meter. Rice plant roots and canopies grow better if spaced widely, rather than densely.

Transplanting the seedlings singly

The seedlings must be transplanted singly with their roots intact, while the seed sac is still attached. They must not be plunged too deep into the soil, but placed at 1-2 cm on the ground at the appropriate point on the planting grid.

Frequent intercultivation with weeder

A manual weeder is to be operated perpendicularly in both directions in between the hills within 10 to 12 days of transplantation, and at intervals of 10-12 days afterwards. This operation not only controls the weeds but churns the soil which causes a lot of changes in the soil which favours better growth of the crop.

Managing water carefully so that the plants root zones moisten, but are not continuously submerged

SRI requires the root zone to be kept moist, not submerged. Water applications can be intermittent, leaving plant roots with sufficiency, rather than surfeit of water. Rice grown under SRI has larger root system, profuse and strong tillers with big panicles and well-filled spikelets with higher grain weight. The rice plants develop about 30 80 tillers and the yields are reported to be higher. The secret behind this is that rice plants do best when young seedlings are transplanted carefully at wider spacing; their roots grow larger on soil that is kept well aerated with abundant and diverse soil microorganisms.

Tags: System of Rice Intensification (SRI) Permalink Leave a comment National Policy for Farmers (NPF) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in Agriculture

2 Votes

The National Policy for Farmers, 2007, on recommendations of National Commission on Farmers, has provided for a holistic approach to development of the farm sector. The broad areas of its coverage include:

(i) Focus will be on the economic well being of the farmers in addition to production and productivity.

(ii) Asset Reforms: To ensure that a farmer household in villages either possesses or has access to a productive asset or marketable skill.

(iii) Water Use Efficiency: The concept of maximizing yield and income per unit or irrigation water in all the crop production programmes would be accorded priority with stress on awareness and efficiency of water use.

(iv) New technologies like biotechnology, information and communication technology (ICT), renewable energy technology, space applications and nano-technology would be encouraged for improving productivity per unit of land and water on a sustainable basis.

(v) National Agricultural Bio-security System would be established to organize a co-ordinate agricultural bio-security programme.

(vi) Seeds and Soil Health: Quality seeds, disease free planting material and soil health enhancement hold the key to raising small farm productivity. Every farmer is to be issued with a soil health passbook containing integrated information on farm soils with corresponding advisories.

(vii) Support Services for Women: Appropriate support services like creches, child care centers and adequate nutrition needed by women working in fields would be funded.

(viii) Credit and Insurance-. The financial services would be galvanized for timely, adequate and easy reach to the farmers at reasonable interest rates.

(ix) Gyan Chaupals at village level with the help of ICT and farm schools in the fields of outstanding farmers to promote farmer to farmer learning would be set up through the State Government for strengthening extension services.

(x) Necessary steps would be taken to put in place an appropriate social security scheme for farmers.

(xi) Minimum Support Price (MSP) mechanism to be implemented effectively across the country so as to ensure remunerative prices for agricultural produce.

(xii) Food security basket is to be enlarged to include nutritious millets such as bajra, jowar, ragi, etc. mostly grown in dry land farming areas. Tags: National Policy for Farmers (NPF) Permalink Leave a comment MEGA FOOD PARKS Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in Agriculture

1 Vote

India is called the fruit and vegetable basket of the world. It is the second largest producer of food next to China. Its potentiality of being the largest food exporter in the world reflects not only in the quantity but also in the large variety of food. But among the produced foods hardly 2% of all is processed. There is a huge potentiality in food processing industry for the development of India. And Mega Food Park creates a synergy between the two pillars of the economy Industry and Agriculture.

Mega Food Park Scheme is the hatchway to meet the goal of development. The capability of exporting fruits and vegetable to the West Asia and European Countries, abundant investment opportunities and a booming and promising industry will be helped by the Mega Food Park Scheme. Apart from cultivation of the food there is Food Processing Units in the Park which is used for IQF Frozen Foods, fruits and vegetables Processing, Mango / Tomato / Banana / Pineapple / Guava Processing, Pulp / Puree / Concentrates, Candies and many more things

Background and Objectives of the Scheme

Based on extensive feedback and consultations with various stakeholders the earlier Scheme of Food Parks under the 10th Five Year Plan has been revised and reformulated as Mega Food Parks Scheme (MFPS) for the 11th Five Year Plan period.

MFPS is expected to facilitate the achievement of the Vision 2015 of Ministry of Food Processing Industries to raise the processing of perishables in the country from the existing 6% to 20%, value addition from 20% to 35% and the share in global food trade from 1.5% to 3% by the year 2015.

The primary objective of the MFPS is to provide adequate / excellent infrastructure facilities for food processing along the value chain from the farm to market. It will include creation of infrastructure near

the farm, transportation, logistics and centralized processing centers. The main feature of the scheme is a cluster based approach. The scheme will be demand driven, pre marketed and would facilitate food processing units to meet environmental, safety and social standards.

The expected outcome is increased realization for farmers, creation of high quality rural processing infrastructure, reduction in wastage, capacity building of the producers and processors and creation of an efficient supply chain along with significant direct and indirect employment generation

Salient Features of the Scheme

The scheme aims to facilitate the establishment of a strong food processing industry backed by an efficient supply chain, which would include collection centers, primary processing centers and cold chain infrastructure. The food processing units, under the scheme, would be located at a Central Processing Centre (CPC) with need based common infrastructure required for processing, packaging, environmental protection systems, quality control labs, trade facilitation centers, etc.

The extent of land required for establishing the CPC is estimated to be between 50-100 acres, though the actual requirement of land would depend upon the business plan, which may vary from region to region. CPC would be supported by farm proximate Primary Processing Centers (PPC) and Collection Centres (CCs) in identified locations based on a techno-feasibility study, adequate to meet the requirements of the CPC. The land required for setting up of PPCs and CCs at various locations would be in addition to land required for setting up CPC.

It is expected that on an average, each project will have around 30-35 food processing units with a collective investment of Rs 250 crores that would eventually lead to annual turnover of about Rs 450500 crores and creation of direct and indirect employment to the extent of about 30,000. However, the actual configuration of the project may vary depending upon the business plan for each Mega Food Park. The aggregate investment in CPC, PPCs and CCs should be proportionate and commensurate to the size of the total project keeping in view the economies of scale. The Scheme is co-terminus with the 11th Plan period. However, projects which have received the final approval under the scheme shall continue to receive the grant support and benefits of the scheme.

What is Mega Food Park Scheme?

Mega Food Park Scheme is the flagship program of the Ministry of Food Processing Industries, Government of India. Mega Food Park Scheme proposes a demand driven/pre-marketed model with strong backward/forward linkages and sustainable supply chain. The primary objective of the proposed scheme is to facilitate establishment of integrated value chain, with processing at the core and supported by requisite forward and backward linkage.

The scheme provides for creating infrastructure for farm level primary processing centre-cum- cold chain in identified clusters, processing of intermediate products, collection centre cum cold chains, centralized infrastructure to take care of processing activities, which require cutting edge technologies and testing facilities, besides the basic infrastructure for water supply, power, environmental protection systems, communication etc. The supply chain will establish on-Farm Primary Processing Centre cum cold chain facilities for aggregation of the produce at village level, which will be linked, to the retail outlets/processing parks through appropriate produce aggregation facility and collection centre cum cold chain and Reefer van transportation net works. The scheme is proposed to be entrepreneur driven to be implemented on a PPP basis.

The scheme envisages a onetime capital grant of 50% of the project cost subject to a maximum of Rs. 50 crores in general areas and 75% of the project cost subject to a ceiling of Rs. 50 crores in difficult and hilly areas i.e. North East Region including Sikkim, J&K, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand and ITDP notified areas of the States.

Special Purpose Vehicle for Management of Mega Food Parks Tags: MEGA FOOD PARKS Permalink Leave a comment Special Purpose Vehicle for Management of Mega Food Parks Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in Agriculture

Rate This

The execution, ownership and management of the Mega Food Park is vested with a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV). The main eligibility criteria of the SPV is indicated below:

i. The SPV shall be a Body Corporate registered under the Companies Act.

ii. Each SPV would have at least three entrepreneurs / business units, with the entrepreneurs being independent of each other and business units with no common directors.

iii. The promoter holding maximum equity in the SPV will be the lead promoter. The lead promoter will be primarily responsible for co-ordination with all stakeholders including with the Ministry of Food Processing Industries to ensure effective implementation of the project.

iv. At least 26 percent of equity of the SPV should be held by food processor(s) within the SPV.

v. The combined net worth of shareholders of the SPV should not be less than Rs.50 crore with food processor(s) having at least Rs. 10 crore of net worth.

vi. Each member in SPV must have a net worth at least 1.5 times of their proposed equity contribution in order to ensure requisite contribution for the project.

vii. The SPV needs to bring in at least 20 percent of the total project cost as equity in general areas and at least 10 percent of the total project cost in difficult and hilly areas.

The objective of Mega Food Parks Scheme is to provide state of the art infrastructure for Food Processing Industries in a demand driven manner with an effective supply chain management from farm gate to market. The Scheme envisages a cluster-based approach and Hub and Spoke Model comprising of farm proximate facilities such as Collection Centres, Primary Processing Centers (PPC) linked with a Central Processing Centre (CPC).

The Ministry has so far approved 30 Mega Food Park projects out of which 14 projects have been accorded Final approval and the remaining 16 projects have been accorded In-principle approval. Out of the 14 finally approved projects, 2 projects, one each in Andhra Pradesh and Uttarakhand are partially operational.

The Ministry has already initiated process for seeking approval of the Competent Authority for ups caling of the Scheme to set up more Mega Food Parks in the country. Tags: Special Purpose Vehicle for Management of Mega Food Parks Permalink Leave a comment Separate Cadre of Doctors for Rural Areas Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

The Government, in consultation with Medical Council of India (MCI), has prepared a course namely, Bachelor of Science (Community Health) which was earlier named as Bachelor of Rural Health Care (BRHC) course. The main objective of the proposed course is to create mid-level public health professionals who will primarily be deployed at Sub Centres and would possess the necessary public health and ambulatory care competencies to serve the rural population.

In Writ Petition (C) No. 13208 of 2009 in the matter of MeenakshiGautham and others, the petitioners have prayed the court to enforce the recommendations of the Government appointed Task Force on medical education under its National Rural Health Mission and direct the Government to introduce a short-term course for training health workers for primary healthcare in rural areas. The Honble Delhi High Court while hearing the case had urged the Central Council of Health & Family Welfare to look into all the facets and take a broadest view in a holistic manner so that the health, which is the requisite concern of the every living being, can be adequately addressed to.

The Government has decided to implement the B.Sc. (CH) course to create a cadre of mid-level primary health workers and appointed the National Board of Examinations as the executing agency for implementing the course. Tags: Separate Cadre of Doctors for Rural Areas Permalink Leave a comment India and UN Security Council Expansion Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in India and World

Rate This

The issue of reform of the UN Security Council is being discussed in inter-governmental negotiations which started in the UN General Assembly in March 2009, mainly due to efforts by India and other likeminded countries. In December 2009, India was able to build support for upgrading the negotiations to text-based negotiations. So far, eight rounds of the inter-governmental negotiations have taken place. In these meetings, a large number of the Member States have expressed their preference for a reform model based on expansion in both the permanent and non-permanent categories of membership. The Chair of the inter-governmental negotiations is expected to call for the next round of negotiations soon.

India has working with other like-minded countries for building support among the UN membership for expansion of the UN Security Council in both categories of its membership as well as for Indias candidature for permanent membership of an expanded Security Council. As part of these efforts, India is a member of the G-4, along with Brazil, Germany and Japan. India is also a member of the L.69 Group of pro-reform developing countries, which have been engaged with the African Union (AU), the Caribbean Community (CARICOM) and others to proactively push for early reforms of the Council.

Among the permanent members of the Security Council, UK, France, USA and Russia have supported the candidature of India for permanent membership of an expanded Council at the highest level. As regards China, in joint statements issued with India at the highest level, it has been mentioned that the Chinese side understands and supports Indias aspirations to play a greater role in the United Nations, including in the Security Council.

A large number of countries have supported Indias initiatives for reform of the Council as well as endorsed its candidature for permanent membership. This has been expressed in various forms and fora including in bilateral discussions with the Government of India. Indias performance as a non-permanent member of the Security Council during 2011-2012 has also significantly strengthened Indias claim to permanent membership. However, a pre-requisite for India being considered for permanent membership of the UNSC is an agreement being reached among the UN membership on the nature and size of expansion of the Security Council, in accordance with the provisions of the UN Charter. Accordingly, India has been actively making efforts to build support among the UN Member States for an urgent reform and expansion of the Security Council in both permanent and non-permanent categories of its membership Tags: India and UN Security Council Expansion Permalink

Leave a comment Green Channel Facilities to Firms with a Turnover of Rs.1000 Crore Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in Commerce

Rate This

Government has taken a decision to grant green channel status for DGS&D Rate Contracts to PSUs and firms (Indian as well as foreign) having an average turnover of Rs.1000 crore or more during the last three years and making profit in any three years of the last five years.

So far, twenty firms have been given green channel status. The area-wise details of these firms are Delhi -04; Mumbai-04; Gurgaon-05; Bangaluru-03; Ahmedabad-01; Vadodara-01; and Noida-02.

More reputed firms in international and national markets would be available on DGS&D Rate Contracts which will facilitate user departments. Tags: Green Channel Facilities Permalink Leave a comment Government Ensuring Low-Cost Air Connectivity in Regional and Remote Areas Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in Transport

Rate This

The Ministry of State for Civil Aviation informed that operations in domestic sector have been deregulated and flights are being operated by concerned airlines on the basis of commercial viability subject to adherence to Route Dispersal Guidelines laid down by Government in 1994 with a view to ensure better connectivity to remote regions of the country. According to these guidelines, all scheduled operators are required to deploy in the North Eastern region, Jammu & Kashmir, Andaman & Nicobar Islands and Lakshadweep (Category-II routes) at least 10 percent of their deployed capacity on trunk routes (Category-I routes). Further, at least 10 percent of the capacity thus required to be deployed on Category-II routes, is required to be deployed for connectivity exclusively within these regions (Category -II A). All scheduled operators are required to deploy at least 50 per cent of their deployed capacity on trunk routes (Category-I routes) onto Category III routes.

To enhance regional connectivity in the country, Government has already introduced a separate category of Scheduled Air Transport (Regional) Services in 2007.The Scheduled Regional Operators are bound to pirate mainly in the region for which they have been granted permission, however, in operational exigencies, they can connect cities except metro cities of other regions also.

Further, to enhance regional connectivity in the country, Government has already introduced a separate category of Scheduled Air Transport (Regional) Services in 2007.The Scheduled Regional Operator are bound to operate mainly in the region for which they have been granted permission, however, in operational exigencies, they can connect cities except metro cities of other regions also. Tags: Government Ensuring Low-Cost Air Connectivity in Regional and Remote Areas Permalink Leave a comment

Surprisingly Close Star System Discovered Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in Space (World)

Rate This

Looks like astronomers may have new hunting grounds to search for exoplanets , and its close in fact its just in our local interstellar neighbourhood. A new-found star system at only 6.5 light years away now ranks as the third nearest to our solar system and the closest to be discovered since 1917.

An artists conception of the new-found brown dwarf binary system with the Sun in the background. Credit: Penn State University.

The new pair of stars are both classified as brown dwarfs cool, dim objects that actually resemble planets more than stars.

While they do give off heat and have chemical properties like ordinary stars like our Sun, these weird objects are often referred to as failed stars since they dont quite have enough mass that would allow them to be crushed by gravity so that thermonuclear reactions can ignite the hydrogen in their cores.

This diagram illustrates the locations of the star systems that are closest to the Sun. The year when each star was discovered to be a neighbour of the Sun is indicated. The new binary system is the third nearest system to the Sun, and the closest one found in a century. Credit: Janella Williams, Penn State University.

The strange star system, dubbed unromantically WISE J104915.57-531906, was stumbled upon by Kevin Luhman, an astronomer at Penn State University while studying a map of the entire sky stitched together from 13 months of observations obtained by NASAs Wide-field Infrared Survey Explorer (WISE) satellite. What clued him in was that one particular star point appeared to have a rapid motion visible through time-lapse images.

There are billions of infrared points of light across the sky, and the mystery is which one- if any of themcould be a star that is very close to our solar system.

While astronomical distances are vast, this star system is really quite nearby when it comes to our stellar surroundings.

The distance to this brown dwarf pair is 6.5 light years- so close that Earths television transmissions from 2006 are now arriving there

Tags: Surprisingly Close Star System Discovered Permalink Leave a comment Ganesh Pyne, top Indian artist Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 13, 2013 in Personalities

Rate This

Influenced by paintings of Rembrandt and Indian artist Abanindranath Tagore, Pyne was one of the founders of the prestigious Society of Contemporary Artists of Calcutta.

He was called the painter of darkness for his dark and brooding imagery.

His work remains highly prized and features in many important collections.

Pyne rarely painted with a bright background and used his favourite ochre and shares of black and blue colours to suggest dark events.

Pyne, who graduated from the Government College of Art and Craft in Calcutta, began his career drawing in watercolours before moving to the gouache and tempera form of painting.

A shy and reclusive man, Pyne in the early stages of his career painted sparsely and rarely held solo exhibitions.

But he went on to be one of the most influential artists of his generation and received a number of awards.

Pynes work remains highly prized and features in many public and private collections.

Described as an artists artist by the Indian media, Mr Pyne received several awards and accolades for his works. Tags: Ganesh Pyne, top Indian artist Permalink Leave a comment Measures to Check Naxalism Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 12, 2013 in Governance

Rate This

The weapon holding of Left Wing Extremists is not superior to the weaponry used by the security forces in the LWE affected area. The LWE outfits are using weapons/equipments like LMG, AK-47, SLR, .303 Rifles, GF Rifles, HE Grenades and VHF & HF sets for attacks on security forces. Further, there are reports that the CPI(Maoist) is focusing on further augmentation of its military capability to increase the lethality of its armoury. The use of Rockets, Mortars and Molotov Cocktails, the former through indigenously manufactured launchers have also been witnessed during some attacks on security forces in the Bastar region. The Government is implementing a scheme namely, Construction / Strengthening of Fortified Police Stations wherein 400 Police Stations are proposed to be constructed in 9 LWE affected States at the rate of Rs. 2.00 crore for each police station. Under the Scheme, 80% of funds are provided by the Central Government and 20% by the respective State Governments. So far, Rs. 370.00

crore have been released under the Scheme. The State Governments have been advised to complete the construction work of Police Stations as early as possible.

The Central Government has a holistic approach towards combating LWE insurgency, wherein it supplements the efforts of the State Governments over a wide range of measures. The Central Government assists the State Governments through security related and development related interventions. In security related interventions, apart from directly deploying CAPFs, the Government of India provides assistance for capacity building of the States through Schemes like the Security Related Expenditure (SRE) Scheme, the Special Infrastructure Scheme (SIS), the Construction/Strengthening of Fortified Police Stations Scheme, etc. Other security related interventions includes providing Helicopters to States for Anti-naxal operations, setting up of Counter Insurgency and Anti-Terrorism (CIAT) Schools, assistance to raise India Reserve Battalions (IRB), modernization and upgradation of the State Police and their Intelligence apparatus under the Scheme for Modernization of State Police Forces (MPF scheme), etc.

On the development front, the Central Government is implementing Special Schemes for LWE affected areas like the Integrated Action Plan (IAP), the Road Requirement Plan-I, etc. It is the belief of the Government of India that a combination of calibrated police action, focused development efforts and improvement in governance are the effective instrumentalities to combat LWE insurgency in the longterm. The efficacy of this policy is being gradually felt and is reflected in the decrease in LWE violence profile during the last two years. Tags: Measures to Check Naxalism Permalink Leave a comment Computerisation of PDS Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 12, 2013 in Human Resource

1 Vote

Computerization of Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS) has been taken up in consultation with States/Union Territories (UTs) with a view to ensure correct identification of beneficiaries, distribution of TPDS commodities to deserving beneficiaries, elimination of bogus/duplicate ration cards, etc. It would also enable timely availability of foodgrains at Fair Price Shop (FPS) level, check leakages/diversion of foodgrains, introduce transparency and public accountability in implementation of TPDS, etc. .

The Government has initiated implementation of Component-I of the scheme for End-to-end Computerisation of Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS) Operations, which comprises digitization of ration cards/beneficiary and other databases, computerization of supply-chain management, setting up of transparency portal and grievance redressal mechanism. Details of the present status of implementation of TPDS as reported by States/UTs from time to time are annexed. As per the timelines stipulated under the scheme, digitization of beneficiary database is to be completed by March, 2013 and computerisation of supply-chain management is to be completed by October, 2013 by all States/UTs.

Computerization of TPDS is being implemented as a Mission Mode Project (MMP) under the National eGovernance Plan (NeGP) by the Central Government. As per MMP guidelines, a dedicated institutional mechanism by way of an Empowered Committee (EC) and a Central Project e-Mission Team (CPeMT) for computerization of TPDS has been set up. States/UTs have also been requested to establish a two-tier structure at their level comprising a State Apex Committee as well as a State Project e-Mission Team (SPeMT). Detailed guidelines for end-to-end Computerisation of TPDS have been issued to all States/UTs. Action Plan for computerization of TPDS have also been received from all States/UTs. The application software prepared by National Informatics Centre (NIC) has been shared by it with State Information Officers (SIOs) of NIC. To ensure the implementation of Computerization of TPDS, the progress is also being reviewed in various meetings, conferences, etc.

End-to-end Computerisation of TPDS inter-alia envisages use of biometric information of the beneficiaries through Aadhaar/ National Population Register (NPR) for their identification for issuance of foodgrains, weeding out of bogus and ineligible ration cards/units, etc. However, use of biometric information for FPS level transactions is not covered under Component-I of the scheme. There is no specific proposal for use of Radio Frequency Identification devices, cash for food, etc. at present. Tags: Computerisation of PDS

Permalink Leave a comment Human Development Index Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 9, 2013 in Reports and Index

Rate This

The latest Human Development Index (HDI) 2011 prepared by the UNDP ranks India at 134 out of 187 countries and its HDI is shown as 0.547 which is an improvement of 5.39% (HDI was 0.519 in 2010 HDI part).

The health aspects are reflected in life expectancy at birth which is shown as 65.4 year in HDI 2011 against 64.4 year in HDI 2010.

High IMR and Under 5 MR are the major factors in lowering Life Expectancy at Birth. MMR also needs improvement. A target of 25/1000 for IMR and 1000/100,000 live births for MMR has been prescribed by the 12 Five Year plan document for the end of 2017. Some of the steps taken under NRHM for improving the situation are:

Regular ANC care at health facilities and home visits by ASHA

 Personalized monitoring of pregnant women, the new born and the post partum woman through MCTS

Promotion of institutional delivery through JSY, increase in delivery points and improvement in referral transport.

JSSK

Increase in number of SNCU for managing preterm and sick neonates

Promotion of exclusive breast feeding

Reduction in incidence of diarrhoea through improvement in hygiene by measures such as hand washing and management of diarrhoea through Zinc and ORS supplementation.

Extension of immunization coverage

The various disease control programs against Malaria, Kala Azar, filaria, TB (RNTCP) etc have improved the burden of disease and mortality due to major infectious diseases in all stages of life.

In order to tackle the impact of Non-communicable diseases, Government of India has launched the National Programme for prevention and control of cancer, Diabetes, Cardiovascular Diseases and stroke (NPCDCS) in 2010 in 100 districts of 21 States with a focus on an awareness generation for behaviour and life style changes, early diagnosis and referral to higher facilities for appropriate management. It has also been envisaged to build capacity at various levels of health care systems for prevention, diagnosis and treatment of NCDs. Tags: Human Development Index Permalink Leave a comment

Children With Clubfoot Deformity Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 9, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

Club foot is a type of birth defect and is one of the most common congenital physical disabilities worldwide, known to occur in 1-3 of every 1,000 births (worldwide) with evidence of higher rates in developing nations. The specific data state-wise are not available.

Recently, a new national programme Rashtriya Bal Swasthya Karyakram (RBSK) has been launched under National Rural Health Mission. The details of this initiative are as below:

1. The purpose of RBSK is to improve survival, development and quality of life of children in the age group of 0 to 18 years through early detection of Defects at birth, Diseases, Deficiencies, Development Delays including Disability and follow-up for appropriate management and treatment, if required (medical or surgical).

2. RBSK envisages covering 30 common health conditions prevalent in children for early detection and free intervention and treatment and clubfoot is one of these.

3. The child health screening services builds on the existing school health services and will be provided through dedicated mobile health teams placed in every block. The block level dedicated mobile medical health teams would comprise of trained doctors and paramedics.

4. The newborns will be screened for birth defects in health facilities where deliveries take place and during the series of home visits by ASHA under HBNC scheme.

5. The teams will screen children in the age group 6 weeks to 6 years at Anganwadi centres besides screening of all children enrolled in Government and Government aided schools from class 1 to class 12.

6. An estimated 27 crore children in the age group of 0 to 18 years are expected to be covered in a phased manner.

7. There is a provision for District Early Intervention Centres at the district level for management of cases referred from the blocks and further referral to tertiary level health services in case of need.

8. Existing services offered by Ministry of Women and Child Development, Social Justice and Empowerment and Education will also be optimally utilized. Clubfoot Tags: Children With Clubfoot Deformity Permalink Leave a comment Iodized Salt Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 9, 2013 in Miscellaneous

3 Votes

Iodized Salt Coverage Study 2010 conducted by Salt Commissioner, GOI along with some International Organisations has revealed that 47.2% rural households were consuming adequately iodated salt (>15 ppm), 42.2% households were consuming inadequately iodated salt (<15 ppm) and 10.5% households were consuming salt with no iodine.

The Iodized Salt Coverage Study 2010 was conducted in eight states i.e. Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, Orissa, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh and Uttarakhand while the Coverage Evaluation Study (CES) conducted by M/o Health &Family Welfare, Government Of India and UNICEF covering 30 states of the country has revealed that 66.1% of rural households were consuming adequately iodated salt (>15 ppm), 22.6% rural households were consuming inadequately iodated salt (<15 ppm)and 10.5% rural households were consuming salt with no iodine.

In order to prevent & control Iodine Deficiency Disorders (IDD) Government of India is implementing National Iodine Deficiency Disorders Control Programme (NIDDCP) in the country for entire population. Financial assistance is provided to all States/UTs for establishment of IDD Cell and IDD Monitoring Laboratory, conducting district IDD surveys, health education and publicity to create awareness amongst people to use only iodated salt. In addition, funds are provided to Salt Commissioners Office for quality control of iodated salt at production level.

Regulation 2.9.30 (1)(2)(3) of Food Safety and Standards (Food Product Standards and Food Additives), Regulation, 2011 prescribes the standard for edible common salt including iodized salt, iron fortified common salt and iron fortified iodized salt (double fortified salt).

Regulation 2.3.12 of Food Safety and Standards (Prohibition and Restriction on Sales), Regulation, 2011 restricts the sale of common salt for direct human consumption unless the same is iodized Tags: Iodized Salt Permalink Leave a comment Dabhol-Bangalore gas pipeline

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 9, 2013 in energy

Rate This

AIL (India) commenced delivery of gas through its 1,000 km-long Dabhol-Bangalore pipeline.

GAIL also signed a gas transmission agreement with Karnataka Power Corporation Ltd. (KPCL) for the supply of 2.1 million metric standard cubic metres per day (mmscmd) of natural gas for its 700 MW power plant at Bidadi in 30 months. The project, for which KPCL invited tenders for engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) in October last, is to be ready by 2015.

Cost

The pipeline, built at a cost of Rs.4,500 crore, has a total capacity of 16 mmscmd. The pipeline traversed through about 700 km across Karnataka. It would facilitate the use of gas as a source of energy or feedstock for industrial uses. GAIL was also investing petrochemical plants at Dahej in Gujarat. GAIL urged KPCL to convert its 125 MW diesel-based power plant at Yelahanka to a gas-based system. The increase in efficiency would result in savings of Rs.700-800 crore. The the Kochi-Mangalore and Mangalore-Bangalore pipelines would be ready soon. Company sources said supply of gas to domestic users would have to await clearances from the Petroleum and Natural Gas Regulatory Board. Tags: Dabhol-Bangalore gas pipeline Permalink Leave a comment

Indian Railway Institute of Financial Management (IRIFM) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 9, 2013 in Transport

Rate This

A proposal to set up Indian Railway Institute of Financial Management (IRIFM) has been included in the Railway Budget 2013-14 at a cost of Rs. 19.26 crore at Secunderabad. The aims and objectives of setting up this Centralized Training Institute include imparting necessary structured and professional training to the officers of Indian Railways responsible for professional management of finances and accounts to enable them to face the emerging challenges and tap opportunities for strengthening the finances of Indian Railways.

The construction work would be taken up in 2013-14 after the Railway Budget 2013-14 is passed in the Parliament and the Institute is expected to start operation in 2014-15. Tags: Indian Railway Institute of Financial Management (IRIFM) Permalink Leave a comment M.B.N. Rao Committee Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 9, 2013 in Committes and Commissions

2 Votes

Committee to Prepare A Blue print for the Proposed Indias first Womens Public Sector Bank Constituted

In Budget 2013-14 proposed to set-up Indias First Womens Bank as a Public Sector Bank.

In order to prepare a Blueprint for the aforesaid Bank, the Ministry of Finance has constituted a Committee as follows:

1. M.B.N. Rao, Ex-CMD, Canara Bank Chairperson

2. M.D. Mallya, Ex-CMD, Bank of Baroda

3. Ms. Jayshree Vyas, MD, SEWA

4. .Arundhati Bhattacharya, MD & CEO, SBI Caps

5. . Usha Ananthasubramaniam, ED, PNB

6. Dr. K. Ramakrishnan, Chief Executive, Indian Banks Association

The said Committee is to submit its report by 30th April, 2013. The Finance Minister Shri Chidambaram had also mentioned in his Budget Speech that necessary approvals including banking licence etc, will be obtained by October, 2013. The Bank is expected to start functioning from November, 2013. Tags: M.B.N. Rao Committee Permalink Leave a comment Double Taxation Avoidance agreement (DTAA) with South Korea Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 9, 2013 in Commerce

Rate This

India has signed 88 Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements (DTAAs) out of which 85 have entered into force, with various countries including Sri Lanka and South Korea.

The DTAAs provide for allocation of taxation rights to source State and residence State in respect of business profits including that of a permanent establishment, operation of ships or aircraft in international traffic, dividends, interest, royalty, capital gains etc. Further, DTAAs have provisions for exchange of information for tax purposes.

The DTAAs facilitate mutual economic cooperation and provide tax certainty to the resident tax payers of both the countries. Further, the DTAAs aim to avoid the burden of double taxation on the income of residents of the two treaty countries and also simulate flow of investment, technology and services between them. Tags: Double Taxation Avoidance agreement (DTAA) with South Korea Permalink Leave a comment Pension Fund Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 9, 2013 in Money and Banking

Rate This

In order to attract long term stable foreign capital inflows and to broad base the non resident investor base in Indian debt security market, it has been decided to accord preferential treatment to long term investors such as Sovereign Wealth Funds and pension funds for allocation of debt limits in Government Securities and Corporate bonds.

The Government has been making concerted efforts to attract greater foreign investment into India with special thrust on availability of off-shore funds for infrastructure development. In order to attract greater foreign investment to the infrastructure sector, following measures have been taken:

i) The limit for foreign investment in long term corporate bonds in the infrastructure sector has been enhanced from USD 5 billion to USD 25 billion.

ii) The USD 25 bn scheme for foreign investment in long term infra bonds has been gradually liberalized by inter-alia reducing residual maturity criteria and removing lock-in period restriction.

iii) The debt limit allocation mechanism for FIIs has been rationalized by allowing reinvestment facility to FIIs; reduction in utilisation period of debt limits and allowing to avail debt limits upto 90% without obtaining SEBI approval in case of long term infra bonds.

iv) Infrastructure Debt Funds (IDFs) have been set up to accelerate and enhance the flow of long term debt in infrastructure projects. To attract off-shore funds into IDFs, withholding tax on interest payments on borrowing by IDFs has been reduced from 20% to 5%.

v) Further, the rate of withholding tax has been reduced from 20% to 5% on interest payments in respect of foreign currency borrowings and long term infrastructure bonds. Tags: Pension Fund Permalink Leave a comment National Telecom Policy-2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 9, 2013 in Information and Communication Technology - ICT

1 Vote

Salient Features of National Telecom Policy-2012

Licensing, Convergence and Value Added Services

Strive to create One Nation - One License across services and service areas.

Achieve One Nation Full Mobile Number Portability and work towards One Nation Free Roaming.

To orient, review and harmonise the legal, regulatory and licensing framework in a time bound manner to enable seamless delivery of converged services in technology and service neutral environment. Convergence would cover:

o Convergence of services i.e. convergence of voice, data, video, Internet telephony (VoIP), value added services and broadcasting services

o Convergence of networks i.e. convergence of access network, carriage network (NLD/ ILD) and broadcast network

o Convergence of devices i.e. telephone, Personal Computer, Television, Radio, set top boxes and other connected devices.

To move towards Unified Licence regime to exploit the attendant benefits of convergence, spectrum liberalisation and facilitate delinking of the licensing of Networks from the delivery of Services to the end users to enable operators to optimally and efficiently utilise their networks and spectrum by sharing active and passive infrastructure.

Put in place a simplified Merger & Acquisition regime in telecom service sector while ensuring adequate competition.

 To facilitate resale at the service level under the proposed licensing regime both wholesale and retail.

To delink spectrum in respect of all future licences. Spectrum shall be made available at a price determined through market related processes.

To frame appropriate Policies for new licensing framework, migration of existing licensees to new framework, exit policy, measures for ensuring adequate competition etc. in consultation with TRAI.

To facilitate convergence of local cable TV networks post digitalisation.

To put in place an appropriate regulatory framework for delivery of VAS at affordable price to fuel growth in entrepreneurship, innovation and provision of region specific content in regional languages.

To put in place a framework to regulate the carriage charges, which are content neutral and based on the bandwidth utilisation.

Reposition the mobile phone from a mere communication device to an instrument of empowerment that combines communication with proof of identity, fully secure financial and other transaction capability, multi-lingual services and a whole range of other capabilities that ride on them and transcend the literacy barrier.

Spectrum Management

Ensure adequate availability of spectrum and its allocation in a transparent manner through market related processes. Make available additional 300 MHz spectrum for IMT services by the year 2017 and another 200 MHz by 2020.

 To move at the earliest towards liberalisation of spectrum to enable use of spectrum in any band to provide any service in any technology as well as to permit spectrum pooling, sharing and later, trading to enable optimal utilisation of spectrum through appropriate regulatory framework..

To undertake periodic audit of spectrum utilisation to ensure its efficient use.

To reform spectrum and allot alternative frequency bands or media to service providers from time to time to make spectrum available for introduction of new technologies for telecom applications.

To prepare a roadmap for availability of additional spectrum every 5 years.

Broadband and Rural Telephony

Increase rural teledensity from the current level of around 39 to 70 by the year 2017 and 100 by the year 2020. .

To recognise telecom, including broadband connectivity as a basic necessity like education and health and work towards Right to Broadband.

Provide affordable and reliable broadband-on-demand by the year 2015 and to achieve 175 million broadband connections by the year 2017 and 600 million by the year 2020 at minimum 2 Mbps download speed and making available higher speeds of at least 100 Mbps on demand.

Provide high speed and high quality broadband access to all village panchayats through a combination of technologies by the year 2014 and progressively to all villages and habitations by 2020.

R&D, Manufacturing and Standardization of Telecommunication Equipment

 Promote the ecosystem for design, Research and Development, IPR creation, testing, standardization and manufacturing i.e. complete value chain for domestic production of telecommunication equipment to meet Indian telecom sector demand to the extent of 60% and 80% with a minimum value addition of 45% and 65% by the year 2017 and 2020 respectively

Create a corpus to promote indigenous R&D, IPR creation, entrepreneurship, manufacturing, commercialisation and deployment of state-of-the-art telecom products and services during the 12th five year plan period.

To promote setting up of Telecommunications Standard Development Organisation (TSDO) as an autonomous body with effective participation of the government, industry, R&D centres, service providers, and academia to drive consensus regarding standards to meet national requirements including security needs.

Provide preference to domestically manufactured telecommunication products, in procurement of those telecommunication products which have security implications for the country and in Government procurement for its own use, consistent with our World Trade Organization (WTO) commitments.

Telecom Infrastructure/ RoW issues, Green Telecom, Clear Skyline, Mitigation efforts during disasters and emergencies

To work towards recognition of telecom as Infrastructure Sector for both wireline and wireless and extension of the benefits available to infrastructure sectors to telecom sector also, to realize true potential of ICT for development.

To facilitate increased use of alternative sources (Renewable Energy Technologies) of energy for powering telecom networks through active participation of all the stakeholders the government, the telecom industry and the consumer for green telecommunications. Sector specific schemes and targets for promotion of green technologies will be finalised in consultation with Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE) and other stakeholders.

quality of Service and protection of Consumer Interest

 To strengthen the regulator for ensuring compliance of the prescribed performance standards and Quality of Service (QoS) parameters by the Telecom Service Providers

To formulate a Code of Practice for Sales and Marketing Communications to improve transparency as well as address security issues relating to Customer Acquisition

To undertake legislative measures to bring disputes between telecom consumers and service providers within the jurisdiction of Consumer Forums established under Consumer Protection Act.

Security

To create an institutional framework through regulatory measures to ensure that safe-to-connect devices are inducted into the Telecom Network and service providers take measures for ensuring the security of the network..

To ensure security in an increasingly insecure cyber space, indigenously manufactured multifunctional SIM cards with indigenously designed chips incorporating specific laid down standards are considered critical.

Skill Development and Public Sector

To assess the manpower requirement at different skill and expertise levels by partnering with National Skill Development Council and industry to identify the relevant needs of the sector and prepare a roadmap.

Cloud Services

 To recognise that cloud computing will significantly speed up design and roll out of services, enable social networking and participative governance and e-Commerce on a scale which was not possible with traditional technology solutions.

To take new policy initiatives to ensure rapid expansion of new services and technologies at globally competitive prices by addressing the concerns of cloud users and other stakeholders including specific steps that need to be taken for lowering the cost of service delivery.

Telecom Enterprise Services, Data Use New technologies and IPV 6 compliant Networks

To facilitate the role of new technologies in furthering public welfare and enhanced customer choices through affordable access and efficient service delivery. The emergence of new service formats such as Machine-to-Machine (M2M) communications (e.g. remotely operated irrigation pumps, smart grid etc.) represent tremendous opportunities, especially as their roll-out becomes more widespread.

To recognize the importance of the new Internet Protocol IPv6 to start offering new IP based services on the new protocol and to encourage new and innovative IPv6 based applications in different sectors of the economy by enabling participatory approach of all stake holders.

Financing of Telecom Sector

To create a Telecom Finance Corporation as a vehicle to mobilize and channelize financing for telecom projects in order to facilitate investment in the telecom sector.

To rationalize taxes, duties and levies affecting the sector and work towards providing a stable fiscal regime to stimulate investments and making services more affordable.

Role of Regulator, Changes in legislation

 To review the TRAI Act with a view to addressing regulatory inadequacies/ impediments in effective discharge of its functions.

To undertake a comprehensive review of Indian Telegraph Act and its rules and other allied legislations with a view to making them consistent with and in furtherance of the above policy objectives.

OPERATIONALISATION OF THE POLICY

To take suitable facilitatory measures to encourage existing service providers to rapidly migrate to the new regime in a uniformly liberalised environment with a level playing field.

Policy will be operationalized by bringing out detailed guidelines, as may be considered appropriate, from time to time.

The NTP-12, inter-alia, has following Objectives on promoting R & D, Telecom Equipment Manufacturing and standardization of Telecommunication Equipment:-

Promote innovation, indigenous R&D and manufacturing to serve domestic and global markets, by increasing skills and competencies.

Create a corpus to promote indigenous R&D, IPR creation, entrepreneurship, manufacturing, commercialisation and deployment of state-of-the-art telecom products and services during the 12th five year plan period.

Promote the ecosystem for design, Research and Development, IPR creation, testing, standardization and manufacturing i.e. complete value chain for domestic production of telecommunication equipment to meet Indian telecom sector demand to the extent of 60% and 80% with a minimum value addition of 45% and 65% by the year 2017 and 2020 respectively.

 Provide preference to domestically manufactured telecommunication products, in procurement of those telecommunication products which have security implications for the country and in Government procurement for its own use, consistent with our World Trade Organization (WTO) commitments.

Develop and establish standards to meet national requirements, generate IPRs, and participate in international standardization bodies to contribute in formulation of global standards, thereby making India a leading nation in the area of international telecom standardization.

Put in place appropriate fiscal and financial incentives required for indigenous manufacturers of telecom products and R&D institutions. Tags: National Telecom Policy-2012 Permalink Leave a comment Global Temperatures Highest in 4,000 Years Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 9, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

Rate This

Global temperatures are warmer than at any time in at least 4,000 years, and over the coming decades are likely to surpass levels not seen on the planet since before the last ice age.

Previous research had extended back roughly 1,500 years, and suggested that the rapid temperature spike of the past century, believed to be a consequence of human activity, exceeded any warming episode during those years. The new work confirms that result while suggesting the modern warming is unique over a longer period.

Even if the temperature increase from human activity that is projected for later this century comes out on the low end of estimates, scientists said, the planet will be at least as warm as it was during the warmest periods of the modern geological era, known as the Holocene, and probably warmer than that.

That epoch began about 12,000 years ago, after changes in incoming sunshine caused vast ice sheets to melt across the Northern Hemisphere. Scientists believe the moderate climate of the Holocene set the stage for the rise of human civilization roughly 8,000 years ago and continues to sustain it by, for example, permitting a high level of food production.

The most meticulous reconstruction yet of global temperatures over the past 11,300 years, virtually the entire Holocene. They used indicators like the distribution of microscopic, temperature-sensitive ocean creatures to determine past climate.

It suggests that changes in the amount and distribution of incoming sunlight, caused by wobbles in the earths orbit, contributed to a sharp temperature rise in the early Holocene.

The climate then stabilized at relatively warm temperatures about 10,000 years ago, hitting a plateau that lasted for roughly 5,000 years, the paper shows. After that, shifts of incoming sunshine prompted a long, slow cooling trend.

The cooling was interrupted, at least in the Northern Hemisphere, by a fairly brief spike during the Middle Ages, known as the Medieval Warm Period. (It was then that the Vikings settled Greenland, dying out there when the climate cooled again.)

Scientists say that if natural factors were still governing the climate, the Northern Hemisphere would probably be destined to freeze over again in several thousand years. We were on this downward slope, presumably going back toward another ice age.

Instead, scientists believe the enormous increase in greenhouse gases caused by industrialization will almost certainly prevent that.

During the long climatic plateau of the early Holocene, global temperatures were roughly the same as those of today, at least within the uncertainty of the estimates, the new paper shows. This is consistent with a large body of past research focused on the Northern Hemisphere, which showed a distribution of ice and vegetation suggestive of a relatively warm climate.

The modern rise that has recreated the temperatures of 5,000 years ago is occurring at an exceedingly rapid clip on a geological time scale, appearing in graphs in the new paper as a sharp vertical spike. If the rise continues apace, early Holocene temperatures are likely to be surpassed within this century.

The early Holocene temperature increase was almost certainly slow, giving plants and creatures time to adjust. But he said the modern spike would probably threaten the survival of many species, in addition to putting severe stresses on human civilization.

Tags: 000 Years, Global Temperatures Highest in 4 Permalink Leave a comment Distance to neighbouring galaxy measured Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 9, 2013 in Space (World)

Rate This

Astronomers use the distance to the Large Magellanic Cloud galaxy as a basis to estimate more remote objects in outer space and the ultimate size of the Universe.

But this technique means that any error in the initial measurement is magnified over longer distances, meaning our estimates of the position of faraway galaxies are very uncertain.

Now researchers have made a much more accurate measurement of the space between Earth and the LMC 163,000 light years using observations of a rare type of double star.

By monitoring how the rare pairs of stars, known as eclipsing binaries, orbit one another the astronomers were able to figure out their size and mass.

Combining this information with measurements of their brightness and colour allowed the researchers to determine their distance from Earth to a high degree of accuracy.

They observed eight pairs of binary stars over an eight year period using the Las Campanas Observatory, and the European Southern Observatorys La Silia site in Chile.

The new measurement also improves our estimates of the distance for bright, pulsating Cepheid variable stars which are used to tell the distance to other galaxies and calculate the expansion of the universe, known as the Hubble Constant, a process driven by a mysterious force known as dark energy.

Dariusz Graczyk, another author of the paper published in the Naturejournal, said: We are working to improve our method still further and hope to have a one per cent [accurate] LMC distance in a very few years from now. This has far-reaching consequences not only for cosmology, but for many fields of astrophysics. Tags: Distance to neighbouring galaxy measured Permalink Leave a comment Social Security Scheme for Anganwadi Workers Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Social Welfare

3 Votes

The Government launched the Anganwadi Karyakartri BimaYojana w.e.f 1.4.2004 in association with the Life Insurance Corporation of India as a welfare measure for the benefit of Anganwadi Workers. The Scheme is operated through the Social Security Group Scheme of LIC.

The salient features of the Anganwadi Karyakartri BimaYojana are as under:-

i.

The Scheme is applicable to all AWWs and Helpers in the age group of 18-59 years;

ii.

The premium under the Scheme is Rs.280/- per annum per member. The breakup is as under:

 Rs.100/- from Social Security Fund of LIC

Rs.100/- by the Government of India

Rs.80/- by the Anganwadi Worker/ Helper (additional for male critical illness of the insured member). The premium of Rs.80/- payable by these workers towards critical illness has been waived off till 31.3.2013.

iii

The Scheme provides the following benefits:-

Natural Death Rs.30,000/-

Accident benefit:

Death/ Total permanent disability Rs.75000

Partial Permanent disability

Rs.37500

Female Critical Illness (FCI) Benefits: An amount of Rs.20,000/- is payable on the diagnosis of invasive cancers (malignant tumour) manifest in the following organs (subject to proof of affliction satisfactory to Corporation).

Breast

Cervix Uteri

 Corpus Uteri

Ovaries

Fallopian Tubes

Vina /Vulva

Shiksha Sahayog

A free add-on scholarship benefit is available for the children of AWWs and AWHs. Scholarship of Rs.300/- per quarter for students 9th to 12 Standard (including ITI courses) is available but it is limited to two children per family. Tags: Social Security Scheme for Anganwadi Workers Permalink Leave a comment Profit and Loss of Central Public Sector Enterprises Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Commerce

Rate This

The net profit of profit making Central Public Sector Enterprises (CPSEs) stood at Rs. 1,25,115 crore in 2011-12 compared to Rs. 1,13,944 crore in 2010-11. The loss of loss making CPSEs, on the other hand was Rs. 27,602 crore in 2011-12 compared to Rs. 21,817 crore in 2010-11. At the aggregate level, the net profit of all CPSEs (aggregate net profit aggregate net loss) stood at Rs. 97,513 crore in 2011-12 compared to Rs. 92,128 crore during 2010-11.

As per the Public Enterprises Survey 2011-12, tabled in Parliament recently, cognate group-wise, the best results were achieved by the mining sector with 29.45 per cent growth in profit over the previous year. This was followed by 13.42 per cent growth in profits achieved by electricity sector. The services sector suffered a loss of Rs. 9,057 crore during 2011-12, which was higher than the loss of Rs. 4,903 crore in 2010-11. This was mainly due to the loss suffered by Air India Ltd., Bharat Sanchar Nigam Ltd., Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Ltd. and Cotton Corporation of India Ltd. in both these years. Under the manufacturing sector, Steel, Petroleum, Heavy Engineering and Textiles CPSEs showed a decline in profits while Transportation Equipment showed an increase in profits. CPSEs in the chemicals & pharmaceuticals sectors and medium & light engineering industries, on the other hand, reduced their losses during 2011-12. Tags: Profit and Loss of Central Public Sector Enterprises Permalink Leave a comment Measures for Safety of Overseas Indian Working Women Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in NRI

Rate This

The statistics are maintained in this Ministry about Indian workers, including women, holding ECR passports, who seek emigration clearance for employment to any of the 17 ECR (Emigration Clearance Required) notified countries. Indian women in Gulf countries are engaged in various jobs like doctors, nurses, teachers, housemaids, receptionists, etc.

Following steps to address the issue of Indian women emigrants have been taken:

(i) Age restriction of minimum 30 years to all women for emigrating on ECR passports to ECR countries.

(ii) Defining a minimum referral wage for emigrants (fixed by Mission).

(iii) Stipulation of a security deposit per worker from the foreign employer directly hiring Indian worker (US $2500).

(iv) Compulsory attestation by the Indian Mission concerned of employment documents for all women emigrants with ECR passports going to ECR countries.

(v) Pre-paid Mobile phone facility for housemaids to be provided by the employer.

(vi) Establishment of an Indian Workers Resource Centre (IWRC) at UAE, which provides information on matters relating to workers, processes for attestation of Work Contracts, grievance redressal. The IWRC also operates a shelter for food and accommodation for women workers in distress and extends legal, financial and medical counselling to them.

(Vii) The Government has established Indian Community Welfare Fund (ICWF) in all Indian Missions to provide onsite support to the emigrants in distress.

(viii) The Government has signed MOUs with seven major labour receiving countries, namely, Jordan, Qatar, United Arab Emirates (UAE), Kuwait, Oman, Malaysia and Bahrain to lay down the framework for

bilateral cooperation for the protection and welfare of workers. Under these MOUs, Joint Working Groups (JWGs) have been constituted that meet regularly in order to resolve bilateral labour issues.

(ix) The Government has established an Overseas Workers Resource Centre (OWRC) which is a 24 hour telephone helpline in eight languages to provide authentic information to emigrants as well as intending emigrants on various aspects of emigration.

(x) Awareness campaigns through the media to educate intending emigrants about legal emigration procedures, the risk of illegal migration, and precautions to be taken during emigration.

(xi) Pravasi Bhartiya Bima Yojana (PBBY) is a compulsory Insurance Scheme for the protection of emigrant workers against accidents, injuries, etc.

(xii) Indian Missions in the Gulf attend to complaints by emigrant workers including women, and provide guidance on matters of employment, as well as consular/legal assistance where necessary. Tags: Measures for Safety of Overseas Indian Working Women Permalink Leave a comment Freight Train Operator Scheme 2013 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Transport

Rate This

Railway Formulates Automobile Freight Train Operator Scheme 2013

Ministry of Railways has formulated a policy on Automobile Freight Train Operator (AFTO) Scheme 2013 which supersedes earlier AFTO Scheme of 2010.

This Policy aims at increasing Indian Railways modal share in transportation of automobile traffic which is presently very meager. In addition, this policy provides an opportunity to logistics service providers and road transporters to invest in wagons and use advantage of rail transport to tie up with end users and market train services to create a win-win situation for railways and themselves. The salient features of AFTO scheme issued as per FM Circular No. 2 of 2013 are as follows:-

Eligibility criteria:

Applicant should be

a)

A registered company in India as per Companies Act 1956.

b)

A subsidiary company of the above entity

c)

A Joint venture company or partnership

d)

A public sector entity in the business of logistics.

The AFTO selected by the MOR shall have to deposit registration fee of ` 5 crores for a period of 20 years.

The AFTO has to apply to ADV/ED FM with all details for a minimum 3 rakes.

 AFTO can either operate their trains between private terminals equipped to handle the traffic for which AFTO must have a tie up with such private terminals or use its own terminal/sidings for handling of such traffic or move from any rail terminal to any rail terminal on IR provided suitable handling facility is available and subject to payment of Terminal Access Charges as prescribed by IR from time to time.

AFTO can take new wagons on lease from a wagon leasing company subject to necessary approvals by MOR. AFTO can also purchase or take on lease wagons procured under this scheme from another registered operator, in that particular category, subject to necessary approval by MOR. However, in such cases AFTO will run the rakes as per the freight rates stipulated for AFT.

Maintenance of the wagons will be undertaken by IR at its own cost during the currency of the concession agreement. However, in case of wagons which will require special components for maintenance, a suitable provision will be made in the Concession Agreement so that the cost of procurement of such special components is defrayed by the investor.

Automobile traffic will include passenger cars, two/three wheeler automobile units, mini trucks, tractors, chassis, shells of cars, automobiles moved in CKD condition.

Rates as notified from time to time for the specific stock shall be applicable for such traffic moving in automobile rakes.

The rates shall be separate for rakes running as loaded and those running as empty.

Trains procured under AFT scheme will not be merged in the wagon pool of IR. Rakes comprising such wagons shall be identified as exclusively belonging to the AFTO who has procured them. Each rake shall have separate identification with the date of commercial commissioning in the FOIS

The AFTO is free to run trains over IR provided the railway terminal is open for automobile booking, and the private terminal is also willing to handle automobile traffic. No NOC shall therefore be required for the routes from zonal railways.

 The AFTO shall however, nominate a base terminal from where it will operate so that a base maintenance depot can be nominated by the railways. The Agreement shall be with the Nominated Zonal Railway on which such a base depot is situated.

The operator shall charge his customers for rail haulage, terminal handling, ground rent on a market determined basis and railways shall not exercise any control over such pricing/tariff. Tags: Freight Train Operator Scheme 2013 Permalink Leave a comment Cyber Security Threat Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Information and Communication Technology - ICT

Rate This

There have been attempts from time to time to penetrate cyber networks operating in Government. These attacks have been observed to be originating from the cyber space of a number of countries including China. It has been observed that the attackers are compromising computer systems located in different parts of the World and use masquerading techniques and hidden servers to hide the identity of actual system from which the attacks are being launched. Hence, it is difficult to attribute cyber attack to a particular country.

A sophisticated virus called as Stuxnet was reported to be spreading worldwide since July 2010. The virus targets Industrial Control Systems. The following specific steps were taken by the Government immediately after the threat was reported:

(i) Alerts and advisories about the Stuxnet threat were issued on website of the Indian Computer Emergency Response Team (CERT-In). Measures to be taken to detect infected systems, dis-infect the same and prevent further propagation were advised to all critical sector organizations in the country.

(ii) Government in association with Internet Service Providers (ISPs) and security vendors tracked the infected systems and advised the owners of the systems to dis-infect the same. Workshops were conducted by CERT-In and other government agencies jointly for critical sector organizations to create awareness and suggest steps to be taken to counter the threat.

Further, the government has taken the following measures to protect cyber networks:

Department of Information Technology and Electronics has circulated Computer Security Guidelines and Cyber Security Policy to all the Ministries/ Departments on taking steps to prevent, detect and mitigate cyber attacks.

All Central Government Ministries/ Departments and State/Union Territory Governments have been advised to conduct security audit of entire Information Technology Infrastructure, including websites, periodically to discover gaps with respect to security practices and take appropriate corrective actions.

Setting up of Early Warning and Response to cyber security incidents through the Indian Computer Emergency Response Team (CERT-In) and to have collaboration at national and international level for information sharing and mitigation of cyber attacks. CERT-In regularly publishes Security Guidelines and advisories for safeguarding computer systems and these are widely circulated. CERT-In also conducts security workshops and training programs on regular basis to enhance user awareness.

The Crisis Management Plan for countering cyber attacks and cyber terrorism was prepared and circulated for implementation by all Ministries/ Departments of Central Government, State Government and their organizations and critical sectors.

 CERT-In is conducting mock cyber security drills to enable assessment of preparation of organizations to withstand cyber attacks.

The Information Technology Act, 2000 as amended by the Information Technology (Amendment) Act, 2008 has been enforced on 27.10.2009. The Act provides legal framework to address the issues connected with security breaches of information technology infrastructure.

National Informatics Centre (NIC) managing Govt. websites and providing e-mail service is implementing measures to secure the Govt. IT infrastructure from cyber attacks FLAME 100 TIMES MORE COMPLEX THAN TYPICAL HACKING VIRUS Tags: Cyber Security Threat Permalink Leave a comment Role of TRAI Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Information and Communication Technology - ICT

Rate This

TRAI has contributed significantly in the growth of telecom services, resulting in increase in consumer base and deployment of vast network of the telecom services by the service providers across the length and breadth of the country. These measures have resulted in overall benefits to the consumer in terms

of choice of services, affordable tariff of telecom services, and better quality of services etc. The exponential growth in subscriber numbers and its reach establishes the effective functioning of the Organisation. These achievements are result of supportive regulatory environment created by Telecom Regulatory Authority of India through issue of various Regulations, Directions and Orders.

TRAI has taken various steps, from time to time to protect the interests of consumers. A brief summary of these measures are given below:

TRAI has been monitoring quality of service provided by Service Providers against the benchmarks laid down by TRAI for the various quality of service parameters through Quality of Service Regulations issued from time to time, through quarterly Performance Monitoring Reports (PMRs) submitted by service providers. TRAI also undertakes objective assessment of the Quality of Service of Basic, Cellular and Broadband Services through independent agencies. A customer satisfaction survey is also conducted quarterly through these agencies. The results of these audit and surveys are being published for public/Stakeholders knowledge. TRAI has been following up with the Service Providers for addressing deficiencies in meeting the Quality of Service benchmarks.

To further strengthen the quality of standards TRAI had issued The Standards of Quality of Service of Basic Telephone Service (Wireline) and Cellular Mobile Telephone Services (Second Amendment) Regulation, 2012 on 8th November 2012 for financial disincentives on those service providers who fail to meet the prescribed Quality of Service (QoS) benchmarks for Basic Telephone Service (Wireline) and Cellular Mobile Telephone Service and The Quality of Service of Broadband Service (Amendment) Regulations, 2012, on 24th December 2012 for financial disincentive on Broadband Service operators for non-compliance with the benchmark for the Quality of Service Parameters.

To protect the interest of consumers relating to metering and billing, TRAI had issued the Quality of Service (Code of Practice for Metering and Billing Accuracy) Regulations, 2006, which mandates yearly audit of the metering and billing system of the service providers through qualified empanelled auditors. The service providers are required to submit an audit report duly certified from the empanelled auditors by 30th June of every year. The service providers are also required to file with TRAI by 30th September of every year action taken report on the deficiencies pointed out in the audit reports by the auditors.

The framework for redressal of grievances of telecom consumers was also reviewed to improve the effectiveness of complaints redressal for the telecom consumer by the service provider. TRAI had notified the Telecom Consumers Complaint Redressal Regulation 2012 on 5th January 2012. These

regulations provide for establishment of a Complaint Centre with a toll-free Consumer Care Number, two-tier complaint redressal mechanism, registering of complaints by giving a unique docket number, a two member Advisory Committee in each of the service areas by the service provider comprising of one member from consumer organization registered with TRAI, publishing of Citizens Charter and setting up of a Web based complaint monitoring system etc.

TRAI has also reviewed the offering and marketing of various vouchers in the market and provision of information to consumers after activation of every voucher and after every usage and issued The Telecom Consumers Protection Regulations, 2012 on 6th January 2012.

To address the problem of Unsolicited Commercial Communications (UCC) effectively, TRAI had issued The Telecom Commercial Communications Customer Preference Regulations, 2010 on 1st December 2010. In order to further strengthen the regulatory framework and to address various implementation issues, several amendments to the regulations and directions have been issued by TRAI, from time to time.

TRAI has also issued The Telecommunication Consumers Education and Protection Fund Regulations, 2007 on 15th June 2007, to enable the service providers to transfer unrefunded money of customers lying with them to Telecommunication Consumers Education and Protection Fund (TCEPF). The income received from the fund is utilised to undertake programmes to educate consumers, to conduct studies in the field of telecommunications and holding seminars, workshops etc on the subject of consumer welfare and for educating consumers.

TRAI has been registering consumer organisations for having an interface with the telecom consumers through regular interaction with these consumer organisations. In this regard TRAI had recently issued the Registration of Consumer Organisations Regulations on 21st February 2013, for strengthening the framework for interaction with the consumer organisations.

The above measures have been pivotal in protecting the interests of consumers. Tags: Role of TRAI Permalink 3 Comments Use of Renewable Energy in Telecom Sector

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in energy

1 Vote

The Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) recommendations on Green Energy applications have been approved by Government. Following directives have been issued to the licensees/all ILD service providers to adopt measures to green the Telecom sector setting broad directions & goals:

i. At least 50% of all rural towers and 20% of the urban towers are to be powered by hybrid power (Renewable Energy Technologies (RET) + Grid Power) by 2015, while 75% of rural towers and 33% of urban towers are to powered by hybrid power by 2020.

ii. All service providers are required to evolve a carbon credit policy in line with carbon credit norms with an ultimate objective of achieving a maximum of 50% over the carbon footprint levels of the base year in rural areas and achieving a 66% over the carbon foot print levels of the base year in urban areas by the year 2020. The base year for calculating all existing carbon foot prints would be 2011, with an implementation period of one year and the first year of carbon reduction would be the year 2012.

iii. All service providers to declare the carbon foot prints of their network twice in a year. Further based on the details of footprints declared by all service providers, service providers should aim at carbon emission reduction targets for the mobile network at 5% by the year 2012-2013, 8% by the year 201415, 12% by the year 2016-17 and 17% by the year 2018-2019. Tags: Use of Renewable Energy in Telecom Sector Permalink

Leave a comment Decline in Ground Water Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

3 Votes

Out of 632.6 lakh hectare net irrigated area during 2009-10, the area irrigated by ground water was 390.4 lakh hectare thus contributing 61.71 % of the total irrigation.

Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) under Ministry of Water Resources carries out periodic assessment of groundwater resources of the Country in association with the State Governments. As per the latest assessment of ground water resources (as on 2009) the total annual replenishable Ground Water resource of the Country is 431 Billion Cubic Metres (BCM).

Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) under the Ministry of Water Resources monitors ground water levels on regional scale through a network of 15653 observation wells located throughout the Country. Water levels are monitored four times in a year during the months of January, April/May, August and November. Analysis of groundwater level data for the pre-monsoon period (April/May) during the last five years (2007-2012) indicates that 55% of the wells analysed have registered declining trend. Several steps have been taken to encourage artificial recharge, rainwater harvesting and regulating ground water development to arrest declining ground water levels over the entire Country. Ministry of Agriculture & Cooperation have informed that various watershed development programmes are implemented for water harvesting. Besides, Ministry of Agriculture & Cooperation implements National Mission on Micro Irrigation under which drip and sprinkler irrigation systems are adopted.

During 2012-13, CGWB has undertaken Pilot Project on aquifer mapping in 6 areas in the States of Maharashtra (part of Nagpur district), Rajasthan (parts of Dausa and Jaisalmer districts), Bihar (part of Patna district), Karnataka (part of Tumkur district) and Tamilnadu (part of Cuddalore district) using advanced geophysical techniques to test the efficacy of technologies in mapping of aquifers in different hydro-geological terrain. Till January 2013, an expenditure of `673.13 lakh has been made for the Pilot Project.

A paper on `Satellite-based estimates of groundwater depletion in India was published in August, 2009 Issue, of scientific journal Nature by American Scientists from National Aeronautics and Space Administration(NASA) and University of California, United States of America. In that study, an area of about 4.4 lakh sq.km covering the States of Rajasthan, Punjab, Haryana and Delhi, was taken up as a single unit without actual field mapping of ground water levels. The scientists have made an attempt to estimate ground water depletion in north-western India using Terrestrial Water Storage (TWS) change observations from NASA Gravity Recovery and Climate Experiment (GRACE) satellite data for the period from August, 2002 to October, 2008. The study has indicated that ground water is depleting in the aforementioned four States at a mean rate of 4.01.0cm/year equivalent height of water (17.74.5cubic km/year). On review of the paper by the CGWB, it was observed that the GRACE mission ground water storage studies are satellite based estimates and coarse resolution of GRACE data limits its applicability to study ground water dynamics. The CGWB estimations are, however, based on field data and bring out smaller scale variations in the ground water storage pattern over a vast region.

Central Ground Water Board, Regional Office, Nagpur had received six proposals from Tapi Irrigation Development Corporation (TIDC) and seven from Ground Water Surveys and Development Agency (GSDA) for projects related to recharge of ground water in Maharashtra State during the XIth Plan period. All the six proposals, received from TIDC, were returned as those were either not in the prescribed DPR format or were technically not feasible. Regarding the seven proposals received from GSDA, four proposals were returned being not in the prescribed format. Besides, two proposals were not considered as those were falling under Safe category area. One proposal was received after closure of Demonstrative Artificial Recharge component of the Centrally Sponsored Scheme which was in implementation during the XIth Plan period. Tags: Decline in Ground Water Permalink Leave a comment Average per capita calorie in- take Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

1 Vote

As per NSSO report based on the survey conducted by it in July 2004 June 2005, the average per capita calorie in- take at all India level in Rural areas is 2047 Kilo Calories as compared to 2153 Kilo Calories based on the results of similar survey undertaken during July 1993 June 1994. This shows a drop of 106 Kilo calories and percentage decrease of 4.9% in per capita calorie intake in rural areas over 2004-05.

Union Government has taken number of steps to increase opportunities for livelihood/wage employment and food security of rural people so as to enable them to have access to availability of food and thus, better intake of calories. While some of the prominent wage employment generation schemes focussing at rural population in the country are

(i) Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MNREGA)

(ii) Swarnajayanti Gramin Swarozgar Yojana (SGSY) those with focus on food security are (i) Targeted Public Distribution System( TPDS) (ii) Annapurna scheme for Senior Citizens, ,

(iii) Mid-day Meal,

(iv) Sabla or Rajiv Gandhi Scheme for Empowerment of Adolescent Girls

(v) Integrated Child Development Services(ICDS). Tags: Average per capita calorie in- take Permalink Leave a comment Sea Erosion Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

1 Vote

Massive sea erosion has taken place in the coastal belt of Karnataka, Kerala and Tamil Nadu.

The details of coastline of Karnataka, Kerala and Tamil Nadu affected by erosion are as under :

Karnataka : 152.73 km., Kerala : 478.14 km, Tamil Nadu : 151.81 km.

The main reasons of coastal erosion in these States are the wave attack especially during monsoon season and obstruction of sediment supply / transport.

The details of damages have been sought from the concerned State Governments and on their receipt, the same would be tabled in the House.

The Rashtriya Tatiya Sanrakshan Pariyojana (NCPP) was initiated with a view to explore the possibility of funding of coastal protection works through external assistance. After discussion between Government of India and Asian Development Bank (ADB) for funding on coastal protection works, the ADB approved grant for Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). The PPTA was used to prepare an investment programme for Sustainable Costal Protection and Management Project in the States of Goa, Maharashtra and Karnataka. Under PPTA an investment programme for 404.6 million USD including ADB loan of 250 million USD has been envisaged. Further to above, Ullal Coastal Erosion and Inlet Improvement Project in Karnataka and Mirya Bay Coastal Erosion and Protection Project in Maharashtra were accepted by the Government to be implemented as Pilot projects under NCPP with technical and financial assistance of Asian Development Bank.

During XI Plan, the central assistance for flood management including anti-sea erosion works was provided to the State Governments under the State Sector Scheme Flood Management Programme.

During the last three years of XI Plan i.e. 2009-10, 2010-11 and 2011-12, the central assistance of Rs. 2.00 crore was released to the State Government of Gujarat for anti-sea erosion works undertaken under Flood Management Programme. No funds have been released during the current financial year i.e. 2012-13 for anti-sea erosion works under the above Programme. Tags: Sea Erosion Permalink Leave a comment Electronics Project Proposal System (e-PPS) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Governance

Rate This

The round table was held in order to have broad consensus and opinion on the proposed ICT&E R&D and Innovation Framework prepared by DeitY. The Ministry also launched the Electronics Project Proposal System (e-PPS), developed by the Department of Electronics and Information Technology, through the Centre for Development of Advanced Computing (C-DAC). The e-PPS system will initially operate on a pilot basis.

The Electronic Project Proposal System (e-PPS) is a web-based system that encompasses the complete life-cycle of funding of R&D projects, beginning with online submission of project proposals for funds, to monitoring and management of funded projects. It supports the processes for

Online submission of project proposals Evaluation of proposals by experts Project recommendations Project Monitoring

e-PPS replaces the existing manual system of project funding wherein the Project Investigators (PI) submit hard copies of R&D proposals, which are presented to a Working Group and based on the recommendations of the Working Group the proposals are further processed in DeitY. It is a One-Go Dash-Board to see the projects from initiation to completion. It reduces the total processing time of proposals and aids easy dissemination of project information. Tags: Electronics Project Proposal System (e-PPS) Permalink Leave a comment Financial regulators sign pact to monitor conglomerates Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Corporate Affairs

1 Vote

Financial sector regulators signed an agreement to monitor conglomerates large banks and other key players in view of their rising importance to the real economy, apart from approving a national strategy for financial education.

The decisions were taken at a sub-committee meeting of the Financial Stability and Development Council (FSDC)

The four financial sector regulators are the Reserve Bank of India, Securities and Exchange Board of India, Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority and Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority.

The MoU is aimed at better cooperation in the field of joint supervision and monitoring of the large groups identified as financial conglomerates.

The FSDC meeting, chaired by RBI Governor D Subbarao, also approved formulating a national strategy for financial education by incorporating the feedback received from public consultations and from a global peer review, RBI said without providing details.

Apart from Dr. Subbarao, the meeting was attended by Finance Secretary R S Gujral, Economic Affairs Secretary Arvind Mayaram, Financial Services Secretary Rajiv Takru, Chief Economic Adviser to the Finance Minister Raghuram Rajan, SEBI Chairman U K Sinha, IRDA chief T S Vijayan and PFRDA Chairman Yogesh Agarwal.

The meeting also discussed the continuing uncertainty in the eurozone and the US and their impact on capital flows to India and other emerging markets. Tags: Financial regulators sign pact to monitor conglomerates Permalink Leave a comment E-Panchayat Mission Mode Project Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Rural Development

Rate This

The Ministry of Panchayati Raj is implementing e-Panchayat Mission Mode Project (MMP) that addresses core aspects of Panchayats functioning viz. Planning, Monitoring, Implementation, Budgeting, Accounting, Social Audit etc., with the aim to make their functioning more efficient, accountable and transparent. Imparting computer education at village level is not sought to be achieved through this Mission Mode Project.

In so far as providing ICT infrastructure, including computers to Panchayats under this MMP is concerned, the States have been advised to utilize available funds from other sources such as 13th Central Finance Commission Grants, Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme (MGNREGS), Backward Region Grant Fund (BRGF), Rashtriya Gram Swaraj Yojana (RGSY) etc. Tags: E-Panchayat Mission Mode Project Permalink Leave a comment

Role of Panchayats for Development of Villages Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Rural Development

Rate This

The role of Panchayats varies from State to State in the implementation of Centrally Sponsored Schemes (CSSs), which are administered by Central Ministries. Further, since Panchayat is a States subject, States vary in the extent to which they devolve roles and responsibilities to Panchayats in planning, implementation and monitoring of different CSSs. Among the major CSSs, Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Programme (MGNREGS), Saakshar Bharat Mission, Indira Awas Yojna (IAY) and National Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP), provide significant roles and responsibilities to Panchayats. Under Backward Region Grant Fund (BRGF) which is an Additional Central Assistance (ACA), Ministry of Panchayati Raj (MoPR) provides untied funds through States to Panchayats to bridge the gaps in infrastructure development on the basis of plans prepared by the Panchayats. The Ministryhas been regularly advising Central Ministries by providing comments on the draft guidelines of schemes of the Central Ministries to vest roles and responsibilities on Panchayats in implementing CSSs.

The Ministry of Panchayati Raj does not support the proposal of providing financial assistance directly to Panchayats. However, as per guidelines issued by Ministry of Panchayati Raj for the implementation of BRGF Programme, the State Governments are required to release funds to the Panchayati Raj Institutions within 15 days on the receipt of funds from the Central Government to reduce the time lag between availability and dispersal of funds to PRIs. Tags: Role of Panchayats for Development of Villages Permalink Leave a comment

Shortage of Houses in the Country Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Human Resource

Rate This

The Technical Group constituted by Ministry of Housing & Urban Poverty Alleviation on estimation of urban housing shortage in the country, has pegged the urban housing shortage in Andhra Pradesh as 1.27 million at the beginning of 12th Five Year Plan which was 1.95 million at the beginning of 11th Five Year Plan.

The Ministry further stated thatLand and Colonisation are State subjects, therefore it is the primary responsibility of State Governments to provide houses to all citizens. However, in order to complement and supplement the iniatives of State Governments, the Ministry of Housing & Urban Poverty Alleviation has been implementing the following schemes/programmes:

Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JNNURM) with its two components Basic Services to Urban Poor (BSUP) and Integrated Housing & Slum Development Programme (IHSDP)

The scheme of Rajiv Awas Yojana (RAY)

Affordable Housing in Partnership Scheme (AHP)

The Interest Subsidy Scheme for Housing the Urban Poor (ISHUP)

Tags: Shortage of Houses in the Country Permalink Leave a comment Government Disinvestment in Central Public Sector Enterprises Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Corporate Affairs

Rate This

Disinvestment of minority shares in Central Public Sector Enterprises (CPSEs) has become an important source of raising resource for the Government. The policy of disinvestment in CPSEs has evolved over the years. Disinvestment of government equity in CPSEs began in 1991-92 following the Industrial Policy Statement of 1991, which stated that the Government would divest part of its holdings (minority share-holding) in select CPSEs.

Current Policy on Disinvestment

The current Government policy on disinvestment envisages peoples ownership of CPSEs while ensuring that the Government equity does not fall below 51% and Government retains management control. Keeping this objective in view of disinvestment policy, the Government has adopted the following approach to disinvestment:

Already listed profitable CPSEs (not meeting mandatory shareholding of 10%) are to be made compliant by Offer for Sale (OFS) by Government or by the CPSEs through issue of fresh shares or a combination of both.

Unlisted CPSEs with no accumulated losses and having earned net profit in three preceding consecutive years are to be listed.

Follow-on public offers (FPO) would be considered in respect of profitable CPSEs having 10 percent or higher public ownership, taking into consideration the needs for capital investment of CPSE, on a case by case basis and Government could simultaneously or independently offer a portion of its equity shareholding in conjunction.

Since each CPSE has different equity structure; financial strength; fund requirement; sector of operation etc., factors that do not permit a uniform pattern of disinvestment, disinvestment will be considered on merits and on a case-by-case basis.

CPSEs are permitted to use their surplus cash to buy-back their shares; one CPSE may buy the shares of other CPSEs from the Government. Tags: Government Disinvestment in Central Public Sector Enterprises Permalink Leave a comment Steps taken to provide Electricity at Economical rates. Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in energy

Rate This

With a view to bringing improvement in the power sector and to provide electricity at economical rates to the consumers, following important steps have been taken by the Union Government :-

(i) National Electricity Policy was notified in 2005 under the Electricity Act 2003 addressing the issues of Rural Electrification, Generation, Transmission, Distribution, recovery of cost of services and targeted subsidies, technology development and Research & Development (R&D), competition aimed at consumer benefits, financing power sector programmes including private sector participation, energy conservation, environmental issues, training and human resource development, co-generation and nonconventional energy sources and protection of consumer interests and quality standards.

(ii) Tariff Policy was notified in 2006 with the objective of ensuring availability of electricity to consumers at reasonable and competitive rates; ensuring financial viability of the sector and to attract investments; promoting transparency, consistency and predictability in regulatory approaches across jurisdictions and to minimize perceptions of regulatory risks; promoting competition, efficiency in operations and improvement in quality of supply.

(iii) Guidelines and Standard Bidding Documents issued for determination of tariff by bidding process for procurement of power by distribution licensees and for transmission projects.

(iv) Further, the Rural Electricity Policy, National Electricity Plan, Hydro Power Policy have also been notified.

In addition to above, the Union Government has also taken the following measures for improvement in the power sector:-

(a) Distribution reforms through APDRP and R-APDRP schemes were launched. Further, National Electricity Fund (NEF) Scheme has been approved to provide reforms-linked interest subsidy to the public and private power utilities for improvement in their distribution network.

(b) A scheme for Financial restructuring of Discoms has been approved recently (October, 2012) with objective to enable the State Governments and the Discoms to carve out a strategy for the financial turnaround of the distribution companies in the State power sector which will be enabled by the lenders agreeing to restructure/reschedule the existing short-term debt.

The Electricity Act, 2003 has consolidated the laws relating to generation, transmission, distribution, trading and use of electricity and for taking measures conducive to development of electricity industry, promoting competition therein, protecting interest of consumers and supply of electricity to all areas, rationalization of electricity tariff, ensuring transparent policies regarding subsidies, promotion of efficient and environmentally benign policies etc. and for matters incidental thereto. Tags: Steps taken to provide Electricity at Economical rates. Permalink Leave a comment Tagore Award for Cultural Harmony Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Awards

Rate This

President Conferred first ever Tagore Award for Cultural Harmony, 2012 on Sitar Maestro Late PT. Ravi Shankar

President conferred the first ever Tagore Award for Cultural Harmony, 2012 on Sitar Maestro Pandit Ravi Shankar. Since Pandit Ravi Shankar passed away on 11th December, 2012, the Award was presented to his wife, Smt. Sukanya Shankar. The International Award carries a prize money of Rs. 1 Crore (One Crore), shawl, plaque and a citation.

The Tagore Award for Cultural Harmony has been instituted as a part of the commemoration of the 150th Birth Anniversary of Gurudev Rabindranath Tagore and an announcement to this effect was made by the then Finance Minister in his Budget Speech on 28th February, 2011. It is an International Award with prize money of Rs. 1 Crore for promoting values of Cultural Harmony. The Jury constituted for the selection of Tagore Award for the year 2012 under the Chairmanship of the Prime Minister of India selected Pandit Ravi Shankar, the Indian Sitar Maestro, to be the first recipient of the Tagore Award in recognition of his outstanding contribution to Cultural Harmony and Universal Values. The award was announced on 7th May 2012 during the closing ceremony of the commemoration of the 150th Birth Anniversary of Rabindranath Tagore. Tags: Tagore Award for Cultural Harmony Permalink Leave a comment Drinking Water Quality Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Rural Development

1 Vote

As reported by the States on the online Integrated Management Information System (IMIS) of the Ministry of Drinking Water and Sanitation, there are 24 State level laboratories, 728 district level laboratories and 1127 sub-district/ block level laboratories in place to monitor the quality of more than

49.93 lakh drinking water sources in rural areas. In addition, as a part of initial screening of drinking water quality and building awareness among the rural people, 3.82 lakh chemical field test kits and 9.17 crore bacteriological vials have been provided so far to the Gram Panchayats for testing water quality by trained grassroots level workers. For this purpose, training has been given to 15.16 lakh grass root level workers. However, considering the need for regular testing of all sources, the increasing number of sources, rising levels of contamination and greater awareness among rural people about water quality, the Ministry has recognized the need to strengthen the infrastructure available for monitoring the quality of drinking water being supplied to the rural areas.

Though drinking water supply is a State subject, Government of India supplements the efforts of the State Governments including Rajasthan, with technical and financial assistance for provision of safe drinking water supply in the rural areas of the country under the centrally sponsored National Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP). Under NRDWP, 3% of funds allocated to the States are earmarked for Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance (WQMS) activities on a 100% Central share basis which, inter alia, includes testing of drinking water sources at the Panchayat level by using simple field test kits, setting up of new district/sub-district water quality testing laboratories and upgrading of existing water quality testing laboratories for testing the quality of drinking water sources. As part of technical assistance, chemists from all States are imparted training in National Environmental Engineering Research Institute, Nagpur. In order to standardize the level of equipment, instrumentation, chemicals, glassware, manpower, space, period and parameters of sampling, a Uniform Drinking Water Quality Monitoring Protocol has been released as a useful reference document for laboratories at all levels. During 2012-13, under the NRDWP- Water Quality Monitoring and Surveillance (WQMS) component, Rs. 314.98 crore has been allocated to all States. An amount of Rs. 32.19 crore has been allocated to Rajasthan of which, Rs 7.74 crore has been released. Together with an opening balance of Rs. 10.37 crore as on 1/4/2012, the total available funds with Rajasthan during the current financial year for WQMS is Rs. 18.11 crore.

Under NRDWP-WQMS component, all States have been advised to set up at least one district level water quality testing laboratory and also set up sub-divisional drinking water quality testing laboratories where required using NRDWP-WQMS funds so that testing of quality of drinking water sources is done periodically Tags: Drinking Water Quality Permalink Leave a comment Toilet Facilities in Rural Areas of the Country Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Rural Development

Rate This

As per the Joint Monitoring Programme (JMP) Report, published by World Health Organization (WHO) and United Nations Childrens Fund (UNICEF), the sanitation coverage in rural areas of the country is 33% approximately as of the year 2010. Census 2011 also reported sanitation coverage of 32.67% in the rural areas.

To eliminate the practice of open defecation, to promote the use of toilets and to accelerate the progress of sanitation in rural areas of country, Government of India took the major initiative and has designed a paradigm shift in Total Sanitation Campaign (TSC) which is now called the Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan (NBA), in the XIIth Five Year Plan. The objective of NBA is to achieve sustainable behavior change with provision of sanitary facilities in entire communities in a phased, saturation mode with Nirmal Grams as outcomes. The new strategy is to transform rural India into Nirmal Bharat by adopting community saturation approach.

Under NBA, the provision of enhanced incentive for individual household latrine units has been made and the same has been widened to cover all APL households who belong to SCs, STs, small and marginal farmers, landless labourers with homesteads, physically challenged and women headed households along-with all BPL households w.e.f 01.04.2012.

Government of India has instructed the States/UTs to conduct fresh baseline surveys and to submit revised Project Implementation Plans (PIPs) for their state based on modified provisions of Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan. Apart from this, States/UTs have been asked to include in the baseline survey the details of dysfunctional toilets also.

NIRMAL BHARAT Tags: Toilet Facilities in Rural Areas of the Country Permalink Leave a comment Justice Mukul Mudgal Committee Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Committes and Commissions

1 Vote

The Union Sports Ministry on 6 April 2011 formed a committee, headed by Justice Mukul Mudgal, retired Chief Justice of the High Court of Punjab and Haryana to fine-tune the draft National Sports Development Bill. The committee will also include badminton legend Prakash Padukone and former sprinter Ashwini Nachappa, who is also the Vice-President of Cleansports India. The panel will also have on board Jhanja Tripathi, Secretary and Executive Director, Railway Sports Promotion Board, who was formerly with the Sports Authority of India (SAI) and a representative of the Indian Olympic Association (IOA) to be nominated by the IOA president and the Joint Secretary (Sports) of the Ministry of Youth Affairs and Sports.

The terms of reference of the Working Group shall be as follows:

(a) To examine the existing draft Bill from both sports governance and legal angles and fine-tune/revise the same with the purpose of making it more precise and succinct.

(b) To recommend draft model rules to be framed under the Bill.

(c) To examine the requirement for a separate model Sports Development Bill for enactment by the States.

(d) To examine the possibility of constituting separate bodies like a Sports Election Commission, a Dispute Resolution Tribunal and an Ethics Committee and suggest their power functions constitution and funding provisions etc.

(e) To make specific recommendations on preparation of Electoral College and streamlining of State/District bodies.

(f) To make any other recommendations, as deemed fit. Tags: Justice Mukul Mudgal Committee Permalink Leave a comment Installation of Weather Radar Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Space (India)

2 Votes

As a C-Band Doppler Weather Radar (DWR) has been commissioned on 19th December, 2011 and is functional since then.

overnment of India through Earth System Science Organization (ESSO)-IMD has operationalized its location specific now casting weather service across the country including the web based inputs. Under this service activity, that covers 117 urban centres currently on experimental basis, now cast of severe weather (Thunderstorms; heavy rainfall from lows/depressions over the land) in 3-6h range is issued. Origin, development/movement of severe weather phenomena are regularly monitored through DWRS and with all available other observing systems (Automatic Weather Stations-AWSs; Automatic Rain Gauges-ARGs; Automatic Weather Observing Systems-AWOS; satellite derived wind vectors, temperature, moisture fields etc.) are assimilated to generate predictions (prepared both in text as well as in graphical form) on 3h time range. Web GIS rendering of the now cast products is implemented for enhanced spatial representation of the severe weather intensities associated with warnings.

For the farming community, however, district scale integrated agro-meteorological advisory service that disseminates crop-specific advisories through SMS, IVRS, vernacular visual/print media channels is already functional with twice weekly mode of advisory dissemination mechanism.

As of now, 17 S/C-Band DWRs are commissioned at Chennai, Sriharikota, Machilipatnam, Visakhapatnam, Kolkata, Mumbai, Bhuj, Hyderabad, Nagpur, Patiala, Delhi Palam, Lucknow, Patna, Mohanbari, Agartala, Delhi Lodi Road and Jaipur. DWR at Bhopal is under commissioning. In a phased manner, the expansion of the DWR network to cover the whole country needs to be taken up as sustenance of such country wide networks demands augmentation of massive infrastructure (land/office/line of sight elevated tower), support service systems (power/cooling/ water/spares & services/ operating frequency clearance/security clearance, manpower etc.) across various states/UTs. Tags: Installation of Weather Radar Permalink Leave a comment Brain Drain to Brain Gain Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in NRI

Rate This

Ministry of Science and Technology is implementing several initiatives, including fellowships, to attract Indian scientists who have settled in various parts of the world for pursuing scientific research in India in their respective field of expertise as well as in home country research programs.

Details are as follows:

A. The Department of Science and Technology (DST) has been implementing two schemes to encourage researchers and scientists working abroad to find work opportunities in India:

(i) Ramanujan Fellowships to attract brilliant scientists and engineers from all over the world to take up scientific research positions in India. The Ramanujan Fellows can work in any of the scientific institutions and universities in the country and they are eligible for receiving regular research grants through the extramural funding schemes of various S&T agencies of the Government of India. The duration of Ramanujan Fellowship is five years. The value of the fellowship is Rs.75,000/- per month for five years. Each Fellow, in addition, receives a Research Grant of Rs.5.00 lakh per annum. Since inception, 184 Indian origin scientists working abroad have been offered this Fellowship.

(ii) Innovation in Science Pursuit for Inspired Research (INSPIRE) Faculty Award under Assured Opportunity for Research Careers (AORC) scheme initiated during the year 2011-12, provides opportunity to the scientists within 32 years of age and who have completed their doctoral research from any recognized university/ academic institution in the world. Each INSPIRE Faculty Awardee receives a consolidated amount equivalent to the scale of the Assistant Professor of an IIT as Fellowship amount with Rs.7 lakh per year as Research Grant for 5 years. Since inception, 33 candidates of Indian origin including NRIs having PhD degrees have been selected for award so far.

B. The Department of Biotechnology (DBT) has been implementing three schemes to encourage researchers and scientists working abroad to find work opportunities in India:

(i) Wellcome-DBT India Alliance: Biomedical Research Fellowship Career Programme: DBT has entered into an alliance with Wellcome Trust (WT) to launch a three-tier fellowship programme on biomedical research at post-doctoral level. The programme has been established since September 2009 and functions as the Wellcome-Trust DBT Indian Alliance. The Department of Biotechnology and the Wellcome Trust each have committed Pounds Sterling 8 million per year, for a period of ten years. The fellowship funding programme is established to attract a strong cohort of qualified scientists working abroad to seek career opportunities in India. So far 64 fellowship awards have been granted of which 30 have been from the best overseas laboratories and are now located at various Indian institutes.

(ii) Ramalingaswamy Re-entry Fellowship: The scheme was initiated in 2006 by DBT for Indian scientists who are working in overseas institutions/universities and would like to return to :2: India to pursue their research interests. The fellowship is given for a period of five years initially and could also be considered for another term based on a fresh appraisal depending upon the progress made. Under the scheme each awardee receives a fellowship amount of Rs 75,000 per month (consolidated), House Rent Allowance Rs 7,500 pm and research/ contingency grant of Rs 5.00 lakhs per year. From this year onwards (2012-13) the research/contingency grant has been increased from Rs 5.00 lakhs to Rs 10.00 lakhs for first year, Rs 7.5 lakhs for 2nd year and Rs 5.00 lakhs third year. So far 147 scientists have been selected in the last five batches and 102 fellows from overseas laboratories have been relocated to various Indian host institutes. This year (2012-13) 136 applications has been received and are being reviewed for section of up to 50 candidates.

(iii)Young Investigator Meet (YIM): It is organized every year in India and overseas to create awareness amongst scientists working in overseas laboratories of the various job opportunities available in India. So far in the past 4 years, 45 YIM attendees have secured faculty positions at various labs in India, 20 of these have been awarded different Indian fellowships i.e., DBT-Wellcome Trust, Ramanujan Fellowship, Ramalingaswami Re-entry Fellowships.

C. The Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) has conceptualized and made operational a scheme to attract scientists/technologists of Indian origin (STIOs), who are given a designation of Outstanding Scientists, STIO. They are appointed at an identified CSIR laboratory so as to nurture a research field in their area of expertise.

Government is focusing on devising more opportunities for making fullest use of Indian scientific talent to work in Indian academia & scientific research institutions and laboratories. The Department of Biotechnology has started three major new science

clusters in the National Capital Region (NCR), Mohali and Bangalore; and have expanded its institutional and other programs to provide excellent opportunities and working environment to attract he best Indian scientists working abroad to work in India. Tags: Brain Drain to Brain Gain Permalink 1 Comment National Internet Registry Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 8, 2013 in Information and Communication Technology - ICT

Rate This

Ministry for Communications and Information Technology launched the portal of National Internet Registry (NIR). The internet is an exceptionally powerful tool and nothing in this country should be done to emasculate the medium.

National internet Registry (NIR) is an entity which coordinates the allocation of Internet Protocol addresses with other Internet resource management function at a national level in the country. NIXI was recognized by APNIC in March 2012 to become the NIR for the country after successful demo of the indigenous software and systems developed for the allocation and management of Internet resources.

NIR functions under the overall umbrella of Regional Internet Registry(RIR) which is Asia Pacific Network Information Centre (APNIC) based in Brisbane, Australia. The NIR has been named as Indian Registry for Internet Names and Numbers (IRINN). Collective efforts of NIXI and ISPAI have led to the formation of IRINN in the country. It is a major milestone towards setting up of Critical Internet Resource management function in the country. Setting up of NIR under NIXI will not only reduce cost in procuring IP address but will also facilitate faster access to information for cyber crime investigators and Government authorities.

Creation of NIR will help encourage/promote activities related to research, education and training covering the areas of Internet Resources and its proliferation. NIXI is a not for profit organization set up under section 25 of the companies Act 1956 for peering of Internet Service Providers (ISPs) to the NIXI node for the purpose of routing the domestic traffic within the country. NIXI also operates the .IN Registry for managing the .IN Country Code Top Level Domains (ccTLDs). Asia Pacific Network Information Centre (APNIC) is a regional Internet registry which coordinates the Internet Protocol address allocations and other Internet resource management is the Asia-Pacific region. Tags: National Internet Registry Permalink Leave a comment Orphan Children Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 3, 2013 in Women and Child Development

1 Vote

Homes for children in need of care and protection can be set up under the Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Act, 2000 [JJ Act]. The Ministry of Women and Child Development is providing financial assistance, under the Integrated Child Protection Scheme (ICPS), to State Governments/UT Administrations for setting up and maintenance of Homes and Specialized Adoption Agencies (SAAs) under the JJ Act. The number of Government run Homes, including Childrens Home and Specialized Adoption Agencies (SAAs) assisted under ICPS is 586 and 72, respectively. The numbers of children benefitted under these Homes are 28,724 and 750, respectively.

The JJ Act is the primary law to deal with the children in need of care and protection. Section 34 (3) of the JJ Act mandates registration of all Child Care Institutes (CCIs) housing children in need of care and protection with the intent of enforcing minimum standards of care, under the Act and Rules, thereunder, for the services provided for children in these Homes. The JJ Act and Central Model Rules, thereunder, provide for mechanisms for stringent monitoring of quality of services through Child Welfare Committees (CWCs) and Inspection Committees set up by the State Government at State, district and city levels. Further, the Rules provide for setting up of Childrens Committees in every institution which are, inter-alia, also encouraged to report incidents of abuse and exploitation, if any. Besides, Rule 60 of the Model Rules framed under the JJ Act also prescribes comprehensive measures to respond in case any kind of abuse, including sexual abuse, neglect and maltreatment is noticed in the CCI.

Section 44 of the JJ Act requires the State Government/UT Administrations to provide services for after care programmes for taking care of children, for a period of three years, after they leave Homes to enable them to lead an honest, industrious and useful life. The Ministry of Women and Child Development is implementing a Centrally Sponsored Scheme, namely, ICPS, under which financial assistance is provided to State Governments/UT Administrations, inter-alia for after care services for such children to help sustain them during the transition from institutional to independent life. The services include housing facilities, vocational training, help to gain employment, counseling and stipend etc. Tags: Orphan Children Permalink Leave a comment 2012 Global Hunger Index (GHI)

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on March 3, 2013 in Reports and Index

Rate This

The 2012 Global Hunger Index (GHI) reportthe seventh in an annual seriespresents a multidimensional measure of global, regional, and national hunger. It shows that progress in reducing the proportion of hungry people in the world has been tragically slow. According to the index, hunger on a global scale remains serious. The 2012 GHI report also focuses particularly on how to ensure sustainable food security under conditions of land, water, and energy stress. The stark reality is that the world needs to produce more food with fewer resources, while eliminating wasteful practices and policies.

In the coming decades food security will be increasingly challenged by land, water, and energy scarcity. To improve poor peoples nutrition and food security in this environment, we will need to make a diverse range of foods more available and accessible, identify and address wasteful practices and policies, and ensure that local communities have greater control over and access to productive resources. In other words, we need to build a sustainable world, where the degradation of ecosystems is halted or reversed and all people have access to food, clean water, and modern energy and are empowered to use them for their own well-being.

India

The report Global Hunger Index (GHI) 2012 by the International Food Policy Research Institute (IFPRI) is based on three equally weighted indicators, namely undernourishment (proportion of undernourished

people as percentage of population), child underweight and child mortality. This report mentions that India has lagged behind in improving its GHI score despite strong economic growth along with the statement that GHI data is based partly on outdated data.

The approach in dealing with the nutrition challenges has been two pronged: First is the Multi-sectoral approach for accelerated action on the determinants of malnutrition in targeting nutrition in schemes/ programmes of all the sectors. The second approach is the direct and specific interventions targeted towards the vulnerable groups such as children below 6 years, adolescent girls, pregnant and lactating mothers.

The Government has accorded high priority to the issue of malnutrition especially among children and women including young girls and is implementing several schemes/programmes through State Governments/UT Administrations. The schemes/programmes include the Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS), National Rural Health Mission (NRHM), Mid-Day Meal Scheme, Rajiv Gandhi Scheme for Empowerment of Adolescent Girls (RGSEAG) namely SABLA, Indira Gandhi Matritva SahyogYojna (IGMSY) as direct targeted interventions. Besides, indirect multi-sectoral interventions include Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS), National Horticulture Mission, National Food Security Mission, Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme (MGNREGS), Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan, National Rural Drinking Water Programme etc. All these schemes have potential to address one or other aspect of Nutrition. Tags: 2012 Global Hunger Index (GHI) Permalink Leave a comment Highlights of Economic Survey for 2012-13: Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 28, 2013 in Economics

Rate This

GROWTH, INFLATION:

Indian economy likely to grow 6.1-6.7 percent in FY14 WPI inflation may decline to 6.2-6.6 percent in March Growth downturn more or less over, economy looking up WPI inflation is expected to continue the moderating trend Inflation expectation seen anchored around current target Diesel price hike to put upward pressure on inflation Rise in onion prices to put upward pressure on inflation Food inflation mainly driven by cereal prices this year Rate cuts in advanced nations may pose risk to inflation WPI inflation has remained muted in FY13 Apr-Dec WPI average inflation 7.55 percent Non-food non-manufacturing inflation remains high Core inflation down on RBI action and fall in global prices Lower interest rates to give fillip to investments Industry growth still vulnerable to local, global factors Revival of investment in industry, infra key challenge Lower industrial growth due to sluggish investments

FISCAL HEALTH:

 FY13 fisc situation shows sharp improvement over FY12 Need to stay on path of indicated fiscal consolidation FY13 tax mop-up growth significantly lower than Budget aim Medium term fiscal consolidation plan credible Fiscal consolidation key to higher growth, lower inflation Oil subsidy key fiscal risk; need to address it Need to up diesel, LPG prices in line with global rates Need to accord priority to food subsidy Concerns that food security bill may push up subsidy Tax mop-up slippage can be lowered with additional efforts Controlling subsidy expenditure crucial Need to cut subsidy via better targeting, reducing leakage Direct cash transfer to cut leakage in subsidies

REFORMS:

Econ slowdown a wake up call for stepping up reforms Recent government policy steps buoyed business sentiment Recent government steps to help improve Indian econ outlook FY14

EXTERNAL SECTOR:

Widening trade, current account gaps matter of concern Current acct gap reduction must focus on curbing imports Need to curb gold imports to cut current acct deficit

 Room to increase exports limited in short-run Must monitor overseas borrow to limit unhedged FX exposure

MISCELLANEOUS:

FDI in retail to pave way for investment in technology. Tags: highlights of Economic Survey for 2012-13: Permalink Leave a comment Agriculture Does Well in Output Growth Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 28, 2013 in Agriculture

2 Votes

Food grains production in India has shown remarkable improvement in recent years. The production of food grains in 2011-12 was at a record high of 259.32 million tones. Nevertheless the XIth Five Year Plan (2007-12) witnessed an average annual growth of 3.6% in GDP from agriculture and allied sector against a target of 4 per cent realized agriculture growth has been higher than the average annual growth achieved during the IXth and Xth Plans despite drought and deficient monsoon conditions.

The Survey finds that despite an all time high total food grain production during 2011-12, the production of 2012-13 kharif crops is likely to be adversely affected by deficiencies in south west monsoon and the resultant acreage losses. Output is expected to decline in all major crops. However, yield levels significantly improved for cotton, pulses and coarse cereals during 2000-2012.

The Survey noted that as a result of central sector schemes for development and strengthening of infrastructure facilities for seeds, there is an increased availability of certified quality seeds from 140.5 lakh quintals in 2005-06 to 328.6 lakh quintals in 2012-13. In hilly /remote areas of North Eastern States, a Transport Subsidy on Movement of Seeds Schemes is in operation whereby grants-in-aid of Rs, 12.6 crores was to be reimbursed. The Government has notified the new investment policy of 2012 in the urea sector which will lead to increase in indigenous capacity and reduction in imports. India has made considerable progress in developing irrigation infrastructure. However, irrigation efficiency is low for both surface and ground water.

The live stock sector achieved an average growth rate of 4.8 per cent during XIth Plan. In 2011-12 the production of milk was estimated at 127.9 million tonnes, eggs at 66.45 billion, wool at 44.73 million Kg and meat at 5.51 million tonnes. A new scheme called National Dairy Plan Phase-I has been launched in March, 2012 with the objectives of improving productivity of milch animals. Poultry Venture Capital Fund Scheme is being implemented in capital subsidy mode since 1st April, 2011. Production of fish, both marine and inland has gone up from 5.6 million tonnes in 2000-01, to 8.7 million tonnes in 201112.

The Government continues to provide large and growing amount of subsidy on food grains for distribution under the TPDS, other nutrition based welfare schemes and open market operations. India has improved its position in agriculture and food exports to 10th globally. Exports of agriculture and allied products during 2011-12 accounted for 9.08 % of Indias total exports against 6.9% during 201011. The Standing Committee on Food, Consumer Affairs and Public distribution has submitted its report on the National Food Security Bill to the Speaker Lok Sabha on 17th January, 2013 which is being processed in consultation with concerned Ministries and States/ UTs.

Of the various challenges that the agriculture faces, the Survey finds that the country faces the stiff challenge of feeding its growing population. According to the Survey, the country will have to invest heavily in farm research, rural infrastructure, provide better access to high value markets better credit facility and input use. Wide Yield gaps among various crops exists across the country which needs to be bridged by adopting technological and policy interventions. There are also challenges to maximize agriculture income while adopting more sustainable agriculture strategy. The current crop insurance

system also needs to be further refined. A thrust on Horticulture products and protein-rich items is required for enhancing per capita availability of food items as well as ensuring nutritional security. Tags: Agriculture Does Well in Output Growth Permalink Leave a comment India-Russia Joint Space Research Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 27, 2013 in Space (India)

Rate This

India and Russia pursue joint programmes are in a few areas of space research. Currently, the cooperation is pursued on realisation of Chandrayaan-2 satellite for joint moon exploration.

There is no transfer of space technology envisaged under this agreement.

Indian Space Research organisation (ISRO) and Federal Space Agency of Russia (ROSCOSMOS) have entered into a co-operative agreement in November 2007, for carrying out joint moon exploration. This programme is called Chandrayaan-2 and it will have the moon orbiter, lander and rover module. As per the agreement, India will be responsible for developing a moon orbiter and rover module, whereas Russia will be responsible for developing the moon lander module. Chandrayaan-2 will be launched using ISROs Geo-synchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle.

For the Chandrayaan-2 programme, several rounds of discussions and exchange of technical data have taken place between Indian and Russian sides primarily to finalise on the various interfaces and mission related operations.

In May 2012, ROSCOSMOS has indicated a major programmatic change in Joint Moon Exploration. Currently the discussions are underway between ISRO and ROSCOSMOS on the way forward.

As this is the first time India will be undertaking a moon lander-rover mission, it is likely to provide insight into the development of moon lander and its operations, in addition to generating tremendous amount of data for the scientific community. The mission will also enthuse the younger generation in taking up space science as their future career. Tags: India-Russia Joint Space Research Permalink Leave a comment Recommendations from UPSC Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 27, 2013 in Governance

1 Vote

No request was received from the Union Public Service Commission (UPSC) regarding delinking of schedule languages from its scheme of examination. However, Department of Personnel & Training (DOPT) had forwarded to this Ministry for comments, the recommendations of the High Level Standing Committee which had been appointed by the Union Public Service Commission (UPSC) in July, 2009 to

examine the modalities for implementing the recommendations of the Parliamentary Resolution of 1968. According to the Resolution, languages included in the Eighth Schedule to the Constitution and English shall be permitted as alternative media for the All India and higher Central Services examination after ascertaining the views of Union Public Service Commission (UPSC) on the future scheme of the examinations, the procedural aspects and the timing etc.

The recommendations of the said Committee are enclosed in Annexure. The Ministry of Home Affairs had agreed with the recommendations.

Recommendations of the High Level Committee appointed by the Union Public Service Commission

(i) The language adopted by the UPSC for conducting its examination should be based on their growth in the higher educational system and the inclusion of a language in the Eighth Schedule should not be the only basis for its adoption by the UPSC in its All India and Higher Central Services Examinations.

(ii) All candidates should have the option to write Civil Services Examination either in Hindi or English.

(iii) The candidates in the Civil Services Examination should be allowed to write their papers (other than the Indian Language and English Compulsory Papers) in any of the languages included in the Eighth Schedule to the Constitution provided the candidate has had her/his graduation in that particular language medium of examination.

(iv) In the interest of maintaining the equality and standards of examination conducted by UPSC, a minimum number of 25 (twenty five) candidates will be required for conducting examination in any one language.

(v) Considering the dynamics of growth of languages in the higher education system, UPSC may review the above policy after a gap of three years. Tags: Recommendations from UPSC Permalink Leave a comment

Crop Development Schemes for Promoting Productivity of Field Crops Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 26, 2013 in Agriculture

Rate This

The Government of India is implementing various Crop Development Schemes through State Governments like National Food Security Mission (NFSM), Integrated Scheme on Oilseeds, Pulses, Oil palm and Maize (ISOPOM), Technology Mission on Cotton(TMC), Jute Technology Mission(JTM), Integrated Cereals Development Programme (ICDP) for Rice/Wheat/Coarse Cereals and Sustainable Development of Sugarcane Based Cropping Systems Areas (SUBACS), etc. under Macro Management of Agriculture(MMA), Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana (RKVY) including its sub-schemes i.e. Bringing Green Revolution to Eastern India (BGREI), Initiative for Nutritional Security through Intensive Millets Promotion (INSIMP), etc. during 11th Five Year Plan and in 2012-13 the first year of the 12th Five Year Plan for increasing production and productivity of field crops through the use of improved crop production technologies. Tags: Crop Development Schemes for Promoting Productivity of Field Crops Permalink Leave a comment Vegetable Initiative for Urban Cluster (VLUC) for Holistic Development of Horticulture Scheme Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 26, 2013 in Agriculture

Rate This

The Government of India has launched a scheme on Vegetables Initiative for Urban Clusters (VIUC) within the overall Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana (RKVY) Scheme. It has also launched the National Horticulture Mission (NHM) for holistic development of horticulture sector. Under NHM, financial assistance is provided for taking up various activities relating to horticulture crops including onion.

In order to facilitate the farmers to sell their produce to direct consumers with a view to reduce intermediations, marketing costs and to improve farmers share in the consumer price, several States have promoted farmers-consumers markets. These include Apni Mandi in Punjab & Haryana, Kissan Mandi in Rajasthan, Rythu Bazar in Andhra Pradesh, Uzhavar Sandai in Tamilnadu, Shetkari Bazar in Maharashtra, Raithara Santhe in Karnataka and Krushak Bazar in Orissa. These markets are beneficial to both farmers and consumers.

Prices of vegetables are mainly governed by the market forces of demand and supply, cost of transportation, cost of storage and rising demand due to increasing incomes, urbanization etc. In case of onion, the untimely rains in different onion growing areas, which has affected the crop and its supply chain, has contributed to sharp increase in its prices.

Monthly Wholesale Price Index (WPI) (Base Year 2004-05=100) for vegetables for the period January, 2012 to January, 2013 indicates that the WPI of vegetables started rising from January, 2012 itself to June, 2012. Thereafter the WPI of vegetables have shown a declining trend upto January, 2013 with marginal fluctuation in the month of October and November, 2012 Tags: Vegetable Initiative for Urban Cluster (VLUC) for Holistic Development of Horticulture Scheme Permalink Leave a comment Promoting Balanced and Judicious Use of Fertilisers for Improving Soil Health

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 26, 2013 in Agriculture

Rate This

The Government of India is implementing National Project on Management of Soil Health & Fertility to promote soil test based balanced and judicious use of fertilizers for improving soil health and its fertility through setting up / strengthening soil testing laboratories, trainings and field demonstrations on balanced use of fertilizers. However, there is no scientific evidence of declining soil quality with judicious use of chemical fertilizers yet indiscriminate and imbalance use of fertilizers or pesticides coupled with low addition of organic matter over years may result into multi-nutrient deficiencies.

In order to promote organic / ecological farming, the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) has developed technology preparation of enriched / vermin-compost from various rural and urban wastes. Besides, improved and efficient strains of bio-fertilizers specific to different crops and soil types are being developed under Network project on biofertilizers. The ICAR also imparts training, organizes Front Line Demonstrations etc. to educate farmers on these aspects. The ICAR, is also implementing a Network Project on Organic Farming with 13 co-operating centres, spread over 12 States.

Apart from this, M/s. Greenpeace India launched Living Soils Campaign nationwide to bring out grass root level realities concerning soil health and soil fertility management policies of the Central Government to save soils from the harmful impacts of chemical fertilizers. Greenpeace has been making the following suggestions:-

i) Create an alternate subsidy system that promotes ecological farming and use of organic soil amendments.

ii) Shift the irrational subsidy policy for synthetic fertilizers to sustainable ecological practices in agriculture.

iii) Re-focus scientific research on ecological alternatives, to identify agro-ecological practices that ensure future food security under the changing climate. Tags: Promoting Balanced and Judicious Use of Fertilisers for Improving Soil Health Permalink Leave a comment Promoting Organic Farming through NPOF, NHM and RKVY Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 26, 2013 in Agriculture

3 Votes

The Government of India is promoting organic farming in various parts of the country including Bihar through various schemes like National Project on Organic Farming (NPOF), National Horticulture Mission (NHM) and Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojna (RKVY). It is already supporting financial assistance under National Horticulture Mission (NHM) for setting up of vermi-compost units @ 50% of the cost subject to a maximum of Rs. 30,000/- per beneficiary. Funds are also provided @ 50% of the cost subject to maximum of Rs. 10,000/- per hectare for a maximum area of 4 hectare per beneficiary for adoption of organic farming.

Similar norms of assistance are applicable for assistance given under Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojna (RKVY). Under NPOF scheme, financial assistance is provided for setting up of organic inputs production units as credit linked back-ended subsidy to the tune of 33% restricted to Rs. 60.00 lakh for setting up of Fruit/Vegetable market Waste / Agro-waste compost units and 25% restricted to Rs 40.00 lakh for setting up of Bio-fertilisers production units / Bio-pesticides production units. Beside this, a farmers group centric low-cost certification system, Participatory Guarantee System (PGS-India) an alternative of 3rd party certification system has been launched during 2011-12 to increase the area under organic farming. Tags: NHM and RKVY, Promoting Organic Farming through NPOF Permalink Leave a comment Super-Jupiter Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 26, 2013 in Space (World)

1 Vote

Astronomers using infrared data from the Subaru Telescope in Hawaii have discovered a super-Jupiter around the bright star Kappa Andromedae, which now holds the record for the most massive star known to host a directly imaged planet or lightweight brown dwarf companion.

Designated Kappa Andromedae b (Kappa And b, for shoart), the new object has a mass about 12.8 times greater than Jupiters. This places it teetering on the dividing line that separates the most massive planets from the lowest-mass brown dwarfs. That ambiguity is one of the objects charms, say researchers, who call it a super-Jupiter to embrace both possibilities.

According to conventional models of planetary formation, Kappa And b falls just shy of being able to generate energy by fusion, at which point it would be considered a brown dwarf rather than a planet, said Michael McElwain, a member of the discovery team at NASAs Goddard Space Flight Center in Greenbelt, Md. But this isnt definitive, and other considerations could nudge the object across the line into brown dwarf territory. Massive planets slowly radiate the heat leftover from their own formation. For example, the planet Jupiter emits about twice the energy it receives from the sun. But if the object is massive enough, its able to produce energy internally by fusing a heavy form of hydrogen called deuterium. (Stars like the sun, on the other hand, produce energy through a similar process that fuses the lighter and much more common form of hydrogen.) The theoretical mass where deuterium fusion can occur about 13 Jupiters marks the lowest possible mass for a brown dwarf.

Kappa And b, the previously imaged planets around HR 8799 and Beta Pictoris, and the most massive planets discovered by non-imaging techniques likely all represent a class of object that formed in much the same way as lower-mass exoplanets, said lead researcher Joseph Carson, an astronomer at the College of Charleston, S.C., and the Max Planck Institute for Astronomy in Heidelberg, Germany.

The discovery of Kappa And b also allows astronomers to explore another theoretical limit. Astronomers have argued that large stars likely produce large planets, but experts predict that this stellar scaling can only extend so far, perhaps to stars with just a few times the suns mass. The more massive a young star is, the brighter and hotter it becomes, resulting in powerful radiation that could disrupt the formation of planets within a circumstellar disk of gas and dust.

This object demonstrates that stars as large as Kappa And, with 2.5 times the suns mass, remain fully capable of producing planets, Tags: Super-Jupiter Permalink Leave a comment Universal Free Health Coverage Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 25, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

2 Votes

The Twelfth Plan strategy seeks to strengthen initiatives taken in the Eleventh Plan to expand the reach of health care and work towards the long term objective of establishing a system of Universal Health Coverage (UHC) in the country. The Plan envisages substantial expansion and strengthening of the public health systems both in rural and urban areas, with robust provision of primary health care.

Several of the on-going initiatives like Reproductive and Child Health, Control of Communicable and Non-communicable Diseases, have the features of universal coverage through public health facilities for the target population, which encompass the following:

Free Maternal Health Services, which include antenatal check up including free investigations and Iron-Folic Acid (IFA) supplementation, post-natal care, safe abortion services and Reproductive Tract Infection (RTI)/ Sexually Transmitted Infections (STI) services including investigations and treatment. Recent initiatives such as Janani Shishu Suraksha Karyakaram (JSSK) guarantees free and no expense delivery including c-section in public health facilities, entitlements include free to and fro transport, free drugs, consumables, diagnostics, blood and diet and similar guarantees for sick neonates.

Free Child Health Services which include home based new born care, facility based new born care, Nutritional rehabilitation, Diarrhea management including free Oral Rehydration Solution (ORS) and Zinc, pneumonia management including antibiotics. New Initiatives like Rashtriya Bal Swasthya Karyakram seeks to provide child health screening and early intervention services

Universal Immunization Programme which guarantees free vaccination of children against 7 diseases, free vaccination (TT) to pregnant women.

 Adolescent Health Services which include adolescent friendly services through Adolescent Reproductive and Sexual Health (ARSH) Clinics, Weekly Iron-Folic Acid Supplementation with deworming (WIFS).

Family planning activities, which include free services including providing information, supply of contraceptives and other family planning interventions.

Control of Communicable diseases, which include free investigation and treatment for Malaria, Kalaazar, filarial, Dengue, Japanese Encephalitis and Chikungunya, Tuberculosis and Leprosy etc.

Control of Non-communicable diseases, which include free cataract surgery for blindness control, free cornea transplant, glaucoma/diabetic retinopathy, free spectacles to children.

For these schemes, guidelines have been developed and shared with the States and the Schemes are operational. These are important steps towards achieving UHC which is an incremental process, linked to availability of adequate financial resources Tags: Universal Free Health Coverage Permalink Leave a comment Restructured and Strengthened ICDS Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 25, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

In order to address various programmatic, management and institutional gaps and to meet administrative and operational challenges that had crept the ICDS over the years, Government approved the proposal for Strengthening and Restructuring of ICDS Scheme with an over-all budget allocation of Rs. 1,23,580 crore during 12th Five Year Plan. The Administrative Approvals in this regard have since been issued to the States/UTs.

The key features of Strengthened and Restructured ICDS inter-alia include addressing the gaps and challenges with

(a) special focus on children under 3 years and pregnant and lactating mothers;

(b) strengthening and repackaging of services including , care and nutrition counseling services and care of severely underweight children;

(c) a provision for an additional Anganwadi Worker cum Nutrition Counselor for focus on children under 3 years of age and to improve the family contact, care and nutrition counseling for P&L Mothers in the selected 200 high-burden districts across the country, besides having provision of link worker, 5% Anganwadi cum crche centre;

(d) focus on Early Childhood Care and Education (ECCE);

(e) forging strong institutional and programmatic convergence particularly, at the district, block and village levels;

(f) introduction of Annual Programme Implementation Plan (APIP);

(g) improving Supplementary Nutrition Programme including cost revision;

(h) provision for construction and improvement of buildings of Anganwadi centres;

(i) allocating adequate financial resources for other components including Monitoring and Management and Information System (MIS) Training and use of Information and communication technology (ICT);

(j) to put ICDS in a mission mode etc., and

(k) revision of some financial norms etc. Tags: Restructured and Strengthened ICDS Permalink Leave a comment Bio-initiative 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 25, 2013 in Information and Communication Technology ICT

3 Votes

Bio-initiative 2012 report has summarized about 1800 new studies under twenty four technical chapters. Overall, these new studies reported abnormal gene transcription; genotoxicity and single and double strand DNA damage; stress proteins because of the fractal RF-antenna like nature of DNA; chromatin condensation and loss of DNA repair capacity in human stem cells; reduction in free radical scavengers particularly melatonin; neurotoxicity in humans and animals; carcinogenicity in humans; serious impacts on human and animal sperm morphology and function; effects on the fetus, neonate and offspring; effects on brain and cranial bone development in the offspring of animals that are exposed to cell phone radiation during pregnancy; and findings in autism spectrum disorders consistent with Electromagnetic Fields (EMF) / Radio Frequency Radiation (RFR) exposure.

However, Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR), on critical examination of the Bio-initiative 2012 Report, has observed that the report is not based on multi disciplinary weight of evidence method leads to a scientifically sound judgment & objective and there is no balanced reflection of the current state of scientific knowledge. However, the evidence given in the report cannot be ignored and hence, need further investigation in this area.

In respect of Base Transmitting Station (BTS), norms for exposure limit for the Radio Frequency Field (Base Station Emissions) has been reduced to 1/10th of the limits prescribed by International Commission on Non Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) with effect from 01.09.2012.

Strict monitoring and enforcement of revised radiation norms has been initiated by DoT. In 83 cases, where the Base Station Emissions were found to be more than the prescribed norms, corrective actions have been taken immediately.

In respect of Mobile Handsets, the following directions have been issued by Department of Telecommunications (DoT) regarding Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) values:

(i) SAR level for mobile handsets is limited to 1.6 Watt/Kg, average over a mass of 1 gram of human tissue.

(ii) All the new design of mobile handsets shall comply with the SAR value of 1.6 Watt/Kg averaged over a mass of 1 gram tissue with effect from 1st September, 2012. However, the mobile handsets with existing designs, which are compliant with 2.0 Watt/Kg averaged over a mass of 10 gram tissue, may continue to co-exist upto 31st August 2013.

(iii) From 1st September 2013, only the mobile handsets with revised SAR value of 1.6 Watt/Kg are permitted to be manufactured or imported in India for domestic market.

With the above measures, India now has one of the most stringent EMF exposure norms in the world.

Further, Department of Science & Technology (DST) has constituted a committee on 01.10.2012, under the Chairmanship of Dr. N.K. Ganguly, Former Director General (ICMR), having representative from IIT Chennai, Indian Institute of Toxicology Research, Lucknow, Department of Telecommunications, Ministry of Environment & Forest, ICMR and DST to examine the harmful effects from Cell towers on the population living in the vicinity and for developing the frame of reference for calling out request for proposals for scientific assessment of health hazards and adverse impact on ecology.

Apart from above, a Complaint Handling System for Electro Magnetic Field (EMF) Radiation from Mobile Towers has been launched by DoT on 4th October 2012 in Mumbai. Initially, this facility has been started for the residents of Mumbai. The online complaint facility is available on DoT website http://www.dot.gov.in through a link Public Grievance EMF Radiation

What is Bio Intiative ?

WHAT IS IT: A report by 29 independent scientists and health experts from around the world about possible risks from wireless technologies and electromagnetic fields.

WHAT IT COVERS: The science, public health, public policy and global response to the growing health issue of chronic exposure to electromagnetic fields and radiofrequency radiation in the daily life of billions of people around the world. Covers brain tumor risks from cell phones, damage to DNA and

genes, effects on memory, learning, behavior, attention; sleep disruption and cancer and neurological diseases like Alzheimers disease. Effects on sperm and miscarriage (fertility and reproduction), effects of wireless on the brain development of the fetus and infant, and effects of wireless classrooms on children and adolescents is addressed. Mechanisms for biological action and public health responses in other countries are discussed. Therapeutic use of very low intensity EMF and RFR are addressed.

WHAT IS NEW: This update covers about 1800 new studies reporting bioeffects and adverse health effects of electromagnetic fields (powerlines, electrical wiring, appliances and hand-held devices) and wireless technologies (cell and cordless phones, cell towers, WI-FI, wireless laptops, wireless routers, baby monitors, surveillance systems, wireless utility meters (smart meters), etc.

*The BioInitiative 2012 Report has been prepared by 29 authors from ten countries*, ten holding medical degrees (MDs), 21 PhDs, and three MsC, MA or MPHs. Among the authors are three former presidents of the Bioelectromagnetics Society, and five full members of BEMS. One distinguished author is the Chair of the Russian National Committee on Non-Ionizing Radiation. Another is a Senior Advisor to the European Environmental Agency. Full titles and affiliations of authors is in Section 25 List of Participants

Each year, about 100,000 people visit the site. In the five years since its publication, the BioInitiative website has been accessed over 10.5 million times, or four times every minute. Every five minutes on the average, a person somewhere in the world has logged on. More than 5.2 million files and 1 million pages of information has been downloaded. That is equivalent to more than 93,000 full copies of the 650+ page report (288.5 million kbytes).

Sweden (6), USA (10), India (2), Italy (2), Greece (2), Canada (2), Denmark (1), Austria (2), Slovac Republic (1), Russia (1) Tags: Bio-initiative 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Central Advisory Committee on Combating Trafficking Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 25, 2013 in Women and Child Development

Rate This

The Ministry of Women and Child Development has constituted a Central Advisory Committee (CAC) under the Chairpersonship of Secretary, M/O WCD. The Central Advisory Committee comprises of representatives from Ministries like Home Affairs, Labour & Employment, External Affairs, State Governments, National Commission for Women (NCW), National Human Rights Commission (NHRC), National Commission for Protection of Child Rights (NCPCR), Law enforcement agencies, NonGovernment Organisations (NGOs) and international organizations.

The Committee meets regularly and advises the Government on various aspects of trafficking including measures for eradicating trafficking, social welfare programmes required for care and protection of victims of trafficking, amendments to existing legislation etc. The Committee also reviews the initiatives taken and problems faced by different stake-holders in combating trafficking of women and children. The last meeting of CAC was held on 24th May 2012.

The major recommendations of the Committee, inter alia, are as follows:

(i) promoting possibility of child testification through video conferencing so that children are not required to be physically present during every sitting during judicial proceedings.

(ii) greater focus on inter-state coordination in handling trafficking issues as also collaboration at various levels and developing institutional mechanism particularly against child trafficking.

(iii) strengthening prevention measures through capacity building of key stakeholders at all levels etc. and

(iv) sharing of data on children/girls and women in rescue and rehabilitation homes amongst States on a regular basis.

The Ministry has taken a number of follow up actions on the recommendations of CAC. Among others, the Ministry has written to all State Government and UT Administrations about the actions required to be taken on various recommendations given by the CAC. The Ministry has also initiated the process of amendments in Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act (ITPA), 1956. Further, the Ministry also works in coordination with Ministry of Home Affairs for addressing issues on cross border trafficking. Tags: Central Advisory Committee on Combating Trafficking Permalink 1 Comment Government Schemes to Fight Malnutrition Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 25, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

1 Vote

The Government has accorded high priority to the issue of malnutrition especially among children and women including young girls and is implementing several schemes/programmes through State Governments/UT Administrations. The schemes/programmes include the Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS), National Rural Health Mission (NRHM), Mid-Day Meal Scheme, Rajiv Gandhi Scheme for

Empowerment of Adolescent Girls (RGSEAG) namely SABLA, Indira Gandhi Matritva Sahyog Yojna (IGMSY) as direct targeted interventions. Besides, indirect multi-sectoral interventions include Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS), National Horticulture Mission, National Food Security Mission, Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme (MGNREGS), Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan, National Rural Drinking Water Programme etc. All these schemes have potential to address one or other aspect of Nutrition.

The main schemes/programmes of Ministry of Women and Child Development which have a bearing on the nutritional status includes the Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS) Scheme which provides a package of six services namely supplementary nutrition, pre-school non-formal education, nutrition & health education, immunization, health check-up and referral services. ICDS Scheme has since been universalised with effect from 2008-09. The total number of sanctioned Projects are 7076 and Anganwadi centres (including Mini AWCs and Anganwadi on demand) are 13.71 lakhs. Against this there are 7025 operational projects and 13.31 lakh operational AWCs as on January 2013. The services are currently availed by 927.65 lakh beneficiaries which include 746.81 lakh children (6 months to 6 years) and 180.84 lakh pregnant and lactating mothers.

Rajiv Gandhi Scheme for Empowerment of Adolescent Girls (RGSEAG), or Sabla provides a package of services including health and nutrition to adolescent girls in the age 11- 18 years (with a focus on outof-school adolescent girls) in 205 districts on a pilot basis. The scheme has two major components i.e. Nutrition and Non Nutrition Component. The beneficiaries in 2011-12 were 100.77 lakhs and during 2012-13 are 88.49 lakhs so far.

Indira Gandhi Matritva Sahyog Yojana (IGMSY), introduced in 2010, is a Conditional Cash Transfer scheme for pregnant and lactating (P&L) women to contribute to better enabling environment by providing cash incentives for improved health and nutrition to pregnant and nursing mothers. The scheme is being implemented initially on pilot basis in 53 selected districts. The beneficiaries in 2011-12 were 3.05 lakhs and during 2012-13 are 3.76 lakhs so far.

The Mid day Meal scheme by Department of School Education and Literacy has a provision for providing hot cooked mid day meal to children studying in class I to VIII in Government, Government aided, local body schools as well as children studying in the National Child Labour Project (NCLP) schools, Education Guarantee Scheme (EGS), Alternative and Innovative Education (AIE) centres and Madarsas and Maqtabs supported under SSA etc. It is a worlds largest school feeding programme and covers more than 11 crore children in 12.63 lakh institutions in the country.

The National Rural Health Mission (NRHM) and under its umbrella, the Reproductive and Child Health Programme, seeks to improve the availability of and access to quality health care including Maternal and Child Health services particularly to rural population throughout the country. Some of the key steps undertaken through this programme are Promotion of institutional deliveries through Janani Suraksha Yojana ; Capacity building of health care providers in basic and comprehensive obstetric care; Name Based Tracking of Pregnant Women; Antenatal, Intranatal and Postnatal care including Iron and Folic Acid supplementation to pregnant & lactating women for prevention and treatment of anaemia; Janani Shishu Suraksha Karyakaram (JSSK) ( launched on 1st June, 2011) which entitles all pregnant women delivering in public health institutions to absolutely free and no expense delivery including Caesarean section ; Village Health and Nutrition Days in rural areas as an outreach activity, for provision of maternal and child health services; Operationalisation of sub-centers, Primary Health Centers, Community Health Centres and District Hospitals for providing 247 basic and comprehensive obstetric care services. So far, 8.8 lakh Accredited Social Health Activist (ASHAs) have been engaged to interface with the community, more than 5 lakh village health Sanitation and Nutrition Committees (VHSNCs) have been established, 2024 mobile medical units have been provided in 459 districts for delivery of health care.

Recently Government has approved the strengthening and restructuring of ICDS with special focus on pregnant and lactating mothers and children under three. The restructured and strengthened ICDS will be rolled out in three phases with focus on the 200 high burden districts for malnutrition during 2012-13 and additional 200 districts in 2013-14 including districts from the special category States and NER and the remaining districts in 2014-15.

Additionally, Government has launched an Information, Education and Communication (IEC) Campaign against malnutrition for generating awareness on key nutrition issues with the pro-bono services of Shri Aamir Khan. Tags: Government Schemes to Fight Malnutrition Permalink Leave a comment Restructure of Corporate Loans Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 25, 2013 in Corporate Affairs

Rate This

After the Second Quarter Review of Monetary Policy 2011-12 by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), a Working Group (WG) was constituted under the Chairmanship of Shri B. Mahapatra, Executive Director, RBI to review the existing prudential guidelines on restructuring of advances by banks/financial institutions and suggest revisions taking into account the best international practices and accounting standards.

The Working Group has submitted its report and the same has been placed on the website of the Reserve Bank for comments of all stakeholders including banks.

Given the larger objectives of financial stability, and keeping in view international best practices to ensure that banks have sufficient provisioning buffer, RBI has announced, in its second review of Monetary Policy, to raise the provision for restructured standard accounts from the existing 2 per cent to 2.75 per cent.

To address the issue of rise in NPAs and restructured advances of banks, and with a view to improving effective information sharing among banks on credit, derivatives and unhedged foreign currency exposures, banks are advised to put in place, by end-December 2012, an effective mechanism for information sharing. Any sanction of fresh loans/ad-hoc loans/renewal of loans to new or existing borrowers with effect from January 1, 2013 should be made only after obtaining/sharing necessary information. Non adherence to these instructions would be viewed seriously by RBI and banks would be liable to action including imposition of penalty.

The compliance of the above regulatory and supervisory measures are aimed at reducing growth in NPAs and restructured advances by banks and are closely monitored by RBI on an on going basis. Tags: Restructure of Corporate Loans

Permalink Leave a comment Fragments of ancient continent buried under Indian Ocean Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 25, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

Rate This

Land on Earth was once gathered together in a supercontinent known as Rodinia, shown here as it was during its break-up 750 million years ago. Now scientists believe they have found a fragment of it buried under the Indian Ocean

Fragments of an ancient continent are buried beneath the floor of the Indian Ocean.

Researchers have found evidence for a landmass that would have existed between 2,000 and 85 million years ago.

The strip of land, which scientists have called Mauritia, eventually fragmented and vanished beneath the waves as the modern world started to take shape.

Until about 750 million years ago, the Earths landmass was gathered into a vast single continent called Rodinia. And although they are now separated by thousands of kilometres of ocean, India was once located next to Madagascar.

Once land started to drift towards their current positions, Mauritia was no more

Now researchers believe they have found evidence of a sliver of continent known as a microcontinent that was once tucked between the two.

The team came to this conclusion after studying grains of sand from the beaches of Mauritius.

While the grains dated back to a volcanic eruption that happened about nine million years ago, they contained minerals that were much older.

We found zircons that we extracted from the beach sands, and these are something you typically find in a continental crust. They are very old in age.

The zircon dated to between 1,970 and 600 million years ago, and the team concluded that they were remnants of ancient land that had been dragged up to the surface of the island during a volcanic eruption.

Mauritia could be found about 10km down beneath Mauritius and under a swathe of the Indian Ocean.

It would have spanned millions years of history, from the Precambrian Era when land was barren and devoid of life to the age when dinosaurs roamed the Earth.

But about 85m years ago, as India started to drift away from Madagascar towards its current location, the microcontinent would have broken up, eventually disappearing beneath the waves.

However, a small part could have survived.

At the moment the Seychelles is a piece of granite, or continental crust, which is sitting practically in the middle of the Indian Ocean.

But once upon a time, it was sitting north of Madagascar. And what we are saying is that maybe this was much bigger, and there are many of these continental fragments that are spread around in the ocean. Tags: Fragments of ancient continent buried under Indian Ocean Permalink 1 Comment Umbrella Programme on Natural Resources Management (UPNRM) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 25, 2013 in Programmes and Policies

Rate This

NABARD has been implementing Natural Resource Management projects (Watershed Development and Wadi Development Programmes) for the past 20 years under Indo-German collaboration with support from KfW and GTZ. The long standing development cooperation between NABARD and German Development Corporation (GDC) has been a key contributor in NABARD emerging as an innovator in the natural resource management, influencing policy at national level and improving lives at grass root level. In order to further upscale and integrate NABARDs existing and future Indo-German NRM efforts into

one streamlined approach of participatory NRM related interventions, NABARD and GDC has launched the Umbrella Programme on Natural Resources Management (UPNRM).

The UPNRM integrates NABARDs existing and future Indo-German NRM efforts into one streamlined approach of participatory NRM related interventions. The programme objective is to contribute to mainstreaming of holistic, participatory and financially sustainable livelihood solutions into public NRM policies and financial instruments for improving the livelihoods of the rural poor based on the sustainable natural resource use and management. The programme aims at funding community managed sustainable NRM based rural livelihood projects.

UPNRM is following a programme based approach wherein different channel partners (agencies) are being supported for implementing various types of sustainable NRM projects conforming to the flexible programming mechanism on agreed policies and guiding principles of the strategic partners. The projects proposed under UPNRM will have to pass through a scrutiny at Guiding Principles level of the programme. These principles entail that the projects have to be pro-poor designed on integrated & need based approach, should ensure sustainability, involve community participation and be based on sound and transparent Governance.

The programme envisages a gradual shift from grant based to loan based NRM projects and funding will be through a corpus comprising Financial Cooperation from KfW as well as fund mobilized by NABARD from various sources. The interest rate applicable for projects under UPNRM will depend on the nature of project, channel partners and the target groups. The interest rate to be charged will vary from time to time. Presently, it ranges from 9-12 per cent per annum.

In order to facilitate funding decision of a portfolio of projects and channel partners for UPNRM, a set of operational matrices are used for the screening process for each proposed project. In this context, any project proposal will be evaluated in five stages:

a) Conformity with NABARDs NRM Policy; b) Conformity with the UPNRM Guiding Principles; c) Credentials of the Channel Partner; d) Technical feasibility and e) financial viability of the project.

Tags: Umbrella Programme on Natural Resources Management (UPNRM) Permalink Leave a comment 262 Lakh Tonne Rice Procured Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 21, 2013 in Agriculture

1 Vote

The Government agencies have procured 2,62,62,355 lakh tonne rice till 21st February, 2013 during ongoing Kharif Marketing Season (KMS). While rice procured during the corresponding period of the previous season was 2,51,89.286 lakh tonne.

As per data made available to the Ministry of Consumer Affairs, Food and Public Distribution, , during current KMS so far, highest procurement has been made in Punjab, i.e. 85,56,984 tonne followed by Chattisgarh-47,21,006 tonne and Andhra Pradesh-33,83,989 tonne. Haryana-25,95,378 tonne and Odisha 22,39,193 tonne also made significant procurement during the season. Tags: 262 Lakh Tonne Rice Procured Permalink Leave a comment President Mukherjees address to Parliament Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 21, 2013 in Governance

1 Vote

The following are the text of President:

An important initiative that my Government has taken recently is the rollout of the Direct Benefits Transfer system. This would enable Government sponsored benefits such as scholarships, pensions and maternity benefits to flow directly into the accounts of beneficiaries, who can access them using their Aadhaar number. In due course, the Direct Benefits Transfer System will also cover wages and subsidies on food and LPG. This system will help cut down leakages, bring millions of people into the financial system and lead to better targeting of beneficiaries. It will be a trend-setter in the use of modern technology to bring benefits to our poorest citizens, especially in rural areas. However, the Direct Benefits Transfer System will not be a substitute for public services and will be complementary to the Public Distribution System.

1. The average annual growth rate of GDP in the 11th Plan, which concluded last year, was 8%. A notable feature of the Plan was the progress towards achieving inclusiveness with a faster decline in poverty than in the previous decade. The National Development Council has recently adopted the 12th Five Year Plan, which further sharpens the focus on faster, more inclusive and sustainable growth. The 12th Plan recognises that growth outcomes will depend upon the extent to which we are able to take some difficult decisions. The Plan proposes to consolidate Centrally Sponsored Schemes into a smaller number and increase their flexibility. This will give States the much- needed freedom to experiment and innovate.

2. The Indian economy is currently experiencing slower growth. Real GDP grew by 5.4% in the first half of the current fiscal year. This is significantly lower than the average of around 8% in the last decade.

Our slower growth is the consequence of a combination of global and domestic factors. My Government is taking steps to deal with the factors responsible for the slowdown. Inflation is easing gradually but is still a problem.

3. Government has announced a roadmap for fiscal consolidation by containing the current years fiscal deficit at 5.3% of the GDP. The Government is also working with State Governments to reach a consensus on the Goods and Services Tax.

4. There is reason for cheer on the agricultural front. The growth in agriculture and allied sectors during the 11th plan was 3.7% compared to 2.4% in the 10th Plan.

5. Record food grain production for two consecutive years with last year achieving a peak of 260 million tons. This year, despite erratic and deficient rainfall, it is projected that we will produce more than 250 million tons of foodgrains.

6. Our foodgrains position is, therefore, comfortable. The total stock of foodgrains with the public sector agencies was 662 lakh tons on 1st February 2013, including 307 lakh tons of wheat and over 353 lakh tons of rice. My Government is committed to enacting the National Food Security Bill, having received the recommendations of the Standing Committee.

7. Several specific initiatives have been undertaken under the Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojna. Sugarcane and cotton production have touched record levels in 2011-12.

8. Government will continue to lay emphasis on the development of rainfed and degraded areas during the 12th Five Year Plan. An outlay of ` 29,296 crore has been earmarked under the Integrated Watershed Management Programme during the plan period.

9. Horticulture production reached an all-time high of 251 million tons during 2011-12. The year 2012-13 has been declared as the Year of Horticulture. A National Centre for Cold Chain Development has been constituted to give a fillip to the cold chain sector.

10. With 128 million tons of milk production in 2011-12, India continues to be the largest producer of milk in the world. In order to meet the rapidly growing demand for milk, the Government has approved the National Dairy Plan Phase-I, which will help meet the projected national demand of 150 million tons of milk by 2016-17.

11. To give a further boost to food processing, Government has launched the National Mission on Food Processing. Construction of godowns is being promoted under Public Private Partnership mode. Storage capacity of about 181 lakh tons will be created over the next two years across the country with additional storage space of 5.4 lakh tons in the North East.

12. The recently approved New Investment Policy for urea is expected to create nearly 100 lakh MT of additional production capacity in urea by 2017, making the country self reliant in urea.

13. Around 34 lakh hectares of irrigation potential was created under the Accelerated Irrigation Benefit Programme during the 11th Plan. During the 12th Plan, an additional 87 lakh hectares of irrigation potential is planned to be created under the Programme. The New National Water Policy adopted recently by the National Water Resources Council emphasizes efficient use of water and the need to align planning for water resources with the challenges of climate change, equity, social justice and sustainability.

14. The Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme continues to break new ground in my Governments effort to provide work to those who seek employment during times of hardship. Around 5 crore households were provided employment under the scheme in 2011-12.

15. In order to make available improved housing for the rural poor, the Government has substantially enhanced the assistance under Indira Awas Yojana by increasing it from 45,000 to 70,000 per unit in plain areas and from 48,500 to 75,000 per unit in hilly and difficult areas including Left Wing Extremism affected areas.

16. Government has recently introduced important official amendments to the Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Bill.

17. The next phase of the Jawaharlal Nehru Urban Renewal Mission is being finalized. Meanwhile, the tenure of the current Mission has been extended until March 2014 for completion of ongoing projects and for sanction of new projects so as to maintain the momentum of development of urban infrastructure. In order to give a push to capacity building efforts of Urban Local Bodies, the Government has decided to create a separate fund of ` 1,000 crore.

18. Government proposes to extend the Rajiv Awas Yojana to all small and medium towns, with a target of one million houses in the 12th Plan.

19. Government is giving priority to addressing the problem of contamination of sources of drinking water. During 2012-13, 5% of the National Rural Drinking Water Programme Fund has been earmarked for allocation to States facing this problem. A Rural Water Supply & Sanitation Project for Low Income States, estimated at nearly 5000 crore, is being developed with the help of the World Bank to assist States that are lagging behind in the coverage of piped water supply.

20. Recognising its crucial role in reducing the burden of disease, Government has accorded increased priority to rural sanitation. The Total Sanitation Campaign has been modified in the form of the Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan with the goal of providing access to sanitation for all rural households by the year 2022.

21. Government has recently increased the pension for widows and disabled beneficiaries under the Indira Gandhi National Widow Pension Scheme and Indira Gandhi National Disability Pension Scheme from 200 to 300 per month. On attaining the age of 80 years, beneficiaries of both the schemes now migrate to Indira Gandhi National Old Age Pension Scheme where they get a pension of 500 per month.

22. With a view to recognizing the contribution of street vendors and ensuring uniformity in the legal framework for street vending across States, the Street Vendors (Protection of Livelihood and Regulation of Street Vending) Bill, 2012 has been introduced in Parliament.

23. Under the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006, more than 32 lakh claims have been filed and nearly 13 lakh titles have been distributed.

24. To ensure the educational empowerment of minority communities, Government is implementing three scholarship schemes, with 30% of the funds in each scheme earmarked for girl students. An

amount of over 880 crore has been disbursed as scholarships to more than 55 lakh students till 31 December in 2012-13. To encourage students belonging to minority communities to take up higher studies, an amount of `66 crore has been released under the Maulana Azad National Fellowship Scheme. The Wakf Act is being amended and Wakf Development Corporation will be set up for development and protection of Wakf properties.

25. Under Prime Ministers New 15 Point Programme, the effort is to ensure that 15% of the targets and outlays of the identified schemes benefit the minority communities. For financial inclusion, the flow of priority sector credit to minorities at the national level during 2012-13 reached `1,71,960 crore as on 30/9/2012, which was more than 15% of the total priority sector lending.

26. A new Bill for the elimination of manual scavenging and rehabilitation of manual scavengers was introduced in the Lok Sabha in September 2012.

27. A centrally sponsored scholarship scheme has been introduced for Scheduled Caste students studying in classes IX and X. It is expected to benefit about 40 lakh students.

28. My Government has created a separate Department of Disability Affairs. The Government recently launched the Rajiv Gandhi National Fellowship for students with disabilities to enable them to pursue higher education.

29. For holistic development of children, the Government has approved the restructuring and strengthening of the Integrated Child Development Scheme during the 12th Plan with a total outlay of `1,23,580 crore.

30. Government has enacted a path-breaking legislation, the Protection of Children from Sexual Offences Act, which provides for stringent punishment for persons who commit or abet such offences.

31. For ensuring a safe and secure environment for women in work places, the Government introduced the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Bill, 2012 in Parliament. The Bill has been passed by the Lok Sabha. My Government is also deeply concerned about incidents of sexual offences against women. After considering the recommendations of the Justice J.S. Verma Committee, the Government has promulgated an ordinance, amending the criminal law to

provide for stringent punishment for heinous sexual offences against women. The Government has also begun to implement a series of administrative measures to improve the safety and security of women in the country.

31. The National Mission for Empowerment of Women will implement a pilot project in public hospitals in 100 districts, called One Stop Crisis Centre, a specialized facility for providing all necessary services for women subjected to violence.

32. The Mid-day Meal Programme covers around 11 crore children in over 12 lakh schools. Several new initiatives have been taken by the Government to make it more effective. My Government is committed to expanding coverage under this programme to pre-primary schools in a progressive manner.

33. Government is considering a strategic shift in central funding to states for higher education through a new programme called the Rashtriya Uchchatar Shiksha Abhiyan. This programme will encourage states to develop comprehensive higher education plans in an integrated manner to address the issues of expansion, equity and excellence.

34. Government has taken major strides in accelerating our skill development efforts. The number of ITIs that stood at 5114 in 2006-07, more than doubled to 10,344 by the end of 2012.

35. In January 2013, we completed two years without detection of even a single case of wild polio-virus. This is the longest polio-free period in the country ever since eradication efforts were launched.

36. In health infrastructure, over 43,500 new construction and up-gradation works of health facilities were taken up in the period 2005-06 to 2012-13 and nearly 70,000 additional beds have been added in Government health institutions. During the same period, around 1.45 lakh medicare staff has been added in various States under the National Rural Health Mission.

37. To overcome the shortage of nursing staff, Government has sanctioned over 200 nursing schools in remote and under-served districts in the last two years. To increase the availability of doctors and specialists, several reforms were initiated, resulting in a record increase of 46% MBBS seats and 70% Post Graduate seats in the last five years. An overarching National Health Mission, covering both rural and urban areas, is being finalized.

38. Over 1.1 crore women benefited from the Janani Suraksha Yojana during 2011-12. Under the Janani Sishu Suraksha Karyakram, pregnant women are entitled to absolutely free care in public health institutions.

39. To further improve child health, Government has launched the Rashtriya Bal Swasthya Karyakram for screening of children below 18 years for 30 different types of diseases, disorders, deficiencies and disabilities. This national initiative will eventually cover around 270 million children across the country.

40. Due to efforts of the Government, there have been significant reductions in Maternal Mortality Rate, Infant Mortality Rate and Total Fertility Rate in recent years. Life expectancy at birth has increased from 61.9 years in the period 1996-2000 to 66.1 years in the period 2006-2010.

41. The National AIDS Control Programme has been recognized globally as a success story. The programme has reduced annual new HIV infections by 57% in the last decade. Adult HIV prevalence has decreased from 0.40% in 2000 to 0.27% in 2011.

42. Since the launch of the Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojana, more than 3.35 crore smart cards have been issued and more than 43.26 lakh persons have availed hospitalization facility under the scheme. This insurance scheme has been extended to building and other construction workers, street vendors, beedi workers and other categories.

43. Lack of adequate and quality infrastructure is a major hurdle in the fast growth of our economy. Therefore, it is imperative that the infrastructure deficit is overcome and adequate investment takes place. Government has taken two major steps to ensure that impediments in this area are eliminated.

44. The first is setting up of the Cabinet Committee on Investment to expedite decisions on approvals and clearances for implementation of projects. The second is the creation of Infrastructure Debt Funds to raise low-cost, long-term resources for refinancing infrastructure projects.

45. Government remains committed to increasing the share of manufacturing to 25% of GDP and creating 100 million jobs within a decade. Under the National Manufacturing Policy, 12 National

Investment & Manufacturing Zones stand notified, 8 of them along the Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor and 4 others at Nagpur, Tumkur, Chittor and Medak. The Government has also liberalized the FDI policy in single-brand and multi-brand retail trading, air transport services, power exchanges and the broadcasting sector. The E-Biz project has been launched to serve as a 247 online single window system for providing services to investors and businesses.

46. The National Electric Mobility Mission Plan 2020 has been prepared. It envisages a roadmap for facilitating manufacture of electric and hybrid vehicles that are environment friendly and reduce our dependence on fossil fuels.

47. Government has notified the National Pharmaceutical Pricing Policy-2012 to ensure availability of essential medicines at affordable prices even while providing sufficient opportunity for innovation and competition to support the growth of the industry. Six new National Institutes of Pharmaceutical Education & Research at Hyderabad, Gandhinagar, Hajipur, Kolkata, Guwahati and Raebareli have started functioning.

48. Government has taken effective measures to incentivize exports and provide support to labour intensive sectors. India became the largest exporter of rice in 2012-13.

49. With a view to providing further support to handloom weavers, the Government is considering a scheme for concessional credit for the handloom sector to benefit about 10 lakh handloom weavers.

50. To promote Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises, 20% of all Government procurement is required to be from Micro & Small Enterprises. The Bombay Stock Exchange and the National Stock Exchange launched Small and Medium Enterprises exchange platforms in 2012, making access to capital markets easier.

58. As a major step forward in reforming our banking sector, the Banking Laws (Amendment) Bill, 2012 was passed by both the Houses of Parliament in December, 2012. The Government amended the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 for more effective prevention of money laundering.

51. Pursuing the Budget announcement of 2012-13, Government has notified the Rajiv Gandhi Equity Savings Scheme for first-time retail investors. Through the disinvestment policy, we have broad-based peoples ownership of Government enterprises.

52. The tourism sector contributes substantially to the countrys foreign exchange earnings, which during 2012 were estimated at `94,487 crore, a growth of over 21% over the previous year. Foreign tourist arrivals in India in 2012 were estimated at 6.65 million.

53. India is the ninth largest civil aviation market in the world. Kolkata and Chennai Airports now have new terminals. Government has given in-principle approval for setting up a greenfield airport at Aranmula in Kerala, apart from airports at Navi Mumbai, Mopa and Kannur.

54. The Dedicated Freight Corridor project is an ambitious mega project connecting our Eastern and Western Coasts with the interiors of the country and will cover 3300 km of railway track. Construction of over 1000 km route length is expected to begin shortly.

55. A state of the art Coach Production Facility at Raebareli has been commissioned for producing modern stainless steel coaches. Innovative approaches under the PPP mode are being launched for firstand-last-mile projects and development of railway stations. Construction of the Banihal-Qazigund tunnel in Jammu & Kashmir has been completed and work on starting train services is in progress.

56. In 2012-13, 2600 km of roads are expected to be constructed and contracts for 3000 km of new roads are expected to be awarded. A new approach to road construction, the EPC mode, has been put in place. This will ensure significant cost and time savings compared to traditional contracting methods. A length of 2900 km of highways will be put under the Operate, Maintain and Transfer system, which will improve road maintenance. To improve connectivity from Kashmir Valley to Kargil-Ladakh region, a tunnel of 6.5 km has already been approved and another tunnel of 13 km is planned. This would ensure all weather connectivity.

57. In 2012-13, 42 PPP port projects have been targeted for award, involving an additional capacity of 251 Million Tonnes Per Annum with an investment of `14,770 crore in 2012-13. The Government proposes to establish two new major ports, one at Sagar Island in West Bengal and the other in Andhra Pradesh with a total additional capacity of around 100 Million Tonnes Per Annum.

58. A number of steps such as technology development & modernization and development of new coal blocks by engaging Mine Developer and Operator have been taken to improve the productivity of Coal India Limited (CIL). After resolving pending issues, 46 Fuel Supply Agreements were signed by CIL with power utilities. Following the notification of the new Auction by Competitive Bidding Rules, my Government is in the process of allocation of 17 coal blocks to Government companies, as a first step.

58. Government has taken important steps to harness our mineral resources. Geological Survey of India has planned to complete the geophysical and geochemical mapping of highly promising 5.71 lakh square km area during the 12th Plan. For developing deep sea mineral exploration capability, an Ocean Going Research Vessel is likely to be commissioned in 2013.

59. In the 11th Plan, 54,964 MW of electricity generation capacity has been added which is about two & half times the capacity added during the 10th Plan. The total installed capacity stood at about 2 lakh MW at the end of the 11th Plan. To meet the projected demand by the end of the 12th Plan, the targeted capacity addition in the Plan is 88,537 MW.

60. Under Rajiv Gandhi Gramin Vidyutikaran Yojana, more than one lakh un-electrified villages have been electrified. Nearly 2,85,000 villages have been intensively electrified and free electricity connections given to more than 2 crore BPL households.

61. A scheme for financial restructuring of state owned distribution companies has been notified by the Government of India to enable their turnaround and long-term viability. This would help settle loans worth more than `1.85 lakh crore that the power utilities owe to financial institutions.

62. Through suitable policy interventions, my Government is targeting significant reduction of our dependence on imported oil and gas which is presently more than 75% of our requirement.

63. Renewable energy has to play an expanding role in achieving energy security in the years ahead. The country has an installed capacity of over 26,400 MW from various renewable energy sources, which is over 12% of the countrys total power generation capacity.

64. Governments reform measures and proactive policies, as well as active participation by the private sector have resulted in an unprecedented growth of the telecom sector. With more than 935 million telephone connections, the Indian telecom network is the second largest in the world. Tele-density was 76.75% in October, 2012 with rural tele-density crossing 40%. The Government approved the National Telecom Policy-2012 which lays down the vision and strategic direction for the telecom sector. Two and a half lakh Gram Panchayats will be connected with broadband facility under the National Optical Fibre Network project by December 2014.

65. The Department of Posts is rolling out a rural ICT programme, through which all post offices will be connected electronically. Computers will be provided to 1,30,000 post offices, which would facilitate both postal and banking services at post offices.

66. In 2011-12, the Indian IT and IT Enabled Services industry showed remarkable resilience by earning revenue of US$101 billion. The total employment in IT Software and Services touched 2.8 million in 2011-12, with an annual growth of about 9%.

67. My Government has approved the National Electronics Policy, 2012, covering a comprehensive set of schemes with special focus on promoting domestic Electronics System Design and Manufacturing. The National Policy on Information Technology has been approved. It envisions strengthening and enhancing Indias position as a global hub for IT and using IT as an engine for rapid, inclusive and sustainable growth. About 1,00,000 Citizen Service Centres are delivering IT services to the people.

68. The Government has successfully completed the first phase of Cable TV digitization in three metro cities. This will be extended to other cities in a phased manner.

69. We are commemorating 100 years of Indian cinema. The first phase of the National Museum of Indian Cinema is proposed to be dedicated to the nation at Gulshan Mahal, Mumbai.

70. During 2012, Government commemorated the 150th Birth Anniversaries of Gurudev Rabindranath Tagore, Shri Madan Mohan Malaviya and Shri Motilal Nehru apart from undertaking preparatory work for observing the 150th Birth Anniversary of Swami Vivekananda and the Centenary of the Gadar movement. A new International Award, namely the Tagore Award for Cultural Harmony, has been instituted. The first award will be given posthumously to late Pandit Ravi Shankar. A National Mission for Libraries commenced its work in 2012.

71. The Archaeological Survey of India celebrated 150 years of existence in 2012 and took up important initiatives in Cambodia, Myanmar and Laos for restoration of temples there.

72. The performance of our athletes at the London Olympics and the Paralympics was encouraging. My Government has decided to put in place a long-term plan for training of sports-persons in select disciplines. My Government also intends to put in place a new system for identification of sports talent from the panchayat to the district level.

73. The Rajiv Gandhi National Institute of Youth Development in Tamil Nadu has been accorded the status of an institute of national importance.

74. The security situation in Jammu & Kashmir and the North East has shown a perceptible improvement. The number of tourists visiting Jammu & Kashmir has increased from 8.99 lakh in 2011 to 12.37 lakh in 2012. Compared with 2011, the number of fatalities in incidents of terrorist violence in 2012 declined by nearly half. Under the placement linked scheme named Udaan, proposals of corporate houses to train nearly 25,000 youth from Jammu & Kashmir have already been approved. Under another placement linked skill development initiative called Himayat, more than 1650 youth from the state have been trained, of which over 650 have been employed.88. Government has accorded high priority to Border Management. In addition to the work of border fencing, roads and floodlighting along the borders with Bangladesh, Pakistan and Myanmar, Government has decided to undertake the construction of 509 additional border outposts along the Indo-Bangladesh and Indo-Pakistan border. The Integrated Check Post at Attari was operationalised in April, 2012.

75. In pursuance of the tri-partite agreement, an autonomous body called the Gorkhaland Territorial Administration (GTA) has been formed in August, 2012 for the Darjeeling Hill Areas. My Government will provide the GTA financial assistance of ` 200 crore per annum for 3 years for development of socioeconomic infrastructure. This will be over and above the normal plan assistance to the State of West Bengal.

76. Government remains committed to ushering in reforms for greater transparency, probity, integrity and accountability in governance. To this end, my Government attaches priority to the enactment of legislation proposed in the Whistle Blowers Protection Bill, the Prevention of Bribery of Foreign Public Officials and Officials of Public International Organizations Bill, Citizens Right to Grievance Redress Bill,

and The Lokpal and Lokayuktas Bill, which already stand introduced in the Parliament. My Government is also considering amendments to the Prevention of Corruption Act to punish the guilty and protect the honest public servants more effectively.

77. Government has taken significant initiatives including enhanced funding of ` 4867 crore in the 12th Plan to strengthen the legal and judicial infrastructure in the country. Over 14,000 District and Subordinate Courts are being equipped with the tools of information and communication to provide quality citizen-centric services to litigants. As one of its foremost priorities, Government will endeavour to establish Gram Nyayalayas for ensuring affordable and expeditious justice to the common man. My Government proposes to introduce the Judicial Standards and Accountability Bill in this session as a significant initiative towards judicial reforms.

78. The people of India are grateful to our Armed Forces for their exemplary professionalism, commitment and bravery in defending our nation. The country is united in paying tribute to our soldiers who have made the supreme sacrifice by laying down their lives for the country.

79. Our Armed Forces are fully prepared to defend the country against any threat. My Government will continue to take all necessary steps to modernize and equip our Armed Forces; bolster defence infrastructure, especially in the border areas; encourage indigenous defence R&D; and expand domestic production of defence equipment. The continuing progress in our missile programme has strengthened our deterrence capability. Coastal security has also been further strengthened.

80. Government attaches the highest importance to the welfare of servicemen and ex-servicemen. Significant steps have been taken to enhance the pay and pension of serving and retired Services personnel and to remove disparities. This will benefit over 13 lakh personnel.

81. Governments foreign policy continues to be driven by the objectives of creating an enabling environment for our national development, ensuring the security of the nation and fulfilling our international responsibilities.

82. We continue to seek peace, stability, cooperation and economic development in the sub-continent. We attach the highest priority to relations with our immediate neighbours. With Pakistan, we have made progress towards normalization of relations, strengthening mechanisms for bilateral trade and facilitating greater people-to-people contact. While we remain committed to taking the process

forward, it is also important that Pakistan abides by its commitments and desists from acts that contribute to a trust deficit. As Afghanistan prepares for the political and security transition in 2014 and beyond, we will continue to help Afghanistan evolve peacefully and fight terrorism and extremism.

83. Government proposes to introduce a Constitutional Amendment Bill in Parliament to give effect to the provisions of the Land Boundary Agreement with Bangladesh and its 2011 Protocol, which will strengthen border management and our security.

84. We are making progress in our engagement with Sri Lanka, including in our efforts to resettle and rehabilitate the internally displaced persons there and to ensure a life of peace, dignity and equality for the Tamil people.

85. In West Asia and North Africa, Government supports efforts to promote peaceful settlement of conflicts and resolution of disputes in a manner that accommodates the democratic aspirations of the people. We are also mindful of the fact that the Gulf region is home to nearly six million Indians who live and work there and that we depend on the region for the bulk of our energy requirements. We have further enhanced our political engagement with and economic assistance to countries of Africa.

86. At the ASEAN-India Commemorative Summit in New Delhi in December 2012, which marked the tenth anniversary of the annual ASEAN-India Summits, we elevated our relations with ASEAN to a strategic partnership and concluded negotiations on an ASEAN-India Free Trade Agreement on services and investment.

87. Government intends to work with the new Chinese leadership to reinforce the positive direction of our relationship. Our multi-faceted relationship with Japan, which is also a major partner in our infrastructure development efforts, is making good progress. The privileged and strategic partnership we have built with Russia received a further boost during the visit of President Valdimir Putin in December 2012.

88. The Strategic Partnership with the United States has deepened, with progress across all areas of our relationship and we look forward to intensifying this engagement during the second term of President Obama. Indias traditionally strong relations with Europe will continue to develop. The visit of President Francois Hollande to Delhi in February 2013, his first Asian destination as President, will further strengthen our friendship and broad-based strategic cooperation with France.

89. As a non-permanent member of the United Nations Security Council during the last two years, India played an important role in the Councils efforts to promote international peace and security. We intensified efforts to generate momentum for early reform of the United Nations Security Council. We are also seeking concerted international action against piracy. In addition, a Piracy Bill was introduced in the Parliament last year for prosecution in India of persons committing piracy.

90. India also remained constructively engaged in global multilateral diplomacy. We hosted the fourth BRICS Summit in New Delhi in March 2012 and the ministerial meet of the Indian Ocean Rim Association for Regional Cooperation in October 2012.

91. As our development partnership expands and assumes an increasingly vital role in our foreign policy, my Government has established a Development Partnership Administration in the Ministry of External Affairs for more efficient and effective administration of our wide-ranging assistance programme, which covers financial aid, capacity building and training and the sharing of our development experience and expertise.

91. Government has successfully completed the implementation of the Passport Seva Project, one of the mission-mode projects under the National e-Governance Plan, to deliver passport related services to our citizens in a timely, convenient and transparent manner.

92. Government is deeply committed to promoting the interests and welfare of overseas Indians. The Government launched the Mahatma Gandhi Pravasi Suraksha Yojana on a pilot basis in May 2012 to provide emigrant Indian workers benefits like life insurance cover, pensions and Return and Resettlement savings. We also signed Social Security Agreements with Finland, Canada, Japan and Sweden. Similar agreements with Austria and Portugal will be signed soon.

93. Our space programme epitomizes Indias scientific achievements and benefits the country in a number of areas. The launch of the Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle on 9 September 2012 marked our 100th space mission. Indias first remote sensing satellite RISAT-1, with all-weather imaging capability, was also launched in 2012. Several space missions are planned for 2013, including Indias first mission to Mars and the launch of our first navigational satellite.

94. The country continues to make progress in the field of nuclear energy. Electricity generation from nuclear power plants increased by about 23% in 2011-12 over the previous year. This year, two units of the nuclear power plant at Kudankulam, established with Russian collaboration, will be commissioned. My Government attaches the highest priority to the safety of nuclear power plants. A Bill to set up a Nuclear Safety Regulatory Authority has been introduced in Parliament. We have also conducted internal technical reviews of all safety systems of nuclear power plants in the country. In addition, we are working with the International Atomic Energy Agency on all nuclear safety issues.

95. The Government has unveiled the Science, Technology and Innovation Policy 2013 to accelerate the pace of discovery, diffusion and delivery of science-led solutions for faster, sustainable and inclusive growth. In order to popularize science education in schools, nearly 7.30 lakh scholarships have been awarded under a scheme called Innovation in Science Pursuit for Inspired Research. About 48% of the awardees are girls and 25% belong to Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. A new PPP doctoral fellowship titled Prime Ministers Fellowship Scheme for Doctoral Research has been implemented this year.

96. The Government is setting up a dedicated Seismological Research Laboratory and has launched a first-of-its-kind research programme in the earthquake-prone Koyna-Warna region of Maharastra to study precursor changes. The Indian tsunami early warning system was recognized as the Regional Tsunami Service Provider for the Indian Ocean region in October 2012. Indias third permanent station in Antarctica was commissioned in March 2012.

97. India successfully hosted the eleventh Conference of Parties to the Convention on Biological Diversity in Hyderabad in October, 2012. The event provided India with an opportunity to consolidate, scale-up and showcase its strengths in the field of biodiversity. One of the most important outcomes of this Conference was the commitment made by the Parties to double the total biodiversity-related international financial resource flows to developing countries by 2015. At the Conference, the Prime Minister launched the Hyderabad Pledge, wherein he announced earmarking US $50 million during Indias presidency of the Conference of Parties to strengthen the institutional, technical and human capabilities for biodiversity conservation in India, and to promote similar capacity building in other developing countries.

98. At the recently held Doha Conference on Climate Change, India played a lead role in ensuring that the principles of equity and common but differentiated responsibility continue to be recognized as the basis of the Parties efforts under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change.

99. India stands tall as a nation because we are seen as a liberal and plural democracy, which has faced and overcome tremendous odds. The world recognizes Indias demonstrable democratic and secular practices as a major achievement. While we should rejoice in the benefits that our plurality brings, the challenge is to relentlessly pursue our efforts to accelerate economic growth and widen opportunities within our democratic framework. It is only if we constantly renew and defend the democratic values that define our nationhood that we will be able to face the great challenges that lie before us. On behalf of my Government, I appeal to all of you to support our endeavours in marching ahead as a proud nation. Tags: President Mukherjees address to Parliament Permalink Leave a comment Alpha Centauri A Has A Cool Outer Layer Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 21, 2013 in Space (World)

1 Vote

ESAs Herschel space observatory has detected a cool layer in the atmosphere of Alpha Centauri A, the first time this has been seen in a star beyond our own Sun. The finding is not only important for understanding the Suns activity, but could also help in the quest to discover proto-planetary systems around other stars.

The Suns nearest neighbours are the three stars of the Alpha Centauri system. The faint red dwarf, Proxima Centauri, is nearest at just 4.24 light-years, with the tight double star, Alpha Centauri AB, slightly further away at 4.37 light-years.

Alpha Centauri B has recently been in the news after the discovery of an Earth-mass planet in orbit around it. But Alpha Centauri A is also very important to astronomers: almost a twin to the Sun in mass, temperature, chemical composition and age, it provides an ideal natural laboratory to compare other characteristics of the two stars.

One of the great curiosities in solar science is that the Suns wispy outer atmosphere the corona is heated to millions of degrees while the visible surface of the Sun is only about 6000C. Even stranger, there is a temperature minimum of about 4000C between the two layers, just a few hundred kilometres above the visible surface in the part of Suns atmosphere called the chromosphere.

Both layers can be seen during a total solar eclipse, when the Moon briefly blocks the bright face of the Sun: the chromosphere is a pink-red ring around the Sun, while the ghostly white plasma streamers of the corona extend out millions of kilometres.

The heating of the Suns atmosphere has been a conundrum for many years, but is likely to be related to the twisting and snapping of magnetic field lines sending energy rippling through the atmosphere and out into space possibly in the direction of Earth as solar storms. Why there is a temperature minimum has also long been of interest to solar scientists.

Now, by observing Alpha Centauri A in far-infrared light with Herschel and comparing the results with computer models of stellar atmospheres, scientists have made the first discovery of an equivalent cool layer in the atmosphere of another star.

The study of these structures has been limited to the Sun until now, but we clearly see the signature of a similar temperature inversion layer at Alpha Centauri A. Tags: Alpha Centauri A Has A Cool Outer Layer Permalink Leave a comment

Naresh Chandra Panel Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 19, 2013 in Defence

1 Vote

Naresh Chandra Panel For Increase In FDI Limit

Calling for an increase in FDI limit in the Defence sector from the present 26%, the Naresh Chandra panel has said it would attract foreign vendors to offer their latest technologies for manufacturing military hardware in the country.

The committee was formed by the Prime Ministers Office (PMO) recently to suggest reforms in the national security apparatus.

At present, the FDI limit in Defence sector is 26% as the Defence ministry has been opposing any increase in it.

There is every need to support higher FDI so that the latest technologies already developed by foreign entities and owned by them find their way into manufacturing Defence items within India.

The limit of FDI in Defence industries should be raised for partnerships both with Defence public sector units and with private Indian companies.

On the FDI issue in the Defence sector, global and Indian firms have been demanding that the limit should be increased upto at least 49% saying this would help in encouraging foreign vendors to offer high-end technology. Naresh Chandra Committee Tags: Naresh Chandra Panel Permalink Leave a comment Indira Gandhi Prize for Peace, Disarmament and Development 2011 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 19, 2013 in Awards

1 Vote

The President of India, presented the Indira Gandhi Prize for Peace, Disarmament and Development for the year 2011 to Ms. Ela Ramesh Bhatt of Self Employed Womens Association (SEWA)

The President said her life and work is truly reflective of the philosophy and ideals espoused by Late Prime Minister Shrimati Indira Gandhi. The prize bestowed upon Ms. Bhatt is a tribute to her unflinching zeal towards the betterment of women in society and progress of humanity. The President said Ms. Bhatts example would spur many more initiatives in our country and elsewhere, aimed at renewal of society and all-round development of people.

Tags: Disarmament and Development 2011, Indira Gandhi Prize for Peace Permalink Leave a comment National Register of Indias Intangible Culture Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 18, 2013 in Art and Culture

1 Vote

Government to Constitute an Expert Committee to Decide on the Work of Preparing a National Register of Indias Intangible Culture

The second meeting of the Coordination Committee on Living and Diverse Cultural Traditions was held under the chairpersonship of Union Culture Minister. The high-powered committee goes into all aspects of intangible heritage and makes recommendations on the areas of preparation of a national inventory on Intangible Cultural Heritage, archives, education and outreach programmes by using such information. The committee comprises individuals who have distinguished themselves in the field of research and promotion of Indian culture viz. Smt. Kapila Vatsyayan, Shri Sitakant Mahapatra, Prof. G.N. Devy, Prof. Kartikeya V. Sarabhai, Prof. Peter Ronald De Souza and secretaries of several ministries of the Union Government.

It was decided by the coordination committee that an expert committee should be constituted to decide on the work of preparing a national register of Indias intangible culture and to advise on a

mechanism overarching inter-ministerial coordination leading to a comprehensive action plan to preserve and promote Indias intangible heritage and dying cultural traditions.

It was also decided that we should focus as much on people since without that focus on our living traditions cannot be sustained. It was decided that the objective of the coordination committee should be to oversee the preparation of an exhaustive listing of Indian cultural expressions and make recommendations regarding providing recognition and associated benefits, to the creators /originators of such unique cultural expressions.

What is Intangible Cultural Hertiage?

Intangible cultural heritage (ICH) is promoted by UNESCO as a counterpart to the World Heritage that focuses mainly on tangible aspects of culture. In 2001, UNESCO made a survey among States and NGOs to try to agree on a definition, and the Convention for the Safeguarding of Intangible Cultural Heritage was drafted in 2003 for its protection and promotion.

Intangible culture is the counterpart of culture which is tangible or touchable, whereas intangible culture includes song, music, drama, skills, crafts, and the other parts of culture that can be recorded but cannot be touched and interacted with, without a vehicle for the culture. These cultural vehicles are called Human Treasures by the UN.

According to the 2003 Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage, the intangible cultural heritage (ICH) or living heritage is the mainspring of humanitys cultural diversity and its maintenance a guarantee for continuing creativity.

The term cultural heritage has changed content considerably in recent decades, partially owing to the instruments developed by UNESCO. Cultural heritage does not end at monuments and collections of objects. It also includes traditions or living expressions inherited from our ancestors and passed on to our descendants, such as oral traditions, performing arts, social practices, rituals, festive events, knowledge and practices concerning nature and the universe or the knowledge and skills to produce traditional crafts.

While fragile, intangible cultural heritage is an important factor in maintaining cultural diversity in the face of growing globalization. An understanding of the intangible cultural heritage of different communities helps with intercultural dialogue, and encourages mutual respect for other ways of life.

The importance of intangible cultural heritage is not the cultural manifestation itself but rather the wealth of knowledge and skills that is transmitted through it from one generation to the next. The social and economic value of this transmission of knowledge is relevant for minority groups and for mainstream social groups within a State, and is as important for developing States as for developed ones.

Intangible cultural heritage is:

Traditional, contemporary and living at the same time: intangible cultural heritage does not only represent inherited traditions from the past but also contemporary rural and urban practices in which diverse cultural groups take part;

Inclusive: we may share expressions of intangible cultural heritage that are similar to those practised by others. Whether they are from the neighbouring village, from a city on the opposite side of the world, or have been adapted by peoples who have migrated and settled in a different region, they all are intangible cultural heritage: they have been passed from one generation to another, have evolved in response to their environments and they contribute to giving us a sense of identity and continuity, providing a link from our past, through the present, and into our future. Intangible cultural heritage does not give rise to questions of whether or not certain practices are specific to a culture. It contributes to social cohesion, encouraging a sense of identity and responsibility which helps individuals to feel part of one or different communities and to feel part of society at large;

Representative: intangible cultural heritage is not merely valued as a cultural good, on a comparative basis, for its exclusivity or its exceptional value. It thrives on its basis in communities and depends on those whose knowledge of traditions, skills and customs are passed on to the rest of the community, from generation to generation, or to other communities;

Community-based: intangible cultural heritage can only be heritage when it is recognized as such by the communities, groups or individuals that create, maintain and transmit it without their recognition, nobody else can decide for them that a given expression or practice is their heritage Tags: National Register of Indias Intangible Culture Permalink Leave a comment Dark matter Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 18, 2013 in Space (World)

1 Vote

Dark matter throws down the gauntlet to the so-called Standard Model of physics. Elegant and useful for identifying the stable of particles and forces that regulate our daily life, the Standard Model only tells part of the cosmic story. For one thing, it does not explain gravity, although we know how to measure gravity and exploit it for our needs. And the Standard Model has been found to account for only around four or five percent of the stuff in the Universe.

Dark matter has been somewhat of a black sheep in physics. Physicists know its there, they know it makes up about 23 percent of the universe, but if you want to get under their skin, just ask them to explain dark matter to you.

It simply does not work with the standard model of physics and although its real, it often sounds like something dreamt up by Douglas Adams. The theory was originally put forward by Swiss astrophysicist Fritz Zwicky some 80 years ago, but the answers still remain elusive.

On the cosmology side we now understand that this mysterious dark matter holds together our galaxy and the rest of the Universe, And the tantalizing thing on the cosmology side is that we have an airtight case that the dark matter is made of something new there is no particle in the Standard Model that can account for dark matter.

Some theorists argue that dark matter is formed by exotic particles called WIMPs (weakly interacting massive particles), that have weak interactions with visible matter identified under the Standard Model.

The real question is why dark matter has six times the energy that is in ordinary matter, It could be 10 trillions times bigger This is an intriguing sign that there is maybe some other interaction we can detect.

So, since physicists dont like questions they cant answer, and since they are unlikely to get dates, they had plenty of time to come up with a solution a $2 billion program to come up with some answers.

Their efforts rely on two weapons. The Alpha Magnetic Spectrometer aboard the International Space Station is designed to capture gamma rays coming from collisions of dark matter particles, while the good old Large Haron Collider could allow boffins to break up electrons, quarks or neutrinos to uncover dark matter.

However, the LHC will be shutting down for the next two years for maintenance and since quarks dont like road works, it could take some time before the research is complete.

Tags: Dark matter Permalink Leave a comment Electronic manufacturing in India

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 18, 2013 in Commerce

1 Vote

Government of India is giving special attention to the promotion of Electronics system Design and Manufacturing sector in India. According to the assessment of the Task Force constituted by the Department, the demand of electronics hardware in India is projected to grow from USD 45 Billion in 2009 to USD 400 Billion by 2020. At the current rate of growth, the domestic production can cater to a demand of USD 104 Billion by 2020 and the remaining would have to be met by imports. The value addition in the domestically produced electronics goods is also very low varying from 5 to 15 percent in most cases.

2. The Electronics System Design and Manufacturing (ESDM) is expected to attract investments of nearly USD 100 Billion and create direct and indirect employment for nearly 28 million people over the next decade or so. India offers 400,000 engineering graduates per annum and equally large skilled blue collar job force at one of the lowest wage rates anywhere in the world. India is already becoming a favoured destination for chip design, embedded software and board design which are important part of any electronic product. Government permits 100 percent FDI through the automatic route for most ESDM products

3. It is with this objective that the Cabinet has, recently approved the National Policy on Electronics (NPE) 2012 which envisions making India a globally competitive destination in the sector and attracting investment of USD 100 billion by 2020. Several incentives have also been approved to attract investment in the sector. These incentives include:

i. Modified Special Incentive Package Scheme which provides upto 25% capital subsidy for investment in the sector

ii. Electronic Manufacturing Clusters Scheme which provides 50% of the cost for development of infrastructure and common facilities in Greenfield clusters and 75% of the cost for Brownfield clusters

iii. Preference to domestically manufactured electronic goods in Government procurement and those electronic products which have security implications.

iv. Additionally Government of India is finalizing a partner for setting up a Wafer Fab Manufacturing in India.

Apart from the above, the policy provides opportunities for investment in areas like skill development, testing laboratory infrastructure and venture capital.

i. Providing opportunities for skill development for the private sector through two Sector Skills Councils- Telecom and Electronics

ii. Opportunities for investment in testing laboratory infrastructure under the mandatory standards regime brought in force.

iii. Opportunities to participate in Venture Capital funds being promoted to support R&D and innovation in the sector.

iv. Several State Governments, including Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka have already announced complementary incentives as part of their State Electronic Policies. Electronic Manufacturing Clusters have been announced by states of Andhra Pradesh, Punjab and Kerala. Other states are also in process of taking similar initiatives, thereby offering a host of incentives and facilities for ESDM investors

4. are.

India provides a huge market for Japanese companies. Some of the sector specific opportunities

i. Automotive Electronics: India produced 20.4 million automobiles in 2012. Nearly 20%-40% values of these vehicles are electronics. Companies like Suzuki, Honda and Mitsubishi are already doing manufacturing and assembly of vehicles. Automotive Electronics can leverage on Indias Software Design and automobile manufacturing ecosystems

ii. Medical Electronics: Medical electronics in India is growing at a CAGR of 17%. Currently estimated around USD 1 Billion, it sis expected to touch USD 6.4 Billion by 2020. Greater awareness, education, coupled with development of appropriate devices (catering to disease common to the sub continent) at affordable prices will definitely result is higher growth.

iii. Solar Energy: Jawaharlal Nehru national Solar Mission with target of 20 GW of Solar Power by 2022 and requirement to manufacture locally will provide a huge market for the domestic manufacturing segment

iv. Atomic Energy: With plans to develop 63 GW by 2032, India has ambitious plans to develop Nuclear energy. 7 nuclear reactors are currently under construction. Japanese companies can service this demand through local manufacturing.

v. Rail car Manufacturing:India has tremendous opportunities in rail car manufacturing with huge urban metro rail system coming up in several cities. In additions, India made rail cars can be exported to South East Asia under the FTA which India has with these countries.

vi. Consumer Electronics: The market is anticipated to grow at a CAGR of around 17% during 2012-2015 to reach over US$ 15 Billion by the end of 2015 Tags: Electronic manufacturing in India Permalink Leave a comment Nalanda farmer beats world record in rice production

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 18, 2013 in Agriculture

Rate This

Five young farmers have set up a new record in paddy cultivation in Nalanda district. State agriculture officials have informed the press that Sumant from Darveshpura under Katrisarai police station has not only set a new record in rice production in the state but also broken the world record. Sumants bumper yield of 224 quintals of paddy per hectare exceeds the existing world record of Chinese farm scientist Yuan Longping. Besides Suman, his friends from the same village did not lag behind Krishna Kumar had a yield of 220 quintals per hectare while Nitish, Ramanand Singh and Sanjay Kumar had yields of 196 quintals, 192 quintals and 190 quintals respectively. All of them adopted the system of rice intensification (SRI), a relatively new technique which uses less water and seeds than the traditional methods but helps yield far greater quantities.

Kumar achieved the feat through the widely-acclaimed SRI method, which was introduced in the district in 2008.

District agricultural officer and experts visited the village to verify the claims of the farmers about the high yields. The team found the claims true, adding 90 per cent of the farmers had opted for the SRI technique.

Bihar Chief Minister Nitish too had acknowledged the feat in the yearly report card on Friday, terming termed it a big achievement in the agriculture sector. Earlier in China, leading agricultural scientist, Yuan Longping, widely known as Father of Hybrid Rice cultivated a new type of hybrid rice DH2525 and produced 190 quintals of paddy in a hectare. The yield exceeded the goal China had set itself in 2004 of 13.5 tonnes.

Meanwhile, excited with the new world record by a farmer in his district, the district agriculture officer said other farmers too have started switching over to the new scientific SRI method of paddy cultivation. Over 25,000 farmers of the district have changed their method of paddy cultivation to SRI method and getting proper return on their investment Tags: Nalanda farmer beats world record in rice production Permalink Leave a comment WISSARD Project Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 15, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

Rate This

The Whillans Ice Stream Subglacial Access Research Drilling (WISSARD) project is an integrative study of ice sheet stability and subglacial geobiology in West Antarctica, funded in 2009 by the Antarctic

Integrated System Science Program of National Science Foundations Office of Polar Programs, Antarctic Division. Components of the WISSARD Project WISSARD (Whillans Ice Stream Subglacial Access Research Drilling) will examine subglacial ecosystems in a holistic context.

The project will investigate the physical, chemical, and geobiological interactions in the subglacial environments poised at the interface of the Antarctic cryosphere, geosphere and global ocean. The WISSARD science program connects 8 institutions across the country and includes 13 research groups using specific scientific expertise in three integrated projects, LISSARD: (Lake and Ice Stream Subglacial Access Research Drilling), RAGES (Robotics Access to Grounding-zones for Exploration and Science), and GBASE (Geomicrobiology of Antarctic Subglacial Environments). This large-scale interdisciplinary approach to study the subglacial environments of a West Antarctic ice stream provides the unparalleled opportunity to highlight the process of science utilizing novel technology and the increasingly interdisciplinary nature of scientific discovery

Overview: Water Sloshing About an Ice-Covered Continent

The LISSARD project (Lake and Ice Stream Subglacial Access Research Drilling) is one of three research components of the WISSARD integrative initiative (Whillans Ice Stream Subglacial Access Research Drilling) that is being funded by the Antarctic Integrated System Science Program of NSFs Office of Polar Programs, Antarctic Division. LISSARD focuses on the role of active subglacial lakes in determining how fast the West Antarctic ice sheet loses mass to the global ocean and influences global sea level changes. The existence and importance of active subglacial lakes in Antarctica has been recognized just recently, and the lakes have been identified as high priority targets for scientific investigations. Until about five years ago scientists thought that subglacial lakes exist as huge, but isolated, bubbles of water trapped in deep depressions carved in bedrock by moving ice. However, recent discoveries of active subglacial lakes (more than 120 have been identified in Antarctica), which are pumping water in and out on time scales of months to years, demonstrates that many subglacial lakes are part of an interconnected system of water drainage.

RAGES: Robotic Access to Grounding-zones for Exploration and Science

As one of three components of WISSARD (Whillans Ice Stream Subglacial Access Research Drilling), RAGES (Robotic Access to Grounding-zones for Exploration and Science) research concentrates on the stability of the fast flowing Whillans Ice Stream in subglacial system between SLW and the ice stream grounding zone. A grounding zone is an area where the ice, ocean waters and sea floor interact; where the ice is being melted by or is freezing seawater, and where debris below and in the ice and streams flowing under the ice are released and discharge their loads. Based on our present limited data and modeling efforts, grounding zones can be influenced by:

(i) internal ice stream dynamics,

(ii) rates of subglacial sediment (till) supply to the grounding zone,

(iii) increased melting by warming ocean waters, and/or

(iv) filling/draining cycles of subglacial lakes. Grounding zones are seen as high priority targets to investigate because models indicate these are important areas that strongly influence ice sheet stability. GBASE: GeomicroBiology of Antarctic Subglacial Environments

The GBASE project is one of three research components of the WISSARD (Whillans Ice Stream Subglacial Access Research Drilling) integrative initiative that is being funded by the Antarctic Integrated System Science Program of the National Science Foundationss Office of Polar Programs, Antarctic Division.

GBASE will examine distinct, but hydrologically related, subglacial environments using a combination of biogeochemical/ genomic measurements to answer key questions directly relevant to metabolic and phylogenetic biodiversity and the biogeochemical transformation of major nutrients beneath the Whillans Ice Stream.

This research will focus on the lower portion of the Whillans Ice Stream in West Antarctica where two hydraulically connected subglacial environments will be accessed:

(1) Subglacial Lake Whillans, and

(2) Wet subglacial sediments and the aquatic environment near the grounding zone where the West Antarctic Ice Sheet meets the sea. GBASE will collect metagenomic and geochemical samples and examine both the subglacial lakes (i.e. basal ice, bulk water and sediments) and the grounding zone sites. This research will provide important phylogenetic and biogeochemical linkages across ecosystem components.

This five year project incorporates surface geophysical data with borehole and subglacial sampling and measurements. The boreholes will be drilled using a hot water drill that will utilize a large volume microfiltration and UV treatment system to continuously sterilize the hot water within the borehole to reduce the number of viable microorganisms originating from the melted snow and ice used as the source water for the hot water drill. This approach will maintain a pristine subglacial environment and allow us to collect uncontaminated samples

Tags: WISSARD Project Permalink Leave a comment Meteor explodes over Russian Urals Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 15, 2013 in Space (World)

Rate This

A meteor or meteors entered the atmosphere over the Russian city of Chelyabinsk 15th Feb 2013 and exploded in the sky, generating a shock wave that injured an estimated 950 people and damaged buildings. Itar-Nass news agency also reported damage in the nearby town of Cherbakul, where the military said a 20ft (6m) wide crater was found. Chelyabinsk is a city of about 1.1m people situated about 1,100 miles east of Moscow.

The unusual event was captured in many videos shot from cars and surveillance cameras. Videos show a blinding brightness, a dazzling object moving with astonishing speed and a long contrail. The Russian Academy of Sciences says the meteor weighed 10000 tons and entered the earths atmosphere at a speed of at least 33,000mph (54,000kph) and shattered between 18 and 32 miles above ground.

The shockwave from the explosion when the meteor entered the earths atmosphere smashed windows, buckled shop fronts, set off car alarms and took out mobile phone signals. A wall was damaged at the Chelyabinsk Zinc Plant but there was no environmental threat.

Stony Meteorite

While some 9,000 people have been helping in the clear-up and rescue operation, scientists have been concentrating their search for fragments of the rock around Chebarkul Lake, where a 6m (20ft) wide crater had been found following the strike.

Tags: Meteor explodes over Russian Urals Permalink Leave a comment Solar Sail Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 15, 2013 in Space (World)

Rate This

A solar sail is made up of just such a reflective surface, or several surfaces, depending on the sails design. When the bright sails face the Sun directly, they are subjected to a steady barrage of photons that reflect off the shiny surfaces and impel the spacecraft forward, away from the Sun. By changing the angle of to the Sun.the sail relative the Sun it is possible to affect the direction in which the sail is propelled just as a sailboat changes the angle of its sails to affect its course. It is even possible to direct the spacecraft towards the Sun, rather than away from it, by using the photons pressure on the sails to slow down the spacecrafts speed and bring its orbit closer

In order for sunlight to provide sufficient pressure to propel a spacecraft forward, a solar sail must capture as much Sunlight as possible. This means that the surface of the sail must be big very big. Cosmos 1 is a small solar sail intended only for a short mission. Nevertheless, once it spreads its sails even this small spacecraft will be 10 stories tall, as high as the rocket that will launch it. Its eight

triangular blades are 15 meters (49 feet) in length, and have a total surface area of 600 square meters (6500 square feet). This is about one and a half times the size of a basketball court.

For a true exploration mission the requirements are far greater: when a NASA team in the 1970s, headed by Louis Friedman, suggested using a solar sail spacecraft for a rendezvous with Halleys comet, they proposed a sail with a surface area of 600,000 square meters (6.5 million square feet). This is equivalent to a square of 800 meters (half-mile) by 800 meter the size of 10 square blocks in New York City!

Even with such a gigantic surface, a solar sail spacecraft will accelerate very slowly when compared to a conventional rocket. Under optimal conditions, a solar sail on an interplanetary mission would gain only 1 millimeter per second in speed every second it is pushed along by Solar radiation. The Mars Exploration Rovers, by comparison, accelerated by as much as 59 meters (192 feet) per second every second during their launch by conventional Delta II rockets. This acceleration is 59,000 times greater than that of a solar sail

But the incomparable advantage of a solar sail is that it accelerates CONSTANTLY. A rocket only burns for a few minutes, before releasing its payload and letting it cruise at a constant speed the rest of the way. A solar sail, in contrast, keeps on accelerating, and can ultimately reach speeds much greater than those of a rocket-launched craft. At an acceleration rate of 1 millimeter per second per second (20 times greater than the expected acceleration for Cosmos 1), a solar sail would increase its speed by approximately 310 kilometers per hour (195 mph) after one day, moving 7500 kilometers (4700 miles) in the process. After 12 days it will have increased its speed 3700 kilometers per hour (2300 mph).

While these speeds and distances are already substantial for interplanetary travel, they are insignificant when compared to the requirements of a journey to the stars. Given time, however, with small but constant acceleration, a solar sail spacecraft can reach any desired speed. If the acceleration diminishes due to an increasing distance from the Sun, some scientists have proposed pointing powerful laser beams at the spacecraft to propel it forward. Although such a strategy is not practicable with current technology and resources, solar sailing is nevertheless the only known technology that could someday be used for interstellar travel

Tags: Solar Sail Permalink Leave a comment NATIONAL CULTURE FUND Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 14, 2013 in Art and Culture

Rate This

India has many strands to its cultural heritage, which require to survive, grow and evolve as living cultures.

Factors such as the pace of socio-economic and environmental changes and the advent of new technologies are posing unprecedented threats to the continuity of these cultural heritages. Increasing awareness of these threats have brought about demands from communities not only to preserve and renew their languages, traditions and culture, but also to reinvigorate their cultural identity and creativity.

In view of the increasing concern of the community to preserve and promote our heritage and to enable them to participate and contribute to its promotion, it was considered necessary to set up an organization which would facilitate and support institutions and individuals in this endeavour.

The National Culture Fund (NCF) was established as a funding mechanism distinct from the existing sources and patterns of funding for the arts and culture in India. It will enable institutions and individuals to support arts and culture directly as partners with its government.

The National Culture Fund (NCF) was created as a Trust in November 1996.

The Govt. of India vide their orders in Aug.-Sep.98 notified that the donations to the national Culture Fund will be eligible for tax benefit under section 10 (23C) (iv) and 80 G(2) of the Income Tax Act.

The NCF is managed and administered by a council to decide the policies and an Executive Committee to actualize those policies. The Council is chaired by the Union Minister of Tourism & Culture and has a maximum strength of 24 including both the Chairman and Member Secretary, A team of 19 members represent various fields including corporate sector, private foundations and not-for-profit voluntary organizations. The purpose for this structure is to increase non-government representation in the decision making process

Objectives

The NCF endeavours to:

Preserve and promote our precious tangible and Intangible heritage in partnership with the community.

NCF invites you to participate in the promotion and preservation of Indias culture.

Key Features

Financial contributions and donations to the NCF are 100% tax deductible.

The NCF can facilitate donor specified projects, pertaining to archaeological monuments, sculptures, any performing art, manuscripts, paintings, crafts, etc.

Foreign donations can be received as the clearance under Foreign Contributions Regulations Act has been obtained.

Commitment to building partnerships between the public and private sectors.

The NCF is autonomous and will have professional management. Tags: NATIONAL CULTURE FUND Permalink Leave a comment Global Burden of Diseases Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 14, 2013 in Reports and Index

3 Votes

The Global Burden of Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors Study 2010 (GBD 2010) began in the spring of 2007 and is the most comprehensive effort since the GBD 1990 to produce complete and comparable estimates of the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for the years 1990, 2005, and 2010 for 21 regions covering the entire globe.

The GBD 2010 is significantly broader in scope than previous versions, including:

291 diseases and injuries

67 risk factors

1,160 sequelae (nonfatal health consequences)

Estimates for 21 regions

Estimates for 20 age groups

Improved methods for the estimation of health state severity weights

The GBD 2010 has brought together a large community of experts and leaders in epidemiology and other areas of public health research from around the world to measure current levels and recent trends in all major diseases, injuries, and risk factors and to produce new and comprehensive sets of estimates and easy-to-use tools for research and teaching.

The principle guiding the burden of disease approach is that the best estimates can only be generated by analyzing all available sources of information in a country or region and correcting for bias. The results are presented in terms of disability-adjusted life years (DALYs), a time-based measure that combines years of life lost due to premature mortality and years of life lost due to time lived in health states less than ideal health, a metric that was specifically developed to assess the burden of disease. Collaborators

The GBD 2010 is a collaboration of hundreds of researchers around the world, led by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation at the University of Washington and a consortium of several other institutions including:

Harvard University

Imperial College London

Johns Hopkins University

University of Queensland

University of Tokyo

World Health Organization (WHO) Key Activities

The GBD Study has undertaken several key activities to produce global burden estimates:

1. Produced valid, unbiased, and comparable estimates of prevalence of disease and injury cases or episodes and relevant disabling sequelae at the population level for the GBD regions

Together with information on duration, distribution by severity, and corresponding health state severity weights has been used to estimate the years lived with disability (YLD) by age and sex for all 21 regions of the world for 1990, 2005, and 2010. A large number of systematic reviews have been implemented by condition-specific experts around the world, accessing published and grey literature, to collate the data used to derive these estimates.

2. Produced cause-specific mortality by region that collectively sums to all-cause mortality estimates globally

3. Revised the health state severity weight system, a highly debated component of past GBD studies that seeks to measure health state severity

There are 1,160 sequelae, that result from one or more of the conditions being assessed for the GBD Study. A health state severity weight assigns each sequela a value representing a state between perfect health (0) and death (1). Health state severity weights provide the bridge between mortality and nonfatal outcomes in the burden of disease. The original GBD Study used expert opinion to assign these weights for each sequela. The current study utilizes household surveys fielded in a diverse set of cultural, demographic, and linguistic contexts as well as one made available on the Web.

The survey asks individuals to imagine different health outcomes and compare them to each other in simple, comprehensible questions for all educational levels. For example: Imagine two people the first person is completely blind, and the second person suffers from constant intense back pain. Who is healthier overall? Answers are used to calculate a health state severity weight for each sequela.

4. Produced estimates of YLDs, YLLs, death, and DALYs for diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 21 regions for 20 age groups and both sexes, for 1990, 2005, and 2010

In order to maximize comparability across time and between conditions, the GBD Study is applying newly updated methods across all data. It will utilize analytic tools developed within several research

teams at IHME to ensure high quality results that maximize the use of the data that have been identified through systematic reviews.

The estimates will include 291 diseases and injuries, and 67 risk factors the single most comprehensive study of its kind carried out to date. History of the GBD Study

The original Global Burden of Disease Study (GBD 1990) was commissioned by the World Bank in 1991 to provide a comprehensive assessment of the burden of 107 diseases and injuries and 10 selected risk factors for the world and eight major regions. The methods established by that study created a common metric to estimate the health loss associated with morbidity and mortality.

The study represented a major step in quantifying global and regional effects of diseases, injuries, and risk factors on population health. It also stimulated numerous national studies of burden of disease. The results have been used by governments and non-governmental agencies to inform priorities for research, development, policies, and funding. Impact

Improving the health and well-being of the worlds population is a moral imperative and essential for global stability and progress. The vast energies, technologies, and resources pouring into global health have given us the capacity to fight disease, remedy disability, and address deep inequalities in health between populations.

The new round of the Global Burden of Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors Study will provide the tools and knowledge to inform efforts for making truly effective interventions possible. The GBD 2010s consistent and comprehensive regional estimates will help policymakers and nonresearch audiences interpret GBD concepts and utilize study results. Tags: Global Burden of Diseases Permalink

Leave a comment H5N1 influenza Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 14, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

What is H5N1?

H5N1 is a type of influenza virus that causes a highly infectious, severe respiratory disease in birds called avian influenza (or bird flu). Human cases of H5N1 avian influenza occur occasionally, but it is difficult to transmit the infection from person to person. When people do become infected, the mortality rate is about 60%.

How does H5N1 influenza spread to people?

Almost all cases of H5N1 infection in people have been associated with close contact with infected live or dead birds, or H5N1-contaminated environments. The virus does not infect humans easily, and spread from person to person appears to be unusual. There is no evidence that the disease can be spread to people through properly prepared and thoroughly cooked food. Why is there so much concern about H5N1 influenza?

H5N1 infection in humans can cause severe disease and has a high mortality rate. If the H5N1 virus were to change and become easily transmissible from person to person while retaining its capacity to cause severe disease, the consequences for public health could be very serious.

Why might the H5N1 influenza virus change?

Influenza viruses constantly undergo genetic changes. It would be a cause for concern, should the H5N1 virus become more easily transmissible among humans.

What are the symptoms of H5N1 avian influenza in humans?

The symptoms of H5N1 infection may include fever (often high fever, > 38C) and malaise, cough, sore throat, and muscle aches. Other early symptoms may include abdominal pain, chest pain and diarrhoea. The infection may progress quickly to severe respiratory illness (for example, difficulty breathing or shortness of breath, pneumonia, Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome) and neurologic changes (altered mental status or seizures). Is it safe to eat chicken, poultry products and other wild game birds?

Yes, it is safe to eat properly prepared and cooked poultry and game birds. The virus is sensitive to heat. Normal temperatures used for cooking (so that food reaches 70C in all parts) will kill the virus. As a standard precaution, WHO recommends that poultry, poultry products and wild game birds should always be prepared following good hygienic practices, and that poultry meat should be properly cooked.

To date, a large number of human infections with the H5N1 virus have been linked to the home slaughter and subsequent handling of diseased or dead birds prior to cooking. These practices represent the highest risk of human infection and are the most important to avoid.

How is H5N1 avian influenza in humans treated?

In most cases, avian influenza in humans develops into a serious disease that should be treated promptly in the hospital and may require intensive care, where available. The antiviral medicine oseltamivir can reduce the severity of illness and prevent death, and should be used in all cases. Is a vaccine available to prevent human infection with H5N1avian influenza?

Candidate vaccines to prevent H5N1 infection have been developed, but they are not ready for widespread use. Does seasonal influenza (seasonal flu) vaccination provide protection against H5N1 viruses?

Seasonal influenza vaccination does not appear to protect against H5N1 infection. What is the WHO response to H5N1 influenza?

WHO is working with countries to help them detect and manage cases of H5N1 infection in humans when they occur.

WHO collaborates with global health partners and agencies, including the World Organisation for Animal Health (OIE), and the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), to control and prevent the spread of animal diseases.

WHOs global laboratory system, the Global Influenza Surveillance and Response System (GISRS), identifies and monitors strains of circulating influenza viruses, and provides advice to countries on their risk to human health and available treatment or control measures Tags: H5N1 influenza Permalink Leave a comment

Delhi Declaration on Traditional Medicine for the South-East Asian Countries Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 13, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

The Delhi Declaration is as follows:

A. The Health Ministers of South-East Asian countries, representing the Governments of Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Nepal, Minister of Indigenous Medicine, Sri Lanka, and Vice Minister of Health, TimorLeste, and the representatives of DPR Korea, Indonesia, Myanmar, Maldives and Thailand met in New Delhi during the International Conference on Traditional Medicine for South-East Asian Countries, and we

1) recalled the importance given at the International Conference on Primary Health Care at Alma Ata in 1978 for inclusion of access to Traditional Medicine in the planning and implementation of health care;

2) noted the progress of Traditional Medicine in the countries of South East Asia Region, specifically after the World Health Organization (WHO) brought out the strategy for Traditional Medicine 20022005;

3) considered the importance of various resolutions of the World Health Assembly(WHA) and of the South East Asia Regional Committee for promoting Traditional Medicine and Medicinal Plants, specifically WHA56.31, WHA62.13 and SEA/RC56/R6;

4) appreciated the diversity and richness of Traditional Medical Systems, their courses of study, status of research & development, regulatory frameworks and medicinal flora in the South-East Asian countries;

5) recognized that Traditional Medicine and Traditional Medicine Practitioners have substantial potential to contribute for improving health outcomes in various countries of the world;

6) acknowledged the fact that traditional medicine is culturally acceptable, generally available, affordable and widely used in various countries for the treatment of diseases;

7) noted the fact that for millions of people often living in rural areas in different countries, traditional medicine is a significant source of health care;

8) recognized the potential of traditional medicine in providing primary health care, and 9) expressed the need for sharing of experience and knowledge for securing reliance on Traditional Medicine for public health benefits.

B. DECLARATION

In the light of the above, we hereby agree for cooperation, collaboration and mutual support amongst the South-East Asian Countries in all spheres of Traditional Medicine in accordance with national priorities, legislations and circumstances, and specifically agree to make collaborative efforts aiming at the following:

I. to promote National policies, strategies and interventions for equitable development and appropriate use of traditional medicine in the health care delivery system;

II. to develop institutionalized mechanism for exchange of information, expertise and knowledge with active cooperation with WHO on traditional medicine through workshops, symposia, visit of experts, exchange of literature etc.;

III. to pursue harmonized approach for the education, practice, research,documentation and regulation of traditional medicine and involvement of traditional medicine practitioners in health services;

IV. to explore the possibility of promoting mutual recognition of educational qualifications awarded by recognized Universities, pharmacopoeias, monographs and relevant databases of traditional medicine;

V. to encourage development of common reference documents of traditional medicine for South East Asian countries;

VI. to develop regional cooperation for training and capacity building of traditional medicine experts;

VII to encourage sustainable development and resource augmentation of medicinal plants in the South East Asian regional countries;

VIII to establish regional centers as requiredfor capacity building and networking in the areas of traditional medicine and medicinal plants and

IX to exchange views, experiences and experts for integration of traditional medicine into national health systems in accordance with national policies and regulations. Tags: Delhi Declaration on Traditional Medicine for the South-East Asian Countries Permalink Leave a comment United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 13, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

1 Vote

The United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) known as the constitution for the oceans is the main source of international law governing the global ocean. Perhaps its most familiar aspect is that each country governs fishing within its own Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ), which extends to a maximum of 200 nautical miles from shore. Beyond that point lie the high seas waters under international jurisdiction. They make up about two-thirds of the entire global ocean, amounting to 45% of the Earths surface.

UNCLOS defines the rights and responsibilities of nation states regarding uses of the global ocean including fishing, navigation, scientific exploration and seabed mining. Its agreement marked a milestone in multilateral cooperation, and has seen success on many of these issues but not in all, as the depletion of fish stocks and the degradation of biodiversity demonstrate.

UNCLOS was conceived in the 1960s, negotiated in the 1970s and signed in 1982, although it did not enter into force until 1994. Fishing the deep of the great oceans, extraction of genetic resources from marine life, and geo engineering are among the many potential and actual uses that have emerged only in the years since then. Hydrothermal vents were discovered shortly before the signing of UNCLOS; threats such as ocean acidification are far too recent discoveries to have been included in its deliberations.

A new international order would be needed to regulate the problems created by the advancement of science and technology and to ensure equitable shares in a world of growing competition. For a number of reasons, his vision for the high seas was not brought into reality in 1982, and remains elusive.

Another concern is that ocean governance is highly sectoral. Issues such as the laying of seafloor cables, seabed mining and ocean dumping are governed by separate treaties. On a regional scale, the patchwork of regulation can be even more complex. Across the high seas, there are more than 30 fisheries management and advisory organisations3. Their coverage is patchy and their effectiveness hugely variable. In addition, there are some 13 regional seas programmes4 under the UN Environment Programme, and five others that are also part of the regional seas network. In many areas, this makes legal waters far too murky for straightforward navigation.

Even if all existing agreements were effectively implemented and enforced, serious gaps in the global ocean governance system would remain. They include:

no formal recognition of the need to protect biodiversity on the high seas and no mechanism with a mandate to do so

no mandate for the establishment of high seas marine reserves

no place for emerging uses such as bio-prospecting

insufficient geographical coverage and lack of effective fisheries management

lack of regulation of ocean noise and its potential impacts on marine life

no conservation enforcement mechanism or competent enforcement body, and few or no sanctions against non-compliance.

Collectively, the gaps add up to a systemic weakness that allows threats such as illegal fishing and the destruction of marine biodiversity to continue.

A major component of the Global Ocean Commissions work will be to scrutinise the legal framework and management rules governing the high seas, and assess what evolution might be necessary in order to ensure a healthy and sustainably productive global ocean in the future.

Ocean Under Threat

From the polar seas to the underwater abyss to the wide-open sweep of the Pacific, the global ocean is vital for life on Earth. It provides food for more than three billion people; it produces about half of the oxygen that we breathe, and absorbs roughly a quarter of our carbon dioxide emissions. It is set to become a major source of minerals and genetic resources to meet the growing needs of the 21st Century. The water and the seabed are home to an estimated two million species perhaps more although we have so far identified only one tenth of that number.

In recent years, it has become clear that we are not managing the ocean as effectively as we could. Many fish stocks are depleted; some may never recover. The rich biodiversity that scientists are only now discovering is threatened by destructive fishing methods, pollution and climate change. Illegal fishing vessels are an increasing threat to the security of nations and a commonplace scene of human rights abuses. Equally clear are the economic losses that poor management incurs, with depletion of fish stocks alone costing the global economy an estimated $50bn per year.

About one third of the global ocean is controlled and managed by individual governments. But threats and challenges are becoming increasingly serious in the high seas, the international waters that lie beyond national jurisdiction. The high seas make up nearly half of the Earths surface. Yet there is little monitoring and little policing for this vast area of the planet. Most fundamentally, the high seas sit under a legal system that that has not evolved in response to modern practices, technologies or scientific understanding.

With the global population set to increase from seven towards nine billion people in the next few decades, the need to secure a healthy and productive global ocean could not be more pressing. A healthier ocean that is better managed could provide more food and more employment. Combatting illegal fishing would improve prospects for nature, for the ecosystem services that we need, and for responsible businesses. It could also ensure that the benefits from the exploitation of ocean resources can be sustainably managed and equitably shared.

These issues are not unfamiliar to the international community. At successive meetings within the United Nations system, most recently the Rio+20 summit, governments continue to raise issues of concern, including the threats from climate change and ocean acidification, overfishing, illegal fishing, and subsidies that drive unsustainable consumption. They have also debated the need to conserve and protect marine ecosystems to both restock the ocean and build its resilience to change. Regional fisheries organisations continue to discuss the difficult issue of sustainable high seas fishing and the persistence of illegal fishing; security agencies raise the links between illegal fishing and issues such as piracy, terrorism and drug smuggling. But so far, making the transition towards securing a healthier and more productive global ocean has proven to be a challenge. Tags: United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) Permalink Leave a comment Landsat-8 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 12, 2013 in Space (World)

Rate This

The Landsat Data Continuity Mission (LDCM) spacecraft, part of NASAs on going mission to capture images and data from the Earths surface, roared into space atop an Atlas V rocket at 1:02 p.m. Satellites operated by NASA have monitored Earth from space continuously for the past four decades.

Landsat is a center piece of NASAs Earth Science program, It will extend the longest continuous data record of Earths surface as seen from space.

This data is a key tool for monitoring climate change and has led to the improvement of human and biodiversity health, energy and water management, urban planning, disaster recovery and agriculture monitoring.

Landsat spacecraft is expected to reach its operational, sun-synchronous, polar orbit about 440 miles above the Earth.

Control of the LDCM, the eighth in a series of NASA Landsat satellites first launched in 1972, will be transferred to the Department of the Interiors U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in about three months when it goes fully operational, NASA said. At that point, the satellite will be renamed Landsat 8.

Landsat has been delivering invaluable scientific information about our planet for more than forty years. It will continue to help us better understand our natural resources and help people like water managers, farmers, and resource managers make informed decisions.

LDCM is the best Landsat satellite ever built. The technology will advance and improve the array of scientific investigations and resource management applications supported by Landsat images.

Tags: Landsat-8 Permalink Leave a comment 2012 DA14 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 12, 2013 in Space (World)

1 Vote

The Earth is going to get a very close shave by an asteroid*. Called 2012 DA14, this 50 meter (160 foot) rock will pass just over 27,000 kilometres (17,000 miles) from the Earths surface. This is closer than our geosynchronous satellites, so this really is a close pass!

But, to be very clear: This asteroid poses no threat to us right now, nor in the foreseeable future.

Pebble in the Sky

2012 DA14 was discovered in February 2012 by astronomers at the Observatorio Astronmico de La Sagra; it passed the Earth on Feb. 16th of that year, missing us by a comfortable 2.6 million km (1.6 million miles). The asteroid has a very Earth-like orbit, talking 366 days to orbit the Sun. Its orbit is slightly more elliptical than ours and tilted by about 11 to ours as well. All thats about to change though: After the encounter this year, the Earths gravity will change the orbit of DA14 quite a bit, reducing the period to about 317 days.

Courtesy:NASA/JPL Tags: 2012 DA14 Permalink Leave a comment 500 New Community Radio Stations by the End of XII Plan Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 11, 2013 in Information and Communication Technology ICT

Rate This

The Government in order to give the Community Radio movement a fresh impetus would be providing Rs.100 crores in the XII Plan. During the Plan period, it was proposed to set up 500 new Community Radio Stations (CRS) also.

Ministry had identified key benchmarks for the Plan period whereby a roadmap would be prepared to provide assistance for operating Community Radio Stations. Elaborating on the proposal of the Plan fund,

What is Community Radio?

Community radio is a radio service offering a third model of radio broadcasting in addition to commercial and public broadcasting. Community stations serve geographic communities and communities of interest. They broadcast content that is popular and relevant to a local, specific audience but is often overlooked by commercial or mass-media broadcasters. Community radio stations are operated, owned, and influenced by the communities they serve. They are generally non profit and provide a mechanism for enabling individuals, groups, and communities to tell their own stories, to share experiences and, in a media-rich world, to become creators and contributors of media.

In many parts of the world, community radio acts as a vehicle for the community and voluntary sector, civil society, agencies, NGOs and citizens to work in partnership to further community development aims, in addition to broadcasting. There is legally defined community radio (as a distinct broadcasting sector) in many countries, such as France, Argentina, South Africa, Australia and Ireland. Much of the legislation has included phrases such as social benefit, social objectives and social gain as part of

the definition. Community radio has developed differently in different countries, and the term has somewhat different meanings in the United Kingdom, Ireland, the United States, Canada, and Australia.

Tags: 500 New Community Radio Stations by the End of XII Plan Permalink Leave a comment Swine Flu Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 11, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

Swine Flu also known as swine influenza, pig flu, hog flu, pig influenza and hog influenza is a respiratory disease spreads from persons to persons and pigs to pigs more commonly and pigs to persons very rarely. Swine flu spreads from 2009 H1N1 type A influenza virus which is also known as novel H1N1 or nH1N1, quadruple assortant H1N1, and 2009 pandemic H1N1.

Though Swine flu does not spread from eating pork and ham, but those who live with swine like farmers or have more exposure to pigs are more prone to become infected.

Very few cases have been seen of spreading infection from swine to human, but Swine Flu epidemic spread from infected persons to others.

Earlier, it was uncommon to see the infection of spreading Swine flu from pigs to humans.

Swine flu, also known as 2009 H1N1 type A influenza, is a human disease. People get the disease from other people, not from pigs. However, scientists are still arguing about what the virus should be called, but most people know it as the H1N1 swine flu virus.

The virus that spreads influenza in swine and H1N1 infection in human, are different as according to scientists, the epidemic that spreads epidemic in Human beings in 2009 occurred due to the tendency of changing characteristics in cross- species (Pigs to human and human to pigs or human to bird flu).

Swine flu is transmitted from person to person by inhalation or ingestion of droplets containing virus from people sneezing or coughing. The recent study have shown that pregnant women are more prone to swine flu.

Swine influenza virus was first isolated from pigs in 1930 in the U.S. and has been recognized by pork producers and veterinarians to cause infections in pigs worldwide.

The symptoms of swine flu are not far different in human beings and pigs. There are some common symptoms seen in the infected persons:

Cough

Sore Throat

Runny nose

Body aches

Headache

Chills

Fatigue

The less common symptoms include diarrhoea and vomiting. Like seasonal flu, pandemic swine flu can cause neurologic symptoms in children. Patients can get pneumonia (bacterial secondary infection) if the viral infection persists, and some can develop seizures. Diagnosis

Swine flu cannot be easily diagnosed from the above signs and symptoms but conducting Real-time polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) it can be detected. Treatment

Vaccines are available for different kinds of Swine Flu and if persons get injection of Swine Flu, they can get enough anti-bodies against the virus. But, there is no accurate cure is available for swine flu. Instead, anti-viral drugs are prescribed to decrease the severity of the disease. Usually an anti-viral drug, used in Tami Flu has been prescribed most of the time as since now, it has been proved most effective.

Tags: Swine Flu Permalink Leave a comment Biofilm Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 11, 2013 in Science and Technology

1 Vote

Fig. 1: The biofilm life cycle, 1: individual cells populate the surface. 2: EPS is produced and attachment becomes irreversible. 3 & 4: biofilm architecture develops and matures. 5: single cells are released from the biofilm.

A biofilm is a complex aggregation of microorganisms growing on a solid substrate. Biofilms are characterized by structural heterogeneity, genetic diversity, complex community interactions, and an extracellular matrix of polymeric substances.

Formation of a biofilm begins with the attachment of free-floating microorganisms to a surface. These first colonists adhere to the surface initially through weak, reversible van der Waals forces. If the colonists are not immediately separated from the surface, they can anchor themselves more permanently using cell adhesion molecules such as pili.

The first colonists facilitate the arrival of other cells by providing more diverse adhesion sites and beginning to build the matrix that holds the biofilm together. Only some species are able to attach to a surface on their own. Others are often able to anchor themselves to the matrix or directly to earlier colonists. Once colonization has begun, the biofilm grows through a combination of cell division and recruitment.

Biofilms are usually found on solid substrates submerged in or exposed to some aqueous solution. Biofilms consist of many species of bacteria and archaea living within a matrix of excreted polymeric compounds. This matrix protects the cells within it and facilitates communication among them through

chemical and physical signals. Some biofilms have been found to contain water channels that help distribute nutrients and signalling molecules. This matrix is strong enough that in some cases, biofilms can become fossilized.

Bacteria living in a biofilm can have significantly different properties from free-floating bacteria, as the dense and protected environment of the film allows them to cooperate and interact in various ways. One benefit of this environment is increased resistance to detergents and antibiotics, as the dense extracellular matrix and the outer layer of cells protect the interior of the community.

Biofilms are common in nature, as bacteria commonly have mechanisms by which they can adhere to surfaces and to each other. Dental plaque is a biofilm. In industrial environments, biofilms can develop on the interiors of pipes and lead to clogs and corrosion. In medicine, biofilms spreading along implanted tubes or wires can lead to pernicious infections in patients. Biofilms on floors and counters can make sanitation difficult in food preparation areas.

Biofilms can also be harnessed for constructive purposes. For example, many sewage treatment plants include a treatment stage in which waste water passes over biofilms grown on filters, which extract and digest harmful organic compounds.

Dental plaque is a yellowish biofilm that build up on the teeth. If not removed regularly, it can lead to dental caries.

Bacterial Biofilms

A majority of bacteria in natural and clinical settings are contained in biofilms, which are surfacemounted, integrated communities of cells. Biofilms are highly structured and physically dynamic, with their structure and mechanical properties defined by extracellular polymeric substances (EPS), which serve as a scaffolding or glue holding the biofilm together.

The life cycle of a biofilm is characterized by attachment of planktonic bacteria to a surface or by migration or division of sessile cells to cover an empty region of the surface, production of extracellular

polymeric substances (EPS) to adhere cells irreversibly to the substrate, and then by additional EPS production , cellular motility and reproduction, and phenotypic differentiation to produce a mature, thick and spatially structured biofilm.

In EPS production and in many other ways, bacteria in biofilms are phenotypically distinct from their genomically-identical planktonic counterparts. Bacteria in biofilms can be up to 1000 times more resistant to antibiotics, and less conspicuous to the immune system, because antigens are hidden and key ligands are suppressed.

The majority of these phenotypic differences, and of the structural and dynamic properties of biofilms, arise from complex, dynamic patterns of intercellular interaction and signaling that are not present for planktonic cells. Other characteristics seem to arise from interaction with a surface alone. Therefore, it is impossible to understand biofilms solely from studies of planktonic cells; systematic studies of the cooperative properties of self-cohering and of surface-bound prokaryotes, in and out of biofilms and in the process of biofilm formation, are essential.

Tags: Biofilm Permalink Leave a comment Pandit Ravi Shankar wins two posthumous Grammys Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 11, 2013 in Awards

Rate This

Sitar legend Pandit Ravi Shankar received the Lifetime Achievement Grammy award, which was jointly accepted by his daughters, sitarist Anoushka Shankar and singer-songwriter Norah Jones.

Ravi Shankar also won the Best World Music Album award for The Living Room Sessions Part 1, beating daughter Anoushka who was nominated in the same category for her album Traveller.

Pt Ravi Shankar, along with George Harrison, organised the 1971 Concert for Bangladesh, which paved the way for many other fundraising charity concerts. Tags: Pandit Ravi Shankar wins two posthumous Grammys Permalink Leave a comment Science, Technology and Innovation Policy (STI) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 10, 2013 in Programmes and Policies

Rate This

The STI Policy seeks to send a signal to the Indian scientific community, both in the private and public domain, that science, technology and innovation should focus on faster, sustainable and inclusive development of the people. The policy seeks to focus on both STI for people and people for STI. It aims to bring all the benefits of Science, Technology & Innovation to the national development and sustainable and more inclusive growth. It seeks the right sizing of the gross expenditure on research and development by encouraging and incentivizing private sector participation in R & D, technology and innovation activities.

The policy also seeks to trigger an ecosystem for innovative abilities to flourish by leveraging partnerships among diverse stakeholders and by encouraging and facilitating enterprises to invest in innovations. It also seeks to bring in mechanisms for achieving gender parity in STI activities and gaining global competitiveness in select technological areas through international cooperation and alliances. The policy goal is to accelerate the pace of discovery, diffusion and delivery of science led solutions for serving the aspirational goals of India for faster, sustainable and inclusive growth. A Strong and viable Science, Research and Innovation system for High Technology led path for India (SRISHTI) are the goal for the STI policy.

The Key features of the STI policy 2013 are

Promoting the spread of scientific temper amongst all sections of society.

Enhancing skills for applications of science among the young from all social sectors.

Making careers in science, research and innovation attractive enough for talented and bright minds.

Establishing world class infrastructure for R&D for gaining global leadership in some select frontier areas of science.

Positioning India among the top five global scientific powers by 2020(by increasing the share of global scientific publications from 3.5% to over 7% and quadrupling the number of papers in top 1% journals from the current levels).

Linking contributions of Science Research and innovation system with the inclusive economic growth agenda and combining priorities of excellence and relevance.

Creating an environment for enhanced private sector participation in R &D.

Enabling conversion of R & D output with societal and commercial applications by replicating hitherto successful models, as well as establishing of new PPP structures.

Seeking S&T based high risk innovation through new mechanisms.

Fostering resource optimized cost-effective innovation across size and technology domains.

Triggering in the mindset & value systems to recognize respect and reward performances which create wealth from S&T derived knowledge.

Creating a robust national innovation system.

Aspirations of the Policy

The main aspirational elements of the STI policy are:

Raising Gross Expenditure in Research and Development (GERD) to 2% from the present 1% of the GDP in this decade by encouraging enhanced private sector contribution.

Increasing the number of Full Time Equivalent (FTE) of R&D personnel in India by at least 66% of the present strength in 5 years.

Increasing accessibility, availability and affordability of innovations, especially for women, differentlyabled and disadvantaged sections of society.

Mechanisms

Wide ranging mechanisms are envisaged to be deployed to realize the policy aspirations, a few of these are:

Promoting the spread of scientific temper amongst all sections of society.

Enhancing skill for applications of science among the young from all social strata.

Making careers in science, research and innovation attractive enough for talented and bright minds.

Empowering women through appropriate STI inputs and investments

Facilitating private sector investment in R&D centres in India and overseas.

Promoting establishment of large R&D facilities in PPP mode with provisions for benefits sharing.

Permitting multi stakeholders participation in the Indian R&D system.

Treating R&D in the private sector at par with public institutions for availing public funds.

Bench marking of R&D funding mechanisms and patterns globally.

Aligning Venture Capital and Inclusion Innovation Fund systems.

Sharing of IPRs between inventors and investors.

Modifying IPR policy to provide for marching rights for social good when supported by public funds and for co-sharing IPRs generated under PPP.

Providing incentives for commercialization of innovations with focus on green manufacturing.

Closing gaps in the translation of new findings at the grassroots and the commercial space.

Forging strategic partnerships and alliances with other nations through both bilateral and multilateral cooperation in science, technology and innovation.

Triggering ecosystem changes in attitudes, mindset, values and governance systems of publicly funded institutions engaged in STI activities to recognize, respect and reward performances which create wealth from S&T derived knowledge.

Policy Implementation

Implementation of the proposals contained in the Policy will necessitate consultations with different government departments/ministries and agencies besides consultations with overarching, science and engineering academies industry and business associations etc .Accordingly DST will establish a Policy Implementation Group to expeditiously operationalise the proposals within the next two years.

Backdrop

Prime Minister, Shrimati Indira Gandhi had announced the Technology Policy Statement (TPS) at the Science Congress in January 1983. It focused on the need to attain technological competence and self-

reliance. Several of the statements of TPS were implemented. Subsequently, a Science and Technology Policy (STP) was announced in 2003, seeking to bring science and technology (S&T) together. It basically called for integrating programmes of socio-economic sectors with the national R&D system and the creation of a national innovation system. The world has changed vastly since then in all spheres of human activity. New paradigms of innovation have emerged, arising, among others, out of the pervasive intrusion of internet and globalization. Even then systems that foster innovation have become country and context specific. India has declared 2010-20 as the Decade of Innovation.Indias demographics have changed significantly too. The youthful populations have high expectations and aspirations of the nation. The Science, Technology and Innovation Policy (STI) 2013 approved by the Union Cabinet is in furtherance of this declaration and aims to bring perspectives to bear on Science & Technology led innovations in the changing context.

Tags: science, Technology and Innovation Policy (STI) Permalink Leave a comment Rajiv Gandhi Equity Savings Scheme (RGESS) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 10, 2013 in Commerce

1 Vote

Finance Minister approves the Operational Features of the Rajiv Gandhi Equity Savings Scheme (RGESS)

Rajiv Gandhi Equity Saving Scheme(RGESS),exclusively for the first time retail investors in Securities Market. This Scheme would give tax benefits to new investors who invest up to Rs. 50,000 and whose annual income is below Rs. 10 lakh.

The Scheme not only encourages the flow of savings and improves the depth of domestic capital markets, but also aims to promote an equity culture in India. This is also expected to widen the retail investor base in the Indian securities markets.

Salient features of the Scheme are as under:

a. Scheme is open to new retail investors, identified on the basis of their PAN numbers. This includes those who have opened the Demat Account but have not made any transaction in equity and /or in derivatives till the date of notification of this Scheme and all those account holders other than the first account holder who wish to open a fresh account.

b. Those investors whose annual taxable income is Rs. 10 lakhs are eligible under the Scheme.

c. The maximum Investment permissible under the Scheme is Rs. 50,000 and the investor would get a 50% deduction of the amount invested from the taxable income for that year.

d. Under the Scheme, those stocks listed under the BSE 100 or CNX 100, or those of public sector undertakings which are Navratnas, Maharatnas and Miniratnas would be eligible. Follow-on Public Offers (FPOs) of the above companies would also be eligible under the Scheme. IPOs of PSUs, which are getting listed in the relevant financial year and whose annual turnover is not less than Rs. 4000 Crore for each of the immediate past three years, would also be eligible.

e. In addition, considering the requests from various stakeholders, Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) and Mutual Funds (MFs) that have RGESS eligible securities as their underlying and are listed and traded in the stock exchanges and settled through a depository mechanism have also been brought under RGESS.

f. To benefit the small investors, the investments are allowed to be made in instalments in the year in which tax claims are made.

g. The total lock-in period for investments under the Scheme would be three years including an initial blanket lock-in period of one year, commencing from the date of last purchase of securities under RGESS.

h. After the first year, investors would be allowed to trade in the securities in furtherance of the goal of promoting an equity culture and as a provision to protect them from adverse market movements or stock specific risks as well as to give them avenues to realize profits.

i. Investors would, however, be required to maintain their level of investment during these two years at the amount for which they have claimed income tax benefit or at the value of the portfolio before initiating a sale transaction, whichever is less, for at least 270 days in a year. The calculation of 270 days includes those days pursuant to the day on which the market value of the residual shares /units has automatically touched the stipulated value after the date of debit.

j. The general principle under which trading is allowed is that whatever is the value of stocks / units sold by the investor from the RGESS portfolio, RGESS compliant securities of at least the same value are credited back into the account subsequently. However, the investor is allowed to take benefits of the appreciation of his RGESS portfolio, provided its value, as on the previous day of trading, remains above the investment for which they have claimed income tax benefit.

k. For the purpose of valuation of shares, the closing price as on the previous day of the date of trading will be considered so that new investors are certain about their debits and credits into the account.

l. In case the investor fails to meet the conditions stipulated, the tax benefit will be withdrawn.

Like all financial products which have reached out substantially to the retail investors (post office savings, life insurance policies etc) through tax benefits, this tax break for direct investment in equity is expected to substantially encourage the retail participation in securities market as well as to enhance their participation in the growth of Indian industry. Entry of more retail investors are expected to further deepen the securities markets as they bring in long-term stable funds, which can counteract the volatility created by the liquidity providers of the market. The Scheme, thus, also furthers the goal of financial stability and promotes financial inclusion. Since Exchange Traded Funds and Mutual Funds have also been brought under the Scheme, the Scheme should provide encouragement and re-assurance to the first time investors.

The broad provisions of the Scheme and the income tax benefits under it have already been incorporated as a new Section 80CCG of the Income Tax Act, 1961, as amended by the Finance Act, 2012. Tags: Rajiv Gandhi Equity Savings Scheme (RGESS) Permalink Leave a comment Piezoelectricity Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 10, 2013 in Science and Technology

2 Votes

Piezoelectricity is the charge that accumulates in certain solid materials (notably crystals, certain ceramics, and biological matter such as bone, DNA and various proteins) in response to applied

mechanical stress. The word piezoelectricity means electricity resulting from pressure. It is derived from the Greek piezo or piezein, which means to squeeze or press, and electric or electron which stands for amber, an ancient source of electric charge. Piezoelectricity was discovered in 1880 by French physicists Jacques and Pierre Curie.

The piezoelectric effect is understood as the linear electromechanical interaction between the mechanical and the electrical state in crystalline materials with no inversion symmetry. The piezoelectric effect is a reversible

process in that materials exhibiting the direct piezoelectric effect (the internal generation of electrical charge resulting from an applied mechanical force) also exhibit the reverse piezoelectric effect (the internal generation of a mechanical strain resulting from an applied electrical field). For example, lead zirconate titanate crystals will generate measurable piezoelectricity when their static structure is deformed by about 0.1% of the original dimension. Conversely, those same crystals will change about 0.1% of their static dimension when an external electric field is applied to the material. The inverse piezoelectric effect is used in production of ultrasonic sound waves.

A piezoelectric disk generates a voltage when deformed (change in shape is greatly exaggerated)

Tags: Piezoelectricity Permalink

Leave a comment Clubfoot Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 9, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

Talipes equinovarus; Talipes

Clubfoot is when the foot turns inward and downward. It is a congenital condition, which means it is present at birth. Causes, incidence, and risk factors

Clubfoot is the most common congenital disorder of the legs. It can range from mild and flexible to severe and rigid.

The cause is not known, but the condition may be passed down through families in some cases. Risk factors include a family history of the disorder and being male. The condition occurs in about 1 out of every 1,000 live births. Symptoms

The physical appearance of the foot may vary. One or both feet may be affected.

The foot turns inward and downward at birth, and is difficult to place in the correct position. The calf muscle and foot may be slightly smaller than normal. Signs and tests

The disorder is identified during a physical examination. A foot x-ray may be done. Treatment

Treatment may involve moving the foot into the correct position and using a cast to keep it there. This is often done by an orthopedic specialist. Treatment should be started as early as possible ideally, shortly after birth when it is easiest to reshape the foot.

Gentle stretching and recasting will be done every week to improve the position of the foot. Generally, five to 10 casts are needed. The final cast will stay in place for 3 weeks. After the foot is in the correct position, the child will wear a special brace nearly full time for 3 months. Then, the child will wear the brace at night and during naps for up to 3 years.

Often, the problem is a tightened Achilles tendon, and a simple procedure is needed to release it.

Some severe cases of clubfoot will need surgery if other treatments do not work, or if the problem returns. The child should be monitored by a health care provider until the foot is fully grown. Expectations (prognosis)

The outcome is usually good with treatment. Complications

Some defects may not be completely fixed. However, treatment can improve the appearance and function of the foot. Treatment may be less successful if the clubfoot is linked to other birth disorders. Calling your health care provider

If your child is being treated for clubfoot, call your health care provider if:

The toes swell, bleed, or change color under the cast

The cast appears to be causing significant pain

The toes disappear into the cast

The cast slides off

The foot begins to turn in again after treatment

In India it is estimated that over 50,000 children are born with clubfoot every year making it an important factor of disability amongst our children. Delivering inaugural address at the National Clubfoot Conference organized to raise awareness on the prevalence of Clubfoot deformity here today, he has said that while clubfoot is easily identifiable and curable based on timely intervention; as a large number of children suffering from the disease are from the rural areas, they remain permanently disabled for want of access to timely cure and treatment.

He expressed his concern that it is estimated that in India there are more than 10 million persons with locomotor disabilities. Until two years ago, Polio was a major cause of disability. However, thanks to an effective anti-polio program, based on Government, NGO and international partnership, we have not had a single case of paralytic poliomyelitis for the last two years. With the eradication of Polio, it becomes logical to address the other causes of childhood disabilities; congenital clubfoot is one of them.

Until recently many children with clubfoot were treated surgically, which is not only an expensive but a less than fully satisfactory option due to relatively poor long-term results. Apparently, now a new method The Ponseti Method- can correct the foot deformity in children in a more cost effective and efficient manner. Its relevance in low resource setting cannot be over estimated. The Ponseti method is now the standard of all National Clubfoot programs across the globe. Its phenomenal success is attributable to a combination of sound scientific knowledge, applied in an integrated socio-medical environment using the already existing health care delivery system in many countries.

National Clubfoot Conference

The Conference is expected to provide the doctors and experts from India and abroad an interactive platform to share experiences and update themselves on newer knowledge and techniques in the treatment of clubfoot disease.

It is estimated that in India there are more than 10 million persons with locomotor disabilities. Until two years ago, Polio was a major cause of disability. However, thanks to an effective anti-polio program, based on Government, NGO and international partnership, we have not had a single case of paralytic poliomyelitis for the last two years. With the eradication of Polio, it becomes logical to address the other causes of childhood disabilities; congenital clubfoot is one of them.

In India it is estimated that over 50,000 children are born with clubfoot every year making it an important factor of disability amongst our children. While clubfoot is easily identifiable and curable based on timely intervention; as a large number of children suffering from the disease are from the rural areas, they remain permanently disabled for want of access to timely cure and treatment.

Until recently many children with clubfoot were treated surgically, which is not only an expensive but a less than fully satisfactory option due to relatively poor long-term results. Apparently, now a new method The Ponseti Method- can correct the foot deformity in children in a more cost effective and efficient manner. Its relevance in low resource setting cannot be over estimated.

The Ponseti method, is now the standard of all National Clubfoot programs across the globe. Its phenomenal success is attributable to a combination of sound scientific knowledge, applied in an integrated socio-medical environment using the already existing health care delivery system in many countries.

This programme has been launched under the public- private partnership mode with several State Governments partnering CURE International India to make this option a reality for the needy patients. It is particularly heartening to know that a large number of poor and deprived patients are able to access this method of treatment. In a short span of 3 years the program has become the largest in the world with over 7000 children enrolled for free treatment in 18 states in India and more are being added.

One of the key components of clubfoot care is follow up, as this condition can recur as the child grows older. It is good that the clubfoot program in partnership with Government medical colleges and CURE International India is documenting all cases and closely following up all the children treated with clubfoot. Tags: Clubfoot Permalink Leave a comment Incredible India Promotes Mani Majra Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 9, 2013 in Miscellaneous

1 Vote

Till last year Mani Majra a small town within the Union Territory of Chandigarh, was known mainly for being a prosperous suburb. After the release of the international film Zero Dark Thirty, which was shot in Mani Majra, it has acquired the potential to attract international tourists keen to see where the film was shot. The film has received Five Oscar nominations.

The Ministry of Tourism has launched an effort to popularise the town and inform potential visitors about how to get there. The Incredible India website has not only embedded a You Tube video that shows the majestic mediaeval Mani Majra Fort, but also shows glimpses of the town and shows the exact locations where the film was shot. The website also has a detailed map that shows how to reach Mani Majra by air, rail and road from Chandigarh as well as from the four major international airports of India.

This is part of the Ministrys efforts launched under Shri K. Chiranjeevi, Minister of Tourism to promote every part of India that has any potential to attract international tourists. It may be recalled that the Ministry had recently launched a campaign to promote Puducherry and Munnar (Kerala) where the international film Life of Pi was shot and also hosted a major Tourism Mart at Guwahati last month to promote North-Eastern India for international tourism.

The first success of the North-Eastern campaign has been the attention received in 14 international media outlets (print and electronic) by the hitherto little-known Pobitora Rhinoceros sanctuary near Guwahati.

What is Mani Majra?

Manimajra is a small town in the jurisdiction of Union Territory Chandigarh India

Situated close to Panchkula, Haryana, it is mainly a residential hub having various societies such as Modern Housing Complex, Duplex, Rajiv Vihar and Uppals Marble Arch . Two multiplexes, Fun Republic and DT mall are situated nearby for shopping and movies .

The town also symbolises an old fort which is undergoing restoration construction.International film Zero Dark Thirty, was shot in Mani Majra Tags: Incredible India Promotes Mani Majra Permalink Leave a comment Electro Magnetic Field (EMF) Radiation Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 9, 2013 in Science and Technology

Rate This

What is EMF? What Does EMF Stand For?

EMF stands for Electromagnetic fields, which are often called EMFs, and invisible electrical and magnetic forces. EMFs are a type of radiation, that take the form of waves.

Types of Electromagnetic Energy

Natural EMFs - The earth produces an electromagnetic field (EMF), and so does the human body. Also known as or extremely low frequency ELFs. In fact, scientific research has demonstrated that every cell in your body may have its own EMF, helping to regulate important functions and keep you healthy.

Natural EMFs or ELFs are low in intensity; for example, a healthy human body resonates with the earths magnetic field at around 10 hertz.

Artificial EMFs Human technologies from hairdryers and cell phones to high voltage wires create powerful EMFs. These strong EMFs have been shown to disturb the human bodys natural energetic field.

Fact: Were exposed to 100 million times greater artificial EMF radiation than our grandparents were, and that exposure grows each year.

There are two parts to an electromagnetic field (EMF): an electric field and a magnetic field.

The electric field:

Created by electric charges, or voltage (the force of the electricity)

Always there when an appliance is plugged in (even if the appliance is turned off)

Can be shielded or blocked by metal housing and other barriers.

Measured in units of hertz

The magnetic field

Created by moving electric charges (electric current)

Only there when the appliance is operating (when current is flowing)

Hard to shield: can penetrate steel, concrete and human bodies (human bodies have the same permeability as air when it comes to magnetic fields, which is why x-rays work so well).

The more powerful the current is, the more powerful the magnetic field it creates

Measured in units of gauss (G) or milliGauss (mG), which is one-thousandth of a gauss.

Both fields are invisible and perfectly silent: if you live in an area with electric power and cell phone service, some level of artificial EMF is surrounding you. The Electromagnetic Spectrum

The electromagnetic (EM) spectrum is the scientific name for types of photon radiation. Radiation is energy that travels and radiates out as it moves. Electromagnetic radiation consists of photons (light particles) which travel in a wave-like pattern at the speed of light.

The amount of energy found in these photons forms the various types of electromagnetic radiation in the spectrum expressed in terms of energy, wavelength or frequency.

Frequency is measured in cycles per second (which is called a Hertz), wavelength is measured in meters and energy is measured in electron volts. The strength of an EMF depends on its wavelength and frequency. A greater number of waves with shorter wavelengths create more energy as you move up the spectrum.

What Is The Range Of Wavelength Of Electromagnetic Waves? Extremely Low Frequency (ELF)

On the low end of the electromagnetic spectrum

Longer wavelengths

Come from the 50 60 hertz power lines that feed household appliances

Dangerous to health, especially when near the body for long periods of time. Radio Frequency Radiation (RF)

On the high end of the electromagnetic spectrum

Come from cell phones, cordless phones, mobile antennas, broadcast towers, electrical security systems, sonar and more

The higher the frequency or wavelength, the more danger to health Microwave Radiation

Microwaves, with their very short wavelengths are an example of very high radio frequency radiation (RF)

Microwave radiation has especially been shown to be dangerous to living organisms

Many cell phone towers operate in the microwave range What Ways Are Electromagnetic Waves Dangerous?

Science shows that many processes of the human body are regulated with bioelectrical signals. Strong, artificial EMFs can enter your body interfere with all that, (magnetic fields can even pass into your body and induce current!) harming everything from your sleep cycles and stress levels to your immunities and DNA.

Concern about EMFs has been around a long time. Farmers with sick and dying cattle herds living under high power transmission lines were among the first to sound the alarms.

Since then, decades of research and epidemiological studies conducted all over the world have shown the dangers of the EMFs we live with every day

Tags: Electro Magnetic Field (EMF) Radiation Permalink Leave a comment Steps to improve the Quality of Coal Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 9, 2013 in energy

Rate This

Ministry of Coal is taking all steps to improve the energy efficiency programmes including improving the quality of coal supplies to various consumers. The move of the Government towards adopting Gross Calorific Value (GCV) based grading and pricing of thermal coals in place of the earlier Useful Heat Value (UHV) based system is a step forward towards this direction. The coal companies are also taking different steps for proper crushing, sizing and preparation of coal for ensuring consistency in quality of supplies. However, we need to enhance use of washed coal particularly for power sector which is consuming almost 70% of the countrys coal production.

We are all aware that coal is playing a critical role in supporting our energy plans and the situation is not going to change in any significant manner in quite some time into the future. However, the fuel supply is getting adversely affected due to production constraints on various accounts. While, Government is seized of the issues, efforts are being made at different levels to find amicable solutions and make available the desired level of supplies of coal with particular emphasis on power sector.

India is also closely following the global trends in adopting energy efficient technologies and the policy of Government to have 100% super-critical technology based plants for additional capacity from 13th Five Year Plan onwards in itself will bear testimony of the efforts in this direction. Having entered into international protocols for addressing climate change issues, it is all the more important for the country like India to address all areas of energy efficiency improvements irrespective of the sectors.

Appropriate pricing of fuel is an important area in avoiding the wasteful utilization of scarce resources. Having said that it is the responsibility of all the stakeholders to work towards value addition in meeting the aspirations of all the stakeholders.

The market mechanisms and policy prescriptions need to be evolved in this direction such that the industry does not neglect the critical energy efficiency improvement. However, there are issues like cost of new technologies vis-a-vis availability of resources.

Our efforts have all along been in convincing the international fora for helping developing countries including India in adopting such high efficient technologies at affordable prices. Here comes the role of developed world that are equally responsible in promoting such technologies for the betterment of the mankind.

Investment in R&D is equally important. The low carbon growth is the answer and we need to focus on such areas in a well planned manner for addressing the issues related to emissions.

To carry forward the objective we need to adopt best international practices in all areas of operation of industry and strive for innovation and encourage voluntary actions by the industry in this direction.

Ministry of Coal has been taking steps to improve the energy efficiency programmes including improving the quality of coal supplies for consistency of quality of coal being despatched to various consumers.

The move of the Government towards adopting Gross Calorific Value (GCV) based grading and pricing of thermal coals in place of the earlier Useful Heat Value (UHV) based system is a step forward to improve the quality of coal as well as efficient use of coal in the country.

In this direction, coal companies are also taking different steps for proper crushing, sizing and preparation of coal for ensuring consistency in quality of supplies. However, we need to enhance use of washed coal particularly for power sector which is consuming almost 70% of the countrys coal production.

Awareness programmes, training and demonstration are critical in carrying forward such areas in the larger interest of the country. I am sure that the experts gathered here would focus on all the relevant areas in this direction and help in coming out with recommendations for consideration of the Government. Tags: Steps to improve the Quality of Coal Permalink Leave a comment MyIndia Initiative-A Digital Volunteer Programme

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 9, 2013 in Programmes and Policies

Rate This

In a major initiative to reach out to the people in the Social Media Space, the I&B Ministry launched the MyIndia Initiative-A Digital Volunteer Programme. The initiative aims at disseminating the development messages across the Social Media platforms by registering citizens as volunteers in an effort to contribute positively towards nation building.

This initiative was a milestone as it would enable the Government to disseminate information to citizens specially the youth of the country. It was a programme rooted in the principles of participative governance leading to real time engagement through the Social Media tools. The Ministry called upon the youth to be part of the Digital Volunteer Family that would enable the Government to have a personalised interaction with the citizens. Registration for the programme is now open at Ministrys Blog inbministry.blospot.in

In yet another initiative to reach out to the people of India in shortest possible time, the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting has planned for the first time, a Live Twitter Conference on the eve of 3rd Community Radio Sammelan, on 8th February, 2013, Friday at 4 pm. This will be the first ever such conference by any Ministry of Government of India.

The topic for the Twitter Conference is Community Radio: Road Travelled & way forward, and it will use the hashtag as #ComRadio. The twitter conference will continue for 30 minutes from 4pm to 4.30pm. This live Twitter Conference will give twitteratis, an opportunity to interact with the Ministry officials including Secretary of the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting. The questions on the above

mentioned topics would be answered by the officials of the Ministry. The twitter account for the Ministry is @MIB_India. Tweeple can ask questions by mentioning #ComRadio and @MIB_India during the stipulated time for which they will get answers from the Ministry. Tags: MyIndia Initiative-A Digital Volunteer Programme Permalink Leave a comment Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose and Germany Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 9, 2013 in Miscellaneous

Rate This

First copy of the book titled Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose and Germany by Professor Anita B. Pfaff was given to the President of India Pranab Mukherjee at Rashtrapati Bhavan on 6 February 2013. The book was brought out by the Federation of Indo-German Societies in India.

The book is a collection of the records shared by Professor Anita Pfaff as well as other known biographers and writers. The book depicts interesting facts about the life of Netaji and his contribution to freedom struggle of India. The President described the book as a tribute to Netaji. Tags: Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose and Germany Permalink Leave a comment Hydro Projects Worth 2500 MW accorded clearance

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 9, 2013 in energy

Rate This

The Hydro Projects worth 2500 MW across various states have been accorded clearance by the Forest Advisory Committee (FAC) of M/o Environment & Forest.

2. The projects include Tawang-II H.E. Project (800 MW) in Arunachal Pradesh, Teesta-IV H.E. Project (520 MW) in Sikkim to be executed by NHPC Limited and Luhri H.E. Project (775 MW) in Himachal Pradesh to be executed by Satluj Jal Vidyut Nigam (SJVN) Limited. The National Board for Wild Life (NBWL) has accorded wild life clearance to Vishnugad Pipalkoti H.E. Project (444 MW) in Uttarakhand to be executed by THDC India Limited subject to clearance by the State Board of Wild Life.

3. The clearance have been pending for a long time. The way is straight clear in tapping the hydro potential of the country to meet the countrys power needs.

4. Separately, the MoEF has recently granted Stage-I forest clearance to eight transmission projects and Stage-II forest clearance to two transmission projects of the Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.

5. The MoEF, vide an order dated 5th February, 2013, has exempted certain linear projects including transmission lines from the requirement of obtaining consent of the concerned Gram Sabha(s) unless recognised rights of Primitive Tribal Groups/Pre-Agricultural Communities are being affected. However, all other conditions as prescribed in the MoEFs earlier order dated 3.8.2009 would apply. This would help transmission projects obtain clearances faster.

Tags: Hydro Projects Worth 2500 MW accorded clearance Permalink Leave a comment Rabi crop sown area Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 9, 2013 in Agriculture

Rate This

Total Rabi Sown Area Crosses 616 Lakh Hectares exceed Crop Coverage at this Time Last Year

Sowing of rabi crops is progressing well in different parts of the country.

The rabi sowing area has exceeded the area sown by this time last year. Wheat has been sown in 298.19 lakh hectare as compared to 298.61 lakh hectare in rabi 2011. Total sown area stands at 616.75 lakh hectare today as against 615.53 lakh hectare last year.

While wheat and rabi rice lag behind last year, pulses, coarse cereals and oilseeds have been sown in more area than last year. Tags: Rabi crop sown area Permalink Leave a comment

Indias fastest supercomputer Param Yuva II Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 9, 2013 in Science and Technology

1 Vote

Precise weather forecasting, faster tapping of natural resources in the sea and designing of customised drugs for individuals will now be possible using Param Yuva II, Indias fastest supercomputer. Developed by the Centre for Development of Advanced Computing (C-DAC), Param Yuva II

The supercomputer has been upgraded to 524 teraflops about 10 times faster than the present facility. With an investment of Rs 16 crore, it was developed in a record three months. Param Yuva II will also give a boost to research in space and bioinformatics, among others. Developing research-based applications will take lesser time than before and complex problems will be solved in a simpler way. For instance, if it takes about 18 to 20 years to discover a new drug now from designing to testing Param Yuva II will help reduce this time to 15 years.

The supercomputer would also help in reducing the time-frame in weather predictions. If researchers currently collect satellite data to predict the conditions for a six-km region, the supercomputer could help cover a wider region, may be up to 10 km.

About 300 people from the C-DAC team were involved in the making of the supercomputer, which also promises to be energy efficient with 35% reduction in energy consumption as compared to the earlier facility.

The facility is a stepping stone for the petaflop version of the supercomputer that India has envisioned. What we need to do now is speak to users, researchers and scientists and take feedback from them on the issues relating to usage of the facility and help them in accelerating their research work for the benefit of common man.

The list of top 500 supercomputers in the world is released twice in a year, in June and November. Had we launched Param Yuva II in November, it would have been in the 62nd position.

Tags: India's fastest supercomputer Param Yuva II Permalink Leave a comment Married Accommodation Project by 2018 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 9, 2013 in Defence

Rate This

Defence Ministry assured the members of the Parliamentary Consultative Committee attached to his ministry, that the Married Accommodation Project (MAP) for the Armed Forces Personnel will be completed by the year 2018. The delay in the implementation of the Phase II of the project, Phase-III

and Phase-IV have been combined, to catch up with the time lost during Phase-II. The meeting was held to discuss on Military Engineering Service (MES) and Married Accommodation Project (MAP).

The MES established in 1923 is one of the largest construction and maintenance agencies of the country. Its primary mandate is to construct conventional buildings, hospitals, workshops, airfields, hangars, dockyards etc. It also does maintenance work in key installations, besides maintaining roads, water and electricity supply, drainage, furniture etc. MES is presently handling some important projects like construction of habitats in high-altitude areas like Jammu & Kashmir, Uttarakhand, Himachal Pradesh, Sikkim and Arunachal Pradesh.

MAP was initiated after a study carried out by the three services and the Service Headquarters in 2001. It identified the acute shortfall of married accommodation for Officers and Other Ranks of the Armed Forces. The deficiency was to the tune of 1,98,881 dwelling units. In order to complete the project in a limited timeframe and to put the construction process on a fast track, the need was felt to create a dedicated agency. Accordingly a Directorate of Married Accommodation Project was carved out of MES in 2002.

Phase-I covering 57,875 dwelling units is almost complete. Though Phase-II was approved in 2008, it could commence only in September 2010. The Process of tendering is complete and 451 dwelling units have been completed. He also assured the members that once the Married Accommodation project gets completed, the satisfaction levels will improve significantly among the three services.

Members expressed that the project should be expedited without further delay. They also gave suggestions to bring about better improvement in the construction process by applying latest technologies in construction with basic infrastructure facilities. Members also expressed their views that the design should be at par with the changing trends in the construction sector. Tags: Married Accommodation Project by 2018 Permalink Leave a comment National Plan for Conservation of Aquatic Eco-systems` (NPCA). Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 9, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

1 Vote

Merger of National Lake Conservation Plan and National Wetlands Conservation Programme into a new scheme

The Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs today approved the proposal for the merger of National Lake Conservation Plan (NLCP) and National Wetlands Conservation Programme (NWCP) into a new scheme called the `National Plan for Conservation of Aquatic Eco-systems` (NPCA).

The merged scheme shall be operational during the XII Plan Period at an estimated cost of Rs.900 crore on 70:30 cost sharing between the Central Government and respective State Governments (90:10 for North-East States).

For conservation of lakes and wetlands, the Ministry of Environment and Forests is presently, implementing two separate Centrally Sponsored Schemes (CSS), namely the NWCP and the NLCP. To avoid overlap, promote better synergies and to ensure conservation and management works, an integrated scheme, NPCA is proposed, with the objective of conserving aquatic ecosystems (lakes and wetlands), through implementation of sustainable conservation plans and governed with application of uniform policy and guidelines.

The principal objectives of the new scheme will be holistic conservation and restoration of lakes and wetlands for achieving desired water quality enhancement, besides improvement in biodiversity and the ecosystem, through an integrated and multidisciplinary approach with a common regulatory framework,

The scheme would contribute to reduction of pollution loads and improvement in goods and services provided by these water bodies to stakeholders.

The new scheme will have conservation and management of lakes and wetlands in the country within its scope, to include inventory and information system on lakes and wetlands national level directive on criteria for lakes and wetlands, regulatory framework, capacity building at state government and local body levels, evaluation etc. Tags: National Plan for Conservation of Aquatic Eco-systems` (NPCA). Permalink Leave a comment Updation of Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana (PMGSY) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 9, 2013 in Transport

1 Vote

Updation of Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana (PMGSY) to allow revision of the core network to include left-out habitations

The Union Cabinet today gave its approval to the following :

(i) Revision of the Core Network by including:

(a) 2,687 left-out unconnected habitations (as per the 2001 census) in Tribal (Schedule-V) areas (other than 82 Integrated Action Plan (lAP) districts already included) and blocks adjoining the international border under the Border Area Development Programme (BADP). It was also approved to provide new connectivity to these habitations, at an estimated cost of Rs. 5,929 crore (at 2012-13 prices) and allowing upgradation of certain roads measuring about 2,000 km in these areas at an estimated cost of Rs.1,000 crore (at 2012-13 prices), based on a road condition survey which will determine an up gradation priority list.

(b) 1,410 left out unconnected habitations with population of 250 persons and above (as per the 2001 census) in the 10 Hill States and desert areas (as identified under the Desert Development Programme(DDP)) to provide new connectivity to these habitations, at an estimated cost of Rs. 8,551 crore (at 2012-13 prices);

(c) 9,112 left out unconnected habitations with population of 500 persons and above (as per the 2001 census) in plain areas to provide new connectivity to these habitations, at an estimated cost of Rs.13,850crore (at 2012-13 prices).

(ii) Extension of the cluster approach from international border blocks to international border districts of the State of Arunachal Pradesh, by clubbing the population within a path distance of 10 km, and treating as a cluster for eligibility and to provide new connectivity to 126 habitations at an estimated cost of Rs.1,200 crore (at 2012-13 prices).

(iii) `In principle` approval for covering unconnected habitations with population of 100 persons and above (as per the 2001 census) in the Left Wing Extremists affected blocks (identified in consultations with the Ministry of Home Affairs) with a limited provision to complete missing links, to form closed loops from through routes of the core network at an estimated cost of Rs. 8,000 crore (at 2012-13 prices).

PMGSY was launched in the year 2000 and has the objective of providing all-weather connectivity to all unconnected habitations with population of 500 persons and above 250 persons and above in hilly states, desert areas (as identified under DDP), Tribal Schedule-V areas and 82 selected tribal and backward districts as identified under Integrated ActionPlan in rural areas of the country.

The net number of total eligible unconnected habitations are 1,64,849. This is likely to increase to 1,78,184habitations on account of this relaxation. Till 31st December, 2012, project proposals for providing connectivity to 1,26,179eligible habitations have been sanctioned. The total cost of sanctioned projects, including the projects for upgradation of roads under PMGSY is Rs. 1,42,945 crore. Against this, Rs. 1,02,658 crore has been released to the States/UTs including administrative costs. As reported by the States, a total of 3,66,789 km roads including upgradation have been constructed till 31st December, 2012 and all-weather connectivity has been provided to 89,382 eligible habitations Tags: Updation of Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana (PMGSY) Permalink Leave a comment e-Atlas of Marine Important Bird Areas Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 8, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

Rate This

The first global inventory of important sites for the conservation of migratory marine species represents a major contribution to marine conservation and will prove to be a vital resource for meeting the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) target of protecting 10% of marine and coastal areas by 2020. It will also be crucial to the process of describing ecologically or biologically significant marine areas (EBSAs) and will have significant input into the siting of offshore energy infrastructure.

The e-Atlas of Marine Important Bird Areas was launched by BirdLife International at the Eleventh Conference of the Parties (COP11) to the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), in Hyderabad, India, on 16 October.

The e-Atlas covers 3,000 Important Bird Areas (IBAs) worldwide. It is the result of six years of effort that, to date, has involved around 40 Bird Life Partners, with the worlds leading seabird scientists from inside and outside the Bird Life Partnership, in collaboration with government departments of conservation, environment and fisheries, and the secretariats of several international conventions (CBD, EU Birds Directive, Nairobi Convention). Over 150 marine IBAs have already been recognised in the CBD process to identify Ecologically or Biologically Significant marine Areas (EBSAs).

The e-Atlas provides essential information for conservation practitioners and policy makers; for energy sector planners (windfarms, gas and oil exploration and drilling); for fisheries managers; for marine pollution management planners; and for the insurance industry.

Seabirds are now the most threatened group of birds. They present unique conservation problems, since many species travel thousands of kilometres across international waters and multiple Exclusive Economic Zones, and only returning to land to breed.

Given the vast distances they cover, the long periods they spend at sea and the multiple threats they face there, identifying a network of priority sites for their conservation is vital to ensure their future survival.

The e-Atlas provides a model for inventories of areas of conservation importance for other mobile pelagic taxa, such as whales, turtles and sharks. IBAs have been found to capture a large and representative proportion of other biodiversity, providing a reliable and easily monitored way of identifying priorities for conservation. Effective management of IBAs will therefore help conserve a wider range of taxa and habitats. Bird Life has been working through the Global Ocean Biodiversity Initiative (GOBI) to link with other organisations working for the conservation of other marine taxonomic groups.

Like a Google Map, the e-atlas will be dynamically updated as new sites are identified and new data about them become available. It will be linked to other Bird Life data resources, including Bird Lifes species accounts.

We hope that the e-atlas of marine IBAs will be a key resource for management of the oceans for years to come, and show the wider marine community the benefits that can be achieved when data are shared for conservation purposes.

Five potential marine IBAs have been identified in Indian waters. These include

Vengurla Rocks (Maharashtra),

Pitti Island (Lakshadweep),

Beleapani Reef (Lakshadweep),

Gulf of Mannar (Tamil Nadu)

Point Calimere Palk Strait (Tamil Nadu).

India, with a long coastline of over 8000 km, including the islands, has a large diversity and several populations of seabirds. Over 75 species of seabirds are found in the Indian waters covering 2.02 million sq km of exclusive economic zone. Tags: e-Atlas of Marine Important Bird Areas Permalink Leave a comment Kyasanur Forest Disease Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 8, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

Kyasanur Forest Disease (KFD), also referred to as monkey fever is an infectious bleeding disease in monkey and human caused by a highly pathogenic virus called KFD virus (KFDV). KFDV is of zoonotic origin (originating from animals) and it is transmitted primarily by infective tick, Haemaphysalis spinigera. Rodents, shrews, monkeys and birds upon tick bite become reservoir for this virus. KFDVs common targets among monkeys are langur(Semnopithecus entellus, earlier classified Presbytis entellus) and bonnet monkey (Macaca radiata). A high number of these monkeys death was seen in the Kyasanur Forest region of Shimoga District of Karnataka State in southern India in 1955. The first epidemic season of KFD in human was observed in Jan May, 1956 when four villages were affected. In 1957, KFD spread to more than 20 villages and by 2003 it had affected more than 70 villages in four districts adjacent to Shimoga in western Karnataka.

What is Kyasanur forest disease?

Kyasanur forest disease (KFD) is caused by Kyasanur forest disease virus (KFDV), a member of the virus family Flaviviridae. KFDV was identified in 1957 when it was isolated from a sick monkey from the Kyasanur forest in the Karnataka (formerly Mysore) State, India. Where does Kyasanur forest disease occur?

KFD is limited to Karnataka State, India. Recently, however, a virus very similar to KFD virus was discovered in Saudi Arabia.

How is Kyasanur forest disease spread to humans?

The main hosts of KFDV are small rodents, but shrews, bats, and monkeys may also carry the virus. KFD is transmitted from the bite of an infected tick (Haemaphysalis spinigera is the major vector). Humans can get these diseases from a tick bite or by contact with an infected animal, such as sick or recently dead monkey.

Larger animals such as goats, cows, and sheep may become infected with KFD, but they do not have a role in the transmission of the disease. Furthermore, there is no evidence of the disease being transmitted via the unpasteurized milk of any of these animals. What are the symptoms of Kyasanur forest disease?

After an incubation period of 3-8 days, the symptoms of KFD begin suddenly with fever, headache, severe muscle pain, cough, dehydration, gastrointestinal symptoms and bleeding problems. Patients may experience abnormally low blood pressure, and low platelet, red blood cell, and white blood cell counts. After 1-2 weeks of symptoms, some patients recover without complication. However, in most patients, the illness is biphasic and the patient begins experiencing a second wave of symptoms at the beginning of the third week. These symptoms include fever and signs of encephalitis (inflammation of the brain). How is Kyasanur forest disease diagnosed?

The diagnosis is made by virus isolation from blood or by serologic testing using enzyme-linked immunosorbent serologic assay (ELISA). Is Kyasanur forest disease fatal?

There are approximately 400-500 cases of KFD per year with a case fatality rate of 3% to 5% How is Kyasanur forest disease treated?

There is no specific treatment for KFD, but supportive therapy is important. Supportive therapy includes the maintenance of hydration and the usual precautions for patients with bleeding disorders. Who is at risk for the disease?

People with recreational or occupational exposure to rural or outdoor settings (e.g., hunters, campers, forest workers, farmers) are potentially at risk for infection by contact with infected ticks. How is Kyasanur forest disease prevented?

Currently, there is no vaccine available for KFD. Utilizing insect repellents and wearing protective clothing in areas where ticks are endemic is recommended. Tags: Kyasanur Forest Disease Permalink Leave a comment Financial Inclusion in India Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 8, 2013 in Money and Banking

1 Vote

Even after 60 years of independence, a large section of Indian population still remain unbanked. This malaise has led generation of financial instability and pauperism among the lower income group who do not have access to financial products and services. However, in the recent years the government and Reserve Bank of India has been pushing the concept and idea of financial inclusion.

What is Financial Inclusion in banking ? What is meaning of Financial Inclusion in Indian context ? :

Financial inclusion is the delivery of financial services at affordable costs to vast sections of disadvantaged and low income groups (for example no frill accounts).

Why Financial Inclusion in India is Important ?

The policy makers have been focusing on financial inclusion of Indian rural and semi-rural areas primarily for three most important pressing needs:

1. Creating a platform for inculcating the habit to save money The lower income category has been living under the constant shadow of financial duress mainly because of the absence of savings. The absence of savings makes them a vulnerable lot. Presence of banking services and products aims to provide a critical tool to inculcate the habit to save. Capital formation in the country is also expected to be boosted once financial inclusion measures materialize, as people move away from traditional modes of parking their savings in land, buildings, bullion, etc.

2. Providing formal credit avenues So far the unbanked population has been vulnerably dependent of informal channels of credit like family, friends and moneylenders. Availability of adequate and transparent credit from formal banking channels shall allow the entrepreneurial spirit of the masses to increase outputs and prosperity in the countryside. A classic example of what easy and affordable availability of credit can do for the poor is the micro-finance sector.

3. Plug gaps and leaks in public subsidies and welfare programmes A considerable sum of money that is meant for the poorest of poor does not actually reach them. While this money lenders through large system of government bureaucracy much of it is widely believed to leak and is unable to reach the intended parties. Government is therefore, pushing for direct cash transfers to beneficiaries through their bank accounts rather than subsidizing products and making cash payments. This laudable effort is expected to reduce governments subsidy bill (as it shall save that part of the subsidy that is leaked) and provide relief only to the real beneficiaries. All these efforts require an efficient and affordable banking system that can reach out to all. Therefore, there has been a push for financial inclusion.

What are the steps taken by RBI to support financial inclusion?

RBI set up the Khan Commission in 2004 to look into financial inclusion and the recommendations of the commission were incorporated into the mid-term review of the policy (200506) and urged banks to review their existing practices to align them with the objective of financial inclusion. RBI also exhorted the banks and stressed the need to make available a basic banking no frills account either with NIL or very minimum balances as well as charges that would make such accounts accessible to vast sections of the population

Of the many schemes and programmes pushed forward by RBI the following need special mention.

A. Initiation of no-frills account These accounts provide basic facilities of deposit and withdrawal to accountholders makes banking affordable by cutting down on extra frills that are no use for the lower section of the society. These accounts are expected to provide a low-cost mode to access bank accounts. RBI also eased KYC (Know Your customer) norms for opening of such accounts.

B. Banking service reaches homes through business correspondents The banking systems have started to adopt the business correspondent mechanism to facilitate banking services in those areas where banks are unable to open brick and mortar branches for cost considerations. Business Correspondents provide affordability and easy accessibility to this unbanked population. Armed with suitable technology, the business correspondents help in taking the banks to the doorsteps of rural households.

C. EBT Electronic Benefits Transfer To plug the leakages that are present in transfer of payments through the various levels of bureaucracy, government has begun the procedure of transferring payment directly to accounts of the beneficiaries. This human-less transfer of payment is expected to provide better benefits and relief to the beneficiaries while reducing governments cost of transfer and monitoring. Once the benefits starts to accrue to the masses, those who remain unbanked shall start looking to enter the formal financial sector.

D. Non BC model: Mobile Payments forums of India (MPFI)

The RBI has appointed the Working Group on Mobile Banking to study the feasibility of Mobile banking in India focusing on parameters like technology, regulation, supervision, security etc. This model simply removes the BC from the system and the role is implemented by the customer himself with the aid of the mobile phone. In January 2011 the number of mobile phone users in India was nearly 771.18 million. Also, nearly 9 million mobile users are added annually. (source: Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) ). Leveraging this data, the Near Field Communication (NFC) technology enabled mobile phones can enable its users to carry out banking transactions. These include:

Transferring of the funds

Money transfer

Ticketing (IRCTC, bus, taxi, air etc)

Payments like insurance premiums, credit cards or utility bills

Other transactions like mobile top ups, merchant payments, DTC recharge etc.

The mode of transaction is similar to that of recharging the mobile phone. The mobile technology can help in m-banking and m-payment. The performance and challenges so far can be enumerated as:

According to RBI reports, in January 2011, there were 724,682 m-banking transactions amounting to Rs.62.77 crore.

In February 2011, it reduced to 707,496 transactions amounting to Rs. 61.61 crore, of which SBI alone accounted 74.81% transactions.

The biggest challenge is the confidentiality, authenticity and integrity of the data. Thus, Information Security would have to be ensured for the success of this model.

Conclusion

Thus, challenges pervasive at every level of the chain have led to the system getting evolved on the principle of compliance and not transaction, hitting it at the very foundation level. This is further aggravated by the low quality infrastructure provided by these BCs and the absence of financial literacy to the rural population. Thus, It has to be realized by the RBI and other bodies working for this cause that unless the issue is addressed at the grass root level, the performance of these initiatives cannot be optimized. So, the need of the hour is to ponder on these basic issues before building the edifice.

What more is to be done for financial inclusion?

Financial inclusion of the unbanked masses is a critical step that requires political will, bureaucratic support and dogged persuasion by RBI. It is expected to unleash the hugely untapped potential of the bottom of pyramid section of Indian economy. Perhaps, financial inclusion can begin the next revolution of growth and prosperity.

Why Financial Inclusion?

It mobilizes savings that promote economic growth through productive investment.

It promotes financial literacy of the rural population and hence guides them to avoid the expensive and unreliable financial services.

This helps the weaker sections to channelize their incomes into buying productive resources or assets.

In the situations of economic crisis, the rural economy can be a support system to stabilize the financial system. Hence, it helps in ensuring a sustainable financial system.

Retrospection and the outcomes so far

In 2009, the RBI pushed the commercial and public banks including RRBs and LABs to extend the Banking services. It suggested the Business Correspondent(BC) model wherein it permitted the banks to include the following as the BCs:

The medical shops, Kirana stores or fair price shops

PCO (Public Call Office) owners

Agents of Insurance schemes

Owners of petrol pumps

SHGs (Self Help Groups)

Retired persons like teachers

This was a substitute to banks for having Branchless access to the rural customers. As a part of the BC model, the RBI recommended that banks should own the BCs as agents providing services like microcredit, small value savings, micro-insurance etc. Also, the BCs were permitted to charge pre-defined service cess from the customers. These BCs or Bank-saathis were provided with electronic hand devices that identified the customers through the bio mark. This facilitated the deposit or withdrawal of money, without the need of a brick and mortar bank in the village. It was estimated that the number of potential customers at that time was estimated at around 480 million. It was targeted that by March 2012, the banking services would cover 72,800 villages, with around 2,000 villagers being provided by one or multiple financial products.

Outcomes

The RBI survey showed that the BC model had helped to achieve results in 6 years that could not have been achieved in the past 50 years. The RBI results showed that the between 2010 and 2011, 73,000 villages had been covered and the number of bank accounts stood at 80 million, after a growth of 60%. But, was that an achievement? Not really. A study conducted by Microsave and Skoch revealed a startling result. Nearly 90% of these accounts had not been used by the villagers and hence were presently inactive.

The Swabhinman project was launched in 2011, under which it was targeted to improve financial inclusion by opening 5 crore NPA (No-Frill Accounts) by 2012. This was primarily an extension of the BCs model by achieving economies of scale. It was also decided to popularize the concept, EBT (Electronic Benefit transfer) would be implemented. The union budget 2011-12 targeted to penetrate 20,000 villages during this FY. It has been integrated with the other welfare programs like NREGA, Direct Cash Transfer Scheme and Pension Scheme. By incorporating this, it has been extrapolated that there would be nearly 2 lakh beneficiaries enrolled by March, 2012.

Outcomes

In 2011, Haryana was the pioneer in implementing this project, in the area of the pension scheme. But the project failed due to reports of absence of BCs, delays of payments etc. Consequentially, the

Government reverted to the village Panchayats, for payments to the villagers. This acted as the deterrent for banks like SBI to extend the project further.

Socio-economic welfare and Financial Inclusion

The socio-welfare programmes like the NREGA, Direct Cash transfer, National Old Age pension Scheme are focused on implementing financial inclusion. This is primarily because it helps to ensure electronic cash transfers. The advantages involve:

The payment process gets more simplified and convenient.

It reduces the cost of making the payments to the beneficiaries.

The process gets more transparent by checking the occurrence of fraud in the money or duplicate and fictitious beneficiaries.

It is because of this reason that Nandan Nilekani, head of the Unique Identification Authority (UIDAI) recently advised that the government make electronic payments for amount exceeding Rs. 1000.

The overall profiles of the customers of the financial services can be studied as:

Conclusion

Thus, challenges pervasive at every level of the chain have led to the system getting evolved on the principle of compliance and not transaction, hitting it at the very foundation level. This is further aggravated by the low quality infrastructure provided by these BCs and the absence of financial literacy to the rural population. Thus, It has to be realized by the RBI and other bodies working for this cause that unless the issue is addressed at the grass root level, the performance of these initiatives cannot be optimized. So, the need of the hour is to ponder on these basic issues before building the edifice. Tags: Financial Inclusion in India Permalink 2 Comments Toxic By product into Biofuel Booster Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 8, 2013 in Science and Technology

Rate This

Scientists studying an enzyme that naturally produces alkanes long carbon-chain molecules that could be a direct replacement for the hydrocarbons in gasoline have figured out why the natural reaction typically stops after three to five cycles. Armed with that knowledge, theyve devised a strategy to keep the reaction going. The interest in using the enzyme in bacteria, algae or plants to produce biofuels that need no further processing.

Alkanes are very similar to the carbon-chain molecules in gasoline. They represent a potential renewable alternative to replace the petrochemical component of gasoline, says Brookhaven biochemist John Shanklin, who led the research, which . Unlike the process of breaking down plant biomass to sugars and fermenting them to ethanol, Shanklin says, biologically produced alkanes could be extracted and used directly as fuel.

Recent discovery of an enzyme known as aldehyde-deformylating oxygenase (ADO), which naturally makes alkanes from precursors in certain bacteria, stimulated interest in harnessing this enzymes action to make liquid biofuels. But early attempts to install ADO in laboratory-based alkane factories produced disappointing results.

Likewise, the Brookhaven teams experiments in test tubes using substrates synthesized with the help of Sunny Kim in Brookhavens Radiotracer and Biological Imaging group yielded the same result others had observed: the enzyme mysteriously stopped working after three to five turnovers and alkane production would cease.

The biochemistry of ADO because it is so similar to the desaturase enzymes that we study, but performs a very different and interesting reaction.

The key discovery that the alkane-producing system creates a by-product thats toxic to the ADO enzyme was unexpected. It was also the key to solving the turnover problem.

To simplify the analysis of ADO, the scientists tested whether they could substitute hydrogen peroxide for the electron transfer proteins and oxygen normally required for the alkane-producing reaction an approach that had worked for a related enzyme. But instead of stimulating alkane production, no alkane at all was produced, and in control experiments containing all the components plus hydrogen peroxide, alkane production was also blocked.

It turns out one of the electron transport proteins was interacting with oxygen to produce hydrogen peroxide, and the buildup of hydrogen peroxide was poisoning the ADO enzyme, completely inhibiting its activity.

To confirm that hydrogen peroxide build up was the problem and to simultaneously test whether its depletion might enhance alkane production, Shanklin and his team tried adding another enzyme, catalase, which metabolizes hydrogen peroxide to oxygen and water.

When we added both enzymes, instead of the reaction turning over three times before stopping, it ran for more than 225 cycles.

So the scientists decided to make a bi-functional enzyme by linking the two together.

We reasoned that with the ADO and catalase enzymes linked, as the hydrogen peroxide concentration near the enzyme increases, the catalase could convert it to oxygen, mitigating the inhibition and thereby keeping the reaction going.

Living cells often contain levels of hydrogen peroxide sufficient to cause ADO inhibition. So there was a question about whether the dual enzyme would increase alkane production under these natural conditions.

Results to date have been encouraging: in experiments in test tubes and pilot studies in bacteria, the bifunctional enzyme resulted in at least a five-fold increase in alkane production compared with ADO alone. And, in addition to removing hydrogen peroxide as an inhibitor of ADO, the combo enzyme actually helps drive the alkane-producing reaction by producing oxygen, one of the key components required for activity.

This bi-functional enzyme simultaneously decreases the concentration of the inhibitor and increases the concentration of a needed reaction component by converting an inhibitor into a substrate.

Now the scientists are working to install the combo enzyme in algae or green plants.

While ADO-containing bacteria convert sugar that we feed to them into alkanes, it would be much more efficient to produce alkanes in photosynthetic organisms using carbon dioxide and sunlight.

The scientists also suggest that the general approach of strategically designing fusion enzymes to break down small molecule inhibitors could be used to improve the efficiency of a wide range of reactions. Defeating natural inhibition, a process they describe as protection via inhibitor metabolism (PIM), would allow such bifunctional enzymes to function more efficiently than their natural counterparts.

Tags: Toxic By product into Biofuel Booster Permalink Leave a comment Pine Island Glacier Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 7, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

Rate This

A new, huge iceberg is expected to break off the Pine Island Glacier in Antarctica, once a newly discovered crack reaches the other side of the glaciers ice shelf. The crack was 18 miles long, 260 feet wide and from 170 to 200 feet deep, according to scientists who flew over the glaciers floating tongue on Oct. 14.

A new Earth Observatory feature on the crack says scientists are unsure when the huge piece of ice will break off, but an absence of nearby sea ice during the southern hemispheres springtime could hasten its detachment.

Sea ice acts as a buttress or a damper to sea swell, protecting the front of these ice shelves or glaciers from calving, explained NASA glaciologist Kelly Brunt. So the fact that theres no sea ice in front of Pine Island Glacier right now implies that it might be primed to calve.

IceBridge Tags: Pine Island Glacier Permalink Leave a comment IceBridge Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 7, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

1 Vote

Since 2003 NASA has used a satellite, ICESat (Ice, Cloud, and land Elevation Satellite), for observing polar ice. ICESat was retired in February 2010 due to a technical malfunction, leaving NASA without a satellite dedicated to ice observance. A new satellite is not expected to be launched until 2016. NASA therefore introduced the IceBridge program which utilizes an aircraft to make similar measurements.

IceBridge flights began in October 2009 using a DC-8. Beginning in 2010, the DC-8 was joined by a P-3 Orion and other aircraft such as a King Air B-200, Gulfstream G-V and Guardian Falcon.

There are trade offs to using an aircraft instead of a satellite. One drawback is that a satellite can observe a far wider area. Also, satellites take measurements full time, while IceBridge aircraft measurements are limited to annual campaigns that are several weeks long. Aircraft, however, have the advantages of being able to carry more instruments and target and focus on scientifically interesting areas instead of just flying a fixed path. Also, certain instruments such as ice-penetrating radar only work from the lower altitudes afforded by aircraft like the P-3 Orion and DC-8

The project, headed by Michael Studinger from NASAs Goddard Space Flight Center, uses a suite of airborne science instruments to get a three-dimensional view of Arctic and Antarctic ice.+ The missions goals are to monitor changes in polar ice, gather data for predictive models of ice and sea-level rise and bridge the gap in measurements between NASAs ICESat and ICESat-2 satellites. IceBridge achieves this by collecting data from specific glaciers. Pine Island Glacier is one such area of focus. There, Operation IceBridge has been observing the underside of the ice-sheet using an advanced radar, as well as closely monitoring an area of Pine Island Glacier, known as the ice tongue, that, were it to melt, would allow a large portion of the glacier to slide into the Amundsen Sea.

Tags: IceBridge Permalink Leave a comment Sports promotion pan India Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 7, 2013 in Sports

Rate This

SAI takes one more step forward in strengthening its schemes after a considered and detailed review of all verticals leading to sports promotion pan India

Sports Authority of India (SAI), on assuming charge created the road map while previewing the deliverables of SAI decided to strengthen all verticals such as Nutrition, infrastructure, scientific support and Personnel.

Sports Authority of India (SAI) has taken the initiative of increasing the dietary allowance of Trainees of SAI Sports Promotional Schemes. SAI currently operates three in-house schemes to promote excellence in sports, namely SAI Training Centres (STCs), Special Area Games (SAGs) and Centre of Excellence (COEs).

While the former two schemes focus on junior level sportspersons, the COE acts as a constant pool of highly skilled sportspersons from where players for national teams can be sourced. In addition, SAI also operates the National Sports Talent Contest (NSTC) Scheme in adopted schools for Sub-juniors and the Army Boys Sports Companies (ABSC) Scheme in collaboration with the Indian Army.

This amend will come into effect from March 1, 2013. Each trainee of ABSC, STC and SAG scheme in Special Category States (North East, Sikkim, Jammu & Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh and Uttaranchal) will be provided diet @Rs 200/- per day which has been increased from Rs 140. For the remaining states / UTs, the dietary provision would be @ Rs. 175/ per trainee per day which sees an increase of Rs 50. However for trainees of COEs, dietary provision has been increased from Rs 175 to Rs. 225/- per day pan India and for the NSTC schemes the present sanction is Rs.125/- per day which saw an increase of Rs 50 per day per person.

his frontward step will benefit 7479 residential SAI trainees across the country. SAI has currently 52 trainees in 17 adopted schools under the NSTC Scheme; 1005 trainees in 15 ABSCs; 4393 trainees in 58 STCs; 1693 trainees in 20 SAG Centres and 336 trainees in 10 COE Tags: Sports promotion pan India Permalink 1 Comment RMNCHA+A Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 7, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

Maternal Mortality Ratio (MMR): SRS 2007-09:

As per the latest RGI-SRS Report, for the period 2007-09, the MMR of India is 212 per 100,000 live births. The MMR in India has declined from 301 in 2001-03 to 254 in 2004-06 and to 212 in 2007-09. The percentage decline from 2001-03 to 2004-06 was to the tune of 16 percent and from 2004-06 to 200709, the decline is 17 percent. States like Tamil Nadu and Kerala have an MMR of 97 and 81 respectively, whereas MMR is higher in states like Assam (390) followed by UP including Uttarakhand (359), Rajasthan (318) and Bihar including Jharkhand (261). About two-thirds (approximately 70 %) of maternal deaths occur in the 264 high focus districts of a handful of states Bihar and Jharkhand, Orissa, Madhya Pradesh and Chhattisgarh, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh and Uttarakhand and in Assam.

Annual Health Survey 2010-11:

It has been launched to get district disaggregated data for better planning & intervention. Results released recently for 284 districts of 8 EAG States and Assam have ranked these states based on MMR. Assam, Uttarakhand and UP have shown a declining trend in MMR as compared to SRS (2007-09). However situation in Bihar, Jharkhand, MP, Chhattisgarh and Rajasthan needs improvement.

MH Indicators and State-wise MMR as per SRS 2007-09 and AHS 2010-11 is placed at Annexure I & II respectively. Annual Health Survey 2010-11:

Under National Rural Health Mission (NRHM), several initiatives are under implementation to achieve the goal for reduction in Maternal Mortality. These interventions are as follows: Essential Obstetric Care

This includes quality antenatal care including prevention and treatment of anemia, institutional / safe delivery services and post natal care. To provide essential obstetric care services GoI is operationalizing the PHCs for 24 X 7 services and also training the SNs/LHVs/ANMs in Skilled Attendance at Birth. Quality Ante Natal care

Quality ANC includes minimum of at least 4 ANCs including early registration and 1st ANC in first trimester along with physical and abdominal examinations, Hb estimation and urine investigation , 2 doses of T.T Immunization and consumption of IFA tablets for 100 days. Post natal care for mother and newborn

Ensuring post natal care within first 24 hours of delivery and subsequent home visits on 3rd, 7th and 42nd day is the important components for identification and management of emergencies occurring during post natal period. The ANMs, LHVs and staff nurses are being oriented and trained for tackling emergencies identified during these visits. Skilled Attendance at Birth

Government of India has a commitment to provide skilled attendance at every birth both at community and Institution level. To manage and handle some common obstetric emergencies at the time of birth, a policy decision has been taken permitting Staff Nurses (SNs) and ANMs to give certain injections and also perform certain interventions under specific emergency situations to save the life of the mother. Provision of Emergency Obstetric and Neonatal Care at FRUs

Provision of Emergency Obstetric and Neonatal Care at FRUs is being done by operationalziing all FRUs in the country. While operationalising, the thrust is on the critical components such as manpower, blood storage units and referral linkages etc. Availability of trained manpower (Skill Based Training for MBBS doctors) is linked with operationalization of FRUs. The initiatives being undertaken in this regard are: Augmentation of skilled human resources for Maternal Health:

To overcome the shortage of skilled manpower particularly Anesthetists and Gynecologists, the following key skill based training programs are being implemented:

An 18 Weeks Training Progamme of MBBS Doctors in Life Saving Anesthesia Skills for Emergency Obstetric Care.

A 16 weeks Training programme of MBBS Doctors in Obstetric Management Skills including C-Section, in collaboration with Federation of Obstetric and Gynecological Society of India.(CEmOC).

A 10 days Training Programme in Basic Emergency Obstetric Care for Medical Officers(BEmOC)

A 3 weeks Training Programme for ANMs/SNs/LHVs as Skilled Birth Attendants(SBA) Referral Services at both Community and Institutional level

GoI has a thrust to establish a network of Basic patient care transportation ambulances with aim to reach the beneficiary in rural area within 30 minutes of the call for quick service delivery.

Presently states have been given the flexibility to establish assured referral systems to transport pregnant mothers and sick newborns, etc which includes different models including public, private partnership models. Other Major Interventions are: Safe Abortion Services/ Medical termination of Pregnancy (MTP):

Provision of comprehensive safe abortion services at public health facilities including 24*7 PHCs/ FRUs (DHs/ SDHs /CHCs) with a focus on Delivery Points.

Capacity Building of Medical officers in safe MTP Techniques and of ANMs, ASHAs and other field functionaries to provide confidential counseling for MTP and promote post-abortion care including adoption of contraception.

District Level Committees have been framed and empowered to accreditate the facilities for conducting safe abortion services under MTP Act including approval of private and NGO sector facilities for conducting MTPs.

A tool (format) to facilitate monitoring of Comprehensive Abortion Services and implementation of the MTP Act has been implemented all levels by GoI.

Supply of Nischay Pregnancy detection kits to sub centres for early detection of pregnancy so that safe abortion services can be provided to intended pregnancies covered under the MTP Act.

Development of standard IEC/BCC material on Safe Abortion.

Orientation/Training of ASHAs to equip them with skills to create awareness on abortion issues in women and the community and facilitate women in accessing services. Provision of RTI/STI services:

Under NRHM, provision of STI/RTI care services is a very important strategy to prevent HIV transmission and promote sexual and reproductive health under the National AIDS Control Program (NACP III) and Reproductive and Child Health (RCH II). Enhanced Syndromic case management (ESCM) with minimal laboratory tests is the cornerstone of STI/RTI management under NACP III. Services are being provided to all FRUs, CHCs and at 24 X 7 PHCs. Setting up of Blood Storage Centers (BSC) at FRUs:

Timely treatment of complications associated with pregnancy is sometimes hampered due to nonavailability of Blood Transfusion services at FRUs. The Drugs and Cosmetics Act has been amended to facilitate establishment of Blood Storage Centers at such FRUs. Village Health and Nutrition Day

Organizing of Village Health & Nutrition Day (VHNDs) at Anganwadi center at least once every month to provide ante natal/ post partum care for pregnant women, promote institutional delivery, immunization, Family Planning & nutrition are the part of various services being provided during VHNDs. A total of 3.23 crores Village Health and Nutrition Days(VHNDs) have been organized till March, 2012 since the launch of NRHM.

New Initiatives Janani Shishu Suraksha Karyakram

Government of India has launched Janani Shishu Suraksha Karyakaram (JSSK) on 1st June, 2011, which entitles all pregnant women delivering in public health institutions to absolutely free and no expense delivery including Caesarean section. The initiative stipulates free drugs, diagnostics, blood and diet, besides free transport from home to institution, between facilities in case of a referral and drop back home. Similar entitlements have been put in place for all sick newborns accessing public health institutions for treatment till 30 days after birth. All the States and Union Territories have since then initiated implementation of the scheme. Maternal Death Review

The process of maternal death review (MDR) has been implemented & institutionalized by all the States as a policy since 2010. Guidelines and tools for conducting community based MDR and Facility based MDR have been provided to the States. The States are reporting deaths along with its analysis for causes of death. Delivery Points (DPs)

All the States & Union Territories have identified DPs above a certain minimum benchmark of performance to prioritize and direct resources in a focused manner to these facilities for filling the gaps like trained and skilled human resources, infrastructure, equipments , drugs and supplies, referral transport etc. for providing quality & comprehensive RMNCH (Reproductive, Maternal, Neonatal & Child Health) services. Web Enabled Mother and Child Tracking System

Name Based Tracking of Pregnant Women and Children has been initiated by Government of India as a policy decision to track every pregnant woman , infant & child upto 3 yrs, by name for provision of timely ANC, Institutional Delivery, and PNC along-with immunization & other related services. A Joint MCP Card

Ministry of Health & Family Welfare and Ministry of Women and Child Development (MOWCD) has been launched as a tool for documenting and monitoring services for antenatal, intranatal and postnatal care to pregnant women, immunization and growth monitoring of infants. Tracking of severe Anaemia during pregnancy & child birth by SCs and PHCs:

Severe anemia is a major cause for pregnancy related complications that may lead to maternal deaths. Effective monitoring of these cases by the ANM as well as the Medical Officer in charge of PHC has been started to line list these cases and provide necessary treatment. Technical Guidelines & Service Delivery Posters:

GoI has developed & disseminated standard technical guidelines & service delivery posters for standardizing the quality of service delivery during ANC, INC, PNC, etc from tertiary to primary level of institutions. Tags: RMNCHA+A Permalink Leave a comment Janani Shishu Suraksha Karyakram Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 6, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

3 Votes

Janani Shishu Suraksha Karyakram, the new initiative of Ministry of Health and Family Welfare

Background

About 56,000 women in India die every year due to pregnancy related complications. Similarly, every year more than 13 lacs infants die within 1year of the birth and out of these approximately 9 lacs i.e. 2/3rd of the infant deaths take place within the first four weeks of life. Out of these, approximately 7 lacs i.e. 75% of the deaths take place within a week of the birth and a majority of these occur in the first two days after birth.

In order to reduce the maternal and infant mortality, Reproductive and Child Health Programme under the National Rural health Mission (NRHM) is being implemented to promote institutional deliveries so that skilled attendance at birth is available and women and new born can be saved from pregnancy related deaths.

Several initiatives have been launched by the Ministry of health and Family Welfare (MoHFW) including Janani Suraksha Yojana (JSY) a key intervention that has resulted in phenomenal growth in institutional deliveries. More than one crore women are benefitting from the scheme annually and the outlay for JSY has exceeded 1600 crores per year.

Situation

High out of pocket expenses being incurred by pregnant women and their families in the case of institutional deliveries in form of drugs, User charges, diagnostic tests, diet, for C sections.

The New Initiative

In view of the difficulty being faced by the pregnant women and parents of sick new- born along-with high out of pocket expenses incurred by them on delivery and treatment of sick- new-born, Ministry of health and Family Welfare (MoHFW) has taken a major initiative to evolve a consensus on the part of all States to provide completely free and cashless services to pregnant women including normal deliveries and caesarean operations and sick new born(up to 30 days after birth) in Government health institutions in both rural & urban areas.

Government of India has launched Janani Shishu Suraksha Karyakaram (JSSK) on 1st June, 2011.

The following are the Free Entitlements for pregnant women:

Free and cashless delivery

Free C-Section

Free drugs and consumables

Free diagnostics

Free diet during stay in the health institutions

Free provision of blood

Exemption from user charges

Free transport from home to health institutions

Free transport between facilities in case of referral

Free drop back from Institutions to home after 48hrs stay

The following are the Free Entitlements for Sick newborns till 30 days after birth:

Free treatment

Free drugs and consumables

Free diagnostics

Free provision of blood

Exemption from user charges

Free Transport from Home to Health Institutions

Free Transport between facilities in case of referral

Free drop Back from Institutions to home

States were requested to ask for the requisite budgetary support under the NRHM in their project implementation plans (PIPs). More than Rs 1437 crores have been allocated to the States for the year 2011-12 for providing the free entitlements under JSSK and Rs 2107 crores allocated in 2012-13. Key features of the scheme:

The initiative entitles all pregnant women delivering in public health institutions to absolutely free and no expense delivery, including caesarean section.

The entitlements include free drugs and consumables, free diet up to 3 days during normal delivery and up to 7 days for C-section, free diagnostics, and free blood wherever required. This initiative also provides for free transport from home to institution, between facilities in case of a referral and drop back home. Similar entitlements have been put in place for all sick newborns accessing public health institutions for treatment till 30 days after birth.

The scheme aims to eliminate out of pocket expenses incurred by the pregnant women and sick new borns while accessing services at Government health facilities.

The scheme is estimated to benefit more than 12 million pregnant women who access Government health facilities for their delivery. Moreover it will motivate those who still choose to deliver at their homes to opt for institutional deliveries.

All the States and UTs have initiated implementation of the scheme. Tags: Janani Shishu Suraksha Karyakram Permalink 4 Comments Rashtriya Bal Swasthya Karyakram (RBSK) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 6, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

4 Votes

Rashtriya Bal Swasthya Karyakram (RBSK), initiated under the National Rural Health Mission. The scheme aims to provide comprehensive health care benefits to over 27 crore children across India.

The initiative aims to provide a comprehensive healthcare package for all children up to 18 by conflating earlier programmes where children up to six years of age were examined in anganwadis by a medical officer, while those from six to 18 years were covered under the School Health Programme.

The programme would soon be extended to all districts of the country in a phased manner. This ambitious scheme, when implemented, is expected to benefit approximately 27 crore children across the country.

As per the scheme, dedicated five-member teams will be established at the taluka level, comprising two medical officers, one auxiliary nurse midwife (ANM) and one pharmacist. Around three teams are to be provided for every block.

Medical teams will carry out screening of all the children up to six years enrolled at anganwadi centres at least twice a year besides screening all children enrolled in government and government-aided schools.

A set of 30 common ailments have been identified for screening and early intervention, including birth and heart defects, deficiency conditions, developmental delays and disabilities such as hearing impairment and vision impairment.

As part of the programme, District Early Intervention Centres are to be made operational in all districts to treat cases referred from block levels. Tertiary health services would also be made available for cases requiring surgery. Tags: Rashtriya Bal Swasthya Karyakram (RBSK) Permalink Leave a comment RAJIV GANDHI GRAMEEN VIDYUTIKARAN YOJANA Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 6, 2013 in Programmes and Policies

Rate This

The Government of India launched Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana(RGGVY) Programme for creation of Rural Electricity Infrastructure & Household Electrification, in April 2005 for providing access to electricity to rural households. As on 30.04.2012, against the targeted coverage of 1.10 lakh un/de-electrified village and release of free electricity connections to 2.30 crore BPL households, electrification works in 1.05 lakh un/de-electrified villages have been completed and 1.95 crore free electricity connections to BPL households have been released under RGGVY.

The States of Delhi, Goa and Union Territories of Andaman & Nicobar Islands, Chandigarh, Dadar & Nagar Haveli, Daman & Diu and Puducherry have not participated in RGGVY Programme as they had

achieved 100% electrification of villages. In remaining 27 states, RGGVY Projects for 579 districts have been sanctioned.

The Ministry of Power interacts with State Governments frequently and obtains their feedback while framing and implementing the scheme.

Four independent agencies namely M/s The Energy and Resources Institute(TERI), M/s Integrated Research for Action and Development (IRADe), M/s. Sambodhi & M/s. Tetratech, have been engaged for conducting impact evaluation studies of RGGVY programme in 20 States. While conducting these studies, the agencies are also required to interact with the beneficiaries, i.e. villagers and Panchayat representatives, to seek their views about implementation of the scheme. The evaluation report of 12 States, out of 20 States where the study has been taken up, have already been received. Major findings in the reports are as below:

i) Electrification of villages have resulted in socioeconomic improvements and villagers are able to utilize electrical appliances for additional comfort convenience and education of their children.

ii) It has been reported that some economic activities like agarbatti making, bamboo items etc. have started specially in the States like West Bengal & Tripura, where electric supply is better.

iii) Villagers demand coverage of left out BPL households and habitations. iv) There is demand for more number of distribution transformers to cater to higher Below Poverty Line (BPL) and Above Poverty Line(APL) loads.

iv) The villagers demanded increased hours of electric supply especially in the evening hours. They also required more quality and reliability of electric supply, i.e. reduction in unscheduled power cuts.

Under RGGVY, electrification of un-electrified BPL households is provided free electricity service connection. Infrastructures created under RGGVY can be used for providing connections to APL by respective distribution utilities. APL households are required to pay for prescribed connection charges and no subsidy is available for this purpose

Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana (RGGVY) was launched in April-05 by merging all ongoing schemes.

Under the programme 90% grant is provided by Govt. of India and 10% as loan by REC to the State Governments.

REC is the nodal agency for the programme.

The RGGVY aims at:

Electrifying all villages and habitations as per new definition

Providing access to electricity to all rural households

Providing electricity Connection to Below Poverty Line (BPL) families free of charge

Infrastructure under RGGVY :

Rural Electricity Distribution Backbone (REDB) with 33/11 KV (or 66/11 KV) sub-station of adequate capacity in blocks where these do not exist.

Village Electrification Infrastructure (VEI) with provision of distribution transformer of appropriate capacity in villages/habitations.

Decentralized Distributed Generation (DDG) Systems based on conventional & non conventional energy sources where grid supply is not feasible or cost-effective.

Implementation Methodology and conditions under RGGVY :

Preparation of District based detailed project reports for execution on turnkey basis.

Involvement of central public sector undertakings of power ministry in implementation of some projects.

Certification of electrified village by the concerned Gram Panchayat.

Deployment of franchisee for the management of rural distribution for better consumer service and reduction in losses.

Undertaking by States for supply of electricity with minimum daily supply of 6- 8 hours of electricity in the RGGVY network.

Making provision of requisite revenue subsidy by the state.

Determination of Bulk Supply Tariff (BST) for franchisee in a manner that ensures commercial viability.

Three tier quality monitoring Mechanism for XI Plan Schemes made mandatory.

Web based monitoring of progress.

Release of funds linked to achievement of pre-determined milestones.

Electronic transfer of funds right up to the contractor level.

Notification of Rural Electrification Plans by the state governments.

Tags: RAJIV GANDHI GRAMEEN VIDYUTIKARAN YOJANA Permalink Leave a comment Special Accelerated Road Development Programme in the North Eastern States Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 6, 2013 in North East

Rate This

Special Accelerated Road Development Programme for Development of Road Network in the North Eastern States

On the initiatives of the Prime Minister, Ministry of Road Transport and Highways has taken up an ambitious Special Accelerated Road Development Programme (SARDP-NE) for development of road network in the north eastern States of the Country. This programme envisages providing road connectivity to all the district headquarters in the north eastern region by minimum 2 lane highway standards apart from providing road connectivity to backward and remote areas, areas of strategic importance and neighbouring countries. Programme planned in two phases (A & B) including Arunachal Package covers about 10,141 km. The phase A of SARDP-NE including Arunachal Package covers 6,418 km an estimated cost of Rs 33,688 crore. Work is to be executed by the State PWDs, Border Roads Organisation, National Highways Authority of India and the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways. So far about 1,000 km have been completed. The project is targeted for completion by June, 2016. Phase B is in conceptual stage.

Capacity building of the State PWDs is also identified as the area of immediate concern to give impetus to this programme. This is all the more important as the programme includes improvement of state roads, which will have to be maintained by the States themselves after the completion of this programme. Minister issued directions in this regard to the Officials from the Ministry. Tags: Special Accelerated Road Development Programme in the North Eastern States Permalink Leave a comment Green Channel Policy Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 4, 2013 in Commerce

Rate This

Green Channel Policy for DGS&D Rate Contracts Treating the Firms Deemed Registered and Dispensing with Pre-Dispatch Inspection of Stores by DGS&D

A major policy initiative has been taken by Department of Commerce, Government of India, to grant Green Channel facility to the eligible firms, having annual turn-over of Rs. 1000 crore or more, by treating them as deemed registered and dispensing with the pre-dispatch inspection for Rate Contracts by The Directorate General of Supplies & Disposals (DGS&D), the nodal agency of the Government of India for purchase policy and procedure. Supplies from such firms shall be accepted under the manufacturers warranty/guarantee by allowing them to self-certify their products for the required quality. It is a dynamic process, open at all times on a continuous basis. Interested applicant firms fulfilling the prescribed eligibility

If the products have satisfactory test reports from International Laboratory Accreditation Corporation (ILAC) or their worldwide affiliated/ recognized labs or NABL approved Labs, no further testing would be insisted upon for registration and acceptance of the same by DGS&D.

The Warranty/ Guarantee clause in the Tender Enquiry/ Rate Contract has also been strengthened by making contractually for the firm to immediately, not later than seven days, repair/ replace the goods, if consignee complains that the same is defective/not functioning properly, without resorting to verification or joint inspection or questioning the consignee on any pretext or ground. Tags: Green Channel Policy Permalink Leave a comment Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) Signs(MoU) with Maharashtra and Odisha Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 4, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) Signs Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) with the Governments of Maharashtra and Odisha for Setting up Directorate of Radiation Safety (DRS)

The Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) has entered into an agreement with two State authorities of Maharashtra and Odisha for formation of State level Directorate of Radiation Safety for strengthening the regulator control on medical diagnostic X-ray facilities.

With these, AERB has signed MoUs with a total of 10 States (Kerala, Mizoram, Madhya Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Punjab, Chhattisgarh, Himachal Pradesh, Gujarat, Maharashtra and Odisha) of which DRS in Kerala and Mizoram are already functioning. Government of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Andhra Pradesh are in the process of signing MoUs shortly.

It may be noted that diagnostic radiology facilities utilizing X-ray units are widely available in the country (approx. 50000) and a large number of persons undergo diagnostic X-ray procedures every year. These X-ray units if not designed or operated properly may lead to unwanted radiation exposure to the patients as well as the operators. The safety review and assessment of these machines is carried out by AERB of India which is the national regulatory body for enforcement of radiological safety regulations in the country. AERB has stipulated various regulatory requirements for such X-ray facilities such as Design Certification, Type Approval / No Objection Certificate, Approval of Layout, Registration of X-ray Equipment, Commissioning of X-ray Installations, Certification of Radiological Safety Officers (RSOs) and Certification of Service Engineers.

In view of the tremendous increase in the medical diagnostic installations using medical X-ray units in the country, AERB has taken proactive steps to exercise regulatory control over all such installations by decentralizing the regulation of these units by having and MoU with State Government and Union Territories to set up Directorate of Radiation Safety in various States/Union Territories.

The Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) was constituted on November 15, 1983 by the President of India by exercising the powers conferred by Section 27 of the Atomic Energy Act, 1962 (33 of 1962) to carry out certain regulatory and Safety functions under the Act. The regulatory authority of AERB is derived from the rules and notifications promulgated under the Atomic Energy Act, 1962 and the Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986. The headquarter is in Mumbai.

Tags: Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) Signs(MoU) with Maharashtra and Odisha Permalink Leave a comment President accords to the Criminal Law (Amendment) Ordinance, 2013 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 4, 2013 in Law and Justice

1 Vote

On February 3, 2013 President Pranab Mukherjee gave his assent to the Criminal Law (Amendment) Ordinance, 2013 which provides for, amongst other things, stricter punishment for crimes against women. The Ordinance was to be largely based on the recommendations of the Justice Verma Committee.

The Ordinance, passed by the Union Cabinet on February 1, 2013 has accepted some of the recommendations of the three-member Justice Verma Committee. The Committee, headed by former Chief Justice of India, J.S. Verma, was set up after the gang rape of a twenty-three year old student in Delhi. The Committee had submitted its Report on January 23, 2012, less than a month after the Committee had been constituted.

The Ordinance has introduced offences of voyeurism (S.354C), stalking (S.354D), use of force with intent to disrobe (S.354B), and acid attacks (Ss 336A and 336B) as specific offences under the Indian Penal Code, 1860. The punishments for these offences range from a minimum of a years imprisonment (Stalking) to five years imprisonment (for throwing or attempting to throw acid).

The Ordinance has also gone beyond the recommendations of the Committee by introducing the death penalty for a rape that leads to death of the victim or leaves the victim in a vegetative state. The Ordinance has also replaced the word rape with sexual assault to expand the definition of all types sexual crimes against women.

However, the Ordinance has rejected some of the vital recommendations of the Committee. The recommendations which were ignored include a review of the controversial Armed Forces Special

Powers Act (AFSPA) in cases of violence against women committed by those in the armed forces, the recognition of marital rape as an offence, and a restriction on politicians facing sexual offence charges from contesting elections

The Ordinance comes into effect immediately upon receiving Presidential assent. However, the Ordinance will have to be passed by Parliament within six months otherwise the same shall lapse. Tags: 2013, President accords to the Criminal Law (Amendment) Ordinance Permalink Leave a comment Government initiates to combat sexual crimes against women Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 4, 2013 in Women and Child Development

Rate This

Government initiates time-bound action plan to strengthen the police and administration to combat sexual crimes against women

The Government has initiated a time bound action plan to combat crimes against women. A number of steps have been outlined to improve and strengthen the police and administrative system to ensure that crimes against the women are prevented through quick action, a gender sensitive response mechanism and greater accountability of the enforcement agencies.

The Ordinance promulgated by the President on February 3, 2013 deals with the amendments in the criminal law. These measures are in addition to the Ordinance and cut across various ministries.

The Cabinet Secretary has held a series of meetings recently with senior officials of the concerned Ministries to formulate an action plan within an indicated time frame. Secretaries of seven key ministries have been directed to personally monitor the implementation of these measures and report every month to the Cabinet Secretary and the Prime Ministers Office. The measures outlined deal with changes in the police system, a review of the Motor Vehicles Act, measures to make responses to crimes against women efficient and sensitive and other administrative measures.

The steps outlined include the following:

1. NCRB will compile a database of persons convicted of criminal offences. The details of criminals convicted of crimes against women will be displayed on their website.

2. Action will be taken to provide the facility of registering an FIR in any police station irrespective of the jurisdiction or area of the time. The FIR may thereafter be transferred to the concerned police station for investigation. This will pertain to serious crimes including issues against women.

3. It is important that citizens should not face any harassment when they come forward to assist women in distress. For this, such citizens should be protected to enable them to freely report a crime and assist the victim/police without being subjected to any interrogation or being forced to become witnesses.

4. Women Only buses should be pressed into service. A programme is proposed to be undertaken for encouraging more women driven buses/taxis all over the country.

5. The existing Motor Vehicle Regulations will be reviewed.

6. It has been reported that in some instances vehicles have factory-fitted glasses wherein the tint is more than the permissible limit. Secretary, MoRT&H, in consultation with technical experts and police

representatives, will examine what should be the maximum permissible level of tinting in the glasses in public transport buses. The use of curtains will be reviewed taking into account the need for passenger comfort and visibility required for security purposes. MoRT&H proposes to appropriately revise the standards and ensure compliance by the manufacturers of these buses.

7. There is need for 100% verification for drivers/conductors/helpers (the entire crew) of the public transport vehicles, plying in Delhi in a time bound programme which will include collecting bio-metrics of all such persons as well. For this, action will be taken to review the relevant Rules for mandating the same. Ministry of Home Affairs would develop a protocol over a defined time frame, for verification of the crew of public transport vehicles and suitable advise the State Governments also to undertake the same. After the stipulated time frame, no public transport vehicle will be allowed to be driven/manned by any driver/conductor/helper or other crew member unless such a person has been verified and carries the verification certificate/identity permit.

8. Owners of buses will be held responsible for compliance of the steps outlined. It is also necessary to debar owners of vehicles involved in repeat offences from retaining existing permits/obtaining any fresh permits for plying public transport vehicles and for impounding of vehicles involved in repeat offences. MoRT&H/State Governments will initiate action in this regard. The particulars of the bus owner/drivers and details of permit and license shall be prominently displayed in the buses both inside and outside, at places where it is prominently visible in easily readable fonts. Use of GPS devices in all public transport vehicles is necessary along with setting up of a control room to monitor movement of buses. Ministry of Road Transport & Highways would issue an appropriate advisory to all the States in this regard.

9. There is need to increase the quantum of fines leviable on violation of permit conditions and to disallow compounding of offences beyond a certain number

10. Delhi Government will issue a draft notification for revising the permit for public transport vehicle incorporating provisions for disallowing use of inappropriate films and tinted glasses, higher punishment for repeat offences and other necessary measures. The final notification will be issued within a month.

11. Secretary, MoRT&H will write to all the States regarding the revision/changes in the Permit conditions being made by the Government of Delhi and request them to take similar measures.

12. At the time of inspection of police stations, it should be mandatory for the inspecting officer to specifically record his findings regarding the gender sensitivity of the personnel posted in the police station as well as the record of the police station/SHO in registering/investigating complaints of crimes against women, and for checking whether women are being discouraged from lodging complaints in the police stations.

13. Strict action will be taken against police personnel and officers found to be either displaying bias against women or neglecting their supervisory responsibilities in this regard.

14. There is a continual need for gender sensitization among the police force, particularly at the level of the constabulary on beat duty or at the police stations. There is need for impressing that there has to be a complete cessation of gender insensitive comments. For this, training courses need to be organized on a regular basis by the police. Strict disciplinary action will be taken against any official indulging in gender bias. Action taken in this regard has to be reported at every level. If action is not found to be taken against an erring official, the supervisory officer will be held accountable. Instructions in this regard will be issued and compliance ensured.

15. At all levels, it will be made mandatory for a reporting officer to comment upon on the gender sensitivity of the police personnel reported upon in the Annual Performance Appraisal Report. It will be emphasized and ensured that remarks in this regard are based on specific instances of behavior and are not reduced to a ritualistic yes/no. When considering postings or promotions of police personnel, the attitude towards women should specifically be taken into account.

16. There is an imperative need to recruit more women in the police force. Women will need to be recruited in large numbers in the Delhi Police. MHA will take necessary action to obtain necessary approvals within this financial year. Action would, similarly, need to be taken in the States as well, to recruit more women in the police force. In order to incentivize the States in this regard, MHA will formulate a suitable proposal/scheme within four weeks and obtain necessary approvals.

17. There is need for additional PCR vans in Delhi. A proposal for 370 such vans has been sent by Delhi Police. Approval in this regard is proposed to be expedited within this financial year.

18. It would be proposed to have lady police personnel in at least some PCR vans, such as those deployed in the vicinity of educational institutions, cinema halls, malls and markets, as also the routes

frequented by women employees of BPOs returning from work at night. Over time, it is planned to have some more all women police stations.

19. It is also planned to further develop and promote community policing. This would not only augment the effectiveness of the police force but would also motivate the responsible persons in each locality to perform their duty as citizens.

20. A number of cameras are in the process of being installed and at present a CCTV system is functional at 34 markets and 4 border check posts in Delhi. There is, however, an imperative need to further increase the number of CCTVs in public places. For this, the police will elicit the cooperation of all stakeholders, such as traders associations, RWAs, managers of commercial/office buildings, malls, cinemas, NGOs, etc. who will be encouraged to install and maintain CCTVs of approved specifications in an outside their premises. Similar action also needs to be taken in all States.

21. There is a need for increased focus on street lighting in public places. Civic bodies must undertake a review of the existing facilities and strengthen these wherever required.

22. Department of Women and Child Development will implement a scheme to provide compensation to victims of sexual assault and also a scheme for setting up Crisis Response Centres in select hospitals to provide psychological and other assistance to the victims of sexual assault. The proposed scheme will be implemented in a pilot phase in 100 districts from 2013-14.

23. The Government proposes to put in place a countrywide three-digit number (such as 100) to respond to all emergency situations. This would be similar like 911 or 990 Emergency Management Systems in vogue in many developed countries. Such a service would be available to subscribers of all telecom service providers as at present there are different telephone numbers being used for responding to different situations or target groups. It is, therefore, proposed to have a system where there is a one point of contact available to a person in distress of any kind. Also, once a call is made to this number, the caller should not be asked to contact some other special/emergency number. Instead, the call should seamlessly be transferred from the single point of contact to the appropriate distress line. Ministry of Home Affairs in coordination with the D/o Telecom will, by the end of February 2013, come up with a basic concept note on how the system will be established and will operate.

24. In addition to the general emergency response helpline, there would be a helpline dedicated to responding to women in distress. This helpline should have a unique three digit number across the country. For this purpose, the number 181 may be operationalized all over the country.

25. The negative, stereotyped and/or indecent portrayal of women in movies, television shows and advertisements has been a matter of concern for long. It would be helpful if all stakeholders were to be continuously engaged with in this regard. There is also a need to have a sustained media campaign of public interest advertisements.

26. The role of value education in schools is recognized as being very important. However, merely prescribing it in the curricula/syllabus is not adequate. Teachers should be given training in value education. Sustained awareness campaigns on gender equality need to be undertaken in all schools and colleges and gender modules need to be integrated in the curriculum at every level.

27. It would be useful to impart training to girls in educational institutions in self defence/martial arts. Tags: Government initiates to combat sexual crimes against women Permalink Leave a comment Child survival call to action Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 4, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

In June 2012 The governments of the United States, India and Ethiopia, in collaboration with UNICEF, have convened the Child Survival Call to Action in Washington D.C., bringing together 700 leaders and global experts to launch a sustained effort to save childrens lives. The untold story of child survival is that the global community now has the combined knowledge, innovations, technical know-how and affordable tools to end preventable child deaths. Evidence shows that it is possible to decrease underfive mortality rates in developing countries to levels approaching those in wealthier countries, and to reduce disparities between the poorest and wealthiest children within nations.

The Call to Action challenges the world to reduce child mortality to below 20 child deaths or fewer per 1,000 live births in every country by 2035. Reaching this historic target will have saved an estimated, additional 45 million childrens lives between 2010 and 2035, bringing the world closer to the ultimate goal of ending preventable child deaths. The Call to Action forum launched Committing to Child Survival: A Promise Renewed, a pledge to accelerate declines in maternal and child mortality. Through national action and international cooperation, governments and partners renew the worlds commitment to give every last child the best possible start in life. Background

Ten years after the UN General Assembly passed the landmark resolution on A World Fit for Children, A Promise Renewed aims to build on the global success in reducing preventable child deaths and renew political will to get the job done. By pledging support for A Promise Renewed, partners vow to redouble efforts to achieve Millennium Development Goals 4 and 5 by 2015 and to reduce child mortality in all countries, achieving 20 or fewer under-five deaths per 1,000 live births by 2035, with a focus on reaching the most disadvantaged and hardest-to-reach children in every country.

Ten years after the UN General Assembly passed the landmark resolution on A World Fit for Children, A Promise Renewed aims to build on the global success in reducing preventable child deaths and renew political will to get the job done. By pledging support for A Promise Renewed, partners vow to redouble efforts to achieve Millennium Development Goals 4 and 5 by 2015 and to reduce child mortality in all countries, achieving 20 or fewer under-five deaths per 1,000 live births by 2035, with a focus on reaching the most disadvantaged and hardest-to-reach children in every country.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=OHbQCmWjCls#!

http://www.apromiserenewed.org/Dashboard.html What happens after the Child Survival Call to Action event?

The Child Survival Call to Action will kick off the Commitment to Child Survival: A Promise Renewed a series of activities to monitor progress in child survival efforts and ensure mutual accountability.

By pledging to work together to end preventable child deaths, the partners of A Promise Renewed are uniting in a common cause that every generation in history has instinctively embraced: doing our best so that children may survive and thrive.

Building on the momentum of the activities that will take place between June 2012 and September 2013, the partners of A Promise Renewed will periodically convene regional and global forums to assess progress, celebrate successes, and refine strategies for accelerating progress to 2015. In September of each year, a child mortality report will be issued under the banner of A Promise Renewed, with country profiles that track progress at the national and sub-national levels. Governments will be encouraged to share lessons learned and to identify high-impact strategies, which will be posted on the website of A Promise Renewed and showcased at relevant meetings and events. In preparation for 2015, we will bring together stakeholders to review and identify strategies to maintain the momentum and establish the processes necessary to monitor progress effectively from 2015 to 2035.

By pledging to work together to end preventable child deaths, the partners of A Promise Renewed are uniting in a common cause that every generation in history has instinctively embraced: doing our best so that children may survive and thrive.

National Summit on Call to Action for Child Survival and Development Tags: Child survival call to action Permalink

Leave a comment National Summit on Call to Action for Child Survival and Development Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 4, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

National Rural Health Mission said Indias decline in Under Five Mortality Rate (U5MR) during 2005-10 has accelerated to an average of 7.5% each year. Though the average Under Five Child Mortality Rate has been lower in urban areas, the rate of decline in rural areas has been much faster. The rural-urban gap in child mortality has narrowed reflecting improved equity in healthcare. The Ministry of Health and Family Welfare will hold National Summit on Call to Action for Child Survival and Development at Mahabalipuram in Tamil Nadu on 7-9 February, 2013. This will be organized in partnership with UNICEF and USAID. The Summit is a critical platform that will strategically engage over 200 delegates including 27 international and 35 national experts, key policy makers, planners and implementers from the health sector representing all states of India, representatives and heads of UN and development agencies, global health experts and practitioners, civil society members and private sector, to discuss and debate on Child Survival and Development in India. The Summit will be an opportunity for sharing experiences and challenges; celebrate successes in maternal, newborn, child survival & development programmes; and pledge to meet Indias child survival and development goals.

The Call to Action:

With a large birth cohort of about 26 million and 158 million children in the age-group of 0-5 years, India accounts for the largest number of Under Five Deaths- nearly 1.5 million, of which close to 0.8 million die within 28 days of birth. Nevertheless, steady progress in curbing child deaths has been

demonstrated. The rate of decline in U5MRhas been much faster than the global average: from 115 in 1990 to 59 in 2010 as against the global average of 87 and 57 respectively. The U5MR, Maternal Mortality Ratio (MMR) and Total Fertility Rate (TFR) have improved significantly to 59per 1000 live births, 212per 100,000 live births and 2.5respectively. Since June 2012, over 165 countries, hundreds of civil society organizations, private sector companies and faith-based leaders have pledged to redouble efforts to combat child survival and improve maternal health (MDGs 4 and 5) and focus on reaching the most disadvantaged and hardest to reach children in every country. A Promise Renewed is one of the central pillars supporting the implementation of the United Nations Secretary-Generals 2010 global strategy to improve women and children health called Every Woman, Every Child.

India said the upcoming summit demonstrates Indias leadership and commitment to both the global community and the children of India. It is an opportunity for India to make great gains on child survival with increased commitment and funding for the most effective life-saving practices. The U.S. Government is proud to be a part of this initiative and look forward to working with the Government of India as it addresses crucial child survival issues.

It may be mentioned that the Call to Action will be a shared platform for concerned ministries and interministerial dialogue for the Centre and States, Global and Indian expertise, good will ambassadors, private sector, civil society, media and faith-based organizations to share experiences and challenges; celebrate successes in maternal, newborn and child survival and development programmes; and, pledge to recommit themselves to address challenges in implementation. The Health Ministry will launch an enabling Strategic Roadmap for Reproductive Maternal New born Child and Adolescent Health (RMNCH+A) and other development initiatives, engage with all partners to arrive at actionable goals and commitments for high-burden states aimed to reduce the deaths of children from preventable causes.

A roadmap entitled a Strategic Approach to Reproductive Maternal New born Child and Adolescent Health (RMNCH+A) will also be launched at the Summit along with other pertinent guidelines and documents, aimed at accelerating reductions in preventable child deaths through sharper national plans and improved monitoring and evaluation.

Tags: National Summit on Call to Action for Child Survival and Development Permalink Leave a comment Great Pacific Garbage Patch

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 4, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

Rate This

What is the Pacific Garbage Patch?

Simply put, its a swirling mass of plastic in the middle of the Pacific ocean that is big enough to qualify as the planets largest landfill. Roughly located in an area between 135 to 155W and 35 to 42N, much of the worlds trash has accumulated into this part of the Pacific Ocean based on the movement of ocean currents.

A rose any other name applies to the Pacific Garbage Patch youll also hear it called the Great Pacific Garbage Patch, the Pacific Trash Gyre, the Pacific Trash Vortex, and the Oh MyWhat Have We Done!? among other names.

How does all that plastic get to the ocean?

The simple answer:

Humans + Ocean Currents = Trash Vortex.

People create, consume, and carelessly toss plastics and the litter ends up in the water ways. As the plastic reaches the shoreline, currents carry it out into the ocean and a convergence of currents swirl the plastics into one general area.

No one is guiltless when it comes to the Pacific Garbage Patch if you consume and discard goods, you are responsible for some portion of the plastic that is ending up in the ocean, even if you live hundreds of miles from the seaside. All rivers lead to the sea, as they say. Trash that ends up in a stream in the middle of the US can end up in the ocean and, with the help of ocean currents, find itself in the middle of a trash vortex.

Heres a great slideshow explaining how trash from the middle of the continent can end up in the middle of the ocean:

Whats the impact of marine litter on wildlife?

The plastics found in the ocean have a dire effect on marine life. Turtles confuse plastic bags for jellyfish and birds confuse bottle caps for food. They ingest them but cant digest them, so their stomachs fill with plastic and they starve to death, even though they continue trying to eat.

Additionally, fish on the low end of the food chain consume tiny bits of plastic, and theyre in turn eaten by larger fish which we catch and eat. So were now quite literally eating the plastic we produce. Not an appetizing thought.

How much plastic is in the Pacific Garbage Patch?

We have no idea. We have estimates on the size of the patch, at least in terms of surface area. Researchers peg the trash gyre to be as large as the continental United States, and according to HowStuffWorks.com, every square mile of ocean hosts 46,000 pieces of floating plastic and plastic constitutes 90 percent of all trash floating in the worlds oceans.. But exactly how many pieces of plastic is impossible to say, and researchers are still stunned at how much they find when they get out there to assess the damage were doing to one of our most precious resources.

Whats worse the Pacific Garbage Patch is not the only trash vortex out there. There are five yes FIVE trash gyres. Located in the Pacific, Atlantic and Indian oceans, the trash gyres represent what were doing to our planet on a global scale. Tags: Great Pacific Garbage Patch Permalink Leave a comment Indian Ocean Garbage Patch Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 4, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

Rate This

Scientists recently announced the existence of a garbage patch in the Indian Ocean the third major collection of plastic garbage discovered in the worlds oceans. The Great Pacific Garbage Patch, located

in the North Pacific Ocean gyre, is well known. And more recently scientists confirmed the existence of a second garbage patch in the North Atlantic gyre.

Marcus Eriksen, cofounder of 5 Gyres Institute, reports that all of the 12 water samples collected in the 3,000 miles between Perth, Australia, and Port Louis, Mauritius (an island due East of Madagascar), contain plastic.

The five large subtropical gyres (powerful rotating ocean currents) are located in the North Pacific, South Pacific, North Atlantic, South Atlantic, and Indian oceans. Once plastic makes its way into the ocean (through sewers, streams, rivers, or from the coast), it is ultimately swept up and trapped in these gyres and forms a swirling soup of garbage. This Indian Ocean garbage patch discovery means there are now three confirmed ocean zones of plastic pollution, and others in the South Pacific and South Atlantic gyres also.

Its hard to visualize what these multiplying zones of plastic pollution look like. There is a common misconception that a Texas-sized island of garbage exists off the coast of California.

There is no island of trash. Instead, the garbage patches resemble plastic soup or confetti. We now have a third accumulation zone of plastic pollution that shows compounding evidence that the trash isnt condensed to an island. Its spread out across the entire gyre from coast to coast. The worlds oceans are covered with a thin plastic soup thats thickest in the middle of the gyres.

It would be far easier to clean up the oceans if the trash were forming islands. it isnt practical to try to recover the plastic from sea because most is fragmented and widely distributed.

Tags: Indian OCean Garbage Patch Permalink Leave a comment

Worlds First Digital Atlas of Brain Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 2, 2013 in Science and Technology

1 Vote

Scientists at the Berkeley Lab in their first major breakthrough made possible to get the close view of how a brain develops as well as functions. The scientists would also be able to find out which part of brain is an absentee during the neurological disorders such as epilepsy, autism and schizophrenia. In their major breakthrough, the scientists created the first of its kind genome-wide digital atlas of gene enhancers that are found in the brain.

Genomes, as described by the scientists are the switches which help a gene in getting information about when and where they should be switched on or off. The worlds first atlas of this kind documents the cerebrum, motor functions as well as emotion identifies and also find out various gene-regulating elements that form the basic causes of neurological disorders.

A geneticist with Berkeley Labs genomics division, Axel Visel described that the most challenging tasks of the contemporary science is to understand the functioning or malfunctioning of the brain. Therefore, they created the digital atlas of gene enhancers in the human brain. This atlas enabled the scientists to get a detailed study about how the individual genes can be regulated during the development of a brain and also how the genetic mutations can create an impact on the human neurological disorders.

The gene enhancers in reality are the short pieces of DNA in human genome, rather than the actual genes. Therefore these enhancers do not give rise to the proteins. Actually, they are the switches which are used to inform actual genes when they should become active and create a protein. Every cell type of human body composes of different sets of enhancers which are switched on or off. Together, these can help in coordination of activities of 20000 genes in every single cell.

The cerebrum is the most highly developed region of the human brain. It houses the cerebral cortex, the so-called gray matter where complex information processing events take place, and the basal ganglia, a brain region that helps control movement throughout the body and is involved in certain types of learning. Many of the genes responsible for development of the cerebrum have been identified but most of the DNA elements responsible for expressing these genes turning them on/off have not. This is especially true for gene enhancers, sequences of DNA that act to amplify the expression of a specific gene. Characterizing gene enhancers tends to be difficult because an enhancer does not have to be located directly adjacent to the gene it is enhancing, but can in fact be located hundreds of thousands of DNA basepairs away.

In addition to acting over long distances and being located upstream, downstream or in introns of protein-coding genes, the sequence features of gene enhancers are poorly understood, Visel says. However, gene-centric studies have provided strong evidence that gene enhancers are critical for normal embryonic development of the brain and have also linked human diseases to perturbed enhancer sequences.

Tags: Worlds First Digital Atlas of Brain Permalink Leave a comment BHEL and GAIL Granted Maharatna Status Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 2, 2013 in Corporate Affairs

Rate This

The Union Government of India gave the Maharatna status to two PSUs- BHEL and GAIL on 1 February 2013. Granting Maharatna status to BHEL and GAIL will provide them with better functional and financial freedom and will also guarantee them with better valuation of the shares.

Ideally any Maharatna firm has a capacity to take investment decision of around 5000 crore Rupees without taking assistance from the government. On the other hand, forms with Navratna status have the capability of 1000 crore Rupees.

However, both BHEL and GAIL do not have enough non-official directors on the board, which is why they cannot exercise their Maharatna powers. Even though all other conditions of Maharatna status were met by both these PSUs but their boards do not have requisite number of board members. While GAIL is short of 4 independent directors, BHEL, on the other hand is short of 6 non-official directors.

In terms of turnover, networth as well as net profit, both these companies meet all the eligibility criterions.

Eligibility of a company to get a Maharatna status

For any company to qualify for Maharatna status, the annual turnover should be over 25000 crore Rupees in past three years, as per the guidelines issued by Department of Public Enterprises.

The net worth of the PSU should be more than 15000 crore Rupees in past three years.

The net profit should be over 5000 crore Rupees during past three years. Tags: BHEL and GAIL Granted Maharatna Status Permalink Leave a comment Official Amendments to Lokpal and Lokayuktas Bill 2011 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 2, 2013 in Governance

1 Vote

Salient features of amendments to lokpal and lokayuktas bill 2011 approved by the cabinet on January 31, 2013 are as below:-

Collegium for Selection of Lokpal: The Bill provides for selection of Members of Lokpal by a Selection Committee comprising the Prime Minister, Speaker (Lok Sabha), Leader of Opposition (Rajya Sabha), Cheif Justice of India or a Supreme Court judge nominated by CJI and an eminent jurist nominated by the President. The Select Committee has recommended that the fifth member of the Selection Committee (i.e., eminent jurist) may be nominated by the President on the basis of recommendation of the first four members of the Selection Committee. Government has accepted this recommendation.

Jurisdiction over bodies receiving donations from public: The Select Committee has recommended exclusion of bodies and institutions receiving donations from the public from the purview of Lokpal. Government has decided to exempt only such bodies or authorities established, constituted

or appointed by or under any Central or State or Provincial Act providing for administration of public religious or charitable trusts or endowments or societies for religious or charitable purposes registered under the societies Registration Act. Other non governmental bodies receiving donation from the public would thus remain within the purview of Lokpal.

Power to order investigation straight away: Select Committee has recommended that the Lokpal should be given power to order an investigation straightaway (without first ordering a preliminary inquiry) in case Lokpal finds that a prima facie case exists. Government has accepted this recommendation subject to the modification that the Lokpal should, before coming to a conclusion that there exists a prima facie case for entrusting the matter for investigation, call for the explanation of the public servant and then decide whether there exists a prima facie case for ordering investigation.

Opportunity of Hearing to public servant: The Select Committee has recommended that the seeking of comments from the public servant during the preliminary inquiry by the investigating agency should not be mandatory [clause 20 (2)]. Committee has also recommended that the opportunity of hearing by Lokpal before ordering investigation may be dispensed with [clause 20 (3)]. The affording of an opportunity to the public servant and to the government/competent authority at the preliminary inquiry stage and before ordering formal investigation would help clear doubts in several cases and would substantially reduce the number of cases going for regular investigation. Therefore, Government has decided not to accept this recommendation of the Select Committee and move an official amendement for the purpose.

Power to order prosecution of public servants: The Select Committee has recommended that the power to grant sanction for prosecution of public servants could be shifted to the Lokpal in place of the Government. The Select Committee has also recommended that Lokpal may be required to seek comments of the competent authority and the public servant before taking such decision. Government has decided to accept this recommendation of the Select Committee.

Strengthening of CBI: The Select Committee has recommended a number of amendments in the Bill for strengthening the CBI. These include-

(i) The setting up of a Directorate of prosecution headed by a Director of Prosecution under the overall control of Director, CBI;

(ii) The appointment of the Director of Prosecution on the recommendation of the Central Vigilance Commission;

(iii) Maintenance of a panel of advocates by CBI, other than the Government Advocates, with the consent of the Lokpal for handling Lokpal referred cases;

(iv)

Provision of adequate funds to CBI for investigating cases referred by Lokpal;

(v)

Transfer of officers of CBI investigating cases referred by Lokpal with the approval of Lokpal.

Government has decided to accept all these recommendations except the last one, i.e., seeking approval of Lokpal for transfer of officers of CBI investigating cases referred by the Lokpal , which is proposed not to be accepted as it would affect the smooth functioning of the CBI.

Other salient features of the Bill

Powers of supervision over CBI : The Bill confers powers of superintendence on the Lokpal over the Delhi Special Police Establishment (CBI) in respect of matters referred by the Lokpal for inquiry/investigation.

Appointment of Director, CBI: A high powered Committee chaired by the Prime Minister will recommend selection of the Director, CBI.

Attachment/confiscation of ill-gotten property: The Bill contains provisions for attachment/confiscation of property acquired by corrupt means, even while prosecution is pending.

Enhancement of punishments under Prevention of Corruption Act: The Bill proposes to enhance punishments under Prevention of Corruption Act:

(a) Maximum punishment from 7 years to 10 years

(b) Minimum punishment from 6 months to 2 years. Tags: Official Amendments to Lokpal and Lokayuktas Bill 2011 Permalink Leave a comment Prime Ministers council on climate change constituted Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 2, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

Rate This

The Prime Minister, Dr. Manmohan Singh, has set up a High Level advisory group on climate change issues. The Prime Ministers Council on Climate Change will include the following:

(a) Government Representatives:- Minister of External Affairs; Finance Minister; Minister of Environment & Forests; Minister of Agriculture; Minister of Water Resources; Minister of Science & Technology; Deputy Chairman, Planning Commission; Dr. R. Chidambaram, Principal Scientific Advisor to PM; Shri V. Krishnamurthy, Chairman, NMCC; Dr. C. Rangarajan, Chairman, EAC; Shri Ajay Mathur, Chairman, Bureau of Energy Efficiency; Foreign Secretary; Secretary, Environment & Forests and Principal Secretary to PM (Convenor)

(b) Non-Government Members:- Dr. R.K. Pachauri, Chairperson, TERI; Dr. Prodipto Ghosh; Dr. Nitin Desai; Dr. Sunita Narain; Shri Chandrashekhar Dasgupta (Retd. Diplomat); Shri Ratan Tata, Chairman, Investment Commission; Shri Raj Chengappa, Executive Editor, India Today; Dr. R.Ramachandran, Science Editor, The Hindu.

The Council will coordinate national action plans for assessment, adaptation and mitigation of climate change. It will advise government on pro-active measures that can be taken by India to deal with the challenge of climate change. It will also facilitate inter-ministerial coordination and guide policy in relevant areas

Executive Committee on Climate Change constituted Tags: Prime Ministers council on climate change constituted Permalink Leave a comment Executive Committee on Climate Change constituted Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 2, 2013 in Ecology and Environment

1 Vote

The Prime Minister has decided to constitute an Executive Committee on Climate Change to assist the Prime Ministers Council on Climate Change. The Executive Committee on Climate Change would focus on the following tasks:

1. Assist the PMs Council on Climate Change in evolving a coordinated response to issues relating to climate change at the National level.

2. Regularly monitor the implementation of the eight national missions and other initiatives on Climate Change.

3. Advise the PMs Council on Climate Change on modifications in the objectives, strategies and structure of the missions, as may be necessary.

4. Co-ordinate with various agencies on issues relating to climate change.

The Chairman of the Executive Committee on Climate Change will be the Principal Secretary to the Prime Minister and Secretary, Ministry of Environment and Forests will be the Member-Convenor. Other members of the Committee include Cabinet Secretary, Finance Secretary, Secretary, Planning Commission, Secretary, Ministry of Power, Secretary, Ministry of New & Renewable Energy, Secretary, Ministry of Urban Development, Secretary, Water Resources, Secretary, Department of Science & Technology, Secretary, Department of Agriculture & co-operation, Secretary, Department of Agricultural Research & Education, Secretary, Department of Earth Sciences, Secretary, Ministry of Coal, Secretary, Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas, Secretary, Department of Economic Affairs. The Chairman of Executive Committee on Climate Change may invite any other officer/Expert to the meetings as may be necessary. The PMs Council on Climate Change and the Executive Committee on Climate Change would be serviced by Ministry of Environment and Forests.

The Prime Ministers Council on Climate Change was constituted in 2007, in order to co-ordinate National Action for Assessment, Adaptation and Mitigation of Climate Change. The National Action Plan of Climate Change (NAPCC) was released by the Prime Minister in June 2008. Under the NAPCC, with the approval of PMs Council on Climate Change, eight national missions are being implemented. Tags: Executive Committee on Climate Change constituted Permalink Leave a comment Mega Mock Drill on Earthquake Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 2, 2013 in Miscellaneous

Rate This

Of all the natural disasters, earthquakes are the worst and cause severe all-round damage, primarily due to their unpredictability. About 58 % of Indias land mass is vulnerable from moderate to severe seismic hazards. Even though earthquakes cannot be predicted, their impact on life and property can be considerably reduced by better preparedness and awareness. Recognizing this, NDMA has advocated for scientific & technical interventions and effective administration to reduce their impact. Towards this, NDMA had planned series of mock drills to generate greater public awareness about the vulnerability to disasters with specific emphasis on earthquakes and steps to be taken by people to save themselves, their families and the community and properties in the event of an earthquake. One such mega mock Drill was conducted in Delhi on the 15th of February, 2012 .

In continuation of similar earthquake preparedness campaign, a scenario building exercise to help prepare the North western region of India has been created, wherein a hypothetical earthquake of Mw 8.0 with its epicentre near Mandi in Himachal Pradesh is being depicted. Occurance of such an earthquake would expose nearly 1.14 crore people in Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana & UT Chandigarh and cause extensive damage to life, habitat and critical infrastructure like highways, railways, reservoirs, telecommunication and power network. National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA) in association with state administration of Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana & UT Chandigarh is conducting a Mega Mock Drill in the tri-cities of Chandigarh, Mohali and Panchkula, and Shimla on 13th February 2013. This Mega Mock Drill is designed to test the system capabilities for an effective coordinated response to an earthquake having impact on multiple States. The drill will be conducted at 60 different locations simultaneously, spread over Chandigarh, Panchkula, Mohali and Shimla for which experts from NDMA have been extending all prepratory support. Rupees thirty lakhs have been provided to the each of the three States and UT of Chandigarh by NDMA for running the campaign.

Preparatory meetings starting with June 2012 for this Mega Mock Drill have already been held by Shri M.Shashidhar Reddy, Vice Chairman, NDMA, Members and Senior Officers of NDMA with Shri Shivraj V Patil, Governor of Punjab/Administrator, UT, Chandigarh, Shri Prakash Singh Badal, Chief Minister of Punjab, Shri Bhupinder Singh Hooda, Chief Minister of Haryana, Professor Prem Kumar Dhumal, Chief Minister of Himachal Pradesh and Senior Officers of the three States and UT Chandigarh. The last such meeting was held on 9th January, 2013 at Chandigarh

A final coordination meeting chaired by Shri V.K.Duggal, Member, NDMA was conducted today which was attended by Shri H.K.Gupta, Member and Shri K.M.Singh, Member, NDMA and senior officers of the three States and UT Chandigarh. Shri Duggal emphasised the need of immediate setting up of a Central Coordination Centre at Chandigarh and Control Room at Shimla .UT Chandigarh will be providing infrastructure support for the Central Coordination Centre at Chandigarh and Government of Himachal Pradesh for the Control Room at Shimla. These control rooms shall be set up on 10th February 2013 . All ESF functionaries alongwith Civil Defence volunteers, Key State/ Central Govt departments independent observers from defence will participate in the Mega Mock Exercise.30 Teams (10 teams each from Bhatinda, NOIDA and Gandhi Nagar NDRF Bns.) will participate in 30 locations of Mega Mock Drill Exercises. Honble Members and support officers from NDMA will facilitate and coordinate the event.

According to the scenario, it is expected that all communication channels will collapse in the wake of the earthquake. The only possible communication mode will be wireless communication . It was, therefore, decided that the locations selected for Mega Mock Drill will be such that they are connected through wireless communication with the Central Co-ordination Centre and Control Rooms respectively, including Delhi.

A Final hot wash will be conducted at Chandigarh on 14th february 13,for all 4 Distt.s Chandigarh, Mohali, Panchkula and Simla.

Media briefing will be done in 2 stages: (i) on 12th Feb 2013 afternoon before the Event and (ii) on 13th February 2013 after the Mock Drill exercise. Tags: Mega Mock Drill on Earthquake Permalink Leave a comment Government Action on Corruption

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 2, 2013 in Governance

Rate This

Government approves amendments on Lokpal and Lokayuktas Bill 2011.

The phrase connected with political parties to be replaced with affiliated with political parties.

Fifth member of the Selection Committee (i.e., eminent jurist) to be nominated by the President on recommendation of the other four members of the Selection Committee, viz. Prime Minister, Speaker (Lok Sabha), Leader of Opposition (Lok Sabha) and Chief Justice of India.

Government has decided to exempt only such bodies or authorities established, constituted or appointed by or under any Central or State or Provincial Act providing for administration of public religious or charitable trusts or endowments or societies for religious or charitable purposes registered under the Societies Registration Act.

Political parties exempt from the purview of the Lokpall Bill 2011, as they are already covered under the Representation of Peoples Act.

Lokpal can order investigation against a public servant, in case a prima facie case exists, after calling for explanation from the public servant.

 Opportunity to be given to public servant to be heard.

Lokpal to have power to grant sanction for prosecution of public servants.

Amendments for strengthening CBI accepted, except the one which seeks approval of Lokpal for transfer of officers of CBI investigating cases referred by Lokpal.

Whistle Blowers Protection Bill 2011 to protect identity of whistleblowers and safeguard against their victimization, passed by Lok Sabha.

Benami Transaction (Prohibition) Bill 2011 introduced in Parliament. The Bill elaborately covers definition of benami property and transaction, and prohibits benami transactions.

Stringent punishment for benami transactions under the Benami Transaction (Prohibition) Bill. Tags: Government Action on Corruption Permalink Leave a comment Cheque Truncation System Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 1, 2013 in Money and Banking

2 Votes

1. What is Cheque Truncation?

Truncation is the process of stopping the flow of the physical cheque issued by a drawer at some point with the presenting bank en-route to the drawee bank branch. In its place an electronic image of the cheque is transmitted to the drawee branch by the clearing house, along with relevant information like data on the MICR band, date of presentation, presenting bank, etc. Cheque truncation thus obviates the need to move the physical instruments across branches, other than in exceptional circumstances for clearing purposes. This effectively eliminates the associated cost of movement of the physical cheques, reduces the time required for their collection and brings elegance to the entire activity of cheque processing.

2. Why Cheque Truncation in India?

As explained above, Cheque Truncation speeds up the process of collection of cheques resulting in better service to customers, reduces the scope for clearing-related frauds or loss of instruments in transit, lowers the cost of collection of cheques, and removes reconciliation-related and logistics-related problems, thus benefitting the system as a whole. With the other major products being offered in the form of RTGS and NEFT, the Reserve Bank has created the capability to enable inter-bank and customer payments online and in near-real time. However, as cheques are still the prominent mode of payments in the country and Reserve Bank of India has decided to focus on improving the efficiency of the cheque clearing cycle, offering Cheque Truncation System (CTS) as an alternative. As highlighted earlier, CTS is a more secure system vis-a-vis the exchange of physical documents.

In addition to operational efficiency, CTS offers several benefits to banks and customers, including human resource rationalisation, cost effectiveness, business process re-engineering, better service, adoption of latest technology, etc. CTS, thus, has emerged as an important efficiency enhancement initiative undertaken by Reserve Bank in the Payments Systems area.

3. What is the status of CTS implementation in the country?

The Reserve Bank has implemented CTS in the National Capital Region (NCR), New Delhi and Chennai with effect from February 1, 2008 and September 24, 2011. After migration of the entire cheque volume from MICR system to CTS, , the traditional MICR-based cheque processing has been discontinued in these two locations.. Based on the advantages realised by the stakeholders and the experienced gained from the roll-out in these centres, it has been decided to operationalise CTS across the country. Accordingly, Grid based CTS clearing has since been started in in Chennai by including a few banks from Coimbatore and Bengaluru with effect from March 2012. It has also been envisaged to bring all the bank branches in the states of Tamilnadu, Kerala, Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and the Union Territory of Puducherry under Chennai Grid in a phased manner

4. What is the new approach to CTS implementation in the country?

The new approach envisioned as part of the national roll-out is the grid-based approach.

Under this approach the entire cheque volume in the country cleared across numerous locations will be consolidated into a much fewer number of grids. The concept of region wise grids will be replaced and operational freedom will be given to the operator in deciding the number of grids required to expand the reach of CTS Pan-India and also on choosing the locations for each grid for optimum use of the resources.

Each grid will provide processing and clearing services to all the banks under its jurisdiction,. Banks, branches and customers based at small / remote locations falling under the jurisdiction of a grid would be benefitted, irrespective of whether there exists at present a formal arrangement for cheque clearing or otherwise.

5. Is it possible to briefly explain the entire process flow in CTS?

Yes. In CTS, the presenting bank (or its branch) captures the data (on the MICR band) and the images of a cheque using their Capture System (comprising of a scanner, core banking or other application) which is internal to them, and have to meet the specifications and standards prescribed for data and images.

To ensure security, safety and non-repudiation of data / images, end-to-end Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) has been implemented in CTS. As part of the requirement, the collecting bank (presenting bank)

sends the data and captured images duly signed and encrypted to the central processing location (Clearing House) for onward transmission to the paying bank (destination or drawee bank). For the purpose of participation the presenting and drawee banks are provided with an interface / gateway called the Clearing House Interface (CHI) that enables them to connect and transmit data and images in a secure and safe manner to the Clearing House (CH).

The Clearing House processes the data, arrives at the settlement figure and routes the images and requisite data to the drawee banks. This is called the presentation clearing. The drawee banks through their CHIs receive the images and data from the Clearing House for payment processing. The drawee CHIs also generate the return file for unpaid instruments, if any. The return file / data sent by the drawee banks are processed by the Clearing House in the return clearing session in the same way as presentation clearing and return data is provided to the presenting banks for processing. The clearing cycle is treated as complete once the presentation clearing and the associated return clearing sessions are successfully processed. The entire essence of CTS technology lies in the use of images of cheques (instead of the physical cheques) for payment processing.

6. What type of cheques can be presented for clearing through CTS?

All types of cheques can be presented for clearing through CTS. It is no different from the use of traditional clearing infrastructure for clearing paper cheques. Cheques presented as part of Speed Clearing are handled in CTS as well (for more details on Speed Clearing, the related FAQs may be referred to). Incidentally, given the fact that images of cheques (and not the physical cheques) alone need to move in CTS, it is possible for the removal of the restriction of geographical jurisdiction normally associated with the paper cheque clearing. For reaping this benefit , the concept of Grid-CTS clearing is being envisaged as part of roll-out of CTS at Chennai. Under the grid clearing, cheques drawn on centres included in the grid will be cleared as part of local clearing.

7. Will there be any change in the process for the customers?

No. There is no change in the clearing process for customers. Customers continue to use cheques as at present, except to ensure the use of image-friendly-coloured-inks while writing the cheques. Of course, such of those customers, who are used to receiving the paid instruments (like government departments)

would also receive the cheque images. Cheques with alterations in material fields (explained in detail later) are not allowed to be processed under the CTS environment.

8. What are the benefits of CTS to customers of banks?

The benefits are many. With the introduction of imaging and truncation, the physical movement of instruments is stopped. The electronic movement of images of cheques speeds up the process of settlement and can facilitate reduction in the clearing cycles as well. Moreover, there is no fear of loss of instruments in transit. Further, limitations of the existing clearing system in terms of geography or jurisdiction can be removed, thus enabling consolidation and integration of multiple clearing locations managed by different banks with varying service levels into a nation-wide standard clearing system with uniform processes and practices.

CTS also benefits issuers of cheques. Use of images obviates the need to handle and move physical cheques at different points. The scope for frauds inherent in paper instruments is, thus, greatly reduced. The Corporates if needed can be provided with images of cheques by their bankers for internal requirements,if any. As only the images move, the time taken for receipt of paid cheques is reduced which also gives an early opportunity to the issuers of cheques to detect frauds or alterations, if any, in terms of what (and to whom it) was issued and what (by whom it) was realised.

CTS brings elegance to the entire activity of cheque processing and clearing. Cheque frauds can be greatly reduced with introduction of minimum security features prescribed under CTS Standards 2010, such as embedded verifiable features such as bar-codes, encrypted codes, logos, watermarks, holograms, etc., for early interception of altered / forged instruments. Obviating the need to move the physical cheques is extremely beneficial in terms of cost and time savings.

The benefits from CTS could be summarized as follows

Shorter clearing cycle

Superior verification and reconciliation process

No geographical restrictions as to jurisdiction

Operational efficiency for banks and customers alike

Reduction in operational risk and risks associated with paper clearing

9. If a customer desires to see the physical cheque issued by him for any reason, what are the options available?

Under CTS the physical cheques are retained at the presenting bank level and do not move to the paying banks. In case a customer desires, banks can provide images of cheques duly authenticated. In case, however, a customer desires to see / get the physical cheque, it would need to be sourced from the presenting bank, for which a request should be made to his/her bank. An element of cost / charge may also be involved for the purpose. To meet legal requirements, the presenting banks which truncate the cheques need to preserve the physical instruments for a period of 10 years.

10. How would be the uniqueness of a physical cheque be captured and imparted to the cheque image ?

CTS in India mandates the use of prescribed image specifications only. Images that do not meet the specifications are rejected. As the payments are made on the basis of the images, it is essential to ensure the quality of the images. To ensure only images of requisite quality move in the CTS processing cycle, there is a rigorous quality check process at the level of the Capture Systems and the Clearing House Interface (of the presenting bank). The solution encompasses Image Quality Assessment (IQA) at different levels. The presenting bank is required to perform the IQA during the capture itself. Further IQA is done at the gateway before onward transmission to clearing house. The images are captured with digital signatures of the presenting bank and thereafter transmitted to the Clearing House and then to

the paying banks. Further, the paying banks, if not satisfied with the image quality or for any other reason, can ask for the physical instrument to facilitate payment processing.

Further, the new cheque standard CTS-2010 prescribes certain mandatory and optional security features to be available on cheques, which will also add to the uniqueness of the images.

11. What are the image specifications in CTS in the Indian context ?

Imaging of cheques can be based on various technology options. The cheque images can be Black & White, Gray Scale or Coloured. These have their associated advantages and disadvantages. Black & White images are light in terms of image-size, but do not reveal all the subtle features that are there in the cheques. Coloured images are ideal but increase storage and network bandwidth requirements. Gray Scale images are mid-way. CTS in India uses a combination of Gray Scale and Black & White images. There are three images of each cheques that need to be taken front Gray Scale, front Black & White and back Black & White.

12. How are the images of cheques taken ?

Images of cheques are taken using scanners. Scanners also function like photo-copiers by reflecting the light passed through a narrow passage on to the document. Tiny sensors measure the reflection from each point along the strip of light. Reflectance measurements of each dot is called a pixel. Images are classified as black and white, gray-scale or colour based on how the pixels are converted into digital values. For getting a gray scale image the pixels are mapped onto a range of gray shades between black and white. The entire image of the original document gets mapped as some shade of gray, lighter or darker, depending on the colour of the source. In the case of black and white images, such mapping is made only to two colours based on the range of values of contrasts. A black and white image is also called a binary image.

13. How the image and data transmitted over the network is secured ?

The security, integrity, non-repudiation and authenticity of the data and image transmitted from the paying bank to the payee bank are ensured using the Public Key Infrastructure (PKI). CTS is compliant to the requirements of the IT Act, 2000. It has been made mandatory for the presenting bank to sign the

images and data from the point of origin itself. PKI is used throughout the entire cycle covering capture system, the presenting bank, the clearing house and the drawee bank. The PKI standards used are in accordance with the appropriate Indian acts and notifications of Controller of Certifying Authority (CCA)

14. What is Cheque Standardisation and what does CTS 2010 Standard mean ?

Standardisation of cheque forms (leaves) in terms of size, MICR band, quality of paper, etc., was one of the key factors that enabled mechanisation of cheque processing. Over a period of time, banks have added a variety of patterns and design of cheque forms to aid segmentation, branding, identification, etc., as also incorporated therein a number of security features to reduce the incidence of cheque misuse, tampering, alterations, etc. Growing use of multi-city and payable-at-par cheques for handling of cheques at any branches of a bank, introduction of Cheque Truncation System (CTS), increasing popularity of Speed Clearing, etc., were a few aspects that led to prescription of certain minimum security features in cheques printed, issued and handled by banks and customers uniformly across the banking industry. A Working Group was set-up by RBI for examining further standardisation of cheque forms and enhancement of security features therein. Accordingly, certain benchmarks towards achieving standardisation of cheques issued by banks across the country have been prescribed like quality of paper, watermark, banks logo in invisible ink, void pantograph, etc., and standardisation of field placements on cheques. In addition, certain desirable features have also been suggested to be implemented by banks based on their need and risk perception.

The set of minimum security features would not only ensure uniformity across all cheque forms issued by banks in the country but also help presenting banks while scrutinising / recognising cheques of drawee banks in an image-based processing scenario. The homogeneity in security features is expected to act as a deterrent against cheque frauds, while the standardisation of field placements on cheque forms would enable straight-through-processing by use of optical / image character recognition technology. The benchmark prescriptions are collectively known as CTS-2010 standard. Indian Banks Association (IBA) and National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI) are co-ordinating with the banks on implementation of the new standard. Accordingly, the cheques issued are tested and certified by NPCI and only after such cerification the cheques would be issued to the customers.

All banks providing cheque facility to their customers, have been advised to issue only CTS-2010 standard cheques not later than April 1, 2012 on priority basis in northern and southern region which will be part of the northern and southern CTS grids respectively and across the country by September 30, 2012 through a time bound action plan.

15. What is the prescription relating to alterations / corrections on cheque forms ?

The prescription on prohibiting alterations / corrections on cheques has been introduced to curtail cheque frauds on account of alterations in the various fields of cheques and to give protection to customers as well as banks. No changes / corrections can be carried out on the cheques (other than for date validation purposes, if required). For any change in the payees name, courtesy amount (amount in figures) or legal amount (amount in words), fresh cheque leaves should be used by customers. This would help banks in identifying and controlling fraudulent alterations. This prohibition is applicable to cheques cleared under the image based Cheque Truncation System (CTS) only and is effective from December 1, 2010. It is not applicable to cheques cleared under other clearing arrangements for the present.

16. What are the precautions required to be taken by the banks / customers to avoid frauds

Banks / Customers should use CTS 2010 cheques which are not only image friendly but also have more security features. Customers may request/insist their banks for cheque forms that are compliant with the CTS 2010 standard. They should preferably use dark coloured ink while writing cheques and avoid any alterations / corrections thereon. Preferably, a new cheque leaf may be used in the event of any alterations / corrections as the cheque may be cleared through image based clearing system as enumerated in 15 above. Banks should exercise care while stamping the cheque forms, so that it does not interfere with the material portions such as date, payees name, amount and signature. The use of rubber stamps, etc, should not overshadow the clear appearance of these basic features in image. It is necessary to ensure that all essential elements of a cheque are captured in an image during the scanning process and banks / customers have to exercise appropriate care in this regard.

17. What are the modes in which banks can participate in CTS ?

There are two modes in which banks may participate in CTS

Direct membership: Banks may participate as direct member provided they have a settlement account with the settlement bank and have put in place necessary infrastructure for participating in CTS.

Indirect / Sub-membership: Banks may become sub-members / indirect members of the direct members by using the infrastructure and / or settlement services of the direct members. The settlement for such indirect / sub-member could be done either directly (if such banks have settlement accounts with the settlement bank) or through the direct member through whom they are participating.

18. Is the infrastructure requirement for participating the CTS the same for all banks ?

The infrastructure required at the banks end for participating in CTS are dedicated connectivity from the banks gateway to the Clearing House, prescribed hardware and software for the CTS application.

RBI provides member banks with the CHI (software). Banks need to procure hardware and other software such as operating system, database and a bouquet of third party software for the CHI. They also need to procure the application software for their capture systems.

The hardware requirement / sizing is based on the volume of cheques processed by banks. Based on the volume the CHI is categorised into four types and the hardware requirement is different for each category.

The bandwidth requirement for each bank is calculated based a number of factors like the peak inward and outward volume of the bank, average size of an image, efficiency factor of the network, etc. In addition, future requirements have been taken into consideration while calculating the bandwidth requirement.

19. Whether the Cheque Truncation System has legal sanction?

With amendments in the Sections 6 and 1(4), coupled with the introduction of 81 A to the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881, truncation of cheques is now legalized. Tags: Cheque Truncation System Permalink

Leave a comment LOFAR telescope Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on February 1, 2013 in Space (World)

1 Vote

LOFAR started as a new and innovative effort to force a breakthrough in sensitivity for astronomical observations at radio-frequencies below 250 MHz. The basic technology of radio telescopes had not changed since the 1960s: large mechanical dish antennas collect signals before a receiver detects and analyses them. Half the cost of these telescopes lies in the steel and moving structure. A telescope 100x larger than existing instruments would therefore be unaffordable. New technology was required to make the next step in sensitivity needed to unravel the secrets of the early universe and the physical processes in the centers of active galactic nuclei.

LOFAR is the first telescope of this new sort, using an array of simple omni-directional antennas instead of mechanical signal processing with a dish antenna. The electronic signals from the antennas are digitised, transported to a central digital processor, and combined in software to emulate a conventional antenna. The cost is dominated by the cost of electronics and will follow Moores law, becoming cheaper with time and allowing increasingly large telescopes to be built. So LOFAR is an IT-telescope. The antennas are simple enough but there are a lot of them about 7000 in the full LOFAR design. To make radio pictures of the sky with adequate sharpness, these antennas are to be arranged in clusters that are spread out over an area of 100 km in diameter within the Netherlands and over 1500 km

throughout Europe. Data transport requirements are in the range of many Tera-bits/sec and the processing power needed is tens of Tera-FLOPS.

It was soon realised that LOFAR could be turned into a more generic Wide Area Sensor Network. Sensors for geophysical research and studies in precision agriculture have been incorporated in LOFAR already. Several more applications are being considered, given the increasing interest in sensor networks that bring the environment on-line. The science drivers of LOFAR the Key Science Projects (KSP)

Because of its revolutionary design (incorporating phased arrays and electronic beam steering rather than mechanical pointing) and its large instantaneous field of view, LOFAR is well tailored to carrying out projects that require substantial amounts of telescope time. The design, development and construction of the facility have therefore been driven originally by four large key astronomical projects designed to pursue fundamental LOFAR science, of prime interest to the Dutch astronomical community. Recently, two new KSP projects have been initiated and established by an eager German astronomical community. By now, all KSPs have developed into international research groups that are contributing to the development of LOFAR.

The key science projects of LOFAR are:

Epoch of Reionisation

Deep extragalactic surveys

Transient sources

Ultra high energy cosmic rays

Solar science and space weather

Cosmic magnetism

Tags: LOFAR telescope Permalink Leave a comment National Food Security Mission Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 31, 2013 in Agriculture

Rate This

The National Development Council (NDC)in its 53rd meeting held on 29th May, 2007 adopted a resolution to launch a Food Security Mission comprising rice, wheat and pulses to increase the production of rice by 10 million tons, wheat by 8 million tons and pulses by 2 million tons by the end of the Eleventh Plan (2011-12). Accordingly, A Centrally Sponsored Scheme, National Food Security Mission, has been launched from 2007-08 to operationalize the above mentioned resolution. 1.2 The National Food Security Mission will have 3 components (i)Rice (ii) Wheat &(iii) Pulses. Objectives

In view of the stagnating food grain production and an increasing consumption need of the growing population, Government of India has launched this Centrally Sponsored Scheme, National Food Security Mission in August 2007.

The major objective of this scheme is to increase production and productivity of wheat, rice and pulses on a sustainable basis so as to ensure food security of the country. The approach is to bridge the yield gap in respect of these crops through dissemination of improved technologies and farm management practices. Major Components of NFSM

NFSM will have three components

National Food Security Mission Rice (NFSM-Rice)

National Food Security Mission Wheat (NFSM-Wheat)

National Food Security Mission Pulses (NFSM-Pulses)

Total financial implications for the NFSM will be Rs.4882.48 crores during the XI Plan (2007-08 201112). Beneficiary farmers will contribute 50% of cost of the activities / work to be taken up at their / individual farm holdings.

Beneficiaries can choose to draw loans from the Banks, in which case subsidy amount prescribed for a particular component for which the loan availed will be released to the Banks.

The implementation of the NFSM would result in increasing the production of rice by 10 million tones, wheat by 8 million tones and pulses by 2 million tones by 2011-12. It would also create additional employment opportunities

States covered under NFSM

24 States (Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir, Jharkhand, Karnataka, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Odisha, Sikkim, Tamil Nadu, Tripura, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand and West Bengal) will be covered under NFSM-Rice.

166 districts of 9 States (Punjab, Haryana, UP, Bihar, Rajasthan, MP, Gujarat, Maharashtra and West Bengal) will be covered under NFSM-Wheat.

468 districts of 16 States (AP, Assam, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Gujarat, Haryana, Jharkhand, Karnataka, MP, Maharashtra, Orissa, Punjab, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu, UP and West Bengal) will be covered under NFSMPulses.

20 million hectares of rice, 13 million hectares of wheat and 4.5 million hectares of pulses are included in these districts that roughly constitute 50% of cropped area for wheat and rice. For pulses, an additional 20% cropped area would be created.

Tags: National Food Security Mission Permalink Leave a comment Baku Tbilisi Ceyhan (BTC) Pipeline Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 31, 2013 in Multi Lateral Organisation

Rate This

At a length of 1,768km, the Baku Tbilisi Ceyhan (BTC) Pipeline is one of the great engineering endeavours of the new millennium.

The BTC oil export pipeline transports crude oil from offshore oil fields in the Caspian Sea to the Turkish coast of the Mediterranean from where the crude is further shipped via tankers to European markets.

The pipeline travels from the Sangachal terminal near Baku through Azerbaijan, Georgia and Turkey to the Ceyhan marine terminal on the Turkish coast of the Mediterranean.

The pipeline, which is buried along its entire length, is 1768km in total length: 443km in Azerbaijan, 249km in Georgia, and 1,076km in Turkey.

The diameter of the pipeline is 42 inches throughout most of Azerbaijan and Turkey. In Georgia the pipeline diameter is 46 inches. The pipeline diameter reduces to 34-inches for the last downhill section to the Ceyhan Marine Terminal in Turkey.

The pipeline throughput capacity is one million barrels of oil per day. The BTC pipeline facilities include:

8 pump stations (2 in Azerbaijan, 2 in Georgia, 4 in Turkey)

2 intermediate pigging stations

1 pressure reduction station

101 small block valves

The Baku-Tbilisi-Ceyhan Pipeline Company (BTC Co) is responsible for the construction and operation of the whole pipeline. It is an incorporated joint venture company made up of 11 shareholders and managed by BP, its largest shareholder.

Linefill of the BTC pipeline started at 10 May, 2005 and first oil reached the Ceyhan terminal on 28 May, 2006.

Approximately 10 million barrels of oil were required to fill the line.

The first tanker export of crude which had travelled through the line was on 4 June, 2006.

Tags: Baku Tbilisi Ceyhan (BTC) Pipeline Permalink Leave a comment Determination of Fair and Remunerative Price payable by sugar mills for 2013-14 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 31, 2013 in Agriculture

Rate This

The Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs has approved the fair and remunerative price of sugarcane payable by sugar mills for 2013-14 sugar season to be fixed at Rs.210/- per quintal. This price will be linked to a basic recovery rate of 9.5 percent, subject to a premium of Rs.2.21 per quintal for every 0.1 percentage point increase in recovery above that level.

The fair and remunerative price of Sugarcane is determined under the Sugarcane (Control) Order 1966. This will be uniformly applicable all over the country.

The revision will be in the interest of sugarcane growers keeping in view the need for a remunerative price and the present situation of the sugar industry.

This revision is a continuation of a steady sugarcane pricing regime with moderate increases, which is not likely to disturb inter-se cropping pattern and ensure adequate availability of sugar as well as other basic foodstuff in coming years. Tags: Determination of Fair and Remunerative Price payable by sugar mills for 2013-14 Permalink 1 Comment Universal Periodic Review (UPR) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 31, 2013 in Reports and Index

Rate This

The Universal Periodic Review has great potential to promote and protect human rights in the darkest corners of the world. Ban Ki-moon, UN Secretary-General What is the Universal Periodic Review?

The Universal Periodic Review (UPR) is a unique process which involves a periodic review of the human rights records of all 193 UN Member States. The UPR is a significant innovation of the Human Rights Council which is based on equal treatment for all countries. It provides an opportunity for all States to declare what actions they have taken to improve the human rights situations in their countries and to overcome challenges to the enjoyment of human rights. The UPR also includes a sharing of best human rights practices around the globe. Currently, no other mechanism of this kind exists.

How was the UPR established?

The UPR was established when the Human Rights Council was created on 15 March 2006 by the UN General Assembly in resolution 60/251. This mandated the Council to undertake a universal periodic review, based on objective and reliable information, of the fulfilment by each State of its human rights obligations and commitments in a manner which ensures universality of coverage and equal treatment with respect to all States. On 18 June 2007, one year after its first meeting, members of the new Council agreed to its institution-building package (A/HRC/RES/5/1) providing a road map guiding the future work of the Council. One of the key elements of this package was the new Universal Periodic Review. The mechanism was further refined during the review process through resolution 16/21 and

decision 17/119. These two documents provided the necessary modifications of modalities for the review in the second and subsequent cycles.

What is the goal of the UPR?

The ultimate goal of UPR is the improvement of the human rights situation in every country with significant consequences for people around the globe. The UPR is designed to prompt, support, and expand the promotion and protection of human rights on the ground. To achieve this, the UPR involves assessing States human rights records and addressing human rights violations wherever they occur. The UPR also aims to provide technical assistance to States and enhance their capacity to deal effectively with human rights challenges and to share best practices in the field of human rights among States and other stakeholders.

When will States have their human rights records reviewed by the UPR?

During the first cycle, all UN Member States have been reviewed, with 48 States reviewed each year. The second cycle, which officially started in May 2012 with the 13th session of the UPR Working Group, will see 42 States reviewed each year. The reviews take place during the sessions of the UPR Working Group (see below) which meets three times a year. The order of review remains the same as in the first cycle and the number of States reviewed at each session is now 14 instead of 16.

Who conducts the review?

The reviews are conducted by the UPR Working Group which consists of the 47 members of the Council; however any UN Member State can take part in the discussion/dialogue with the reviewed States. Each State review is assisted by groups of three States, known as troikas, who serve as rapporteurs. The selection of the troikas for each State is done through a drawing of lots following elections for the Council membership in the General Assembly.

What are the reviews based on? The documents on which the reviews are based are:

1) information provided by the State under review, which can take the form of a national report;

2) information contained in the reports of independent human rights experts and groups, known as the Special Procedures, human rights treaty bodies, and other UN entities;

3) information from other stakeholders including national human rights institutions and nongovernmental organizations.

How are the reviews conducted?

Reviews take place through an interactive discussion between the State under review and other UN Member States. This takes place during a meeting of the UPR Working Group. During this discussion any UN Member State can pose questions, comments and/or make recommendations to the States under review. The troikas may group issues or questions to be shared with the State under review to ensure that the interactive dialogue takes place in a smooth and orderly manner. The duration of the review was three hours for each country in the Working Group during the first cycle. From the second cycle onwards the time has been extended to three hours and thirty minutes.

Can non-governmental organizations (NGOs) participate in the UPR process?

Yes. NGOs can submit information which can be added to the other stakeholders report which is considered during the review. Information they provide can be referred to by any of the States taking part in the interactive discussion during the review at the Working Group meeting. NGOs can attend the UPR Working Group sessions and can make statements at the regular session of the Human Rights Council when the outcome of the State reviews are considered. OHCHR has released Technical guidelines for the submission of stakeholders

What human rights obligations are addressed?

The UPR will assess the extent to which States respect their human rights obligations set out in:

(1) the UN Charter;

(2) the Universal Declaration of Human Rights

(3) human rights instruments to which the State is party (human rights treaties ratified by the State concerned);

(4) voluntary pledges and commitments made by the State (e.g. national human rights policies and/or programmes implemented)

, (5) applicable international humanitarian law.

What is the outcome of the review?

Following the review by the Working Group, a report is prepared by the troika with the involvement of the State under review and assistance from the OHCHR. This report, referred to as the outcome report, provides a summary of the actual discussion. It therefore consists of the questions, comments and recommendations made by States to the country under review, as well as the responses by the reviewed State.

How is the review adopted?

During the Working Group session half an hour is allocated to adopt each of the outcome reports for the States reviewed that session. These take place no sooner than 48 hours after the country review. The reviewed State has the opportunity to make preliminary comments on the recommendations choosing to either accept or note them. Both accepted and noted recommendations are included in the report. After the report has been adopted, editorial modifications can be made to the report by States on their own statements within the following two weeks. The report then has to be adopted at a plenary session of the Human Rights Council. During the plenary session, the State under review can reply to questions and issues that were not sufficiently addressed during the Working Group and respond to

recommendations that were raised by States during the review. Time is also allotted to member and observer States who may wish to express their opinion on the outcome of the review and for NHRIs, NGOs and other stakeholders to make general comments.

What steps are taken as follow up to the review?

The State has the primary responsibility to implement the recommendations contained in the final outcome. The UPR ensures that all countries are accountable for progress or failure in implementing these recommendations. During the second review the State is expected to provide information on what they have been doing to implement the recommendations made during the first review as well as on any developments in the field of human rights. The international community will assist in implementing the recommendations and conclusions regarding capacity-building and technical assistance, in consultation with the country concerned. If necessary, the Council will address cases where States are not co-operating.

What happens if a State is not cooperating with the UPR?

The Human Rights Council will decide on the measures it would need to take in case of persistent nonco-operation by a State with the UPR.

Tags: Universal Periodic Review (UPR) Permalink Leave a comment Pinaka Rocket System Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 31, 2013 in Defence

Rate This

India will soon carry out a series of tests of its indigenous multi-barrel rocket system Pinakas advanced, upgraded version.

The tests are likely to be conducted off Chandipur test range on Odisha coast off the eastern seaboard.

The tests are considered to be very important from the rocket systems development point of view, as it will validate the efficacy of new components and technological advancements in the weapon.

Once the tests are successful, the new, advanced Pinaka will form part of the Indian Armys artillery inventory in the later part of this year, as full-fledged manufacturing of the system will go full steam.

Pinaka systems, developed by DRDO, are a key weapon system of the Indian Armys plans for a proactive warfare strategy against its adversaries in a limited war scenario to unleash a firepower on enemy fighting forces.

The rocket system is to give the Indian Army an edge in such a warfare scenario in view of the weapons high rate of fire and quick reaction time.

The advanced system will gradually replace the existing inventory of artillery systems in key formations, particularly those with offensive elements.

The rocket launcher, which is also known as the Weapon Area System (WAS), can fire rockets up to 40 km range and can launch 12 rockets with 1.2 tonne of high explosives every 40 seconds. Its warheads can range from blast-cum-pre-fragmented high explosives to anti-tank armour penetrating systems.

Meanwhile, the DRDO has carried out a test of its advanced Cannon-launched Laser Guided Missile (CLGM) from the Integrated Test Range at Balasore.

DRDO test fired three rounds of the missile from a specially built launcher at ITRs Complex-II. The trial, conducted during a low tide period, was successful with the missile destroying the intended target.

Tags: Pinaka Rocket System Permalink Leave a comment Upgraded Sindhurakshak Handed Over To India Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 31, 2013 in Defence

Rate This

An upgraded and refitted diesel-electric submarine from the Indian Navy fleet was handed back to India by Russia after over two years of overhaul and refurbishing works.

The major refit of the Russian-origin INS Sindurakshak (S63) was carried out at Russias Zvezdochka shipyard.

The upgrade and modernisation of Sindhurakshak, a Project 877 EKM NATO Kilo-class submarine, was done under a contract signed in June 201.

Under the refit programme, the submarine got Klub-S 3M54E1 anti-ship and 3M14E land attack 200-kmrange cruise missiles systems retrofitted. It also got another 10-odd Indian and foreign-made systems such as the USHUS hydro-acoustic sonar system and CSS-MK-2 radio communication system newly integrated.

The Sindhurakshak upgrade programme cost India $80 million and it will include a complete overhaul of the vessels hull structures. The programme also included improved electronic warfare systems, control systems and integrated weapon control system.

The vessels cooling system too underwent modifications, apart from a Porpoise radio-locator fitted and more works carried out to enhance its capabilities, safety and security.

The submarine will leave the Russian shipyard and sailed for Mumbai, taking the North Sea route off United Kingdom.

A Russian ice-breaker ship will accompany the submarine, which is the first Indian vessel to be handed over after a refit programme in icy winter season.

Zvezdochka shipyard specialises in overhaul and dismantling of nuclear-powered submarines and since 1997, it had upgraded four Indian conventional submarines of Russian origin INS Sindhuvir, Sindhuratna, Sindhughosh and Sindhuvijay.

This class of submarines are designed and built for anti-submarine and anti-ship warfare, defence of naval bases, securing of coasts and sea lanes of communication, reconnaissance and maritime patrol operations

Tags: Upgraded Sindhurakshak Handed Over To India Permalink Leave a comment Advancing Cheminformatics for Novel Drugs Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 29, 2013 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

In pursuit of common aims and to raise awareness of the importance of Cheminformatics to accelerate the discovery of novel therapies for neglected diseases like TB and Malaria, the Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR), which provides scientific and industrial R&D that maximises the economic, environmental and societal benefits for the people of India today signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) between its Open Source Drug Discovery (OSDD) initiative and the Royal Society of Chemistry (RSC), the largest European organisation for advancing chemical sciences in its headquarter here in New Delhi.

The MoU, spanning three years, aims to address the objective of finding novel, faster-acting, and more effective regimens for TB and Malaria by advancing the discipline of Cheminformatics. The collaboration envisions conducting workshops and conferences to build links between experts and leaders in the coming years and will focus on jointly building an online repository of real and virtual molecular structures along with developing free-to -use software tools for drug discovery and development. The partnership also aims at exploring the possibility of advancing OSDDs e-learning program for students.

The Royal Society of Chemistry has undoubted strength in the field of chemistry. This strength will now be coupled with the strengths of the OSDD programme, deployed to improve the innovation for neglected diseases.

The importance of scientific institutions to work towards finding solutions for problems that predominantly affect the poorer sections of the society, like the need for new drugs for Tuberculosis, Malaria and Kala-Azar (Leishmaniasis).

The importance of this collaboration for finding new drugs for neglected diseases like tuberculosis (TB). What we cannot do alone, we with complementary skills, need to work together. Finding new drugs for TB is a major challenge. We are joining hands to find New Chemical Entities which could be potential anti-TB drugs.

Through this agreement, the CSIR and RSC are responding to the challenge of lost data that is the 90% of research output that never gets published.He said That data, that information, that knowledge, is lost to society. But it has enormous value to the chemical science research community and by using new tools and new disciplines, like Cheminformatics or e-Science, we can recapture that lost information. The importance of Cheminformatics in addressing this challenge cannot be underestimated.

The Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) is an autonomous society whose President is the Prime Minister of India. CSIR is an ensemble of 37 laboratories in engineering, physical, biological, chemical and information science clusters, funded chiefly by the government of India. CSIR laboratories engage about 5000 scientists and almost 10000 students pursuing higher degrees. CSIR provides scientific and industrial R&D that maximizes the economic, environmental and societal benefits for the people of India.

Open Source Drug Discovery (OSDD) is an initiative funded and led by the Council of Scientific and Industrial Research. OSDD is a team India consortium with global partnership with a vision to provide affordable healthcare to the developing world to solve the complex problems associated with discovering novel therapies for diseases like Tuberculosis, Malaria and Leishmaniasis.

The Royal Society of Chemistry is the largest organisation in Europe for advancing the chemical sciences. Supported by a worldwide network of members and an international publishing business, RSCs activities span education, conferences, science policy, development of chemical applications and the promotion of chemistry to the public.

Cheminformatics Tags: Advancing Cheminformatics for Novel Drugs Permalink 1 Comment Cheminformatics Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 29, 2013 in Science and Technology

Rate This

Cheminformatics is a cross between Computer Science and Chemistry: the process of storing and retrieving information about chemical compounds.

Information Systems are concerned with storing, retrieving, and searching information, and with storing relationships between bits of data.

Cheminformatics (also known as chemoinformatics and chemical informatics) is the use of computer and informational techniques, applied to a range of problems in the field of chemistry. These in silico techniques are used in pharmaceutical companies in the process of drug discovery. These methods can also be used in chemical and allied industries in various other forms.

Cheminformatics Background

In the past few decades, the drug design field has extensively used computational tools to accelerate the development of new and improved therapeutics. Researchers have recognized the urgent need to establish relationships between chemical structures and their properties. Quantitative Structure Property Relationships (QSPR) along with Linear Gibbs Free Energy Relationships (LFER) and Quantitative Structure Activity Relationships (QSAR) have been established for a wide variety of chemical molecules.

Cheminformatics analysis tools are gaining in sophistication, and are earning increasing respect as tools crucial for the rapid development of new therapeutics. One factor driving the need for effective chemical data analysis is the tremendous growth of molecular databases as a result of automated combinatorial synthesis techniques and high through put assay systems. Cheminformatics techniques facilitate the analysis and interpretation of the chemical information contained within these sets of complex and high-dimensional molecular data.

IT-proficient scientists and chemists are now able to generate, retrieve and analyse scientific information that is more accurate and useful by making use of specialised software for analysis of their vast data. It is difficult to imagine a chemical research laboratory or company without the application of computers in the development and testing of drugs, storage or analysis of data.

Cheminformatics is a fast growing field and there is a lack of qualified scientific professionals who can use computers and databases for chemical compounds or drug development. Realising its immense potential, the chemical and pharmaceutical industries are now going in for qualified and trained staff in cheminformatics. New career avenues have also opened up for IT as well as computer-proficient science

graduates for acquiring, managing, or utilising chemical information with the help of computer software or hardware. These professionals are essential to develop and maintain programs for specific scientific applications.

With the exponentially growing and highly competitive drug and pharmaceutical market, cheminformatics professionals thus have immense importance in the drug development process as they implement IT tools to replace traditional processes. The demand for such IT chemical professionals is also growing substantially. These professionals are expected to contribute in bringing new products to the market quickly and economically. In the years to come cheminformatics shall play a vital role in new drug discovery programs and candidates with professional experience are bound to have a good job market. Tags: Cheminformatics Permalink Leave a comment Expert Committee to Review Functioning of Prasar Bharti Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 29, 2013 in Information and Communication Technology ICT

Rate This

The Ministry of Information & Broadcasting has constituted an Expert Committee for the purpose of reviewing the institutional frame work of Prasar Bharati including its relationship with Government, its continuing role as a public broadcaster and measures needed to ensure technical up gradation of the organization. The composition of the Expert Committee is as under:-

i)

Sh. Sam Pitroda, Advisor to the Prime Minister of India on Public

Information Infrastructure & Innovations Chairman

ii)

Smt. Asha Swaroop, IAS(Retd) and former Secretary to the Govt. of

India Member

iii)

Dr. B.K. Gairola, Mission Director (e-Governance) Member

iv)

Sh. Shekhar Kapur, Member of the National Innovation Council

Member.

v)

Prof. M.P. Gupta, IIT Delhi Member

vi)

Sh. Jitendra Shankar Mathur, Additional Secretary and nominated

member on Prasar Bharati Board.

vii)

Shri Jawhar Sircar, Chief Executive, Prasar Bharati Member

(Convenor)

The terms of reference of the Committee are as follows:-

To suggest measures to sustain, strengthen and amplify Prasar Bharatis role as a Public Broadcaster with special reference to its relationship with Government in the emerging context.

To review the status of implementation of the recommendations made by various committees that have undertaken study of Prasar Bharati, namely, the Sengupta committee, the Bakshi Committee and the Narayanamurthy committee and suggest a road map ahead for enhancing the reach and potential of Prasar Bharati.

To suggest measures to digitize the archival material in the possession of Doordarshan (DD) and All India Radio (AIR) including material from Independence Movement era, and develop enabling infrastructure, in the form of data digitalization systems, data centers and networks etc.

To suggest ways of using the new media to deliver digital content both in broadcast mode (DTH) and in a demand-based mode (Free on social media like You-Tube, and on payment through IPTV).

To suggest a strategy for creating a network of domestic and overseas business partners for ensuring wider reach to a worldwide audience including creating an exclusive overseas service.

Any other statutory issue that the Committee may like to consider.

Tags: Expert Committee to Review Functioning of Prasar Bharti Permalink Leave a comment Indian scientists map Chickpea genome Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 29, 2013 in Agriculture

2 Votes

Scientists have mapped the genome of chickpea, which may lead to the development of high-yielding varieties of this food legume consumed widely in India.

The genome mapping by a team of 23 academic institutes including three Indian farm research centres and Hyderabad-based International Crop Research Institute for Semi-Arid Tropics (ICRISAT) has led to discovery of 28,269 genes in the chickpea genome, some of which can be exploited to develop improved varieties.

Currently chickpea yield is stagnated between 700-900 kg per hectare. But it can go quite high. Proper identification of genes from the genome map may lead to faster breeding of new varieties,

Chickpea (Cicer arietinum) is the worlds second most widely grown legume crop after soybean, accounting for a substantial proportion of human dietary nitrogen intake. With more than 85 lakh tonnes of annual production, India is the worlds highest producer of chickpea that supplies protein to the poor.

The candidate genes were identified after the draft genome sequence was compared with known genes from 90 cultivated and wild types of chickpeas from 10 countries.

The genetic diversity of chickpea is so narrow from other legume species, we could not undertake any crop development programme for chickpea. The new knowledge would help in creating better varieties either by the molecular breeding or transgenic route,.

In India though the area under chickpea increased from 6.45 million ha in 1992-93 to 8.56 million ha in 2009-10 with Madhya Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh, Rajasthan, Maharashtra, Gujarat, Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka accounting for 95 per cent area, India still imports chickpea from Australia and Canada to meet the growing national demand.

In much of the world, chickpea is cultivated in semi-arid environments and on soils of poor agricultural quality.

Combined with its susceptibility to drought and debilitating fungal diseases this have restricted yields to less than one ton per ha, which is considerably below the theoretical potential.

The draft genome sequence of a Canadian kabuli chickpea variety, widely cultivated and resistant to several important fungal diseases, including Ascochyta blight, and insects like pod borer will eventually aid in improving the livelihood and productivity of chickpea farmers particularly in the resource-poor environments of sub-Saharan Africa and Southeast Asia.

As majority of chickpea production is done in semi-arid tropic regions, we have major emphasis to improve drought tolerance in chickpea. We would like to have higher yield under drought conditions We are in process of developing superior lines through molecular breeding.

Apart from ICRISAT, other Indian institutes in the team was Indian Agriculture Research Institute and National Bureau of Plant Genetic Resources, both in Delhi, and Indian Institute of Pulses Research in Kanpur.

This is the second food legume genome sequenced in India after pigeon pea.

What are legumes?

Legumes are plants that are members of the Leguminosae family. They have fruits which consist of a pod that opens on two sides down its length to reveal the seed. Legume crops are also capable of fixing

atmospheric nitrogen, an essential plant nutrient, in the soil. It does this with the help of root nodules, which usually contain a beneficial fungus (various Rhizobia species). Some examples of legumes are peanuts, beans, peas, alfalfa, clover, lentils and cashews. Tags: Indian scientists map Chickpea genome Permalink Leave a comment eBiz Mission Mode Project Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 28, 2013 in Commerce

1 Vote

Portal to Provide Secure one Stop Shop for all Investment and Business Related Information and Services 24X7

The Ministry for Commerce, Industry & Textiles launched an eBiz portal at the CII Partnership Summit. The portal is Indias Government-to-Business (G2B) portal developed by Infosys in a Public Private Partnership (PPP) Model. This Mission Mode Project will mark a paradigm shift in the Governments approach to providing Government-to-Business (G2B) services for Indias investor and business communities,

In order to enable businesses and investors to save time and costs and in order to improve the business environment in the country, an online single window was conceptualised in the form of the eBiz Mission Mode Project under the National eGovernance Plan. The project aims to create a business and investor friendly ecosystem in India by making all business and investment related regulatory services across Central, State and local governments available on a single portal, thereby obviating the need for an investor or a business to visit multiple offices or a plethora of websites.

The core value of the transformational project lies in a shift in the Governments service delivery approach from being department-centric to customer-centric. eBiz will create a 247 facility for information and services and will also offer joined-up services where a single application submitted by a customer, for a number of permissions, clearances, approvals and registrations, will be routed automatically across multiple governmental agencies in a logical manner. An inbuilt payment gateway will also add value by allowing all payments to be collected at one point and then apportioned, split and routed to the respective heads of account of Central / State / Para-statal agencies along with generation of challans and MIS reports. This payment gateway is the first of its kind designed in India and can become a universal payment gateway for all eGovernance applications

The Department of Industrial Promotion & Policy, Ministry of Commerce & Industry, Government of India, is the Nodal Government Agency responsible for the implementation of the eBiz Project. Infosys Technologies Ltd. has been selected as the Concessionaire/ Project Implementation Partner and is responsible for the design, development, implementation and maintenance of the eBiz Solution.

The government is firmly committed to wide-ranging initiatives aimed at fostering the business environment in the country in a holistic manner. Our approach includes leveraging technology to bring transparency, improve efficiency and promote convenience. eBiz is an important step in this direction and we are pleased to work in partnership with Infosys on this project, which we hope will become a benchmark for successful Public Private Partnerships (PPPs) in the country.

eBiz Project is the first of its kind ever implemented in the country. It marks the highest level of maturity in web-based eGovernance applications as it strives to achieve horizontal integration across various verticals of Central government, State governments and Para-statal agencies.

The first phase of the project, provides an interactive tool that helps investors assess the Licenses and Permits requirements while setting up and operating a business in India. The License & Permit Information wizard will provide authentic information 24X7 to investors and businesses by providing answers to questions in an interview style format. Objective

Like any other technology driven project, e-Biz too has a clear mandate of addressing several issues that will result in making the industry interactions with the government smooth-seeking approvals and permissions, reducing the points of contact between the business entities and the Government agencies, standardization of information, and reducing the burden of compliance.

Services

The services provided by e-Biz are: Issue of Name Availability Letter Issue of Director Identification Number Issue of Certificate for Corporation Issue of Certificate for Commencement of Business Issue of Permanent Account Number Filing of Returns by Companies (Form 1) Tax Deduction Account Number of Income Tax Dept Excise Tax Registration (Form R-1) Filing monthly returns for production and removal of goods (Form E.R 1) Service Tax Registration (Form ST-1) Filing Half-yearly Service Tax Returns Issue of Industrial Entrepreneur Memoranda

Issue of Industrial License (DIPP) Issue of Importer Exporter Code Application for Environmental Clearance Filing of FC-GPR (Reporting of Forex Transaction) Filing for Employees State Insurance Corporation Filing for Employees Provident Fund Organization Issue of Registration Certificate under Value Added Tax Filing of Returns by Dealers Registration of SSI unit under the Industries Development and Regulation Act Registration under Shops and Establishment Act Issue of license under Factories Act, 1948 Filing of Annual Returns under Factories Act, 1948 Payment of Property Tax Application for power connection from DISCOM Permission to Charge the Line No Objection Certificate from Registration for Profession Tax Tags: eBiz Mission Mode Project Permalink Leave a comment K-15, Indias underwater ballistic missile Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 28, 2013 in Defence

1 Vote

India test fired its K-15 ballistic missile to join a select league of nations with the capability of firing nuclear-tipped missiles from land, air and sea.

The K-15 ballistic missile was fired from an underwater platform in Bay of Bengal. The missile met every mission objective, announced the Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO).

Some of the facts about K-15:

*The K-15 has a strike range of around 1500 kilometres.

* Sundays launch was the 11th launch of the missile from underwater. In addition, K-15 has also been test fired from land on three occasions. Though the results were successful, the DRDO kept it a closely guarded secret.

*K-15 was developed by Defence Research and Development Organisation for the Indian strategic forces underwater platforms.

*This missile will help India to achieve the capability of launching nuclear warheads from underwater facilities.

* With the successful test of K-15, India joins the USA, France, Russia and China in the elite group of countries that have submarine-launched ballistic missile (SLBM). India was developing K-15 for the better part of the last decade as a reliable second strike capability in case of a nuclear attack.

Tags: Indias underwater ballistic missile, K-15 Permalink Leave a comment National Communal Harmony Award 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 26, 2013 in Awards

Rate This

The Foundation for Amity & National Solidarity, Delhi has been selected for the National Communal Harmony Award for the year 2012 by the Jury headed by the Vice-President of India.

Formed in 1984, the Foundation for Amity & National Solidarity (FANS) is a Delhi based Trust which works for spreading amity and communal harmony. It has organized numerous seminars, workshops, symposiums, inter-religious meets, youth camps, sadbhavana sabhas and rallies to promote social amity. The Foundation has instituted National Amity Award, which is given every year to an eminent personality. A serial Yeh Gulistan Hamara produced by the Foundation on national integration was telecast on Doordarshan. It has awarded numerous scholarships under its Amity Scholarship Scheme to promote education amongst the economically backward students. It has extensively contributed for promoting solidarity and communal harmony.

The National Communal Harmony Awards were instituted in 1996 by the National Foundation for Communal Harmony (NFCH), an autonomous organization set up by the Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs, for promoting communal harmony and national integration. The ward has been instituted with a view to demonstrating due appreciation and recognition of the efforts of individuals and organisations for promotion of communal harmony and national integration in a sustained manner over a sufficiently long period of time. In addition to a citation, the award carries a cash prize of Rupees five lakh for the Organisation. Tags: National Communal Harmony Award 2012 Permalink Leave a comment 3rd National Voters Day Celebrated Across the Country Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 25, 2013 in Governance

Rate This

2.32 Crore New Electors Registered and Handed over Voter ID Cards National Awards Presented for best Electoral Practices

The Election Commission of India celebrated the 3rd National Voters Day across the country today. The theme for the 3rd NVD is Inclusion.

NVD functions were held at more than 6.5 lakh locations across the country covering nearly all 8.5 lakh Polling Stations. Around 46,000 Educational Institutions also celebrated National Voters Day. Around 4,867 Youth Voter Festivals have been held across the states to engage youth in the registration process.

The National Function to mark the 3rd National Voters Day was held at Vigyan Bhawan, New Delhi. Honble Vice President, Shri M Hamid Ansari who was the Chief Guest, gave away the National Awards for the Best Electoral Practices. The Award comprises three awards for District Election officers and Superintendent of Police of district and one Special Award for Officers outside the district machinery. Best State Awards for 2012 was also given away to Gujarat, Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal. Media Awards for the Best Campaign on Voter Education and Awareness was also given away.

The Chief Guest also gave EPIC (Voter ID card) to 10 new voters of Delhi (those who attained the age of 18 years with 1st January every year as the qualifying date) and a badge with the slogan Proud to be a Voter Ready to Vote.

Chief Election Commissioner, Shri V S Sampath congratulated the election machinery for the new enrolment of about 2.32 crore citizens in the recently concluded roll revision which included around 93 lakh newly eligible electors in the 18-19 yr age group. With this, he said, the countrys electorate now stands at 77.78 crore. He also pointed to the record turnout of voters particularly of women, in the recent general elections in Gujarat and Himachal Pradesh through concerted efforts of all, including Central and State Govt departments, educational institutions, civil society, corporate sector and the media. Shri Sampath welcomed Olympics medallists Ms Saina Nehwal and Ms Mary Kom as the Commissions new national icons on voter participation.

NVD is now the flagship programme of the Election Commission of India not only in terms of the largescale empowerment of citizens through enrolment but also for the country-wide undertaken for spreading voter education and awareness.

Introducing the National Awards, Election Commissioner Dr Nasim Zaidi, said that the objective of the awards was to encourage innovation, efficiency and contribution in the exclusive field of election management.

25th January is also the foundation day of the Commission, which came into being on this day in 1950. The Commissions objective through NVD is to increase enrolment of voters, especially of the newly

eligible ones, to make universal adult suffrage a complete reality. The National Voters Day is also utilized to spread awareness among voters regarding effective participation in the electoral process.

NATIONAL AWARDS 2012

A. NATIONAL AWARDS FOR BEST ELECTORAL PRACTICES

First Award jointly to Ms Kamini Chauhan Ratan, DEO Bulandshahr, UP and Shri Surendra Singh, DEO Firozabad, UP

Second Award jointly to Ms Avantika Aulakh, DEO Bharuch, Gujarat & Shri Pravin Bakshi, DEO West Garo Hills, Meghalaya

Third Award jointly to Ms Jayshri Kiyawat, DEO Jhabua, MP & Shri Ram Krishna Bhardwaj, SP Barabanki, UP

Special Award to Shri Ajit K Shrivastava, Addl Commissioner of Income Tax, Ranchi, Jharkhand

Best State Award to Gujarat, Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal; Chief Electoral officers to receive the Award

B. NATIONAL MEDIA AWARDS

National Media Award for the Campaign on Voters Education and Awareness to Zee News

Special Media Award for the Campaign on Voters Education and Awareness to Amar Ujala Tags: 3rd National Voters Day Celebrated Across the Country

Permalink Leave a comment Qualified Foreign Investors (QFIs) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 25, 2013 in Finance

Rate This

Qualified Foreign Investors (QFIs) Allowed to Directly Invest in Indian Equity Market Scheme to Help Increase the Depth of the Indian Market and in Combating Volatility Beside Increasing Foreign Inflows into the County

In a major policy decision, the Central Government has decided to allow Qualified Foreign Investors (QFIs) to directly invest in Indian equity market in order to widen the class of investors, attract more foreign funds, and reduce market volatility and to deepen the Indian capital market. QFIs have been already permitted to have direct access to Indian Mutual Funds schemes pursuant to the Budget announcement 2011-12.

Foreign Capital inflows to India have significantly grown in importance over the years. These flows have been influenced by strong domestic fundamentals and buoyant yields reflecting robust corporate sector performance.

In the present arrangement relating to foreign portfolio investments, only FIIs/sub-accounts and NRIs are allowed to directly invest in Indian equity market. In this arrangement, a large number of Qualified

Foreign Investors (QFIs), in particular, a large set of diversified individual foreign nationals who are desirous of investing in Indian equity market do not have direct access to Indian equity market. In the absence of availability of direct route, many QFIs find difficulties in investing in Indian equity market.

As a first step in this direction, QFIs have been permitted direct access to Indian Mutual Funds schemes pursuant to the Budget announcement 2011-12. As a next logical step, it has now been decided to allow QFIs to directly invest in Indian equity market in order to widen the class of investors, attract more foreign funds, and reduce market volatility and to deepen the Indian capital market.

The QFIs shall include individuals, groups or associations, resident in a foreign country which is compliant with FATF and that is a signatory to IOSCOs multilateral MoU. QFIs do not include FII/subaccounts.

Salient Features of the Scheme:

RBI would grant general permission to QFIs for investment under Portfolio Investment Scheme (PIS) route similar to FIIs.

The individual and aggregate investment limit for QFIs shall be 5% and 10% respectively of the paid up capital of Indian company. These limits shall be over and above the FII and NRI investment ceilings prescribed under the PIS route for foreign investment in India.

QFIs shall be allowed to invest through SEBI registered Qualified Depository Participant (DP). A QFI shall open only one demat account and a trading account with any of the qualified DP. The QFI shall make purchase and sale of equities through that DP only.

DP shall ensure that QFIs meet all KYC and other regulatory requirements, as per the relevant regulations issued by SEBI from time to time. QFIs shall remit money through normal banking channel in any permitted currency (freely convertible) directly to the single rupee pool bank account of the DP maintained with a designated AD category I bank. Upon receipt of instructions from QFI, DP shall carry out the transactions (purchase/sale of equity).

 DP shall be responsible for deduction of applicable tax at source out of the redemption proceeds before making redemption payments to QFIs.

Risk management, margins and taxation on such trades by QFIs may be on lines similar to the facility available to the other investors.

The scheme is expected to help increase the depth of the Indian market and in combating volatility beside increasing foreign inflows into the county. Tags: Qualified Foreign Investors (QFIs) Permalink 3 Comments National Electric Mobility Mission Plan 2020 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 25, 2013 in Transport

3 Votes

The NEMMP 2020 is a detailed plan based on an in-depth primary data study conducted jointly by government, automotive industry and academia/research institutes. The NEMMP is vital for reducing our dependence on fossil fuels, 80% of which is imported leading to massive foreign exchange deficit.

Here is our In a Nutshell version of Indias plans to become a global leader in EVs by 2020

Target

To put 6-7 million EVs on road by 2020; 4-5 million are expected to be two-wheelers.

Reduce dependence on fossil fuels.

To promote cleaner technologies.

Why do it?

Indias excessive appetite for fossil fuel has an adverse impact on the environment and even on our foreign exchange reserves.

Successful implementation of NEMMP will result in 2.2 2.5 million tones of fossil fuel savings by 2020, thats a monetary saving of Rs 30,000 crore.

It will also lower vehicular emissions and decrease carbon di-oxide emissions by 1.3% to 1.5% by 2020.

The production of hybrid and electric vehicles in India is an investment that will deliver economic growth, quality jobs and a cleaner future.

How will we do it?

Both the government and the automotive industry will jointly invest Rs 23,000 crores to develop the EV eco-system in India.

The government will invest close to Rs 14,000 crores over the next 5-6 years. The automakers will invest close to Rs 8,000 crores.

India will deploy support measures that will quicken up the process of consumer acceptance of EVs.

Who is helping us?

Germany is going to help India achieve its target and we couldnt have found a better partner.

The Germans are a strong supporters of electric mobility. Currently, Germany has about 1,500 EVs operating on German roads. By 2020, Germany aims to put at least one million electric vehicles on their roads. Thanks to these efforts, German cities are among the greenest in Europe.

An Indo-German Joint Working Group (JWG) on Automotive Sector has been established to intensify cooperation in the development of efficient automotive technologies and alternate fuels and drives.

The Challenge ahead

Indias electric auto industry is really very small. The only manufacturer in India that produces EV is Mahindra REVA. There are a few makers in the two wheeler segment such as Yo Bykes, Hero Electric, Ampere and Lohia Auto.

The biggest challenge to the manufacturers is to convince an Indian consumer to pay a premium to go electric. On the other hand, the biggest challenge to the government will be to provide the necessary infrastructure to support EVs like charging stations that are spread across the country. Tags: National Electric Mobility Mission Plan 2020 Permalink Leave a comment Indian Ocean Rim (IOR) ARC

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 25, 2013 in Multi Lateral Organisation

Rate This

Background

The Indian Ocean Rim defines a distinctive area in international politics consisting of coastal states bordering the Indian Ocean. It is a r egion of much diversity, in culture, race, religion, economic development, and strategic interests. The countries vary in the size of their populations, economies, trade, and technological development and in the composition of their GDP. A number of sub-regions are evident, for example Southern and Eastern Africa, Gulf of Aden, Oman Sea, South-Asia, Southeast Asia, and Australasia. It also includes a number of regional organisations, such as ASEAN, GCC, SAARC, and SADCC.

An Economic Community of Nations

For many centuries, the countries, economies and peoples of the Indian Ocean have been bound together in an informal, cooperative economic community. Traders, seamen, fishermen, and pilgrims traversed the Indian Ocean and its numerous ports, enabling a vibrant trading network to emerge.

Impact of De-Colonisation

After the Second World War, the decolonisation process ended British hegemony in the Indian Ocean. Superpower rivalry in the region escalated, due to the strategic importance of the area. The common historical experience of European imperialism had left a lasting impression on the leaders of states in the Indian Ocean region of a sense of shared identity. The rediscovery of the past littoral economic, social and cultural community, of an ocean-centric regional co-operative grouping serving as a bridgehead between Africa, Asia and Australasia, therefore seemed only natural.

In 1995, during a visit to India, President Nelson Mandela stated that the natural urge of the facts of history and geography should broaden itself to include the concept of an Indian Ocean Rim for socioeconomic co-operation and other peaceful endeavors. Recent changes in the international system demand that the countries of the Indian Ocean shall become a single platform.

The Mighty Indian Ocean

The Indian Ocean is the worlds third largest Ocean. It carries half of the worlds container ships, one third of the bulk cargo traffic, two-thirds of the worlds oil shipments. It is a lifeline of international trade and economy. The region is woven together by trade routes and commands control of the major sealanes. The Indian Ocean Rim constitutes between a quarter and a third of the worlds population (close to two billion) which makes it a massive market. It is rich in strategic and precious minerals and metals and other natural resources, valuable marine resources ranging from food fisheries to raw material and energy for industries. It has abundant agricultural wealth in terms of the variety and mass of arable land and has significant human resources and technological capabilities. Many countries of the Rim are becoming globally competitive and are developing new capacities, which can be jointly harnessed through regional co-operation efforts. Formation

On 29-31 March 1995, the Mauritius Government convened a meeting to discuss the enhancement of economic co-operation among countries of the Indian Ocean Rim. Representatives from the government, business sectors and academia, from Australia, India, Kenya, Mauritius, Sultanate of Oman, Singapore and South Africa, known as the CoreGroupStates or M-7, attended the meeting. In a joint statement issued at the end of the meeting, the participants declared that they had agreed on Principles of Open Regionalism and Inclusivity of Membership, with the objectives of Trade

Liberalization and Promoting Trade Co-operation. Activities would focus on Trade Facilitation, Investment Promotion and Economic Co-operation.

A tripartite Working Group (Government, Academic and Private Sector) met in Mauritius on 15 -17 August of 1995. This meeting decided to create a Second Track process as complimentary to an InterGovernmental Movement. A later meeting during September 1996 in Mauritius finalised a Charter for the creation of the IOR-ARC, and expanded the membership to include Indonesia, Malaysia, Sri Lanka, Yemen,Tanzania, Madagascar and Mozambique- known as the M-14. Scope of Work

OPEN REGIONALISM

The IOR-ARC is a regional forum, tripartite in nature, bringing together representatives of Government, Business and Academia, for promoting co-operation and closer interaction among them. It is based on the principles of Open Regionalism for strengthening Economic Cooperation particularly on Trade Facilitation and Investment, Promotion as well as Social Development of the region.

The open regionalism, which is more member-friendly than other neo-liberal regional arrangements, includes three key components namely,

(a) the Trade Liberalisation

(b) Trade and Investment Facilitation

(c) Economic and Technical Cooperation.

MEMBER DRIVEN APPROACH

IOR-ARC seeks to build and expand understanding and mutually beneficial cooperation through an evolutionary and non-intrusive approach. A member driven approach is followed by Member States to achieve the goals and objectives of the Association.

GROUPINGS

It promotes a principle of good governance which enables smooth implementation of its work programmes through its three separate Working Groups, namely the Working Group on Trade and Investment (WGTI), the Indian Ocean Rim Business Forum (IORBF), and the Indian Ocean Rim Academic Group (IORAG).

PRIORITY AREAS

The priority areas identified for the Association in medium to long term, in the Charter include (i) Poverty Alleviation, (ii) Promotion of Maritime Transport and related matters, (iii) Cooperation in the fields of Fisheries Trade, (iv) Research and Management, (v) Aquaculture, (vi) Education and Training, (vii) Energy, (viii) Information Technology, (ix) Health, (x) Protection of the Environment, (xi) Agriculture, (xii) Disaster Management. Membership

IOR-ARC Membership

The Indian Ocean Rim-Association for Regional Cooperation (IOR-ARC), initially known as the Indian Ocean Rim Initiative, is an International/Diplomatic Organization with 20 Member States. It was first established in Mauritius on March 1995 and formally launched on 6-7 March 1997.

Members

Date of Joining Australia Bangladesh 31 March 1999

07 March 1997

Union of the Comoros 02 November 2012 India 07 March 1997 07 March 1997

Indonesia Iran

31 March 1999

Kenya 07 March 1997 Madagascar Malaysia Mauritius Mozambique 07 March 1997 07 March 1997 07 March 1997 07 March 1997

Oman 07 March 1997 Seychelles Singapore South Africa Sri Lanka Tanzania Thailand 15 November 2011 07 March 1997 07 March 1997 07 March 1997 07 March 1997 31 March 1999 31 March 1999

The United Arab Emirates Yemen 07 March 1997

Countries with the status of Dialogue Partners are:

Dialogue PartnersChina 23 January 2000 Egypt 31 March 1999 France 08 April 2001 Japan 31 March 1999 United Kingdom 23 January 2000 02 November 2012

United States of America

Tags: Indian Ocean Rim (IOR) - ARC Permalink Leave a comment Indian Roads Congress (IRC) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 25, 2013 in Transport

1 Vote

The Indian Roads Congress (IRC) is the premier technical body of Highway Engineers in the country. The IRC was set up in December, 1934 on the recommendations of the Indian Road Development Committee best known as Jayakar Committee set up by the Govt. of India with the objective of Road Development in India. As the activities of the IRC expanded, it was formally registered as a Society in 1937 under the Societies Registration Act of 1860. Over the years Congress has burgeoned and grown into a multi dimensional many faceted organisation, devoted to the cause of better roads & better bridges in the country.

The Congress provides a National forum for sharing of knowledge and pooling of experience on the entire range of subjects dealing with the construction & maintenance of roads and bridges, including technology, equipment, research, planning, finance, taxation, organisation and all connected policy issues. In more specific terms the objectives of the Congress are:

To promote and encourage the science and practice of building and maintenance of roads;

To provide a channel for the expression of collective opinion of its members regarding roads;

To promote the use of standard specifications and to propose specifications;

To advise regarding education, experiment and research connected with roads;

To hold periodical meetings, to discuss technical questions regarding roads;

To suggest legislation for the development, improvement and protection of roads;

To suggest improved methods of administration, planning design, construction, operation, use and maintenance of roads;

To establish, furnish and maintain libraries and museums for furthering the science of road making;

To publish, or arrange for the publication of proceedings, journals, periodicals and other literature for the promotion of the objects of the Society;

To accept subscriptions, subsidies, donations, endowments and gifts in furtherance of the objects of the Society;

To invest and deal with the funds of the Society or entrusted to the Society, to acquire and hold any movable or immovable property, and to borrow or raise money for the furtherance of the objects of the Society and to sell, lease, exchange, or otherwise deal with the same;

To grant pay, prizes, honoraria, or scholarships (including traveling scholarships) for meritorious work in furtherance of the objects of the Society;

To do all such other lawful things as may be, incidental or conducive to the attainment of the above objects;

Income and Property: The income and property of the Society, whensoever and howsoever derived, shall be applied solely towards the promotion of the objects of the Society as herein set forth and no portion thereof shall be paid, or transferred or distributed, directly, by way of dividend, bonus, interest, or otherwise howsoever, by way of profit to the members of the Society; Provided that this shall not prevent the payment in good faith of remuneration to any officer or servant of the Society or other persons in return for services rendered. The Congress has relentlessly strived to achieve these objectives and full fill its charter. Introduction

The India Roads Congress (IRC) is the oldest and most important representative technical body of highway engineers in India. The growth of highway engineering as a profession owes much to the IRC which has completed seventy three years of its existence. It can be claimed that the development of roads in the country has been significantly influenced by the wise counsels given by the IRC and has progressed according to the policies enunciated by it. The Origin

The origin of the IRC can be traced back to the Indian Road Development committee (the Jayakar Committee) appointed by the Government of India in November, 1927. One of the recommendations of this committee was that road conferences should be held periodically to discuss among other things, questions relating to road construction and maintenance. The Central Government, after consulting the state Governments, convened an inaugural meeting of highway engineers at New Delhi in December, 1934. This meeting was attended by 73 Engineers from all parts of the then India. This marked the birth of the Indian Roads Congress. When the activities of the IRC expanded, it was registered as a society in 1937 under the Societies Registration Act of 1860. Starting with a modest membership of 73 in 1934, the IRC has now about 13,500 members comprising of engineers of all ranks from Central and State Governments, Engineering Services of Army, Border Roads Organization, Road Research Institutes, Engineering Colleges, Local Bodies and private enterprises. Objectives

The IRC provides a National forum for sharing of knowledge and pooling of experience on the entire range of subjects dealing with the construction and maintenance of roads and bridges, including technology, equipment, research, planning, finance, taxation, organization and all connected policy issues. In more specific terms, the objectives of the IRC are:

to promote and encourage the science and practice of building, operation and maintenance of roads.

to provide a channel for the expression of collective opinion of its members regarding roads.

to promote the use of standard specifications and to propose specifications.

to advise regarding education, experiment and research connected with roads.

to hold periodical meetings to discuss technical questions regarding roads and thus disseminate technical knowledge of experiences amongst highway engineers

to suggest legislation for the development, improvement and protections of roads.

to suggest improved methods of administration, planning, design, construction, operation, use and maintenance of roads.

to establish, furnish and maintain libraries and museums for furthering the science of road making.

to publish, or arrange for the publication of proceedings, journals, periodicals, and other literature for the promotion of the objectives of the IRC

The IRC has relentlessly strived to achieve these objectives and fulfill its charter.

Activities:

Before the birth of Indian Roads Congress there were no generally accepted bridge standard, specifications, codes of practice or road standards of any kind. There was no forum in India for discussion of road engineering problems. There was no organised method of co-relating experimental and testing work carried out in various States. No mechanism was therefore disseminating the results of road research nor any mean by which the Central and State Governments could obtain the collective opinion of road engineers in the country.The Indian Roads Congress has largely fulfilled these needs.

The following is a glimpse of its multi-faceted activities:

Conceptualisation and formulation of the Road Development Plans in the country.So far 4 historic documents have been prepared which have laid the foundation for the growth and development of road and road transport in the country over the last 60 years.They are:

Nagpur Plan (1941-61)

Bombay Plan (1961-1981)

Road Development Plan (1981-2001)

Road Development Plan (2001-2021):Vision 2021

Publication of Standards relating to roads, viz. survey, investigation, equipment, design, construction, environment, maintenance, geometrics, safety, road signage & technology.

Publication of Standards, Specification and Codes of Practice on Bridges and also Guidelines for their inspection, maintenance, testing and rating.

Publication of Standards Plans and specifications of Ministry of Surface Transport (now Ministry of Road Transport & Highways).

Holding Annual Sessions, mid-term Council Meetings in order to discuss the road problems and to take policy decisions.

Convening meeting of Chief Engineers and Engineers-in-Chiefs of the country dealing with roads and to discuss and resolve the problems of baffling the road sector and to monitor and review the progress of the urgent programmes; Co-ordination of road research across the length and breadth of the country and publishing research bulletins highway research bulletins and highway research records.

Publication of technical Papers on various aspects of road and bridge development which are discussed at the Annual Sessions.

Publication of state-of-the-Art-reports on important topics. These reports are treasures of information on the subject they deal with.

Holding National and International Seminars and Workshops on topical subjects.

Organising debate in the form of Panel Discussion on various aspects of Highway Engineering.

Inter-acting with the Ministry of RT&H, Ministry of Urban Development, Ministry of Rural Development, Ministry of Railways, Ministry of Science and Technology and other nodal ministries in the Govt. of India on policy issues.

Liaison with other Institutions and professional bodies like Bureau of Indian Standards, Central Road Research Institute, National Highways Authority of india, National Institute for Training of Highway Engineers,Indian Geotechnical Society, International Road Federation(IRF),Permanent International Association of Road Congresses(PIARC) and International Labour Organisation(ILO). Tags: Indian Roads Congress (IRC) Permalink Leave a comment Pune telescope spots Jekyll & Hyde puzzle in sky Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 25, 2013 in Space (World)

Rate This

A giant radio telescope in India has helped discover dramatic behavioural changes in a dead star that have so baffled astronomers that they are calling it a chameleon or a Jekyll-and-Hyde star.

The star is a pulsar, or a neutron star a star that has exhausted its nuclear fuel and collapsed under its own gravitation to the size of a small city that rapidly spins around itself, emitting periodic pulses of radio waves and X-rays.

Pulsars were first spotted more than 45 years ago and this one has been known since the 1970s, but this is the first pulsar seen to abruptly flip between two extreme states one dominated by steady, organised radio pulses, the other by X-ray pulses.

Were calling this Jekyll-and-Hyde behaviour, said Dipanjan Mitra, a scientist at the National Centre for Radio Astrophysics in Pune and member of an international team that studied the pulsar.

The radio pulses are regular and controlled for some time, like Jekyll, then the pulses become erratic and in disciplined you can call it the Hyde avatar.

Astronomers who studied the pulsar, named PSR B0943+10, say the flip from one state to another occurs in a second and challenges all known pulsar emission theories.

No one really understands what were seeing this is a challenge for theoretical astrophysicists, Wim Hermsen, an astronomer at the University of Amsterdam in the Netherlands who led the research, told this newspaper.

The scientists observed the pulsar through two astronomical satellites and two radio telescopes: the Low Frequency Array in the Netherlands, and Indias Giant Metre wave Radio Telescope a Y-shaped array of 30 giant dish antennas at Khoddad near Pune.

Mitra, collaborating with Joanna Rankin at the University of Vermont in the US, first began observing the pulsar in 2009 and detected what he says were subtle changes in its behaviour followed by a dramatic transformation to a weak, disorganised state.

The pulsar, located about 3,500 light years away in the direction of the constellation Leo, changes its state every few hours, the flip occurring unpredictably within a second. Ive likened the changes in the

pulsar to a chameleon, Ben Stappers, an astronomer at the University of Manchester who co-led the research, said in a media release issued by the university.

The star, like the chameleon, seems to change in reaction to its environment such as a change in the temperature.

The National Centre for Radio Astronomy, too, contributed to the efforts at observing the pulsar, which had to be tracked simultaneously with the radio telescopes in India and the Netherlands for several days to identify the exact moments of the flips. Tags: Pune telescope spots Jekyll & Hyde puzzle in sky Permalink Leave a comment Urea Policy New Investment Policy-2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 8, 2013 in Agriculture

Rate This

The Department of Fertilizers has notified New Investment Policy- 2012 on 2nd January, 2013 in order to facilitate fresh investment in urea sector. It is expected that the demand of urea in the country by the end of 12th Five Year Plan will be around 360 lakh MT. With the approval of this policy, it is expected that nearly 100 lakh MT of additional urea capacity will be added in the country to an already existing indigenous capacity of 220 LMT and 20 LMT from OMIFCO Oman, with an investment of nearly Rs.

35,000 crores during 12th Five Year Plan period (2012-17). This will make country self reliant in urea by end of 12th Five Year Plan.

Fertilizer Subsidy in P&K fertilizers

With a view to ensure balanced use of fertilizers and to promote investment in fertilizer sector, the Department of Fertilizers is implementing the Nutrient Based Subsidy (NBS) Policy for decontrolled Phosphatic & Potassic (P&K) Fertilizers w.e.f. 1.4.2010. Under the NBS policy, a fixed rate of subsidy (in Rs. per Kg. basis) decided on annual basis is provided to each grade of subsidized P&K fertilizers depending upon its nutrient content. Any variant of the fertilizers under the NBS fortified with micronutrient Boron and Zinc, as provided under the FCO, is eligible for a separate additional fixed subsidy. Under the Policy the prices are allowed to be fixed by the fertilizer companies at reasonable level.

At present 21 grades of P&K fertilizers, namely, DAP, MAP, TSP, MOP, Ammonium Sulphate, SSP and 15 grade of NPKS complex fertilizers are covered under the NBS Policy. The subsidized fertilizers are allowed for use in manufacturing of mixture and customised fertilizers. With the implementation of NBS for P&K fertilizers, the availability of the fertilizers during the last three years has been in plenty.

Revival of the closed units of HFCL and FCIL

There are five closed units of Fertilizer Corporation of India Ltd (FCIL) at Sindri, Talcher, Ramagundam, Gorakhpur & Kobra and three closed units of Hindustan Fertilizer Corporation Ltd. (HFCL) at Durgapur, Haldia and Barauni.

The cabinet had in 2008 approved revival of FCIL and HFCL units subject to non recourse to Government funding and to consider write off of GoI Loan and interest to the extent required, subject to submission of fully tied up proposals for final decision on waiver and constitution of an ECOS. The ECOS recommended revival of Sindri, Talcher and Ramagundam Units of FCIL on nomination basis by the nominated PSUs and Gorakhpur & Kobra units of FCIL and Durgapur, Haldia, Barauni of HFCL through bidding route. Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs (CCEA) in 2011 approved the recommendations of ECOS with the stipulation that Board for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction (BIFR) proceedings be expedited and thereafter, the matter including changes, if any, required in bid parameters, be placed before the Committee for a final decision.

The matter is in the BIFR. The BIFR has taken up the matter on priority basis and held many hearings. In a recent hearing, BIFR suggested that the revival on nomination is not as per BIFR rules and even floating of EOI for revival through bidding route has to go through BIFR procedure which are time taking and the whole process may get stuck up in the procedural issues. BIFR suggested that Government should look for suitable option of taking the companies out of the purview of BIFR. A meeting of ECOS is being convened shortly for getting their recommendation on the matter and further submission to CCEA.

Movement and Distribution of Fertilizers

The cumulative availability and Sales of Urea during the year 2012 (April12 to December12) is 224.78 LMT and 220.03 LMT respectively as compared to corresponding period April11 to December11 was 221.10 LMT and 218.79 LMT respectively, and there is no shortage of DAP, MOP and NPK in the country.

Implementation of e- Office

The Department is in the process of implementing e-Office in all its divisions and Subordinate Offices. With the implementation of e-Office, the physical movement of office files/papers in some of the divisions has shown decreasing trend.

Direct Transfer of subsidy Project

Currently, the direct transfer of subsidy is in the 1st stage of implementation where in the fertilizer movement from the production/import to the retailers which is the last point of sales to the farmer n next stage, the sale of subsidized fertilizers from retailers to farmers will be captured on real time basis. In this phase, the identity of farmers, linked to Aadhar enabled core banking account, will also be captured. This phase will be implemented in 11 districts across the country on pilot basis. After successful implementation of this phase, the same will be rolled out in other districts wherever Aadhar penetration is more than 90%. Simultaneously, cash transfer to farmers would also be done in same 11 districts after successful implementation of the pilots to track sale of fertilizers to farmers in these districts. Tags: Urea Policy - New Investment Policy-2012

Permalink Leave a comment Census 2011 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 8, 2013 in Governance

Rate This

The Census in India is conducted in two phases. The first phase known as House listing & Housing Census was conducted during April-September, 2010 and the Population Enumerations throughout the country were conducted between 9th February to 28th February, 2011 through State Governments/Union Territories Administrations.

Census taking in India is a very challenging task, in view of its multi-ethnic, multi-lingual, multi-cultural and multi-level society. The complexity of the exercise can be visualized from the fact that Census Schedules were canvassed in 16 languages and the training given in 18 languages. About 5.4 million Instruction manuals and 340 million Census Schedules were printed. 2.7 million Enumerators and Supervisors were engaged in the task of Census taking across 35 States, 640 districts, 5924 sub-districts, 7936 towns and 6.41 lakh villages. The task of these functionaries is quite strenuous and entails great responsibility. As such, the Census Operations depend heavily on the intelligence and diligence of various functionaries in States/UTs. Tags: Census 2011 Permalink Leave a comment

ICGS Rajkamal Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 8, 2013 in Defence

1 Vote

Indian Coast Guard Ship ICGS-Rajkamal, the fourth in the series of eight Inshore Patrol Vessels (IPVs) designed and built by M/s Garden Reach Shipbuilders and Engineers, Kolkata, was commissioned at Chennai.

The 50 meter indigenous IPV displaces 300 tonnes and can achieve a maximum speed of 34 knots, with an endurance of 1500 nautical miles at an economical speed of 16 knots. Equipped with state-of-the-art weaponry and advanced communication and navigational equipment, it makes an ideal platform for undertaking multifarious close-coast missions such as surveillance, interdiction, Search and Rescue, and medical evacuation. The special features of the ship include an Integrated Bridge Management System (IBMS), Integrated Machinery Control System (IMCS) and an integrated gun mount with indigenous Fire Control system (FCS).

ICGS Rajkamal, literally meaning Royal Lotus, will be based at Chennai and will be under the administrative and operational control of the Commander, Coast Guard Region(East)..

The ship will enhance the Indian Coast Guards capability to undertake operations to further Maritime Safety and Security and Coastal Security on the Eastern Seaboard.

With the commissioning of ICGS Rajkamal, the force level of ICG has gone up to 77 ships and boats and with the planned inductions the force level would be doubling by 2018. Tags: ICGS Rajkamal Permalink Leave a comment UIDAI Data Center Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 8, 2013 in Governance

Rate This

Chief Minister of Haryana laid the foundation stone of Unique Identification Authority of Indias (UIDAI) Data Centre at Manesar, Haryana in the presence of Shri Nandan Nilekani, Chairman of UIDAI, Shri Rao Inderjit Singh. The Data Centre is estimated to be completed by June 2014. The facility will come up on five acres and will be a state-of-the-art, energy efficient, captive Green Data Center as per global standards and guidelines. The Data Center would be equipped to provide 24X7 Monitoring and Operation Support. The Data Centre will be reviewed by Uptime Institute, USA for a Tier III certification, while the Indian Green Building Council will review the facility for purpose of awarding a Gold Rating LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) for green building. The average annual Power Usage Effectiveness (PUE) of the Data Center is estimated to be less than 1.6, making it one of the most Green and Energy efficient Data Centers in the country. Further to ensure utmost security, the data centre is housed in a blast proof concrete structure adhering to the respective IS code and design as per Seismic Zone-IV compliance requirements. To ensure uninterrupted operations of the Data Center,

modular & scalable systems will be designed that would provide seamless integration to support future load expansion, even supporting 1.6 billion enrolments that are estimated by 2030. Also, the Data Centre complex shall house a building to accommodate UIDAI Biometric Centre of Competence (UBCC) and National Training Facilities of UIDAI. This building is expected to be completed by October 2014.

Other key features that distinguish this Green Data Center are its adherence to the latest design guidelines such as ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers) for cooling compliance, NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) for Fire and Security compliances, TIA 942 (Telecommunication Industry Association) for Data Centers and SMACNA (Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association) guidelines for improved indoor air quality. Being a Green Data Center, the design of the building emphasises on 100% treatment of waste water for effective utilization in HVAC (heating, ventilation, and air conditioning), horticulture & flushing and rainwater harvesting. Double Glazed Unit and insulated roofing make the building energy efficient. Lighting integrated motion sensors, use of LED fittings, variable speed fans on AHU, Heat Recovery, Free cooling, efficient chillers, efficient cooling solutions and UPS, zero use of CFC based refrigerant, use of low VOC materials in interiors & finishes etc. are the some of the other key features of the Data Centre complex. In the future, UIDAI will also look at the possibility of using renewable sources of energy such as Solar energy. Tags: UIDAI Data Center Permalink Leave a comment Road Transport Scenario in India Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 8, 2013 in Transport

Rate This

About 60 per cent of freight and 87 per cent passenger traffic is carried by road. Although National Highways constitute only about 2 per cent of the road network, it carries 40 per cent of the total road traffic. Easy availability, adaptability to individual needs and cost savings are some of the factors which go in favour of road transport. Road transport also acts as a feeder service to railway, shipping and air traffic. The number of vehicles has been growing at an average pace of around 10 per cent per annum. The share of road traffic in total traffic has grown from 13.8 per cent of freight traffic and 15.4 per cent of passenger traffic in 1950-51 to an estimated 62.9 per cent of freight traffic and 90.2 per cent of passenger traffic by the end of 2009-10. The rapid expansion and strengthening of the road network, therefore, is imperative, to provide for both present and future traffic and for improved accessibility to the hinterland. In addition, road transport needs to be regulated for better energy efficiency; less pollution and enhanced road safety. The Ministry also recognizes the need for improving the countrys road safety scenario. There are four aspects of road safety, viz. Engineering, Enforcement, Education and Emergency care which are also known as four Es of Road Safety. Necessary actions on these aspects are being taken in consultation with States /UTs and organizations under MORTH.

2.NATIONAL HIGHWAYS DEVELOPMENT PROJECT (NHDP)

The National Highways have a total length of 79,243 km to serve as the arterial network of the country. The development of National Highways is the responsibility of the Government of India. The Government of India has launched major initiatives to upgrade and strengthen National Highways through various phases of National Highways Development project (NHDP).

3. NON-NHDP ROAD DEVELOPMENT

Improvement of road connectivity in Left Wing Extremism (LWE) affected areas: Government has approved a scheme for development of about 1,126 km of National Highways (NH) and 4,351 km of State Roads in Left Wing Extremism (LWE) affected areas as a special project, estimated to cost about Rs. 7,300 crore. During the calendar year 2012, works in a length of 701 km costing Rs 1411 crore have been awarded and 1080 km length have been completed upto November, 2012.

Special Accelerated Road Development Programme for North-East region (SARDP-NE): The scheme has been envisaged to be taken up under three parts /phases.

4.USER FEE

Consequent upon Governments decision to implement Electronic Toll Collection *ETC+ on National Highways a pilot project on ETC is inaugurated on section of NH-5 at Delhi to Parwanoo on 19/4/2012. The concessionaires have been requested to work out necessary modalities among themselves and the ETC solution providers/Banks for setting up of Central Clearing House for the pilot project without any cost implication to MoRT&H/NHAI. Few more stretches were also selected for ETC implementation at initial stage. They are Mumbai -Ahmedabad, Chennai- Bangalore and Gurgaon Jaipur Biawar. NHAI is asked to explore the possibility of executing supplementary agreement with concessionaires for implementing ETC especially in view of the fact that receipt of user fee deposited earlier in an escrow account directly by the concessionaire whereas with implementation of ETC part of the amount collected will be routed through Central Clearing House. Funds are being sought in BE 2013-14 for implementing ETC departmentally on fifty Toll Plazas on public funded projects. Necessary order is already issued to incorporate ETC Centres as a mandatory clause in the contracts awarded for all the Highways projects in future. For implementing ETC on Pan India basis, NHAI is incorporating a new Company under companys act 1956, with equity participation from NHAI (25%), Concessionaires (50%) and Financial Institutions (25%). Name of the proposed new Company has been approved by the ROC, Ministry of Corporate Affairs as Indian Highways Management Company Limited.

The objectives of the proposed new Company are collection of toll through Electronic Toll Collection (ETC) and to manage the project strategically, administratively, legally, technically, commercially and to provide services of central ETC system which includes toll transaction clearing house operations, helpdesk support and setting up of call centres for Incident Management, Road Intelligent Transport Systems among others. Process for amending the Central Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989 for fitment of RFID tag on vehicles for ETC is initiated.

5.OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND TRANSFER (OMT) MECHANISM OF TOLLING OF NATIONAL HIGHWAYS

Presently, maintenance of stretches implemented through public funds is being done separately through short term Operation and Maintenance Contracts funded from budgetary resources. User fee is being collected through different agencies on annual contract basis. It consumes considerable time in change of maintenance or toll contracts. The proposal is to undertake all sections of Highways on OMT basis for their Operation and Maintenance, whether publicly funded or under PPP mode with private funds, whose concession period have expired and which are not likely to qualify for further lane up gradation. Under the OMT basis of PPP, the operation and maintenance of roads is outsourced to a private entity

for a definite time period (4 to 9 years). The Cabinet note for OMT has been approved by the CCI in its meeting held on 17.08.2012. It is proposed to award approximately 2998 kms of length under OMT during 2012-13, to ensure the robust maintenance of road assets.

6.SMART CARDS FOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE (Vahan) & DRIVING LICENCE (Sarathi) UNDER NATIONAL e-GOVERNANCE PROGRAMME

As part of the National e-Governance Programme, the Ministry of Road Transport & Highways has taken up a Mission Mode Project which aims at computerization of all the RTOs/DTOs across the country, their inter-connectivity as well as establishment of State and National Register of motor vehicles. 100% connectivity has been achieved in 32 States/UTs and 966 RTOs are connected. Vehicles on the Vahan register crossed the 100 million mark on the 5th November, 2012. State Transport Departments officials as well as enforcement authorities have been provided access to the data on the National Register to facilitate instant verification of all DLs/RCs which have been digitized by sending SMS from their registered mobile number. At present, VAHAN (for Registration Certificate) and SARATHI (for Driving License) operation in 33 States/UTs. The Ministry of Road Transport & Highways launched the national Register, and released the National Transport Portal in July, 2011. It also inaugurated the smart for Driving License and Registration Certificate designed by National Institute of Design. The Vahan vehicle registration and permit system was awarded the Platinum Icon- Web Ratna Award 2012 for the best citizen centric service.

7. NEW NATIONAL PERMIT SCHEME

In order to facilitate inter-state movement of goods carriages, a new national permit system has been implemented in all States/Union Territories with effect from 08.05.2010. As per the new arrangement, national permit can be granted by the home State on payment of Rs. 1,000/- as home State authorization fee and Rs. 16,500/- per annum per truck towards consolidated fee authorizing the permit holder to operate throughout the country. The consolidated national permit fee is being distributed among the States/Union Territories on the basis of an agreed formula. Monthly share to States up to October, 2012 have been distributed among States/UTs on pro rata basis.

8.ROAD SAFETY SCENARIO IN INDIA

Road safety is a health, development as well as a complex issue of concern, considering its magnitude and gravity and the consequent negative impacts on the economy, public health and the general welfare of the people, particularly those with low income. The safety of road users is primarily the responsibility of the concerned State Government. However, this Ministry has taken several steps during the year to improve road safety for road users which are as under:

It is ensured that road safety is the integral part of road design at planning stage.

Various steps to enhance road safety such as road furniture, road markings/road signs, introduction of Highway Traffic Management System using Intelligent Transport System, enhancement of discipline among contractors during construction, road safety audit on selected stretches, have been undertaken by National Highways Authority of India.

Refresher training to Heavy Motor Vehicle drivers in the unorganized sector being implemented by the Ministry since 1997-98 under plan activities.

Setting up of Driving Training School in the States by Ministry of Road Transport and Highways.

A massive public awareness campaign was carried out in the electronic/print media through the Directorate of Advertising and Visual Publicity (DAVP), Doordarshan and All India Radio. Publicity material like calendars, posters, book on road signs, children activity book and mouse-pad etc. were also supplied to Transport and Police Authorities in States/Union Territories and Schools for widespread distribution.

Providing cranes and ambulances to various State Governments/NGOs under National Highway Accident Relief Service Scheme. So far, 347 cranes, 106 small/medium sized cranes and 579 ambulances have been sanctioned. 140 ambulances are also being provided to the hospitals along National Highways identified by Ministry of Health and Family Welfare. National Highways Authority of India also provides ambulances at a distance of 50 Km. on each of its completed stretches of National Highways under its Operation & Maintenance contracts.

The first National Workshop on road safety was held at New Delhi on 03.04.2012. The theme was improving the safety of most vulnerable road users. The meeting was attended by the Transport

Ministers from the States, Pr. Secretaries/Secretaries/Commissioners of Transport and DG/IG of Police of States/UTs.

As per the deliberations in the 12th meeting of the National Road Safety Council held on 25th March, 2011, the Ministry formed five separate working groups on four Es of Road Safety viz

(i) Education (ii) Enforcement (iii) Engineering (road as well as vehicles) and (iv) Emergence care to deliberate in detail and submit their recommendations on short term and long term measures for immediate implementation so as to curb road accident in the country. NRSC in its 13th meeting held on 29th February, 2012 deliberated on the recommendations of all the five working groups. A synthesis report containing all the major recommendations of five Working Groups has been uploaded on the Ministrys website.

9.International Co-operation

The Ministry of Road Transport and Highways has also signed Memorandums of Understanding /Agreement with other countries for bilateral cooperation on Road Infrastructure and Road Transportation Technology.

Phase A of SARDP-NE approved by the Government envisages improvement of about 4,099 km length of roads (2041 km of NH and 2058 km of State roads). The SARDP-NE Phase-A is targeted for completion by March,2015. Length sanctioned & awarded during the calendar year up to November,2012 is 21 km. Length completed during the calendar year up to November, 2012 is 114 km. Work in progress as on 30th November, 2012 is 1494 km.

Phase B of SARDP-NE, covering 3723 km (1285 km NHs and 2438 km of State roads) has been approved for DPR preparation only and so far, DPRs for about 521 km have been completed (up to 30th November, 2012).

Special Package for Arunachal Pradesh: The Arunachal Pradesh Package for Road & Highways involving development of about 2319 km length of road (1,472 km of NHs & 847 km of State / General Staff! Strategic Roads) has also been approved by the Government. Projects on 776 km are to be taken up on BOT (Annuity) mode and the balance 1,543 km is to be developed on EPC basis. The entire Arunachal

package is targeted for completion by June, 2016. Length sanctioned & awarded during the calendar year and work in progress as on 301h November, 2012 is 120 km. Length completed as on 30th November, 2012 is 40 km. Length in progress as on 30th November, 2012 is 1283 km. Tags: Road Transport Scenario in India Permalink Leave a comment 46th meeting of the Council of IITs Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 8, 2013 in Education

Rate This

The 46th meeting of Council of IITs took a number of decisions on measures to take IITs to excellence and greater relevance.

Peer Review of IITs

The Council of IITs decided that the Peer Review of each Institute would be carried out on a periodic basis, once in every five years. The Review Committee would consist of five eminent persons from Industry and Academia. The Committee members would be selected by the Chairman of the Council of IITs from a panel of 10 names given by the Board of Governors of respective Institutes. For the new IITs, similar exercise will be carried out on completion of five years. The Peer Review will be based on similar well-established review systems in world-class institutions and would be rigorous and forward-looking.

Besides periodic review of the institution, each IIT will similarly undertake, an in-house, departmentwise review before any external Peer Review is carried out.

The process, results and the follow-up on Peer Review would be uploaded on Institute/IIT Councils website as a mechanism to foster a culture of transparency and accountability.

Revision of Fee for UG Students

At present, the Undergraduate students pay an annual tuition fee of Rs. 50,000/-. The fee was last revised from Rs. 25,000/- to Rs. 50,000/- per annum from academic session 2008-09. No tuition fee is charged from the students belonging to Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. A number of other facilities like free mess, free hostel facility and free book bank facilities are available to SC and ST students. Besides this, 25 percent of total students, whose parental income is less than 4.5 lakh per year, are given 100 percent scholarships.

The Council of IITs approved the recommendation of the Group of Directors of IITs and Empowered Task Force for revision of fee for UG students from the existing Rs. 50,000/- to Rs. 90,000/- per annum from the year, 2013. The revised rates will, however, be applicable for the new entrants to the UG programs and the fee may be revised periodically. Members of Council of IITs stressed that easy loan facility is available to students and no student, who has qualified the JEE, is denied entry into IITs due to financial constraints.

One of the key recommendations of the Kakodkar Committee was that the IITs become financially independent of non-plan (operational) budgetary support to meet their operating expenditure, while the capital, students scholarships, support and infrastructure expenditure continue to be met fully under plan (capital budget support) by the government. The Kakodkar Committee had in fact recommended fee for UG, Masters and Ph.DProgrammes to the order of Rs. 2 2.5 lacs per annum, which was revised downwards by Director of IITs and the Empowered Task Force.

Boost to Ph.D. Programs

With a view to increase the number of Ph.D.s from 3000 at present to 10,000 by 2020, the Council of IITs approved the recommendation of the Empowered Task Force headed by Dr. Anil Kakodkar for

strengthening the Ph.D. Programme in the IITs. This provides for relaxed conditions for enrolment into Ph.D. program in IITs. The admission would be given without GATE score to students with CGPA of more than 7.0 at the end of the 3rd year but GATE score would be required for scholarship. However, students from Centrally Financed Technical Institutions (CFTIs) with CGPA of more than 7.0 would be eligible for Ph.D. programs and also assistantship/fellowships without requirement of GATE scores. All others will have to appear for GATE to get into M. Tech. and Ph.D. programs in IITs.

A Ph.D. programme for persons working in industry and teachers in Engineering Colleges will be introduced in all IITs wherein the course requirement would be fulfilled through courses to be delivered remotely using the National Knowledge Network (NKN).

Joint IIT-NIT Trainee Teacher Scheme

The Council of IITs approved the Trainee Teacher Award NIT / IIT Joint Scheme with an aim to enhance the teaching quality and to address the faculty shortage issue. This scheme is open to all graduating candidates who are in top 15% in the Centrally Funded Technical Institutes (CFTIs). All other candidates who are in top 15% from other AICTE/UGC approved institutions / universities (non-CFTIs) and having a valid GATE score would also be eligible. The concerned NITs would identify and implement initial screening criteria for the selection of potential candidates.

They would be engaged as trainee teachers at NITs. While initially they would assist in teaching, they would simultaneously go through part-time M.Tech and PhD programs of IITs to acquire higher academic qualifications, which is a prerequisite for faculty at NITs.

Green Initiatives

The Council of IITs decided that each IIT would establish a Green Office, which would carry out Green Audit and ensure inclusion of green technology related topics/courses in the curriculum. The Kakodkar Committee Report also emphasizes the need for IITs to be in the forefront of development of technology for sustainable growth. Most of the education and research institutions in Europe and America have adopted Sustainability Agenda and are implementing programs to reduce their Caron footprint, recycle the resources, adopt energy efficiency measures and include sustainability issues in the teaching programs. As part of this, every student will be required to complete at least one project of

technology application relevant to local neighbourhood development relevant to his/her area of expertise/concern.

The Council of IITs also decided to have greater community engagement and transparency in processes for projects and procurement along with exemplary labour practices. Tags: 46th meeting of the Council of IITs Permalink Leave a comment 20th Law Commission Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 8, 2013 in Law and Justice

Rate This

Justice D. K. Jain, Judge, Supreme Court of India, will be the Chairman of the Twentieth Law Commission of India. The appointment of Justice Jain will be effective from any day after 24th January 2013 on his retirement from the Supreme Court.

The Twentieth Law Commission was constituted through a Government Order with effect from 1st September, 2012. It has a three-year term ending on 31st August, 2015. The Terms of Reference of the Twentieth Law Commission include the following:

A. Review/Repeal of obsolete laws:

i). Identify laws which are no longer needed or relevant and can be immediately repealed; Ii) Identify laws which are not in harmony with the existing climate of economic liberalization and need change;

iii) Identify laws which otherwise require changes or amendments and to make suggestions for their amendment;

iv) Consider in a wider perspective the suggestions for revision/ amendment given by Expert Groups in various Ministries/Departments with a view to coordinating and harmonizing them;

v) Consider references made to it by Ministries/ Departments in respect of legislation having bearing on the working of more than one Ministry/Department;

vi) Suggest suitable measures for quick redressal of citizens grievances, in the field of law.

B. Law and Poverty:

i) Examine the Laws which affect the poor and carry out post-audit for socio-economic legislations;

ii) Take all such measures as may be necessary to harness law and the legal process in the service of the poor.

C. Keep under review the system of judicial administration to ensure that it is responsive to the reasonable demands of the times and in particular to secure: i) Elimination of delays, speedy clearance of arrears and reduction in costs so as to secure quick and economical disposal of cases without affecting the cardinal principle that decision should be just and fair; ii) Simplification of procedure to reduce and eliminate technicalities and devices for delay so that it operates not as an end in itself but as

a means of achieving justice; iii) Improvement of standards of all concerned with the administration of justice.

D. Examine the existing laws in the light of Directive Principles of State Policy and to suggest ways of improvement and reform and also to suggest such legislations as might be necessary to implement the Directive Principles and to attain the objectives set out in the Preamble to the Constitution.

E. Examine the existing laws with a view for promoting gender equality and suggesting amendments thereto.

F. Revise the Central Acts of general importance so as to simplify them and to remove anomalies, ambiguities and inequities.

G. Recommend to the Government measure for making the statute book up-to-date by repealing obsolete laws and enactments or parts thereof which have outlived their utility.

H. Consider and to convey to the Government its views on any subject relating to law and judicial administration that may be specifically referred to it by the Government through Ministry of Law and Justice. Tags: 20th Law Commission Permalink Leave a comment International Proto type kilogram Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 8, 2013 in Science and Technology

Rate This

The kilogram may need to go on a diet. The international standard, a cylinder-shaped hunk of metal that defines the fundamental unit of mass, has gained tens of micrograms of mass from surface contamination.

As a result, each country that has one of these standard masses has a slightly different definition of the kilogram, which could throw off science experiments that require very precise weight measurements or international trade in highly restricted items that are restricted by weight, such as radioactive materials.

But ozone and ultraviolet light could be used to clean the kilograms without damaging them, the research suggests.

The cleaning technique, described in the January issue of the journal Metrologia, may eventually be widely adopted as a way to keep the fundamental unit of mass more consistent.

In addition, since it uses equipment that one could come by without too much investment of time and money, it is a practical technique that could be widely adopted, said Richard Davis, a mythologist who consults for the International Bureau of Weights and Measures in Paris, who was not involved in the study.

Common standard

The kilogram was first adopted as an international standard at the Convention of the Meter in 1875.At that time, scientists were frustrated that there was no consistent, standard way to measure mass with high precision.

To solve the problem, scientists created a cylindrical hunk of mass called the international prototype kilogram (IPK) from platinum and platinum-iridium alloy. The cylinder, which weighs approximately 2.2 pounds (1 kilogram), is the definition of the kilogram. The kilogram is one of seven standard international base units of measurement

In the 1880s, about 40 of these prototype kilograms were distributed to countries that signed the Meter Convention.

Dirty weights

Even then, scientists realized contaminants could coat the kilograms surface. To try to counteract this effect, they made the masses into cylinders, which have less surface area to acquire dust and debris. The IPKs are stored in filtered laboratory air at constant temperature and pressure, but theres no way to completely isolate them from air pollution and contamination.

To clean them, a skilled technician will rub the cylinders with chamois leather dipped in alcohol. But because every country cleans their kilograms differently and at different times, each kilogram in the world is off by a different, unknown amount.

Cleaning the kilogram

To see how the kilogram puts on weight, Cumpsons team used an imaging technique called X-ray spectroscopy to look at surfaces similar to those of the IPKs. Those surfaces picked up tens of micrograms of carbon-based and mercury contamination a decade. And though a few dozen micrograms is not a lot, it matters for measuring things like radioactive materials

The carbon likely comes from car exhaust, while mercury contamination occurred because mercuryfilled thermometers and barometers in the laboratories occasionally break.

The team also found that using ozone and ultraviolet light treatment could reliably break the bonds between carbon atoms on the surface, taking a consistent amount of carbon-based contamination away. The mercury, however, is probably there to stay.

While there are other methods, the UV ozone method is really the only one thats competitive with the manual rubbing.

Fundamental constants

Long-term, however, most scientists want to get away from defining the kilogram based on a hunk of metal. Instead, it should somehow be based on a fundamental law of nature. Tags: International Proto type kilogram Permalink Leave a comment Breast Milk Contains Over 700 Bacteria Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 6, 2013 in Science and Technology

Rate This

Scientists have traced the bacterial microbiota map in breast milk and discovered there are more species of bacteria than previously thought. They discovered over 700 varieties of bacteria species in

breast milk. The exact role the microbes play is unclear but researchers believe the microbiral diversity could help the baby to digest breast milk or give the immune system a boost.

Spanish scientists used a DNA sequencing technique called pyrosequenceing, to map out the microbiome of breast milk. Pyrosequence is a technique which uses large scale DNA sequencing determination. Using this technique, they were able to sort out different species by looking at the variation in DNA sequences.

The first type of breast milk newborns drink is colostrum. In some the the samples scientists found more than 700 species of these microorganisms. The first studies to document such diversity using the pyrosequencing technique on colostrum samples on the one hand, and breast milk on the other, the latter being collected after one and six months of breastfeeding.

Scientists found that the most common bacteria were Weissella, Leuconostoc, Staphylococcus, Streptococcus and Lactococcus. The breast milk that developed between the first and sixth month of breastfeeding was a type of bacteria found in the oral cavity. We are not yet able to determine if these bacteria colonize the mouth of the baby or whether oral bacteria of the breast-fed baby enter the breast milk and thus change its composition.

They also discovered a few other interesting facts. One of these is that the milk of mothers who were overweight or gained more than the recommend amount of weight during pregnancy had less diversity of species. They also fond that the type of labor also affects the breast milk. Women who had a planned caesarean also had breast milk that had less diversity of species than those that had a vaginal birth. This leads them to belived the hormonal state of the mother during labor plays a role.

The lack of signals of physiological stress, as well as hormonal signals specific to labor, could influence the microbial composition and diversity of breast milk. Tags: Breast Milk Contains Over 700 Bacteria Permalink Leave a comment More than 177 Lakh Tonne Rice Procured

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 5, 2013 in Agriculture

Rate This

The Government agencies have procured 177,18,657 lakh tonne rice during ongoing Kharif Marketing Season (KMS), 2012-13. As per data made available to the Ministry of Consumer Affairs, Food and Public Distribution, total rice procured till 04.1.2013, during current KMS, is 212762 tonnes more than the rice procured during the corresponding period of previous season.

Highest procurement has been made in Punjab, i.e. 85,56,984 tonne followed by Haryana 25,83,216 tonne, Chattisgarh 23,41,456 tonne , Andhra pardesh 17,18,052, Odisha 9,55,763 and Madhya pardesh 4,55,659 also made significant procurement Tags: More than 177 Lakh Tonne Rice Procured Permalink Leave a comment Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation in the Year -2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 5, 2013 in Miscellaneous

Rate This

Major Achievements of Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation in the Year -2012

National Sample Survey Office (NSSO)

The National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) under the Ministry of Statistics & Programme Implementation is responsible for carrying out surveys on socio-economic aspects of Indian Economy by collecting data from households and enterprises located in villages and in the towns with a view to update data base for sound planning for development and administrative decisions. Towards this end and objective of the organization, the major achievements during 2012 are as follows:

Survey undertaken/ launched:

(i) The field work of two sub-rounds of NSS 68th round on Household Consumer Expenditure & Employment and Unemployment was completed during the year and the field work for NSS 69th round, a six month duration survey, on Drinking Water, Sanitation & Hygiene and Housing Conditions (including slums)started in July 2012 and now has been completed.

(ii) Agricultural Statistics Survey on Sample check on area enumeration and supervision of crop cutting experiments under the scheme for Improvement of Crop Statistics (ICS) for the agricultural years 201112 and 2012-13. While the Survey for 2011-12 is completed, the Survey for 2012-13 will continue up to June 2013.

(iii) Regular price collection surveys in rural areas for compilation of Consumer Price Indices for Rural and Agricultural Labour by Labour Bureau and in urban areas for Consumer Price Index (Urban) by Central Statistics Office (CSO).

(iv) Assistance to Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion (DIPP) in collection of wholesale prices from selected units/ factories for compilation of Wholesale Price Index.

(v) The data collection work of Annual Survey of Industries for 2010-11 and 2011-12.

New initiatives undertaken:

(i) All India Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) is in progress in 3 States viz, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh and Orissa. The primary objective of the survey is to measure the dynamics in labour force

participation and employment status in the short time interval of 3 months.

(ii) Experimentation of use of Hand-held devices / gadgets for data collection in the socio-economic surveys in the field.

(iii) Use of RDBMS system of data processing.

(iv) Data entry at field level in NSS 68th and 69th rounds in the states of Goa, Jammu & Kashmir, Sikkim and Puducherry.

Reports released:

( i) 96th issue of the NSSO Journal Sarvekshana.

(ii) Reports/ Results based on NSS rounds:

NSS 66th Round:

(a) Informal Sector and Conditions of Employment in India

(b) Nutritional Intake in India

(c) Household consumption of various goods and services in India

(d) Energy Sources of Indian Households for Cooking and Lighting

(e) Employment and Unemployment Situation Among Social Groups in India

(f) Household Consumer Expenditure Across Socio-Economic Groups (g) Home based workers in India

NSS 67th Round:

(a) Key Results of Survey on Unincorporated Non-Agricultural Enterprises (Excluding Construction) in India

(b) Operational characteristics of Unincorporated Non-agricultural Enterprises (Excluding Construction) in India

NSS 68th Round:

(a) Provisional Results of Household Consumer Expenditure Survey, NSS 68th round (July 20011 June 2012)

Social Statistics Division

The Social Statistics Division released five publications namely, Manual on Disability Statistics, Manual on Labour Statistics (I), SAARC Social Charter-India Country Report 2012, Women and Men in India 2012, Children in India 2012 A Statistical Appraisal.

The Ministry has constituted two national awards viz, Prof.C.R.Rao award for young Statistician and Prof.P.V.Sukhatme award for life time achievement in Statistics for Indian national in alternate years. In 2012, Prof.P.V. Sukhatme award was jointly awarded to Prof.S.P.Mukherjee, ex Professor, Calcutta University and Prof.Jayant Vinayak Deshpande ex Professor, Pune University. The award carries a prize money of Rs.5 lakhs, a citation and a momento.

National Accounts Division

Technical achievements

The Central Statistics Office (CSO) released a press note on Quick Estimates (now called 1st Revised Estimates) of National Income, Consumption Expenditure, Savings and Capital Formation for 2010-11 on 31.01.2012 and Revised Estimates (now called Provisional Estimates) of National Income for 2011-12 on 31.05.2012.

The GDP at factor cost at constant (2004-05) prices in 2011-12 registered a growth rate of 6.5 %.

The GDP at current prices for the year 2011-12 is estimated at Rs.82,32,652 crore, while the Net National Income is estimated at Rs.72,84,523 crore. The Per Capita Income during 2011-12 at current prices is estimated at Rs. 60,603/-.

The Gross Saving Rate at current prices is estimated at 32.3% of GDP at market prices in 2010-11, as against the saving rate of 33.8% in 2009-10.

 The rate of Gross Capital Formation has also reached a high level of 35.1% in 2010-11.

Quarterly GDP at factor cost at constant (2004-05) prices for Q1 of 2012-13 is estimated at Rs. 13,06,276 crore, as against Rs. 12,38,738 crore in Q1 of 2011-12, showing a growth rate of 5.5 per cent over the corresponding quarter of previous year.

Quarterly GDP at factor cost at constant (2004-05) prices for Q2 of 2011-12 is estimated at Rs.12,93,922 crore as against Rs.12,28,982 crore in Q2 of 2010-11, showing a growth rate of 5.3 per cent over the corresponding quarter of previous year.

The growth during H1 (April-September) for the year 2012-13 at constant prices is estimated at 5.4% over the corresponding previous half year.

Population segment specific Consumer Price Index (CPI) numbers do not reflect true picture of the price behaviors in the country. To overcome the above, the Central Statistics Office (CSO), Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation had introduced a new series of Consumer Price Indices (CPI) for all-India and States/UTs separately from rural, urban and combined (rural plus urban) for the purpose of intra temporal price comparison with effect from January, 2011 with 2010 as the base year. These new monthly indices are compiled at State/UT and all-India levels. The annual inflation rates based on this CPI series are available since January 2012.

Report on Non Profit Institutions in India A Profile and Satellite Accounts in the framework of System of National Accounts was released based on the information collected from more than 4.5 lakh Non-Profit Institutions of the country.

Two publications National Accounts Statistics, Back Series and National Accounts Statistics, Sources & Methods were released giving time series estimates on the new base year, 2004-05, and the methodology used in the New Series of National Accounts.

The Input Output Transaction Tables, giving the input structures and final demand patterns of the economy, have been compiled by this Division for the year 2007-08, and are available on the website of MOSPI.

Meetings & Workshops

One Meeting of the Advisory Committee on National Accounts Statistics which deliberates and advises on the methodological aspect of compilation of National Accounts Statistics, was held on October 8, 2012.

Regional workshops for training of the State personnel in compilation of State Domestic Product and other related aggregates have been organized in conjunction with the State Directorate of Economics and Statistics at Jaipur, Srinagar, Gangtok, Gandhinagar, Kochi and Shantiniketan (in West Bengal) during the months of August to December, 2012.

The 4th OECD World Forum on Statistics, Knowledge and Policy under the theme Measuring WellBeing for Development and Policy Making was organized during October 16-19, 2012 in Delhi.

MPLAD Scheme

Objective: The Member of Parliament Local Area Development Scheme (MPLADS) was launched in December, 1993 to provide a mechanism for the Members of Parliament to recommend works of developmental nature for creation of durable community assets and for provision of basic facilities based on locally felt needs. The annual MPLADS funds entitlement per MP under the scheme has been enhanced from Rs.2 crore to Rs.5 crore w.e.f. 2011-12.

Nauture of the Scheme:

under the scheme funds are released in the form of Grant-in-aid as Special Central Assistance directly to the Districts. The Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation has prescribed a set of guidelines for implementation and monitoring of the scheme. The guidelines are revised from time to time to make it more responsive to the local needs without compromising the basic principles of the scheme. The Guidelines of November, 2005 have been revised and the revised guidelines have been issued in August, 2012. As many as reform circulars on guidelines have been issued in this year till date.

 Impact: With a view to assess the implementation of the scheme for mid-course correction, a mechanism of physical monitoring of MPLADS works in selected Districts by an independent Institution has been put in place. Third party monitoring of MPLADS works in 208 Districts have been completed during the period 2007 to 2011 by NABCONS. Currently third party physical monitoring has been assigned to M/s AFC Ltd. And is underway in 100 Districts.

Physical and Financial Progress of the Scheme since inception:

Rs. 26960.25 crore has been released (including release of Rs. 1962 crore up to 30.11.2012 during the financial year 2012-13 since inception of the Scheme. As reported by the Districts, an expenditure of Rs. 24070.88 has been incurred under the Scheme. The percentage utilization over release of 89.28

So far 13,87,151 works have been sanctioned and 12,382,87 works been completed. Percentage of works completed to sanction is 89.27.

Coordination and Publication (CAP)

For Five year Plan 2012-17, the Ministry has been allocated Rs. 3709 crores excluding Member of Parliament Local Area Development Scheme (MPLADS).

Under India Statistical Strengthening Project (ISSP), Ministry has signed MOUs with 13 States and released Rs. 130.86 crores.

An MOU was signed with EURO STAT for statistical cooperation.

Infrastructure & Project Monitoring Division (IPMD)

1. The Infrastructure & Project Monitoring Division (IPMD) monitors the implementation of Central Sector Projects (costing Rs. 150 crore and above) in 14 Infrastructure Sectors as well as the performance of 11 key infrastructure sectors.

2. As per the latest Report for the month of September, 2012 there are 566 such ongoing Central Sector Projects (costing Rs. 150 crore and above whose original cost of implementation was about Rs. 7,90,572.38 crore and anticipated completion cost likely to be Rs.9,23,573.57 crore. This reflects a cost overrun of 16.8%. 46.5% of the Projects i.e. 263 Projects are delayed, with the average time overrun being about 17.3 months for all projects and 37.1 months for the delayed project.

3. The infrastructure performance recorded positive growth during the year 2012-13 (April- September) over the corresponding period of the previous year in various sectors such as power generation (4.8%), Production of coal(8.1%), Production of finished steel (2.0%), cement (7.4%), refinery (5.4%), upgradation of Highway by NHAI (38.8%), goods traffic carried by Railways (4.8%), passengers handled at International terminals (2.6%) of the airports and net addition in switching capacity of telephone exchanges (59.1%). The negative growth over the performance with respect to the previous year was observed in some sectors namely fertilizers (6.0%), crude oil (0.7%) & natural gas (12.5%), & upgradation of Highway by State PWD and Border Road Organisation(BRO) (9.3%), cargo handled at major ports (3.3%), Cargo handled at airport [Export (1.6%) & import cargo (9.2%)] and passenger handled at domestic terminals of the airports (3.1%).

Recent Initiatives:

4. To facilitate resolving of various extraneous issues/bottlenecks such as land acquisition, encroachments, delay in issue of clearances and shifting of utilities, etc. Which are increasingly having a bearing on the implementation of Central Sector Projects, all States have been requested to constitute Central Sector Projects Coordination Committees under the Chief Secretaries in which concerned PSU s in the State, the concerned Departments of State Government and Agencies etc. are also represented.

5. Recognizing the importance of Project Management in the improving the project implementation, this Ministry is supporting various initiatives in promoting the Project Management discipline and training. Five-day training for public sector employees in project management is being organized by this Ministry once in each quarter. Over 200 executive have benefitted from it.

6. The Review meeting on the implementation of Projects in the state of Odisha have been taken up, by the Honble Minister with the IOCL, RVNL, MCL & NHAI. The minute have been circulated for taking necessary action to all concerned.

7. Field visits to various project sites of JNPT, MbPT, NHAI & IOC etc. have been taken to understand the constraints and appropriate suggestion were made to resolve the same.

Twenty Point Programme (TPP) 1. The Twenty Point Programme (TPP) was launched by the Government of India in the year 1975 and has been restructured thrice in 1982, 1986 and again in 2006. The restructured programme, known as Twenty Point Programme (TPP) 2006, became operational with effect from, 1st April, 2007. The TPP-06 is meant to give a thrust to schemes relating to poverty alleviation, employment generation in rural areas, housing, education, family welfare & health, protection of environment and many other schemes having a bearing on the quality of life, especially in the rural areas. The Twenty Point Programme (TPP) 2006 consists of 20 points with 65 items which are monitored on annual basis. Out of the 65 items, 20 items are monitored on monthly basis also on the basis of progress report submitted by state Government. UT Administrations and concerned Central Nodal Ministries. Performance of 15 of the 20 items is monitored against pre-set targets which are fixed by concerned Central Nodal Ministries.

2. The Ministry releases a Monthly Progress Report (MPR) on implementation of monthly monitored items. During the financial year 2012, MPRs have been released for the months of October, 2011 to September, 2012 respectively. In addition to MPR, an Annual Review Report on TPP- 2006 covering progress of implementation of all items during the year under TPP-2006 is also released. During 2012, Annual Review Report for 20010-11 has been released.

3. In order to strengthen the monitoring of the implementation framework of schemes/programmes covered under TPP-06 TPP Division of the Ministry has been mandated to undertake Monitoring and Impact Assessment Studies on selected programmes/schemes covered under TPP-2006. So far, the Ministry has undertaken two Impact Assessment Studies. First relates to impact of MGNREGA in 3 selected districts of North Eastern States namely Mon (Nagaland), , Saiha (Mizoram), Dhalai (Tripura), The second study related to rehabilitation of Disabled persons under Deendayal Disability Rehabilitation Scheme (DDRS) in the States of Delhi, Karanataka, Madhya Pradesh and West Bengal.

4. Twenty Point Programme was last revised in 2006 which came into operation in April 2007. Since then, the priorities of the Government have shifted from 10th Plan to 11th Plan to 12th Plan. Beside

these the Government has taken initiatives in the form of Bharat Nirman and other Flagship Programmes. In order to accommodate these policy changes and thrusts, the Ministry has initiated a proposal to revamp the TPP.

5. Ministry of Statistics & PI also undertakes review meeting at National and State levels as part of monitoring and consultation mechanism. Two National Review Meeting of TPP-06 have been successfully held so far on 28.10.10 and 11.11.11 respectively. These review meeting are held to review the overall progress of schemes/programmes so to improve the implementation of schemes/ programmes covered under TPP. These meetings addressed the core issues with States Govts/UT Administrations and with concerned nodal Ministries viz. State wise performance of programmes and Schemes covered under Twenty Point Programme , variation in reported performance figures by States/UTs and furnished by Central Nodal Ministries. Delay in reporting of monthly performance figures, Constitution of TPP Monitoring committees at State, District & Block levels and their meetings at regular interval, Target fixation approach taken by central nodal ministries, suggestions for revamping of TPP-2006, need for a single portal of TPP, difficulties faced by the implementing agencies in the implementation of schemes/programmes and suggestion for dropping obsolete schemes/programmes and inclusion of new schemes in view of the Bharat Nirman and new flagship programmes of Govt. of India Tags: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation in the Year -2012 Permalink Leave a comment Committee on the Production Sharing Contract Mechanism in Petroleum Industry Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 5, 2013 in energy

Rate This

The report of the committee set up under the chairmanship of Dr C. Rangarajan, Chairman, Economic Advisory Council to the Prime Minister to look into the Production Sharing Contract Mechanism in petroleum industry, submitted recently to the Prime Minister. Members on the committee were

Justice Jagannadha Rao,

Shri B.K. Chaturvedi,

. Ramprasad Sengupta,

Shri J. M. Mauskar

Shri Joeman Thomas;

Dr. K. P. Krishnan was convener,

Shri Giridhar Aramane was secretary to the committee.

Highlights of the reports recommendations are given below:

Fiscal Terms under the PSC

2. The existing PSC allows the contractor to recover his cost, before giving the Government its share in the contractors revenues, in case there is commercial discovery leading to production. A certain proportion of the balance revenues of the contractor are shared with the Government, based on the

value of an investment multiple for each year. These are biddable parameters. This investment multiple is the ratio of cumulative net cash income to cumulative exploration & development cost. Governments share increases as the multiple increases, which happens when cumulative income increases at a rate higher than the rate of increase for cumulative cost.

3. Under this system, a close scrutiny of costs becomes critical for the Government since there is incentive for contractors to book as costs expenses that do not reflect the true economic cost to the contractor (e.g., through transfer pricing). This is perceived by contractors as interference in commercial decision-making, whereas the Government and CAG view it as legitimate and necessary. Since decisions are taken in a joint committee, called Management Committee, having government and private party representatives, decisions get delayed and execution under the contract is hampered.

4. Since cost recovery is at the root of the problems experienced, it is proposed to dispense with it, in favour of sharing of the overall revenues of the contractor, without setting off any costs. The share will be determined through a competitive bid process for future PSCs. The bids will be made in a bid matrix, in which the bidder will offer different percentage revenue shares for different levels of production and price levels. The bids will have to be progressive with respect to both volume of production and price level. This will ensure that as the contractor earns more, Government gets progressively higher revenue, and will also safeguard government interest in case of a windfall arising from a price surge or a surprise geological find. Further, the underlying cause of the Management Committee and audit related problems will be removed, and the Management Committee will no longer go into issues relating to approval of budget or procurement issues. Investor interests should remain unaffected, since investors will be free to bid the Government share, and they will also have a more hassle-free operational environment.

5. The committee has also recommended that an extended tax holiday of 10 years, as against 7 years already available for all blocks, be granted for blocks having a substantial portion involving drilling offshore at a depth of more than 1,500 metres, since cost of a single well can be as high as US$ 150 million.

6. Further, the committee has recommended extending the timeframe for exploration in future PSCs for frontier, deep-water (offshore, at more than 400 m depth) and ultra-deep-water (offshore, at more than 1,500 m depth) blocks from eight years currently, to ten years.

Contract Management

7. Apart from resolution of problems currently experienced in contract management through the proposed fiscal regime under new PSCs, the committee has suggested two mechanisms for improving progress of exploration and development under existing PSCs. For policy related issues, it has suggested the setting up of a Secretary-level inter-ministerial committee to suggest policy solutions. For issues involving condonation of delay on the part of the contractor in preparing for and seeking approvals, and for minor technical issues, the mandate of the existing Empowered Committee of Secretaries (ECS) can be expanded. The ECS has earlier been empowered, with CCEA approval, to condone delays in the exploration phase only.

Audit

8. Issues currently being raised in audit would no longer arise under the proposed fiscal regime for new PSCs. Apart from this, after consulting CAG, it has been recommended that the list of blocks be periodically made available to the CAG for selecting those that it would directly audit. CAG would select blocks on the basis of financial materiality, and would focus on blocks in the exploration and development phase, when costs incurred are higher. Other blocks would be ordinarily audited by CAGempanelled auditors, although CAG would continue to have its statutory freedom to directly audit even these. Further, it has been recommended that CAG perform the audit within two years of the financial year under audit, as prescribed under the PSC. Also, for PSCs beyond a high financial threshold, a concurrent audit mechanism may be considered.

Gas Price Mechanism

9. At present, there is APM gas, and some quantity of non-APM gas. The difficulty in gas valuation for determining Governments share is that there is no single gas price. India has long-term supply import contracts as well as spot market imports, and the range of prices has significant spread. However, the re-gasification infrastructure limits imports. The domestic gas too does not have adequate transportation infrastructure to enable creation of a domestic market. Internationally, gas hubs and balancing points exist in major regional markets, of which USs Henry Hub and UKs National Balancing Point / NBP (which is connected to continental Europe) are the largest. For the Asia-Pacific, Japans Custom Cleared rate for crude oil is a benchmark rate, although unlike the US and Europe, it represents an import price rather than a producer price.

10. The PSC provides for arms length pricing and prior Government approval of the formula or basis for gas pricing, subject to policy on natural gas pricing. Since no market-determined arms length price currently obtains domestically and nor is this likely to happen for several more years, a policy on pricing of natural gas has been proposed. The proposed policy would provide for estimation of an unbiased arms length price based on an average of two prices, which can be interpreted as alternative estimates of an arms length price for the Indian producer. The relevant price in this context would be the price producers receive in other gas-producing destinations. One price would be derived from the volumeweighted net-back price to producers at the exporting country well-head for Indian imports for the trailing 12 months. The other would be the volume-weighted price of USs Henry Hub, UKs NBP and Japan Custom Cleared (on net-back basis, since it is an importer) prices for the trailing 12 months. The arms length price thus computed as the average of the two price estimates would apply equally to all sectors, regardless of their prioritisation for supply under the Gas Utilisation Policy.

11. The suggested formula will apply to pricing decisions made in future, and can be reviewed after five years when the possibility of pricing based on direct gas-on-gas competition may be assessed. Tags: Committee on the Production Sharing Contract Mechanism in Petroleum Industry Permalink Leave a comment Fourteenth Finance Commission Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 5, 2013 in Finance

1 Vote

As mandated by the Article 280 of the Constitution, the Government has constituted the Fourteenth Finance Commission consisting of Dr. Y.V.Reddy, former Governor Reserve Bank of India, as the Chairman and the following four other members, namely: -

1. Prof Abhijit Sen ,Member, Planning Commission , Member

2. Ms. Sushma Nath, Former Union Finance Secretary , Member

3. Dr. M.Govinda Rao, Director, National Institute for Public Finance and Policy, New Delhi , Member

4.

Dr. Sudipto Mundle ,Former Acting Chairman, National Statistical Commission , Member

Shri Ajay Narayan Jha shall be the Secretary to the Commission. The Commission shall make its report available by the 31st October, 2014, covering a period of five years commencing on the 1st April, 2015.

The Commission shall make recommendations regarding the sharing of Union taxes, principles governing Grants-in-aid to States and transfer of resources to local bodies.

Terms of Reference and the matters that shall be taken into consideration by the Fourteenth Finance Commission in making the recommendations are as under :

1. (i) the distribution between the Union and the States of the net proceeds of taxes which are to be, or may be, divided between them under Chapter I, Part XII of the Constitution and the allocation between the States of the respective shares of such proceeds;

(ii) the principles which should govern the grants-in-aid of the revenues of the States out of the Consolidated Fund of India and the sums to be paid to the States which are in need of assistance by way of grants-in-aid of their revenues under article 275 of the Constitution for purposes other than those specified in the provisos to clause (1) of that article; and

(iii) the measures needed to augment the Consolidated Fund of a State to supplement the resources of the Panchayats and Municipalities in the State on the basis of the recommendations made by the Finance Commission of the State.

2. The Commission shall review the state of the finances, deficit and debt levels of the Union and the States, keeping in view, in particular, the fiscal consolidation roadmap recommended by the Thirteenth Finance Commission, and suggest measures for maintaining a stable and sustainable fiscal environment consistent with equitable growth including suggestions to amend the Fiscal Responsibility Budget Management Acts currently in force and while doing so, the Commission may consider the effect of the receipts and expenditure in the form of grants for creation of capital assets on the deficits; and the Commission shall also consider and recommend incentives and disincentives for States for observing the obligations laid down in the Fiscal Responsibility Budget Management Acts.

3. In making its recommendations, the Commission shall have regard, among other considerations, to

(i) the resources of the Central Government, for five years commencing on 1st April 2015, on the basis of levels of taxation and non-tax revenues likely to be reached during 2014-15;

(ii) the demands on the resources of the Central Government, in particular, on account of the expenditure on civil administration, defence, internal and border security, debt-servicing and other committed expenditure and liabilities;

(iii) the resources of the State Governments and the demands on such resources under different heads, including the impact of debt levels on resource availability in debt stressed states, for the five years commencing on 1st April 2015, on the basis of levels of taxation and non-tax revenues likely to be reached during 2014-15;

(iv) the objective of not only balancing the receipts and expenditure on revenue account of all the States and the Union, but also generating surpluses for capital investment;

(v) the taxation efforts of the Central Government and each State Government and the potential for additional resource mobilisation to improve the tax-Gross Domestic Product ratio in the case of the Union and tax-Gross State Domestic Product ratio in the case of the States;

(vi) the level of subsidies that are required, having regard to the need for sustainable and inclusive growth, and equitable sharing of subsidies between the Central Government and State Governments;

(vii) the expenditure on the non-salary component of maintenance and upkeep of capital assets and the non-wage related maintenance expenditure on plan schemes to be completed by 31st March, 2015 and the norms on the basis of which specific amounts are recommended for the maintenance of the capital assets and the manner of monitoring such expenditure;

(viii) the need for insulating the pricing of public utility services like drinking water, irrigation, power and public transport from policy fluctuations through statutory provisions;

(ix) the need for making the public sector enterprises competitive and market oriented; listing and disinvestment; and relinquishing of non-priority enterprises;

(x) the need to balance management of ecology, environment and climate change consistent with sustainable economic development; and

(xi) the impact of the proposed Goods and Services Tax on the finances of Centre and States and the mechanism for compensation in case of any revenue loss.

4. In making its recommendations on various matters, the Commission shall generally take the base of population figures as of 1971 in all cases where population is a factor for determination of devolution of taxes and duties and grants-in-aid; however, the Commission may also take into account the demographic changes that have taken place subsequent to 1971.

5. The Commission may review the present Public Expenditure Management systems in place including the budgeting and accounting standards and practices; the existing system of classification of receipts and expenditure; linking outlays to outputs and outcomes; best practices within the country and internationally, and make appropriate recommendations thereon.

6. The Commission may review the present arrangements as regards financing of Disaster Management with reference to the funds constituted under the Disaster Management Act, 2005(53 of 2005), and make appropriate recommendations thereon.

7. The Commission shall indicate the basis on which it has arrived at its findings and make available the State-wise estimates of receipts and expenditure.

8. The Commission shall make its report available by the 31st October, 2014, covering a period of five years commencing on the 1st April, 2015. Tags: Fourteenth Finance Commission Permalink Leave a comment Airbus MRTT Bags IAFs Air Tanker Deal Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 5, 2013 in Defence

1 Vote

Airbus has pipped Russian Ilyushin to bag a deal worth over USD 1.5 billion to supply six mid-air refueling tanker aircraft to the IAF, which will deploy them to extend the striking range of its fighter jets deployed along the Indo-China border in the Northeast.

The European Airbus A330 MRTT aircraft has emerged as the lowest bidder in the deal edging out its Russian rival Ilyushin-78 on the basis of life-time cost of operating the respective planes and has been offered the contract.

As per the defence procurement procedure, the firm offering the lowest price and meeting all tender requirements is awarded the contract.

The six aircraft will add to existing fleet of equal number of Il-78s operated by the IAF to extend the flying range of its fighter aircraft, including the frontline Su-30MKI and Mirage 2000 aircraft.

The Defence Ministry will now engage the European firm in commercial negotiations to finalise the contract for the six aircraft, which will be deployed in Panagarh at West Bengal.

The IAF has based its Su-30 MKIs in Tezpur and Chabua in Assam. So far, the Russian IL-78 mid-air refueling planes based in Agra were catering to the entire air force.

Tags: Airbus MRTT Bags IAF's Air Tanker Deal Permalink Leave a comment INHS ASVINI, Mumbai Bags the Best Command Hospital Trophy Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 4, 2013 in Defence

Rate This

Defence Ministry gave away the Best Command Hospital Trophy to INHS Asvini, Mumbai and Second Best Command Hospital Trophy jointly to the Command Hospital, Western Command, Chandi Mandir and Command Hospital, Air Force, Bangalore here today. Shri Antony also complimented the untiring efforts of the team of the winner hospitals.

It has always been our endeavour to provide infrastructure upgradation with the latest available technology to retain the cutting edge in the field. We will always make an effort to accord maximum possible consideration to well-structured and innovative annual acquisition plans.

Commending the efforts of Armed Forces Medical Services (AFMS), over the years the officers and men of this illustrious corps have always risen to the occasion in India and abroad, both during war like situations and peace time engagements.

Raksha Mantri Trophy was instituted in 1989 to recognize and acknowledge excellence in management of patient care at the command and equivalent hospitals in the Army, Navy and Air Force. Over the years, this award has instilled a healthy competition among these hospitals and has kept them motivated to improve their performance at all levels of health care delivery. The cash award for the Best Hospital has been increased from this year to Rs.10 lakhs and for the second best hospital to Rs.3 lakhs Tags: INHS ASVINI, Mumbai Bags the Best Command Hospital Trophy Permalink Leave a comment Competition Commission of India -Year End Review 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 1, 2013 in Corporate Affairs

1 Vote

Competition Commission of India (CCI) Promoting Fair Competition for the Consumers.

Free and fair competition is one of the pillars of an efficient market economy. Therefore, competition has become a driving force in the global economy. In India, Competition Commission of India (CCI) was set up in March, 2009 under the Competition Act, 2002 to protect and promote competition. Sections 3 and 4 of the Competition Act, relating to anticompetitive agreements and abuse of dominance were notified in May, 2009, while sections 5 and 6, relating to mergers and acquisitions, were notified from June 1, 2011. The Indian competition law has thus fully come into force. The overarching aim of the Commission is to make markets work well for the benefit of consumers.

Cartelization doesnt pay: Cement companies penalized

The Commission has found cement manufacturers in violation of the provisions of the Competition Act, 2002 which deals with anticompetitive agreements including cartels. The order was passed pursuant to investigation carried out by the Director General (DG) upon information filed by Builders Association of India. The Commission has imposed penalty on eleven cement manufacturers named in the information at the rate of 0.5 times of their profit for the year 2009-10 and 2010-11. The penalty so worked out amounts to more than six thousand six hundred crores.

CCI completes one successful year of Combinations Regulation (Merger Review)

One of the Commissions most significant priorities has been to build an efficient merger control regime.

The merger review process by the Commission has completed one year on May 31, 2012. During this period, the Commission received sixty one notices. All the notices have been cleared within the selfimposed limit of thirty days.

Regulations updates

The Competition Commission of India, after gaining experience of implementation of the Combination Regulations for almost nine months amended the Regulations. This was done with a view to provide relief to the corporate entities from making filings for combinations unlikely to raise adverse competition concerns, reduce their compliance requirements, make filings simpler and move towards certainty in the application of the Act.

CCI Keeps Promise of Fast Track Clearance of Combination Filings

The Commission approved 18 combination filings during this quarter. All filings were cleared within a period of 30 days from the date of filing the notice under Combinations Regulations 2011. It was held in

all these cases that the proposed combinations were not likely to cause appreciable adverse effect on competition in relevant markets in India.

INVESTIGATIONS INITIATED

i) Alleged Abuse of Dominance: The Competition Commission of India has initiated an investigation against the global internet giant Google, for its alleged involvement in anti-competitive practices in India. Google is currently battling antitrust probes in five continents.

ii) Alleged Abuse of Dominant Position by Coal India Limited: It was brought to the notice of CCI that due to the monopoly position of CIL, it has been able to indulge in abuse of its monopoly power by way of enforcing a non-transparent contract regarding the quality and other parameters of coal. While implementing the terms of the contract, CIL is supplying poor quality coal, which is lumpy, sticky and wet. The international practice of washing coal is also not being followed.CCI found that there exists a prima facie and directed the DG to investigate the same.

ADVOCACY INITIATIVES

i) Publicity Campaign: Competition Act mandates Competition Advocacy to promote competition, create awareness and impart training about competition issues. CCI had initiated a print publicity campaign as part of advocacy initiative. Advertisements were released nation-wide in Hindi, English as well as the prominent regional languages.

ii) Second National Level Essay Competition 2012: CCI organised its second national level Annual Essay Competition, taking cognizance of the fact that students are important stakeholders in the realm of competition law. The announcement for competition elicited overwhelming response from students across the country. Students spanning from remote corners of the country to the metro cities participated in the competition. The overwhelming response to the competition can be gauged from the fact that even Indian students studying in foreign universities sent their entries for the competition.

NEW INITIATIVES

i) Eminent Persons Advisory Group Constituted: The Commission has constituted an Eminent Persons Advisory Group (EPAG) to get inputs and expert advice from eminent persons in various fields on a broad range of issues relevant for effective fulfillment of CCIs mandate. The first meeting of the EPAG was held on July 23, 2012 at CCI office.

ii) Knowledge Partnership Initiative (KPI) Launched: CCI has launched a new initiative Knowledge Partnership Initiative (KPI) with the objective of helping to build a strong knowledge base in the field of competition law, promoting competition law compliance and expanding the outreach of competition law in the country. Under this initiative, a meeting with the prominent law schools in India was organised on September 14, 2012 in CCI.

iii) Distinguished Visitor Knowledge Sharing Series (DVKS): Mr. U.K. Sinha, Chairman, Security & Exchange Board of India (SEBI) delivered the fourth lecture under the Distinguished Visitor Knowledge Sharing Series on Securities Market Regulations An Overview on September 10, 2012 in CCI. Such lectures play an instrumental role in capacity building of CCI officials.

iv) Capacity Building: Knowledgeable and well trained professionals are vital for effective enforcement of the Competition Act. The Commission has been regularly organising capacity building events during last three years in collaboration with mature jurisdictions like US and EU.

v) Engaging with the world: Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the US Antitrust Agencies Signed: MOU is expected to strengthen the existing friendly relations between Indian and US competition authorities

vi) CCI Chairperson Elected to Chair UNCTADs Twelfth Session of Intergovernmental Group of Experts (IGE) on Competition Law and Policy

vii) CCI Annual Day Workshop in collaboration with UNCTAD: Competition Commission of India (CCI) commemorated its Annual Day i.e. enforcement of the Competition Law in the country by organizing a workshop jointly with UNCTAD on May 21-22, 2012 in New Delhi on Competition Law & State Owned Enterprises. The workshop was inaugurated by Dr. M. Veerappa Moily, Honble Minister of Corporate Affairs. The workshop was attended by more than hundred participants, which included CMDs of NTPC, Oil India, IOCL and Shipping Corporation of India, senior officials from various PSUs, representatives from academia, professional organizations etc.

Tags: Competition Commission of India -Year End Review 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Ministry of Tribal Affairs Year Review 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 1, 2013 in Human Resource

Rate This

Amending Forest Laws for Empowering Tribals

The Union Government took note of the fact that the forest dwellers had been precluded from asserting their genuine claims to forest resources which traditionally belonged to them. The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 was enacted to recognize and vest the forest rights and occupation in forest land in forest dwelling Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers who have been residing in such forests for generations but whose rights could not be recorded. The Forest rights Act has been in operation for more than four years and despite substantial progress made in the last four years certain lacuna and bottlenecks were observed which were impeding the intended flow of benefits to the forest dwelling communities. Appropriate changes in the Rules have been brought about on 06.09.2012. After the amendments in the Rules, the Ministry organized five regional consultations on Forest Rights Act followed by a National meeting at New Delhi. In the regional consultations and the National meetings, the States Governments were directed to make special efforts to create awareness about community rights so that more claims are filed and recognized. The amendment in the Rules has now empowered the Gram Sabha to issue transit permit for minor forest produce either through a Committee constituted under Rule 4(1)(e) or any other person

authorized by it. The amended Rule also makes it amply clear that the ownership of minor forest produce lies with the forest dwelling Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers.

Guidelines for states on Forest Rights Act

A guidelines have been issued on 12.07.2012 to ease out the problems and hindrances encountered in the implementation of the Act, and to provide unencumbered access to rights already conferred by the Act. The guidelines require the State Governments to ensure recognition of the forest rights relating to minor forest produce and to bring the State policies in alignment with the provisions of the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional forest Dwellers(Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, do away the monopoly of the Forest Corporations in the trade of minor forest produce in the States, play the facilitating role in not only transferring unhindered absolute rights over minor forest produce to forest dwelling Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers but also in getting them remunerative prices for the minor forest produce collected and processed by them.

Implementation of Forest Rights Act

The Ministry of Tribal Affairs is obtaining information from the State/ UT Governments regarding the status of implementation of the Forest Rights Act, 2006, every month, and compiling a monthly progress report on the status of implementation of the Act in the country. As per the information received from the State/ UT Governments, a total number of 32,37,579 claims (31,73,520 individual and 64,059 community) had been filed under the Forest Rights Act, 2006 till 30th November, 2012, out of which 27,91,168 claims (86.21% of the total claims filed) had been disposed off. Out of the total 27, 91,168 claims disposed off, 12,79,009 claims were approved and same number of titles were distributed. As per the available data, against the total number of 64,059 claims filed for community rights, 8,498 titles for community rights (13.26%) were distributed.

Development of Forest Villages

This Ministry is implementing a programme for development of Forest Villages since 2005-06 for integrated development of forest villages with a view to raise the Human Development Index (HDI) of the inhabitants of the Forest Villages and for providing basic facilities and services in 2,474 forest villages/ habitations spread over 12 States. Under the programme, infrastructure work relating to basic services and facilities viz. approach roads, healthcare, primary education, minor irrigation, rainwater

harvesting, drinking water, sanitation, community halls, etc. are taken up for implementation. So far, this Ministry has released Rs.65379.04 lakh for the development of these forest villages.

Signing of Agreement between NSTFDC and SBI Refinance

The National Scheduled Tribe Finance and Development Corporation (NSTFDC) and State Bank of India (SBI) signed a Refinance Agreement in New Delhi. By signing the agreement, State Bank of India, the largest Public Sector Bank in the country, entered into an arrangement with NSTFDC for channelizing concessional loans to the Scheduled Tribes. This also reflects positively on the SBI that they not only cater to the large business houses and high net worth individuals and industrialists but are also committed to economic upliftment of the weaker sections of the society. Under the arrangements, NSTFD would provide refinance to SBI for loans extended to Self Help Group comprising all ST members. ST beneficiaries would pay concessional interest rate of 6% p.a. only. This arrangement would open doors of more than 14000 branches of SBI to the needy Scheduled Tribes Community for seeking loans upto RS. 5 lakh at the concessional rate.

National Tribal Awards

On ther Ocassion of Prakriti, a National Festival of Tribal dance and music, the National Tribal Awards for outstanding tribal achievers in sports, education, and culture and to outstanding contributors towards tribal welfare was presented. Smt. BinnyYanaga (Maya) was given the award for Exemplary Community Service rendered to the Scheduled Tribes, carrying a cash prize of Rs.5.00 lakhs, a citation and a trophy. Smt. M.C. Mary Kom awarded the Best Tribal Achiever Award for outstanding achievement in the field of sports, carrying a cash prize of Rs. 2.00 lakhs, a citation and a trophy and Shri Guru Rewben Mashangva was also awarded the Best Tribal Achiever Award for outstanding contribution in the field of tribal art and culture.

Scheme for Pre-matric Scholarship

The Ministry has launched a Centrally-sponsored Scheme for Pre-matric Scholarship for needy ST students studying in Classes IX and X w.e.f. 1.7.2012 which is being implemented through State Governments and UT Administrations.

Development of Primitive Tribes

There are 75 tribal groups identified as Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PTGs), earlier known as Primitive Tribal Groups. List of the 75 PTGs identified in 17 States and the Union Territory of Andaman and Nicobar Islands. The Government introduced a Central Sector Scheme known as Development of PTGs and from the Eleventh Five Year Plan, the Conservation-cum-Development (CCD) Plan has been implemented under the scheme. The scheme provides for planning for their socio-economic development in a holistic manner by adopting habitat development approach and intervening in all spheres of their social and economic life so that the quality of life of PTGs is improved and visible impact is made. Allocation during the Twelfth Five Year Plan under this Scheme has not been finalised. However, Rs.244.00 crore has been allocated during 2012-13.

Consultation with North Eastern States on Tribal Development

A consultation with North Eastern States was held here in New Delhi on the issues of tribal development. During the meeting the issues like, strengthening of cooperation between Ministry of Tribal Affairs and North Eastern States, perspective plans of North Eastern States for the 12th Plan regarding development of STs including strategies for bridging development deficits, sharing specific initiatives/experience of North Eastern States for protection and empowerment of STs were discussed. The consultation was attended The Minister of Tribal Affairs, Minister of State (IC) of DONER, Minister of State for Tribal Affairs and Senior official of the Ministry and representatives of States including Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Manipur, Tripura, Nagaland and Sikkim.

Silver Jubilee Celebration of TRIFED

The Silver Jubilee celebration of the Tribal Cooperative Marketing Development Federation of India Limited (TRIFED) was celebrated. The Silver Jubilee function of TRIFED provided an opportunity to take stock of the situation, ponder over the future challenges and redefine the role for the organization in the rapidly changing environment. The TRIFED was started in August1987 with the main objective of providing marketing support for the tribal products so that remunerative prices can be ensured to the tribals for the products collected/cultivated by them. TRIFEDs effort to build TRIBES INDIA as a brand needs special mention as it provided tribal handicrafts and textile products a distinct identity in the market. The TRIFED has been consistently growing in terms of sales and from a single store in 1999 at Delhi now TRIBES India network has covered 16 States with 26 stores and still expanding. The Minister

expressed his support to TRIFED and expressed the hope that TRIFED would emerge as a big and successful organization. Tags: Ministry of Tribal Affairs - Year Review 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Panchayati Raj Review year 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 1, 2013 in Governance

Rate This

A meeting with Ministers In-charge of Panchayats and Municipalities of the States, State Election Commissioners (SECs) and Secretaries of concerned departments was held under the chairmanship of the Minister of Panchayati Raj in New Delhi to share experiences on various aspects of the recommendations of the Task Force constituted by the Ministry to look at the issues of strengthening the institution of the State Election Commission and electoral reform. Almost all Sates were represented in the meeting. The states were apprised that Ministry is working out the guidelines to support the State Election Commissions as recommended by the Task Force. During the meeting, the issues discussed related to proper status of SECs, reasonable autonomy to them, availability of sufficient financial powers, funds and manpower to SECs, vesting of powers of Civil Courts on State Election Commissioners, on-line voting, curbing of the practice of paid news carried by print and electronic media etc.

e-Governance of Panchayats

The Ministry of Panchayati Raj is implementing the e-Panchayat Mission Mode Project (MMP) that addresses all core aspects of Panchayats functioning viz. Planning, Monitoring, Implementation, Budgeting, Accounting, Social Audit, etc. Under e-Panchayat MMP, 11 Core Common Software applications were planned which collectively constitute the Panchayat Enterprise Suite (PES). Four of these applications namely PRIASoft, PlanPlus, National Panchayat Portal and Local Governance Directory have been rolled out and are in public domain. These can be accessed at http://Accountingonline.gov.in, http://planningonline.gov.in, http://panchayat.gov.in and http://panchayatdirectory.gov.in respectively. Six more applications namely Area Profiler, ServicePlus, Asset Directory, ActionSoft, Social Audit and Trainings Management were launched on 24th April, 2012 on the occasion of National Panchayat Day and are in the process of adoption by the States. Since PES adoption is not complete in all Gram Panchayats, the computerization of the functioning of the Gram Panchayats is yet to be achieved. Lack of internet connectivity, power, hardware and insufficient number of trained manpower at Gram Panchayat level are contributing factors in the slow progress of computerization of Panchayats.

The Ministry has instituted an annual e-Panchayat award for the best performing States to recognize and encourage States to adopt the PES applications, which is given on the National Panchayati Raj Day every year . During the year 2011-12, the Ministry of Panchayati Raj also disbursed Rs. 38.5 crores to States for setting up Programme Management Units (PMUs) at State and District levels for providing technical and hand holding support to ensure effective and timely roll out of the e-Panchayat MMP. Over 29000 officials have been trained in all applications, so far. Trainings are also being conducted to impart basic ICT literacy to PRI representatives. So far, about 8600 functionaries and elected Members have been imparted training in ICT literacy.

Rashtriya Gaurav Gram Sabha Awards

The Rashtriya Gaurav Gram Sabha Purskar, 2012 was awarded to 16 best performing Gram Panchayats and 170 Panchayats were felicitated representatives of with Panchayat Sashaktikaran Puraskar on the occasion of 3rdNational Panchayati Raj Day. Four awards were given to Kerala, Karnataka, Maharashtra and Sikkim for cumulative raking and four awards were given to Maharashtra, Haryana, Rajasthan and Karnataka for incremental raking. Approximately 1500 delegates such as State Ministers for Panchayati Raj, Senior officials from State Government Panchayati Raj Departments, States elected representatives (ERs) from the three tiers of PRIs, the national award winning Panchayats as well as representatives from SCs/STs and Women attended the function.

Road Map for Panchayati Raj

The national level plan for improving the functioning of PRIs is chalked out in the Roadmap for Panchayati Raj (2011-2017). It contains a series of recommendations for a wide number of issues in Panchayati Raj. It logically delineates the issues and specific action plans within the larger governance framework for creating an effective Panchayati Raj structure. It highlights key aspects for empowerment, enablement and accountability of the PRIs for better governance and faster development including devolution of functions, funds and functionaries as envisaged in the Constitution, Capacity Building of the Panchayats and Functionaries, decentralized planning, effective implementation of PESA, empowered elected village councils in the Sixth Scheduled Areas and changes in the constitutional and legal framework. This national Roadmap is enabled and assisted by the Government by the provision of funds under several schemes. The Backward Regions Grant Fund (BRGF) provides untied grants to the Panchayats in the backward regions in order to reduce development deficits of the country, with the requirement that the District Plans for utilization of the grant be prepared by the involvement of the Gram Sabhas. The Rashtriya Gram Swaraj Yojana (RGSY) which aims at Capacity Building and Training of the Elected Representatives of Panchayati Raj Institutions as well as the Functionaries.

Panchayat Mahila Evam Yuva Shakti Abhiyan

The Panchayat Mahila Evam Yuva Shakti Abhiyan (PMEYSA) aims to empower Elected Women Representatives (EWRs) by knitting them into networks and through group action so that their participation and representation on local governance issues improves. The scheme aims to enable them to articulate their problems as women Panchayat leaders and discuss issues regarding the institutional mechanisms for their empowerment, to build the confidence and capacity of EWRs, so that they get over the institutional, societal and political constraints that prevent them from active participation in rural local self governments and to enable them to come up with a charter of issues to be mainstreamed into policy and advocacy support so that their concerns are addressed by the process of development adopted by the State and the three-tier Panchayat system. Activities under PMEYSA include holding State Sammelans and Divisional/ District level Sammelans of EWRs, formation of their associations, setting up of State support Centres and sensitization programmes for EWRs and Elected Youth Representatives (EYRs).

Financial Support to Panchayats

The Ministry of Panchayati Raj (MoPR) provides financial support to the States under the Rashtriya Gram Swaraj Yojana (RGSY) for taking up construction of the Gram Panchayat buildings for which the State/Year-wise details are enclosed at Annexure. In addition to RGSY, MoPR also provides funds to

States under the Backward Regions Grant Fund (BRGF) which are in the nature of untied grants for Panchayats to undertake works based on felt local needs. Many States have taken up construction of Panchayat Ghars under BRGF. Funds from Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA) have also been provided for Bharat Nirman Rajiv Gandhi Sewa Kendras. As per information available, construction of 872 BNRGSKs have been completed during 2010-11 whereas the figure during 2011-12 and 2012-13 (as on 27.11.2012) as reported by the states were 5886 and 3296 respectively.

Expert Committee to Examine Panchayats for More Efficient Delivery of Services

An Expert Committee to examine how Panchayats could be leveraged for more efficient delivery of public goods and services was constituted under the Chairmanship of Shri Mani Shankar Aiyar, Union Minister of Panchayati Raj to review the existing policy and guidelines of relevant Central Sector/Centrally Sponsored Schemes dealing with social sector / anti poverty programmes and to give specific recommendations (a) for an appropriate role & responsibility of Panchayats at different levels based on the principle of subsidiarity, (b) for strengthening their capacity to deliver services and (c) for making them accountable to respective Gram Sabhas and to flag the constraints that may come up in operationalising the delivery system through the PRIs and suggest ways and means of dealing with the same and to suggest ways to incentivize States to devolve three Fs i.e. Funds, Functions and Functionaries to Panchayats. Tags: Panchayati Raj - Review year 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Usha Mehra Commission Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 1, 2013 in Committes and Commissions

Rate This

Justice (Retd) (Ms) Usha Mehra Commission Inquiry has invited complaints/suggestions that could be sent to the Commission on the telephone nos/ Fax/e-mail address as below:

The Commission has been set up to enquire into various aspect of the shocking incident of rape and brutal assault of a young woman in Delhi on 16.12.2012, identify the lapses, if any, on the part of the police or any other Authority or person that contributed to the occurrence; and fix responsibility for the lapses and/or negligence on the part of the police or any other Authority or person. The Commission shall suggest measures to improve the safety and security of women, particularly in NCT of Delhi and NCR. Tags: Usha Mehra Commission Permalink Leave a comment Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs Year-End-Review 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 1, 2013 in NRI

Rate This

2012 was an eventful year for Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs. Several initiatives were taken for protection and betterment of Indian workers and Overseas Indian professionals. Mahatma Gandhi Pravasi Suraksha Yojana(MGPSY) was launched for benefits of Indian workers. Various Social Security

Agreements were also signed to protect the interests of Indian professionals. An equally large number of initiatives were taken for constructive and mutually beneficial engagement with the Indian Diaspora. Some highlights are given below.

Mahatma Gandhi Pravasi Suraksha Yojana

The Ministry has launched Mahatma Gandhi Pravasi Suraksha Yojana(MGPSY) in May 2012. The objective of MGPSY is to encourage and enable overseas Indian workers having Emigration Check Required (ECR) passports going to ECR countries, to (a) save for their return and resettlement and (b) save for their pension. They are also provided Life Insurance cover against natural death, during the period of coverage, without any additional payment by them. The Ministry also contributes, for a period of five years, or till the return of workers to India, whichever is earlier, as under:

Rs.1,000 per subscriber who saves between Rs.1,000 and Rs.12,000 per annum in their National Pension Scheme(NPS) -Lite account;

An additional contribution of Rs.1,000 per annum for overseas Indian women workers who save between Rs.1,000 and Rs.12,000 per annum in National Pension Scheme(NPS)-Lite account;

An annual contribution of Rs. 900 per annum per subscriber who saves at least Rs. 4000 per annum towards Return and Resettlement fund;

Rs.100/- for life insurance cover of Rs.30,000 per year against natural death and Rs.75,000 against death by accident through the Janshree Bima Yojana of Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC).

There is an integrated enrolment process for the subscribers who will be issued a unique MGPSY account number upon enrolment. On their return to India, the subscriber can withdraw the Return and Resettlement savings as a lump sum. However, the subscriber would be able to continue savings for their old age in the NPS-Lite in line with the Swavalamban Sheme. Alternatively subscriber can withdraw pension corpus as per the guidelines prescribed by the Pension Fund Regulatory Development Authority (PFRDA).

Social Security Agreements

The Ministry has concluded the Social Security Agreements (SSA) with Belgium, Germany, France, Switzerland, Netherlands, Luxembourg, Hungary, Denmark, Czech Republic, South Korea, Norway, Finland, Canada and Japan. The Social Security Agreements were signed with Finland in July 2012 and with Sweden in November 2012 to enhance cooperation on social security. There are about 18,000 Overseas Indians in Sweden and 5000 Overseas Indians in Finland are working as professional and selfemployed. The bilateral Social Security Agreements protect the interests of Indian professionals.

Bilateral Labour Agreements for Migrant Workers

Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs has entered into Bilateral Labour Agreements with UAE, Oman, Qatar, Kuwait, Bahrain, Jordan and Malaysia. Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs has taken several initiatives for safeguarding the welfare and protection of Indian workers going abroad. The Bilateral Labour Agreements include

(i) Establishment of Indian Community Welfare Fund (ICWF) in the Indian Missions to provide immediate relief to the Indian workers in need and distress,

(ii) Overseas Workers Resource Centre (OWRC) at New Delhi. This centre has 247 helpline and walk-in counseling centre to provide information and to handle workers problems. This centre uses 8 Indian languages and has a toll free number. (

iii) Bilateral Social Security Agreements (SSA) for protection of the interests of Indian professionals going abroad and (iv) Indian Workers Resource Centre (IWRC) at Dubai for providing information to the Indian workers and to handle their problems. During the visit of Labour Minister of Saudi Arabia, it was agreed the both countries will initiate a dialogue process for an MoU between the two countries for welfare of workers.

10th Pravasi Bharatiya Divas (PBD) convention

Pravasi Bharatiya Divas (PBD) convention is the flagship event of the Ministry organized every year in January since 2003, with a view to connect India to its vast Indian diaspora and bringing their knowledge, expertise and skills on a common platform. The 10th edition of the Pravasi Bharatiya Divas convention was held in Jaipur from 7th to 9th January, 2012. The Prime Minister, Dr. Manmohan Singh inaugurated the event and the President Smt. Pratibha Devisingh Patil delivered the valedictory address and conferred the Pravasi Bhartiya Samman Awards to 15 eminent NRIs. The Global Indian: Inclusive Growth was the theme of the event and the focus was on Indias Social Development and the Overseas Indian community. Prime Minister announced a new Pension and Life Insurance Fund for overseas Indian workers to encourage, enable and assist overseas workers to voluntarily save for their return and resettlement and old age. A Protector of Emigrants (POE) office was also inaugurated in Jaipur during the event to facilitate overseas Indians and emigrating workers of this region. The Prime Minister of Trinidad and Tobago, Ms. Kamla Persad Bissessar was the Chief Guest of the event. Over 1900 delegates from about 60 countries were participated this years PBD.

5th Consultation Meeting with State Governments

The Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs (MOIA) organized two-day 5th Consultation Meeting with the State Governments to discuss issues relating to emigration and how best the Ministry could partner with state governments to provide necessary support in effectively addressing the concerns of Overseas Indians. The Meeting was attended by senior officials of MOIA, MEA and senior Government functionaries from major labour sending States such as Assam, Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Punjab, Rajasthan, Bihar, Goa, Gujarat, Haryana, Jammu & Kashmir, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Odisha, Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal have been invited to attend the Meeting. In the Meeting the States were appraised that the Government has revised the Indian Community Welfare Fund (ICWF) scheme for the larger benefits of the Overseas Indians. The State representatives were informed that in the last three years, Rs.21.70 crore has been spent from the ICWF to help 19,179 Indians. The States were requested to create awareness among the prospective emigrants for implementation of Mahatma Gandhi Pravasi Surksha Yojana which provides the overseas Indian workers a pension, a sum for return and resettlement and life insurance during the period of five years.

7th Heads of Indian Missions conference

The 7th Heads of Indian Missions (HoMs) conference held in New Delhi to protection and welfare of Overseas Indian workers. It was announced that the MOIA is considering to open a Protector of Emigrants Office (PoE) in Bengaluru. However, the Rae Bareli PoE office is also ready and Guwahati PoE office would be functional soon. In the meeting, HoMs were urged to cooperate on the implementation

of the Mahatma Gandhi Pravasi Suraksha Yojana which provides the overseas Indian workers a pension, a sum for return and resettlement and life insurance during the period of five years. The conference was attended by Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries as well as Jordan, Yemen, Malaysia, the Maldives Angola, Thailand, Nigeria, Iraq and Libya. There are approximately 7.5 million semi-skilled and unskilled overseas Indian workers in the GCC countries and Malaysia on temporary employment/ contract visas, predominantly in the construction, healthcare and household services sectors.

Revised Indian Community Welfare Fund

The Ministry revised the Indian Community Welfare Fund (ICWF) scheme for the larger benefits of the Overseas Indians which includes:

Assistance towards boarding expenses per head by HOMs is enhanced from 15 to 30 days.

Payment of penalties in respect of Indian nationals for illegal stay in the host country where prima facie the worker is not at fault;

Payment of small fines/penalties for the release of Indian nationals in jail/detention centre;

Providing support to local Overseas Indian Associations to establish Overseas Indian Community Centres in countries that have populations of Overseas Indians exceeding 1,00,000; and

Providing support to start and run Overseas Indian Community-based student welfare centres in Countries that have more than 20,000 Indian students presence.

Providing support to start and run Overseas Indian Community-based student welfare centres in Countries that have more than 20,000 Indian students presence.

Know India Programme

36 participants from 11 countries including Fiji, South Africa, Suriname, Malaysia, Sri Lanka, Israel, Slovak Republic, Trinidad & Tobago, Mauritius, Iran and New Zealand participated in 21st Know India Programme (KIP). During the programme, the KIP participants visited various important and historical places in Delhi. They also met dignitaries including Lt. Governor of Delhi and the Chief Election Commissioner. Tamil Nadu was the partner state of this KIP. The participants visited Chennai, Kanchipuram, Mahabalipuram, Puducherry, Kumbakonam, Tanjore, Chettinad, Madurai and other important places including village areas in the state.

The Know India Programme, by the Ministry of Overseas Indian affairs is organized for diaspora youth, in the age group of 18-26 years is conducted by the Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs. The programme is held in partnership with one or two State Governments with a view to promoting awareness on the different facets of life in India and the progress made by the country in various fields e.g. economic, industrial, education, science & technology, communication and information technology and culture. Tags: Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs Year-End-Review 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Deathbed PuzzleSrinivasa Ramanujam Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 1, 2013 in Miscellaneous

Rate This

Theory came to Srinivasa Ramanujan in a dream on his deathbed in 1920 but has never been proved Discovery could now be used to explain the behaviour of parts of a black hole

Researchers have finally solved the cryptic deathbed puzzle renowned Indian mathematician Srinivasa Ramanujan claimed came to him in dreams.

While on his death-bed in 1920, Ramanujan wrote a letter to his mentor, English mathematician G. H. Hardy, outlining several new mathematical functions never before heard of, along with a hunch about how they worked.

Decades years later, researchers say theyve proved he was right and that the formula could explain the behaviour of black holes.

Weve solved the problems from his last mysterious letters, Emory University mathematician Ken Ono said.

For people who work in this area of math, the problem has been open for 90 years,

Ramanujan, a self-taught mathematician born in a rural village in South India, spent so much time thinking about math that he flunked out of college in India twice.

Ramanujans letter described several new functions that behaved differently from known theta functions, or modular forms, and yet closely mimicked them.

Functions are equations that can be drawn as graphs on an axis, like a sine wave, and produce an output when computed for any chosen input or value.

Ramanujan conjectured that his mock modular forms corresponded to the ordinary modular forms earlier identified by Carl Jacobi, and that both would wind up with similar outputs for roots of 1.

Ramanujan, a devout Hindu, thought these patterns were revealed to him by the goddess Namagiri.

However, no one at the time understood what Ramanujan was talking about.

It wasnt until 2002, through the work of Sander Zwegers, that we had a description of the functions that Ramanujan was writing about in 1920.

Ono and his colleagues drew on modern mathematical tools that had not been developed before Ramanujans death to prove this theory was correct.

We proved that Ramanujan was right.

We found the formula explaining one of the visions that he believed came from his goddess.

The team were also stunned to find the function could be used today.

No one was talking about black holes back in the 1920s when Ramanujan first came up with mock modular forms, and yet, his work may unlock secrets about them.

A highlight of working on a film about Ramanujans life was getting to browse through some of the Indian masters original notebooks, said Ken Ono, right

Ramanujans legacy, it turns out, is much more important than anything anyone would have guessed when Ramanujan died, Ono said.

The findings were presented last month at the Ramanujan 125 conference at the University of Florida, ahead of the 125th anniversary of the mathematicians birth on Dec. 22nd.

A NATURAL GENIUS

December 22, 2012 marks the 125th birth anniversary of Srinivasa Ramanujan, the self taught mathematician born into a modest and conservative family in Kumbakonam, a relatively small town in Tamilnadu.

Ramanujan was self-taught and worked in almost complete isolation from the mathematical community of his time.

Described as a raw genius, he independently rediscovered many existing results, as well as making his own unique contributions, believing his inspiration came from the Hindu goddess Namagiri.

He spent so much time thinking about math that he flunked out of college in India twice.

He overcame several hurdles to find a place among the celebrated intellectuals of Cambridge.

Ramanujan passed away at the young age of 32 of tuberculosis, but he left behind formulations in mathematics that have paved the path for many scholars who came after him. Tags: Deathbed PuzzleSrinivasa Ramanujam Permalink Leave a comment Fiscal cliff

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on January 1, 2013 in Economics

1 Vote

The fiscal cliff is a combination of dramatic spending cuts and tax increases mandated to take effect beginning in January if President Barack Obama and Republicans cannot bridge their differences on how best to reduce the nations budget deficit and debt. To add to a drama that could reverse the slow US recovery and impact the global economy, the United States is also about to reach its borrowing limit, so Congress will also be asked to raise the governments debt ceiling.

WHAT IS THE FISCAL CLIFF? The Budget Control Act of 2011 codified in law a grudging political compromise forcing the government to slash spending by $1.2 trillion over 10 years from January 1, 2013. Next years cuts, called sequestration, would be about $109 billion.

Also on that date, a package of tax reductions and an extension of unemployment benefits will expire, meaning taxes will rise significantly for most Americans.

WHY WILL THIS HAPPEN?

Democrats and Republicans have long been deadlocked over whether to address a $1 trillion-plus annual budget gap with higher taxes or lower spending.

The Budget Control Act was a poison-pill deal designed to force them to find a less austere compromise, but political wrangling and dysfunction meant no deal was done, and the deadline is now looming.

WHAT HAPPENS IF THE CLIFF IS NOT AVOIDED? Together, higher taxes and lowered spending could slice the $1.1 trillion deficit racked up in fiscal 2012 (ended September 30) by almost $500 billion next year, according to the Congressional Budget Office, vastly improving the governments financial picture. But the CBO estimates the shock treatment would send the country back to recession and push the unemployment rate to 9.1 percent.

Deep cuts would come to both defense and non-defense spending. Government suppliers and contractors would lose business, and temporary furloughs could be in store for tens of thousands of federal employees.

Taxes and automatic paycheck deductions would increase for most Americans, reducing the cash they have for spending, and taxes on capital gains and dividends would rise, hitting investors.

WHAT IS THE DEBT CEILING? The US government will hit its statutory $16.39 trillion debt limit on Monday, according to Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner.

The limit is set by Congress, and if it is not raised, the United States will not be able to borrow any more money and would, in theory, be forced to slash spending to make ends meet. Possible, but desperate, remedies would include halting pay to the military, retirement health benefits, social security, and failing to pay government debts.

WILL THE US DEFAULT ON ITS DEBT?

Not immediately. The Treasury has various extraordinary measures in its armoury, including halting the issuance of securities to state and local governments, which could buy about two months of leeway.

WHAT WOULD A DEFAULT MEAN? No one is sure: the dollar, and Treasury bonds, are the primary currency of global finance, and holders do not really have any alternatives. And most believe that eventually the US government would make good on its debts. However, the countrys credit rating could be further downgraded, likely pushing up its borrowing costs over the medium term and possibly diminishing the dollars cachet in world finance.

WHAT WILL CONGRESS DO? Eventually, Congress is likely to raise the debt ceiling but Republicans who run the House of Representatives will use the showdown as leverage to demand spending cuts from Obama in return. It is uncertain how high the raised borrowing limit will be, and any resolution will likely trigger a new confrontation between Obama and Republicans the next time around. Tags: Fiscal cliff Permalink Leave a comment 2012 in review Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 31, 2012 in Current Affairs

Rate This

The WordPress.com stats helper monkeys prepared a 2012 annual report for this blog.

Heres an excerpt:

4,329 films were submitted to the 2012 Cannes Film Festival. This blog had 25,000 views in 2012. If each view were a film, this blog would power 6 Film Festivals

Click here to see the complete report. Permalink Leave a comment Rudra choppers Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 28, 2012 in Defence

Rate This

Indian Army to Deploy Armed Helos with Rudra Ready for Induction

The Indian Army is preparing to induct and deploy armed helicopters in its key formations facing Pakistan and China, with the indigenously developed Rudra choppers being readied for Initial Operational Clearance (IOC).

Rudra, a Weapon System Integrated version of the indigenous Dhruv Advanced Light Helicopters, is expected to obtain the IOC from the Bangalore-based Centre for Military Airworthiness and Certification (CEMILAC) by this month end, providing a boost to the Indian defence industry.

The Indian public sector plane manufacturer, Hindustan Aeronautics Limited, is preparing the Rudra for the IOC and will be responsible for the certification.

The Indian Army is hoping to raise the first squadron of the Rudra by March 2013 and deploy it with one of the three strike corps the Mathura-based 1 Corps, Ambala-based 2 Corps and Bhopal-based 21 Corps. The army has already ordered for 60 Rudra to raise six squadrons of 10 helicopters each.

The final aim is to provide each of its 13 Corps (3 strike and 10 pivot) with at least one squadron of the armed helicopters, sources said here.

The Indian Armys Corps will have an integral Aviation Brigades, which will in turn have a squadron each of utility, armed and reconnaissance helicopters.

While the existing fleet of Cheetah, Chetak light utility and Dhruv helicopters will continue to perform their surveillance and cargo roles, Rudras will be the aerial fire power that the army would get soon.

HAL is manufacturing a total of 76 Rudra, of which 60 will get the army and the rest 16 to the Indian Air Force. Rudra is armed with 20mm turret-fitted gun, 70mm rocket, anti-tank guided missile and air-to-air missiles, as part of its fire power inventory.

While the first two Rudra squadrons of the army will be fitted with imported anti-tank guided missiles and air-to-air missiles, the army hopes to have indigenously developed missiles for the helicopters in the future.

Rudra, a Mk3 version of the Dhruv, will be powered by the Shakti engines, an Indo-French collaborative effort between HAL and Turbomeca. This powerful engine will help Rudra to fly at 20,000-feet altitude thus making it suitable to fly over the icy heights of the Himalayas overlooking the Pakistani and Chinese borders.

Rudras will be tasked by the army to provide its ground troops close air support and protection. It will take on enemy targets in a battlefield scenario like the battle tanks and artillery battery.

The twin-engine helicopter, with a two-pilot crew, has also integrated sensors and electronic warfare suite such as the infra-red imaging, day and night cameras and a laser ranging and designation device, apart from radar and laser tracking warning systems. It is also fitted with counter measures such as the chaff and flare dispenser. All its weapons and systems are pilot-operated. Tags: 'Rudra' choppers Permalink Leave a comment Qualitative Human Resources Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 28, 2012 in Education

Rate This

The Government has taken steps to enhance access to education with equity and excellence and has launched a number of Schemes including the Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA), the Rashtriya Madhyamik Shiksha Abhiyan (RMSA), the Centrally Sponsored Scheme on Teacher Education, the setting up of 374 Model Degree Colleges, the Technical Education Quality Improvement Programme (TEQIP) and the SubMission on Polytechnics.

Education reforms are a continuous process and the Government seeks to carry them forward through expansion, inclusion and rapid improvement in quality through institutional and policy reforms and by enhancing public spending & creating an enabling environment for private section participation towards imparting quality education. The National Knowledge Commission had recommended a series of initiatives for expansion, excellence and greater access in Higher Education covering regulation, accreditation, governance, curriculum, research, faculty development, financing, asset management, affirmative actions. The Government has already taken various legislative initiatives including making accreditation mandatory for all higher educational institutions to improve quality of higher education.

Government has also opened new institutions of higher learning including- 16 new Central Universities, 7 new Indian Institutes of Management, 8 new Indian Institutes of Technology, and 10 new National Institutes of Technology.

The University Grants Commission (UGC) implements various schemes for improving quality of higher education, such as Universities with Potential for Excellence, Colleges with Potential for Excellence, Special Assistance Programme, Assistance for Strengthening of Infrastructure for Science and Technology, Assistance for Strengthening of Infrastructure for Humanities and Social Sciences, Fellowship Programmes for Research students as well as orientation and refresher programmes for newly appointed and in-service teachers through its Academic Staff Colleges.

The Government has also launched a Centrally Sponsored Scheme namely National Mission on Education through Information and Communication Technology (ICT), to leverage the potential of ICT, in teaching and learning process for the benefit of all the learners in higher education institutions in any time, any where, mode with a budget of Rs. 4612 crores. Tags: Qualitative Human Resources Permalink

Leave a comment India, Russia Ink Key Defence Pacts Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 28, 2012 in Defence

Rate This

India and Russia have inked defence contracts worth $2.9 billion during the summit meeting between Prime Minister Manmohan Singh and President Vladimir Putin. The two key deals signed were the $1.6billion worth 42 Su-30MKI combat aircraft that Indias Hindustan Aeronautics Limited will produce at its facility under licence from Russia Rosoboronexport and Sukhoi Corporation and the $1.3-billion worth 71 Mi-17V5 medium lift helicopters, of which 59 will go to the Indian Air Force (IAF) and the rest 12 to Indias paramilitary forces involved in internal security duties.

Also, 157 Indian vendors are involved in providing 13,350 components of the aircraft while another 19,450 components are manufactured at HALs Nashik and Koraput Divisions.

With a delay of three years in Indias bid to build its own medium lift helicopter, India had first bought 80 of the Mi-17V5 helicopters for the IAF in 2008. About half of this tranche of helicopters have been delivered till now to raise four IAF squadrons at Bhatinda in Punjab, Srinagar in Jammu and Kashmir and Bagdogra in West Bengal.

In February 2010, India signed a follow-on deal for 59 Mi-17V5 for the IAF. This deal has now been expanded to add 12 more of the helicopters to make it a total of 71 choppers. These 12 Mi-17V5 choppers will go to the paramilitary forces.

These two contracts apart, India and Russia also signed a private commercial deal to set up a joint venture for manufacture of Mil and Kamov civilian and military helicopters.

This commercial deal was signed between Indias Mohali-based Elcom Systems Private Limited and Russias OAO Vertoleti Rassi (JSC Helicopters Russia) to set up a defence industrial base in India.

India and Russia also signed a memorandum of understanding to cooperate in satellite navigation through the Russian constellation of satellites, Glonass. The signals from the Russian satellite will be used to navigate a variety of missiles, including nuclear ones. Glonass is an alternative to the UScontrolled Global Positioning System (GPS).

India and Russia share the objective of a stable, united, democratic and prosperous Afghanistan, free from extremism.

A joint statement issued later said both sides emphasised that the traditionally close cooperation between the two countries in the defence and military-technical field was a major pillar of the IndiaRussia strategic partnership and a reflection of the trust and confidence that has built up between the two countries.

The two sides welcomed the outcomes of the Twelfth Meeting of the India Russia Inter-Governmental Commission on Military Technical Cooperation held on October 10, 2012 in New Delhi.

They expressed satisfaction at the regular bilateral interactions, ongoing military-technical cooperation and INDRA exercise between the defence forces of the two countries held in August 2012 and in December 2012.

The two sides also noted that the frigates INS Teg and INS Tarkash were commissioned and delivered by Russia to India in 2012. They also took note of the progress made in the joint development and production of high technology military equipment and projects such as Fifth Generation Fighter Aircraft, Multi-Role Transport Aircraft and BrahMos Supersonic Missile.

Both sides discussed measures required to ensure expeditious delivery of the aircraft carrier Vikramaditya to India. The Russian side assured that requisite measures would be taken in this regard. Tags: India, Russia Ink Key Defence Pacts Permalink 1 Comment INS Saryu Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 28, 2012 in Defence

Rate This

The Largest Operating Patrol Vessel

Goa Shipyard Limited (GSL) has handed over to the Indian Navy the newly built INS Saryu, the largest offshore patrol vessel of the force.

The indigenously-designed 105-metre vessel was handed over by the Commanding Officer-designate of INS Saryu, in Goa.

The offshore patrol vessel will help meet the Indian Navys ever increasing requirement for undertaking ocean surveillance and surface warfare operations in order to prevent infiltration and transgression of maritime sovereignty.

The warship was one of the vessels ordered by the Defence Ministry for the navy against the backdrop of the 26/11 Mumbai terror attacks in 2008 when it was given overall responsibility for maritime and coastal security.

This vessel is suitable for monitoring sea lanes of communication, defence of offshore oil installations and other critical offshore national assets.

It can also be deployed for escorting high-value ships and fleet-support operations.

Designed and built by GSL, the warship is the culmination of many years of in-house design development and ship building techniques Tags: INS Saryu Permalink 1 Comment Ministry of Social Justice & EmpowermentYear End Review 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 28, 2012 in Social Welfare

Rate This

The Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment is entrusted with the empowerment of the disadvantaged and marginalized sections of the society. The target groups of the Ministry are:

(i) scheduled Castes,

(ii) Other Backward Classes,

(iii) Senior Citizens

(iv) Victims of Substance Abuse.

Enhancement in Plan Outlay of the Ministry

There was an unprecedented increase of 136.60% in the plan outlay of the Ministry from Rs.2500 crore in 2009-10 to Rs 5915 crore in 2012-13 which includes the Budget Estimate of Department of Disability of Affairs. The plan Outlay allocated to Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment for 12th Five Year Plan has been enhanced to Rs 32684 crore from Rs 13043 crore in the 11th Five Year Plan.

Scheduled Castes Development

Revisions in the Scheme of Post Matric Scholarship to the Scheduled Castes Students

As on date, twenty three States/UTs have confirmed the implementation of the revised scheme, which was revised by the Government with effect from 1st July, 2010, with the following modifications:-

Introduction of a New Scheme Pre-Matric Scholarship Scheme for SC students

In pursuance to the announcement made by the Finance Minister in his Budget Speech for 2011-12 to introduce a scholarship scheme for needy students belonging to the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes studying in classes IX and X, the Scheme of Pre-Matric Scholarship Scheme for SC students has been introduced with effect from 01.07.2012.The objective of the scheme is to support parents of SC children for education of their wards studying in classes IX and X so that the incidence of drop-out, especially in the transition from the elementary to the secondary stage is minimized. For being eligible under this Scheme, the student should belong to Scheduled Caste and her/ his Parent/Guardians income should not exceed Rs. 2 lakh per annum.

The Scheme has been communicated to all the State Governments/UTs vide Ministrys letter dated 15.06.2012 with the request to give wide publicity to the provisions of the new Pre-Matric Scheme and take suitable steps to implement the Scheme with effect from 01.07.2012.

Central Sector Scholarship Scheme of Top Class Education for Scheduled Caste Students: Inclusion of New Institutions and enhancement in the parental annual income ceiling

Under the Scheme, SC students who secure the admission in the notified institutions are provided full financial support to meet the requirements of Tuition fees, living expenses, books and computer. Maximum number of slots for new scholarship each year is 1250. Scholarships are granted for Engineering, Medicine, Law, Management and other specialized courses. Notified Institutions include Indian Institutes of Management ((IIMs), Indian Institute of Technology (IITs), National Institute of Technology (NITs), Commercial Pilot training Institutions and reputed medical/law and other institutions of excellence.

During the year 2011-12, 24 new institutions, which include 10 NITs, 3 IIMs, 2 Schools of Planning & Architecture, 5 National Law universities, and 4 other premier Institutions, under various Central Ministries were added under the Scheme. With this addition, total number of notified institutions under the scheme has increased from 181 to 205. A decision was taken in March 2012 to enhance the

ceiling on the students annual family income for eligibility for this scheme from Rs.2 lakh to Rs.4.5 lakh for the academic year, 2012-13.

Elimination of Manual Scavenging

New law for prohibition of Employment of Manual Scavengers and their rehabilitation

In pursuance of the National Advisory Councils resolution of 23.10.10 and its recommendations dated 25.5.2011, regarding eradication of manual scavenging, the Cabinet, in its meeting held on 23.8.2012, approved the introduction of a new Bill, namely, The Prohibition of Employment of Manual Scavengers and their Rehabilitation Bill, 2012, in Parliament. The Bill was introduced in the Lok Sabha, which has been referred by the House to the Standing Committee of the Parliament.

Brief on Survey of Manual Scavengers and their Dependents

In pursuance to the Registrar General of Indias House listing and Housing Census 2011, which, inter alia, reported the existence of 26.06 lakh insanitary latrines (12.76 lakh in rural and 13.30 lakh in urban areas), the Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment constituted a Committee under the Chairmanship of the Secretary, Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, with the Secretary, Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment as its co-Chairman. The Committee in its report dated 19.6.2012, recommended that since a survey of the manual scavengers in the rural areas of the country is already being undertaken as a part of the Socio-Economic Castes Census (SECC), the survey of manual scavengers may be undertaken in the statutory towns only. The scope of the survey would be limited to the 3546 statutory cities/towns (out of a total of 4041) where the Census 2011 has pointed out the existence of insanitary latrines. The Committee also recommended that before conducting the full survey in all the statutory towns, a pilot survey may be undertaken in selected areas.

Accordingly, in accordance with the recommendations of the Committee, the Ministry has taken action for conducting a pilot survey in one district each of five States/UT viz., Assam, Jammu & Kashmir, Karnataka, NCT of Delhi and West Bengal. An orientation meeting was organized on 16.10.2012, at New Delhi with the Pr. Secretaries/Secretaries of the concerned States and the District Collectors of the concerned districts to make them aware about the process of the pilot survey and to sensitize them about the importance of doing it in a time bound manner. Thus the process of pilot survey has started on 16.10.2012.

The D/o SJ&E also organized a meeting on 18.10.2012 to discuss the modalities for development of an application software and database for the survey, with the Director General NIC, representative of Bharat Electronics Ltd. and Ministries of Rural Development and Housing & Urban Poverty Alleviation, as they have the requisite experience regarding the application software and the databases being used in the Socio-Economic Caste Census. The DG NIC has been requested to, inter alia, have the necessary software developed for the survey, besides providing other related support. The matter is under progress.

Revision of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Rules, 1995

The Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Rules, 1995 (PoA Rules) have been revised. The most significant component of these revisions related to enhancing the minimum scale of relief for victims of atrocity. The existing rates (between Rs. 20,000/- to Rs. 2,50,000/-) of relief to the victims of atrocity, their family members and dependents have been increased by 150% to between Rs. 50,000/- to Rs. 5,00,000/-. These have also been circulated to the states/UTs, with a request to implement the same.

Enhancing the Authorized equity share of the National Safai Karamcharis Finance and Development Corporation (NSKFDC)

The authorized share capital of NSKFDC has been enhanced from Rs.300.00 crore to Rs. 600.00 crore by the Government in January, 2012. These would enable the Corporation to cover additional number of SafaiKaramcharis under its Schemes for enabling them to undertake income generating activities etc.

Backward Classes Development

During the calendar year, 2012, 8.98 lakh post-matric and 14.62 lakh pre-matric students belonging to OBCs have been given scholarships under Post matric and Pre-matric Scholarship Schemes of the Ministry respectively.

Around 1.4 lakh persons belonging to OBCs were given concessional loans under various schemes of the National Backward Classes Finance & Development Corporation (NBCFDC) during the period from 1st January, 2012 to 30th November, 2012, as per the details given below:

Marketing support was provided to Artisans belonging to OBC Categories by the Ministry by organizing various exhibitions and fairs for their products:

Social Defence

National Council of Senior Citizens (NCSrC)

In pursuance to the National Policy on Older Persons (NPOP) 1999, the National Council for Older Persons (NCOP) was last reconstituted on 1.8.2005 for a tenure of five years. With a view to have a more definite structure, the Council was reconstituted and renamed as National Council for Senior Citizens (NCSrC) vide a Resolution dated 17.02.2012 to this effect which was published in the Gazette of India on 22.02.2012.

International Day for Older Persons (IDOP) celebrated on 1.102012

The Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment observed the International Day of Older Persons on 1st October 2012 on the Theme Security for Senior Citizens. The Ministry in collaboration with HelpAge India, organized an Inter-generational Walkathon at the India Gate Lawns, Rajpath, New Delhi on the morning of 1st October, 2012. A function was organized at the Vigyan Bhavan wherein Vayoshresha the Sammans were conferred on eminent Senior Citizens and Institutions in recognition for their contribution towards the cause of the elderly. The Ministry also sponsored Help Age India in organizing an Inter generational Walkathon in 9 State Capitals, namely, Chandigarh, Shimla, Jaipur, Guwahati, Bhubaneswar, Bhopal, Chennai, Mumbai and Ahmedabad and one important city Kochi on 1st October 2012.

National Conference on Ageing held on 6th and 7th November, 2012

The first ever National Conference on Ageing was held in New Delhi on 6th and 7th November, 2012 with an objective to (a) sensitize all stakeholders on ageing issues, and (b) review the various interventions of Central Government, State Governments/ UT Administrations, NGOs and the Civil Society. The focus of the Conference was on best practices and to prepare a Plan of Action for more effective implementation of various programmes for the welfare of senior citizens.

Representatives from the concerned Central Government Ministries/ Departments; concerned departments of all State Governments and Union Territories, Human Rights Commissions, Planning Boards International Organizations like WHO, UNFPA, FAO, ILO, World Bank, ISSO, NGOs, reputed Academic Institutions, Senior Citizens Associations, Experts and Activists working in the field of senior citizens, etc. participated in the Conference.

Drug Abuse Prevention

Awareness Generation Programme about the ill-effects of Alcoholism and Substance (Drug) Abuse

The Ministry, in collaboration with the Nehru Yuva Kendra Sangathan (NYKS) started an awareness generation programme in 3000 villages of 10 Districts in the State of Punjab and 750 villages of 7 Districts in the State of Manipur. NYKS through its network of volunteers at the village level created awareness about the ill-effects of alcoholism and substances (drug) abuse among the rural masses, identified the addicts and organized de-addiction camps for these addicts.

The Ministry has also, in collaboration with the National Bal Bhavan, New Delhi, an autonomous organization under the Ministry of Human Resource Development, carried out an awareness generation about the ill effects of drug abuse among the children in the age group of 12 to 16 years in the country through a series of activities like poster making, creative writing, lectures, rallies, nukkad natak, etc. at local, zonal and national level.

Advanced Pilot Survey on the extent, pattern and trends of drug abuse in the State of Maharashtra, Manipur and Punjab

On the request of the Ministry, a Pilot Survey on the extent, pattern and trends of drug abuse has been carried out by the National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) in March-April 2010 in the cities of

Amritsar, Imphal and Mumbai using the method of network sampling. The survey was conducted with the help of NGOs identified by the Ministry. The main objective of the pilot survey was to test the efficacy of the sampling design and survey instrument to be adopted for a national survey.

As the draft report of the pilot survey did not give a realistic picture of the prevalence of drug abuse, it was decided that on the basis of experience gained during the first pilot survey, an advanced pilot survey for 3 States viz. Punjab, Maharashtra and Manipur be conducted in which the left out groups like street children, homeless and educational institutions should form part of the sample to be surveyed. Accordingly, NSSO has been requested to carry out the survey.

Celebration of International Day against Drug Abuse and Illicit Trafficking on 26th June, 2012

The International Day against Drug Abuse and Illicit Trafficking was observed on 26th June, 2012. The main function for observance of this day was presided over by the Minister for Social Justice & Empowerment. Shri Shri Ajay Maken, Minister of State for Youth Affairs & Sports, attended the function as the Chief Guest. Minister of State for Social Justice & Empowerment along with other officials and dignitaries also attended the function.

On this Occasion, the message of the UN Secretary General was read by the Representative UNODC, Regional Office South Asia, Ms Cristina Albertin. An Audio Visual Presentation by the Nehru Yuva Kendra Sangathan (NYKS) on awareness generation Project going on in the States of Punjab and Manipur was made. An audio visual presentation was also made by the National Bal Bhawan on the awareness generation programme undertaken by them. A cultural programme was presented by the artistes of the North Zone Culture Centre Chandigarh and the North East Zone Culture Centre Dimapur. Prizes were distributed to the children of the National Bal Bhawan who were winners of the competitions organized as a part of the awareness generation.

Department of Disability Affairs

Creation of a new Department of Disability Affairs

A new Department of Disability Affairs has been set up vide Cabinet Secretariats notification dated 12.05.2012. The Department has been allocated twenty five (25) subjects. Creation of a new

Department would ensure greater focus on policy matters to effectively address disability issues. Having a separate budget would help in strengthening existing schemes, formulation of new schemes as also promotion of technological innovation in the sector. It would further boost greater coordination among stakeholders, organizations, state governments and related central ministries.

New Draft Legislation on Rights of Persons with Disabilities

The Persons with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights and Full Participation) Act, 1995 (PwD Act) has been in force for over 15 years. In view of the need to review it and harmonize its provision with United Nations Convention on the Rights for Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD), the Ministry constituted an experts committee, which submitted its report to the Ministry on 30.06.2011. The draft bill was uploaded on the Ministrys website for comments. The Ministry also initiated consultations with 17 Central Ministries and Departments on provisions of the draft Bill concerning them. Based on the inputs received, a draft Rights of Persons with Disabilities Bill, 2012 has been prepared and circulated in September, 2012 to all State Governments/Union Territories for their comments. The Bill will be introduced in the Parliament, after due consultations with the State Governments and other Stakeholders.

Establishment of new District Disabled Rehabilitation Centres (DDRCs) and Composite Regional Centres (CRCs)

District Disabled Rehabilitation Centres

To create infrastructure and capacity building at district level for providing rehabilitation services to persons with disabilities, awareness generation, training rehabilitation professionals etc, the Ministry provides assistance for setting up of District Disabled Rehabilitation Centres (DDRCs) in un-served districts of the country. Until March, 2010, 199 DDRCs have been sanctioned.

The Finance Minister had announced in his budget speech for 2010-11 that 100 new DDRCs would be opened during the remaining period of the XIth Five Year Plan. Accordingly, 100 districts in 20 States were identified and the concerned State Governments requested in June 2010 to send proposals for setting up new DDRCs. In the year 2010-11 & 2011-12, sanctions were issued for setting up of 33 new DDRCs. During the current year 2012-13, sanctions have been issued for setting up of four new DDRCs

namely (1) Mehboobnagar (Andhra Pradesh) (2) Howrah (West Bengal) (3) Bankura (West Bengal) & (4) Shivsagar (Assam).

Composite Regional Centres

The scheme of setting up of Composite Regional Centres is a part of overall strategy to reach out to the Persons with Disabilities (PwDs) in the country and to facilitate the creation of the required infrastructure and capacity building at Central, State and District levels and below for awareness generation, training of rehabilitation professionals, service delivery etc. Centres are set up at locations where the existing infrastructure for providing comprehensive services to disabled were inadequate and where such centres are needed the most.

There were eight CRCs functioning at Sundernagar, Srinagar, Lucknow, Guwahati, Patna, Bhopal, Ahmedabad and Kozhikode. The new CRC at Kozhikode has been functional from February, 2012.

Rajiv Gandhi National Fellowship Scheme for Students with Disabilities

A new Central Sector Scheme of Rajiv Gandhi National Fellowship for Students with Disabilities for persons with disabilities has been launched in November, 2012 to increase opportunities to students with disabilities for pursuing higher education leading to degrees such as M.Phil and Ph.D. The scheme caters to requirements of the students with disabilities for pursuing research degree in universities, research institutions and scientific institutions. The scheme has been made effective from 01.04.2012.

The scheme caters total number of 200 Fellowships (Junior Research Fellows, JRF) per year to students with disabilities. The scheme covers all universities/institutions recognized by University Grants Commission (UGC) and will be implemented by UGC itself. The rates of fellowship for JRF and SRF will be at par with the UGC fellowship. Tags: Ministry of Social Justice & EmpowermentYear End Review 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Ministry of Civil AviationYear end Review 2012

Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 28, 2012 in Transport

Rate This

Civil Aviation has been identified as one of the most important growth engines essential for the economic growth of the country. Besides providing air transport for passengers and goods, it facilitates growth of trade and commerce, domestic and foreign investments, transfer of technology, creation of infrastructure, domestic and international tourism and generation of employment etc.

Air transport in India has witnessed enormous growth in the recent past. During the last 10 years, compounded annual growth rate of passenger traffic has been approximately 15%. A key trend in the business model of the Indian Carriers in the domestic operations is that the domestic traffic is rapidly shifting to Low Cost Carriers (LCC). From a level of about 1% in 2003-2004, the market share of LCC including the LCC arm of full service carriers is today exceeding 70% of the total domestic traffic.

India is likely to be the fastest growing aviation market in the world in the next 20 years. Estimates suggest that the domestic air traffic will touch 160180 million passengers per annum in the next 10 years and the international traffic will exceed 80 million passengers per annum from the current level of 60 million domestic and 40 million international passengers respectively. According to International Air Transport Associations Airline Industry Forecast 2012-2016,Indias domestic air travel market would be among the top five globally, experiencing the second highest growth rate.

Keeping this in mind, a number of steps have been taken by the Government to accelerate the pace of growth of airline industry in the country. These have been summarized as follows:

1. EXPANSION AND UPGRADATION OF AIRPORTS:

At present 5 major airports are being operationalized under PPP mode at New Delhi, Mumbai, Bangalore, Hyderabad and Cochin. The new Terminal Building is under construction at Mumbai airport with Phase I of it for international operations likely to be ready by August, 2013, while Phase II for domestic operations will be ready by August, 2014. The existing Greenfield airport at Bangaluru is undergoing Phase-II expansion to meet the growing capacity demand. Airports Authority of India has undertaken expansion and upgradation of airports at Kolkata and Chennai.The Government of India has also approved 15 more airports under the Greenfield Airports Policy being developed, majority under PPP mode.

Airports Authority of India (AAI) is upgrading and modernizing airport infrastructure at Chennai, Kolkata and select non-metro airports in the country. During the year 2012, airport infrastructure has been developed and upgraded as below:

New Integrated terminals equipped with modern state-of-the-art facilities commissioned at Indore, Lucknow and Raipur airports.

Development of new Civil Enclaves completed at Bhatinda and Jaisalmer airports.

New Domestic terminals completed / expanded at Rajahmundhry, Pudducherri and Gondia airports.

Development of Jalgaon airport completed and commissioned for ATR-72 type of aircraft operations.

Airside apron capacity increased at Chennai, Kolkata, Jammu, Surat and Tirupathi airports.

Integrated Cargo Terminal completed at Chennai at a cost of Rs. 144.93 crores. Total enhanced handling capacity is 11 lacs MT/year.

 New terminals at Bhubaneswar and Ranchi airports are completed and shall be operationalized shortly after pre-commissioning trials of various services.

Expansion and upgradation of airports at Chennai and Kolkata is completed at a cost of Rs. 2015 crores and Rs.2325 crores respectively. Trial operations have been successfully conducted through new terminal and are expected to be commissioned in January February, 2013.

Work has commenced for development of new Civil Enclave at Chandigarh Airport (Mohali side).

Solar Photo-voltaic power plants have been commissioned at Corporate Headquarters at Safdarjung Airports, Jaisalmer, Guwahati and Raipur airports as initiative under Sustainable Development.

Declaration of Tiruchirapalli, Coimbatore, Mangalore, Varanasi and Lucknow airports as International airports: So far there were 17 international airports. Five new airports at Tiruchirapalli, Coimbatore, Mangalore, Varanasi and Lucknow have been added to the list this year. Earlier these airports were custom airports where all facilities as per extended norms of an international airport in terms of customs, immigration, health, animal & plant quarantine etc. were available on temporary basis. After these airports were declared as international airports, these facilities will be available on permanent basis which would open the door to have more international flights to different destinations.

2. TURN AROUND / FINANCIAL RESTRUCTURING PLANS OF AIR INDIA:

The plan includes infusion of equity to the extent of approximately Rs. 30,000 crores over a period of next 10 years, issue of Government guaranteed Non-Convertible Debentures amounting to Rs.7,400 crore, induction of 27 B-787 (DreamLiner) upto March, 2016 and various other measures. However, the infusion of equity is not unconditional and shall be on the basis of achievement of milestones which have been fixed for Air India at different stages in terms of Passenger Load Factor (PLF), On-Time Performance (OTP), fleet utilisation, market-share etc.

Improvement in Performance of Air India

There has been reduction in net losses of Air India by about Rs. 650 crores in the first 6 months of financial year 2012-13.

PLF of Air India had reached 78.6% in November 2012 as against the TAP benchmark of 69.5%.

Integration process of Indian Airlines and Air India as per the recommendations of Justice Dharmadhikari Committee Report is almost completed.

Computerization of Flight and Cabin Crew Management System (Auto Roster) is in progress. It will be operational for pilots by January, 2013 and for cabin crew by February-March 2013. The new system is an algorithm that will automate the task of Flight Duty Assignments based on user defined rules, policies, parameters and constraints. Auto-Roster aims to equalize the flying hours (for past period or the roster period), sector flown (number of times and last date flown), day & night flights (diurnal distribution), flight operations type (domestic, regional, international), crew pairing rotation, number of landings and other user-defined parameters.

Three B-787 Dreamliner aircrafts have been received and five more will be received during the current financial year.

Flight Duty Time Limitations (FDTL) for Pilots and Cabin Crew has been implemented.

Hiving off of MRO and Ground Handling Businesses of Air India into separate subsidiaries is in progress after approval given by the Government. Air India Engineering Services subsidiary will take care of maintenance, repair and overhaul (MRO); while Air India Transport Services Services will take care of ground handling services, which includes jobs like ticket check-in into wholly owned subsidiaries of the airline.

Up-to-date payment of salaries to staff till the month of November, 2012 has been made.

No more free excess baggage is being allowed in Air India to anybody now.

3.

FDI BY FOREIGN AIRLINES IN INDIAN CIVIL AVIATION:

The Government has allowed 49% FDI by the foreign airlines in the domestic carriers. It is expected that this step would bring in much needed equity infusion in the domestic carriers. The FDI will be subject to certain safeguards including Government approval route and compliance with all applicable rules and regulations of SEBI. It will require clearance from Home Ministry and FIPB.

4.

ALLOCATION OF INTERNATIONAL TRAFFIC RIGHTS

The Government has adopted a pragmatic policy to allocate traffic rights to private Indian carriers on various international routes. In November, 2012, the traffic rights to Indian carriers were allocated much in advance upto Winter-2013 season so as to remove uncertainties about traffic rights and give them enough time for making their preparations. The total bilateral traffic rights allocated to Indian carriers including Air India upto Summer-2012 were 1074 services per week, have now increased to the level of 1695 services per week in the next Winter-2013 schedule, which is an enhancement of more than 60%. Besides this, a number of new international routes have been opened for Indian carriers to fly in the next 3 seasons as follows:

- Air India: Delhi-Rome-Madrid/ Barcelona; Delhi-Moscow; Delhi-Sydney/ Melbourne; Mumbai-Nairobi, Mumbai-Al Najaf (Iraq)

- Jet Airways: Mumbai-Jakarta; Delhi-Barcelona; Mumbai-Zurich; Delhi-Tashkent; Mumbai-Ho Chi Minh City

- Spicejet: Lucknow- Al Najaf (Iraq); Varanasi- Al Najaf (Iraq); Delhi-Macau; Delhi-Ho Chi Minh City

5. INITIATIVES IN THE AREA OF AIR NAVIGATION SYSTEMS

Airports Authority of India (AAI) has taken a number of initiatives to upgrade Airport and Airspace infrastructure to cater to the continued growth in air traffic with enhanced safety and efficiency. AAI as Air Navigation Service Provider, responsible for provision of Air Navigation Services in the delegated

airspace, has embarked upon ANS infrastructure upgradation strategy with the objective of ensuring safety, efficiency, cost-effectiveness of aircraft operations with environmental benefits on a long-term and sustainable basis. The comprehensive strategy has been to transition from voice to data-link, transition from ground based navigation to satellite based navigation, augmentation of Radar surveillance, implementation of ATM Automation and enhancement in ATM procedures.

Navigation: AAI has installed 66 Instrument landing systems and 93 VOR/DME which provide navigational guidance to aircraft. In addition, Satellite Based Navigation System (SBAS) called GPS Aided Geo Augmented Navigation (GAGAN) system is being jointly developed and implemented by Airports Authority of India (AAI) and Indian Space Research Organization (ISRO). The GAGAN is designed to provide the improved accuracy, availability, and integrity necessary to enable users to rely on GPS for all phases of flight, from en route through approach for all qualified airports within the GAGAN service volume. GAGAN will also provide increased positional accuracy of aircraft thereby permitting enhanced safety and operational efficiency. The system will be commissioned by June 2013. India is the fourth country in the world, after USA, JAPAN and Europe to take up the challenge of establishing the regional SBAS Navigation System which will redefine the navigation over Indian airspace and other states falling in the footprint of GAGAN.

Enhanced Air and Ground Surveillance: In addition to the existing Radars at 13 sites, 9 more Secondary Surveillance Radars have been commissioned to ensure that aircraft are seen on the Radar display by the controllers throughout their flight from departure to destination. This ensures safety, provision of reduced distance between aircraft allowing the controller to accommodate more flights in a given airspace/airport. 8 more Radars are also under implementation to ensure total seamless radar coverage in the country. 14 ADS-B (Automatic Dependent Surveillance Broadcast) systems which support Radarlike services have also been installed at 14 airports to provide back-up cover to Radars. ADS-B will also provide direct routing to aircraft in medium-density airports (where Radar is not installed), thereby accommodating more number of arrivals/departures from those airports.

ATM Automation: Advanced ATM Automation Systems have been implemented at 38 airports in addition to Metro airports, providing the controllers with advanced Safety nets, tools and safety features for enhancing safety and efficiency.

Integration of Radar Data into Automation system: Radar data from Ahmedabad, Bhopal, Porbander and Udaipur Radars have been integrated in to the Automation system at Ahmedabad.

Enhancement in ATM procedures: Performance Based Navigation procedures exploiting avionics & ground infrastructure and providing optimized and accurate flight paths for departures and arrivals have been implemented at all major airports. The initiative has enhanced Safety and efficiency of aircraft operations.

In addition to the above initiatives that have enhanced safety, efficiency and capacity of airspace and airports, AAI is implementing Air Traffic Flow Management which will ensure that air traffic demand and capacity is balanced and delay to aircraft in the air and ground is eliminated.

Due to above efforts for safety, the International Janes ATC Award 2102 was conferred on AAI at Amsterdam for achieving best operational efficiency among many major ANSPs in the world is a testimony to AAIs ANS achievements in the Region.

6. SIMPLIFICATION OF PROCEDURE FOR SANCTION OF BUILDINGS AROUND AIRPORTS

Government has decided to do away with the system of taking NOC from AAI every time and has now prescribed the height at different distances from the airports upto which the local municipal authority will be empowered to sanction the map as per their bye-laws. In this regard, Airports Authority of India (AAI) would prepare colour coded zoning maps in a grid format for each airport. For buildings whose height exceeds the height indicated in the zoning map, the designated officer/office of AAI would assess the obstructions to be caused by the proposed building. If the design and orientation of the proposed building can suitably be amended to meet the regulations, NOC may be given, otherwise not.

7. DOMESTIC OPERATIONS

In the year 2012, scheduled domestic airlines operated more than 11,500 departures per week connecting 77 airports. A new daily flight has been introduced from 26th December, 2012 on the route Delhi-Varanasi-Agra-Khajuraho to link these cities of historical importance on air map.

8. HELICOPTER CONNECTIVITY TO VRINDAVAN

Vrindavan was connected with Delhi by Helicopter service from 28th November, 2012. The service is being operated by Pawan Hans Helicopters Ltd. Pawan.

9. AIRCARFT ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION BUREAU

Government has set up an Aircraft Accident Investigation Bureau to efficiently investigate the accidents and to recommend effective corrective measures.

10. PERMISSION TO IMPORT ATF

The Government has allowed import of ATF by Indian carriers, which will bring much required competition among the oil marketing companies apart from huge cost saving to the India carriers.

11. OTHER PRIORITY ISSUES BEFORE THE MINISTRY

Development of Low Cost Airports: In an endeavour to provide air connectivity to different parts of India, development of low cost airports is the most important component. Instructions have been issued to AAI to identify the most suitable low cost model for development of smaller airports and to develop airports in the smaller cities based on this mode.

Connectivity to Smaller and Remote Parts of India: The top most priority is to provide air connectivity to remote and interior areas of the country, North Eastern Region, Tier-II & Tier-III cities of India and other smaller cities of the country. Connectivity which is proposed to be provided would be customer oriented in terms of affordability and cost of travel. The Ministry has engaged internationally renowned firm Deloitte as a Consultant to identify the factors that are inhibiting the growth of domestic connectivity and what needs to be done in this regard. The outcome of the study will form the basis of the implementation of various measures for providing better domestic connectivity. This would also include enhancement of present operations of helicopters and construction of heliports to improve the connectivity to smaller places including the places of religious and tourist importance.

Enhancement of Helicopter connectivity: The Government is also working to develop Heliports in different parts of the country to make Helicopter operations to inaccessible areas for the purpose of air connectivity, religious, other tourism and for medical purposes. Pawan Hans with a mix fleet of about 50 Helicopters has a cliental from diversified sectors. It is successfully operating Helicopter services to several pilgrim centres including Mata Vaishno Devi, Kedarnathji, Amarnathji, Vrindavan and Badrinathji. It is also operating services in Assam, Mizoram, Meghalaya, Tripura, Sikkim, Andaman & Nicobar Islands and Lakshadweep and plans to shortly start services in Himachal Pradesh and Arunachal Pradesh. Pawan Hans is now planning to venture into fixed wing aircraft and seaplane operations. It has also recently conducted a detailed study in Uttar Pradesh to connect Buddhist Circuit in association with UP Tourism by Helicopter and has plans to extend Helicopter services on these destinations in near future.

Creation of Civil Aviation Authority: To manage the phenomenal growth of air traffic with safety, an effective, autonomous and professional regulatory body is required and a Bill in this regard will soon be brought before the Parliament.

Creation of Civil Aviation Security Force: To strengthen the Civil Aviation Security in the country, Ministry of Civil Aviation engaged a team of experts from the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) to carry out a detailed study of the existing security system at the airports and suggest measures to improve the same. The ICAO study report, which has been accepted by the Government, has suggested establishing a dedicated Aviation Security Force (ASF) under the command and control of the Ministry of Civil Aviation which is supposed to be completely integrated with the aviation industry, in line with the practices across the world. To pursue the matter further, a sub-group was constituted by the Ministry of Civil Aviation to examine the recommendations of ICAO study report on creation of a dedicated specialized ASF. This sub-group has also recommended constitution of a dedicated, specialized ASF under the command and control of Ministry of Civil Aviation. Further, necessary action has been initiated to approach Cabinet Committee on Security for seeking its approval.

ATF Related Issues: ATF constitutes approximately 40% to 50% of operating expenses of Indian Airlines. Efforts are on to rationalise the price of ATF by getting it declared as a notified product under PNGRB Act to bring it under the ambit of PNGR Board. The major contributor to the high prices of ATF is the VAT levied by various State Governments ranging from 4% to 30%. Efforts are also on to persuade the State Governments to reduce the VAT on ATF so as to bring down the prices of ATF and discussions with a number of States have already taken place in this regard. The Ministry of Civil Aviation has also proposed to include ATF in the list of declared goods.

Skill augmentation in civil aviation sector through a vibrant, world class aviation education and training: In this regard, the work to establish a Civil Aviation University is under progress Tags: Ministry of Civil AviationYear end Review 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Global Burden of Disease Study 2010 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 28, 2012 in Health and Family Welfare

1 Vote

The Global Burden of Disease Study 2010 (GBD 2010) is the largest ever systematic effort to describe the global distribution and causes of a wide array of major diseases, injuries, and health risk factors. The results show that infectious diseases, maternal and child illness, and malnutrition now cause fewer deaths and less illness than they did twenty years ago. As a result, fewer children are dying every year, but more young and middle-aged adults are dying and suffering from disease and injury, as noncommunicable diseases, such as cancer and heart disease, become the dominant causes of death and disability worldwide. Since 1970, men and women worldwide have gained slightly more than ten years of life expectancy overall, but they spend more years living with injury and illness.

What is GBD?

Global Burden of Disease analysis provides a comprehensive and comparable assessment of mortality and loss of health due to diseases, injuries and risk factors for all regions of the world. The overall

burden of disease is assessed using the disability-adjusted life year (DALY), a time-based measure that combines years of life lost due to premature mortality and years of life lost due to time lived in states of less than full health.

The Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation and other academic partners have collaborated on a new GBD 2010 study, published on 14 December 2012. This will provide regional estimates of deaths and DALYs (using a new method for calculation of DALYs) for the years 1990, 2005 and 2010. It is anticipated that this will contribute to revisions for WHO global health estimates in 2013.

Study overview

The new Global Burden of Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors Study (the GBD 2010 Study) commenced in the spring of 2007 and is the first major effort since the original GBD 1990 Study to carry out a complete systematic assessment of global data on all diseases and injuries. GBD 2010 will produce comprehensive and comparable estimates of the burden of diseases, injuries and risk factors for 1990 and 2005, with projections for 2010. This project is funded by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.

The GBD 2010 Study brings together a community of experts and leaders in epidemiology and other areas of public health research from around the world to measure current levels and recent trends in all major diseases, injuries, and risk factors, and to produce new and comprehensive sets of estimates and easy-to-use tools for research and teaching. It is led by a consortium including Harvard University, the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation at the University of Washington, Johns Hopkins University, the University of Queensland, and the World Health Organization (WHO). This ambitious effort is being conducted systematically and transparently; both its methods and results will be made available to the public. High level summary papers with final estimates and methods will be submitted for publication in spring 2012 to The Lancet for peer review. Background

The original Global Burden of Disease Study (GBD 1990 Study) was commissioned by the World Bank in 1991 to provide a comprehensive assessment of the burden of 107 diseases and injuries and ten selected risk factors for the world and eight major regions in 1990. The methods of the GBD 1990 Study

created a common metric to estimate the health loss associated with morbidity and mortality. It generated widely published findings and comparable information on disease and injury incidence and prevalence for all world regions. It also stimulated numerous national studies of burden of disease. These results have been used by governments and non-governmental agencies to inform priorities for research, development, policies and funding.

The principle guiding the burden of disease approach is that the best estimates of incidence, prevalence, and mortality can be generated by carefully analyzing all available sources of information in a country or region, and correcting for bias. The disability-adjusted life year (DALY), a time-based measure that combined years of life lost due to premature mortality and years of life lost due to time lived in health states less than ideal health, was developed to assess the burden of disease. The GBD 1990 Study represented a major step in quantifying global and regional effects of diseases, injuries, and risk factors on population health.

In 2000, the World Health Organization began publishing regular GBD updates for the world and 14 regions. These revisions were aided by methodological improvements and more extensive data collection that covered key aspects of the GBD, including mortality estimation, cause of death analysis, and measurement and valuation of functional health status. Standardized concepts and approaches to comparative risk assessment were applied to over 25 risk factors. New estimates for 2001 were published as part of the second revision of the Disease Control Priorities Project. In addition to these continuing efforts for better epidemiological quantification, the philosophical underpinnings for quantifying population health have been extensively explored as part of the overall effort to foster summary measures of population health. Why update the GBD estimates?

The Global Burden of Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors Study is an evidence-based and scientific pursuit. While various groups have published partial updates of GBD rankings, there has not yet been a comprehensive and systematic revision. As a result, burden estimates today contain some out dated, and often, inconsistent information. Furthermore, patterns of disease and disability and their risk factors have altered dramatically and need to be reassessed in a newly comprehensive study.

Today, there is great demand for global burden estimates. Research and advocacy groups have brought new conditions to the awareness of the public health community. The GBD 2010 Study reviews the magnitude of these conditions compared to other causes of health burden. Also, researchers have

significantly improved methods for burden assessment since the original GBD 1990 Study. These new tools can markedly enhance the validity of estimations, particularly for ranking risk factors and disabilities. More and more researchers, especially in the developing world, are engaged in burden work than ever before. A new structured study will take advantage of the opportunity to bring these global researchers together to communicate and work collaboratively in an environment that is strongly seeking new burden statistics. Moreover, the unprecedented money and attention now pouring into international health has made the need for an accurate assessment of global health patterns a matter of utmost urgency. A thorough GBD reassessment will ensure that the global health community bases its research and policies on complete, valid, and reliable information.

Tags: Global Burden of Disease Study 2010 Permalink 1 Comment Ministry of Women and Child DevelopmentYear end review 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 28, 2012 in Women and Child Development

Rate This

The Ministry of Women and Child Development, Government of India, came into existence as a separate Ministry with effect from 30 January, 2006. It is the nodal Ministry for all matters relating to women and children. The prime functions of the Ministry include promoting the survival, protection, development and participation of women and children in a holistic manner.

The following have been the significant achievements of the Ministry in 2011-2012.

Protection of Children from Sexual Offences Act, 2012

The health and security of the countrys children is integral to any vision for its progress and development. One of the issues marring the vision for the countrys children is the evil of child sexual abuse, and a special law the Protection of Children from Sexual Offences Act, 2012 was passed by Parliament in May, 2012 to address this issue. The Act received the Presidents assent on 19th June 2012 and was notified in the Gazette of India for public information on 20th June, 2012. The Act came into force on 14th of November, 2012, along with the rules framed under the Act.

The Act is gender-neutral and defines a child as any person below the age of eighteen years. It provides precise definitions for different forms of sexual abuse, including penetrative and non-penetrative sexual assault, sexual harassment and pornography. The Act provides for stringent punishment graded as per the gravity of the offence, with a maximum term of rigorous imprisonment for life for certain offences, and fine.

In keeping with the best international child protection standards, the Act provides for mandatory reporting of sexual offences. It also prescribes punishment for a person if he provides false information with the intention to defame any person, including a child. Most importantly, the Act provides for childfriendly procedures for reporting of offences, recording of evidence, investigation and trial.

Under Section 45 of the Act, the power to make rules rests with the Central Government. The rules framed under the Act provide for qualifications and experience of interpreters, translators, special educators, and experts; arrangements for care and protection and emergency medical treatment of the child; compensation payable to a child who has been the victim of a sexual offence; and the manner of periodic monitoring of the provisions of the Act by the National Commission for Protection of Child Rights and State Commissions for Protection of Child Rights.

The rules rely on the structures established under the Juvenile Justice Act, 2000, such as Child Welfare Committees and District Child Protection Units, to make arrangements for the care and protection of the child and to ensure that the child is not re-victimised in the course of investigation and trial. They also provide that where a child is taken to a medical facility for emergency medical care, no magisterial requisition or other documentation may be demanded by such facility prior to rendering medical care. The rules also lay down criteria for award of compensation by the Special Court, which includes the

gravity of the offence; loss of educational opportunity or employment as a result of the offence; and disability, disease or pregnancy suffered as a consequence of the offence. The compensation may be awarded at the interim stage as well as upon completion of trial.

Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS)

The ICDS Scheme has been under implementation since 1975. The challenges arising out of the present status of child health and nutrition has necessitated introduction of new interventions:

During the year more than 97 projects and 14486 AWCs made operational.

Proposal for Strengthening & Restructuring ICDS Scheme approved by the CCEA on 24.9.2012 and Administrative approval issued on 22.10.2012. The roll out is in process in the 200 identified high burden districts.

The IDA-assisted ICDS Systems strengthening and Nutrition Improvement Project (ISSNIP) approved by the CCEA on 4 th October 2012 for a total outlay of Rs. 2893 crore (with IDA share of Rs. 2023 crore equivalent to US$ 450 million ) for a seven year period starting from the effectiveness of the project with an estimated cost of about Rs. 681.71 crore for phase 1 (3 years) and Rs. 2211.23 crore for phase 2 (4 years). The agreement with the World Bank was signed on 5.11.2012 and the project effectiveness has been notified on 26.11.2012 by the Department of External Affairs.

A framework for multi-sectoral programme to address maternal and child malnutrition in selected 200 high burdened districts prepared. A follow up meeting was held under the Chairmanship of the Principal Secretary, PMO and it was decided to re-visit the concept in view of limited resources and thereafter process EFC and approvals.

A nation-wide Information, Education and Communication (IEC) campaign against malnutrition was launched by the Honble President of India at Vigyan Bhawan on 19th November 2012.

 Finalisation of Draft ECCE Policy, Framework and field testing National Consultation to finalise the Policy held on 29th October, 2012. Finalisation and approval of competent authority for draft ECCE policy is under process. For pilot testing process of National ECE Curriculum, Orientation workshop held for the States participating in the pilot test on 30-31 August 2012, state-specific (contextual) curriculum developed, training of functionaries is being conducted to develop their skills for transacting the curriculum of AWCs. Pilot testing of curriculum to commence from December, 2012.

Roll out of revised MIS For roll-out of revised MIS in States/UTs, 22 States/UTs has been provided with state-specific print-ready formats of revised AWC Registers in local languages for printing of AWC Registers and Report formats. Three states viz. Nagaland, Andhra Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh have completed the printing. Eleven states have initiated printing process and are at various stages of completion.

IVRS based monitoring of AWC key indicators For piloting of IVRS based monitoring of AWCs in select projects in 21 states, as part of National Resource Platform (NRP), information from AWCs started and States are pursued to get higher saturation of data from AWCs in the system.

Web-based on-line monitoring of AWCs- For pilot testing of web-based on-line monitoring in select projects in 12 states, coding for AWCs being assigned. Data Entry software developed for input of AWMPR, AW-ASR, CDPO-MPR & CDPO-ASR. Initially, pilot started with one project in Delhi.

Achievements under the Integrated Child Protection Scheme (ICPS)

The Integrated Child Protection Scheme is being implemented since 2009-10. All States have signed the MoU to implement the Scheme, except Jammu & Kashmir, and have commenced implementation. Considerable progress has been made in setting up of statutory structures, such as JJBs and CWCs, and existing institutional services and open shelters are being reviewed and upgraded for enhancement in quality of services. Dedicated Service Delivery Structure (SCPS, DCPUs and SARAs) have been set up by all major States and in most staff has already been appointed and trained. Locations covered by Childline services as well as number of registered adoption agencies have more than doubled after commencement of the implementation of ICPS. Already about 63,545 children are availing services under the Scheme.

As on date expenditure under the Scheme has been Rs. 163.51 crores.

The component wise status for which financial support is provided under ICPS is as follows:

2. Dedicated Service Delivery Structures

ICPS provides for setting up of a dedicated service delivery structure, with a cadre of personnel exclusively working on planning, implementation and monitoring of the Scheme, so that maximum benefits can accrue to the children. These include:

2.1 State Child Protection Society (SCPS): So far all States & UTs except Goa and Andaman & Nicobar Islands have set up SCPSs.

2.2 State Adoption Resource Agency (SARA): So far 24 States have set up SARAs in their State/UT.

2.3

District Child Protection Units: 568 DCPUs have been set up so far.

3. Statutory Support Services

ICPS provides grants to the State Governments/UT Administrations for setting up and maintenance of statutory bodies under the JJ Act. These include:

3. 1 Child Welfare Committees (CWCs): Prior to implementation of ICPS 240 CWCs were functioning in the country. ICPS has given a fillip to this component and number of CWCs has gradually increased to 607.

3.2 Juvenile Justice Boards (JJBs): Prior to implementation of ICPS 211 JJBs were functioning in the country which has gradually increased to 609 after introduction of ICPS.

3.3 Training of CWC and JJB members: A special thrust has been given to the training of CWC and JJB members through NIPCCD and State governments. In the current year so far, around 688 CWC members and 264 JJB members have been trained.

4.Care, Support and Rehabilitation Services

ICPS provides grants for setting up and running either by themselves or through voluntary sector, various types of rehabilitation services for children in difficult circumstances. These include:

4.1 Open Shelters in Urban and Semi Urban Areas: So far 157 open shelters have been provided financial assistance under ICPS. Prior to implementation of ICPS, 90 Street Children projects (now open shelters) were supported by the Ministry.

4.2 Institutional Services: 1037 homes till date have been supported under the Scheme. Prior to implementation of ICPS, 1268 Homes of various types were supported by the Ministry. The number of Homes supported has reduced as many Homes were found underutilised and rationalisation exercise has been undertaken.

4.3 Family Based Non-Institutional Care:

Whereas institutional care would continue to be one of the major means for rehabilitation of children with no or minimal family support, ICPS seeks to promote family based care for all children through various interventions. These include:

i) Adoption: 222 SAAs have been provided support under ICPS. Prior to implementation of ICPS, 71 Shishu Grehs (now SAAs) were supported by the Ministry.

ii) Sponsorship & Foster Care Fund: The sponsorship programme was piloted in Odisha and Gujarat and the number of children covered were 17 and 279 respectively. However, from 2012-13 it has been decided to provide Sponsorship fund to all the States through District Child Protection Units. Similarly,

the Foster Care programme was being piloted in Andhra Pradesh, Haryana and Jharkhand. However, the guidelines for Foster Care have not been finalised as the reports from these States are not encouraging.

4.4 Emergency Outreach Services through Childline: This service has been expanded to 264 cities/districts of the country from 83 cities before implementation of ICPS.

5. Other initiatives:

a) TrackChild: To enable monitoring of the progress of children availing services under ICPS on a realtime basis as well as facilitate matching of missing and found children, a software namely TrackChild, has been developed through NIC and its implementation has begun in fourteen pilot States after training of all stakeholders in these States including JJ/ICPS personnel as well as police officers. For this project, nodal officers have been appointed under the department implementing ICPS in 18 States and by the Police in all States.

To fast track the implementation of this software, the Ministry in association with MHA and NIC organised an All India Conference on 30th October, 2012 in which senior police officers (responsible for tracing missing persons) and senior officers from the departments of women and child of the State Governments were present.

b) Registration of Homes: In view of the recent spate of reports of abuse of children within institutions, considerable emphasis is being placed on registration of all Child Care Institutions under the JJ Act and formation of Inspection Committees, Management Committees and Childrens Committees. Many States have confirmed that the process of identification and registration is well underway.

c) Guidelines have been framed, piloted and finalised for Sponsorship and After Care components of the Scheme.

d) Keeping in view various incidents of irregular transfer of children from one State to another and their misuse and abuse thereafter, Standard Operation Procedures for transfer of children under the JJ Act, from one location and another have been developed and circulated to all State Governments for implementation.

e) Need assessment: The process of identifying the problems being faced by their children, and mapping the more susceptible areas, has been begun in most States. The States are also being urged, through regular interactions, to assess the needs of children through district-wise studies and draw up their implementation plans accordingly.

f) Facilitating implementation by States/UTs: ICPS is a complex and multi-layered scheme and, therefore, the functionaries of both, the State/UT Governments, as well as the voluntary sector, require continuous hand-holding to understand various facets of the Scheme and implement them. The Ministry has attempted to facilitate implementation of the Scheme through regular interactions with them.

An inter-ministerial Project Approval Board has been set up under the Chairmanship of Secretary, Ministry of Women and Child Development, to review the implementation so far, appraise the financial proposals of the States/UTs and guide the States/ UTs for improving the services and 57 PAB meetings have been held so far.

A separate web page has been created for ICPS containing details of the Scheme, relevant legislations and other important documents, minutes of PAB meetings, sanction letters, list of facilities supported under ICPS etc.

To facilitate cross learning and document best practices, five regional consultations have been scheduled this year of which two have already been held.

Tools for facilitating the work of functionaries, such as templates for preparation of District Child Protection Plans, online facility for submission of financial proposals and monitoring data have also been developed.

Achievements of the National Mission for Empowerment of Women (NMEW)

The National Mission for Empowerment of Women (NMEW) was launched by the Government of India on International Womens Day in 2010 with the aim to strengthen overall processes that promote allround development of women

It has the mandate to strengthen the inter-sector convergence; facilitate the process of coordinating all the womens welfare and socio-economic development programmes across ministries and departments. The Mission aims to provide a single window service for all programmes run by the Government for Women under aegis of various Central Ministries.

In light with its mandate, the Mission has been named Mission Poorna Shakti, implying a vision for holistic empowerment of women. Progress of the NMEW till December, 2012 is as follows:

Constitution of National Mission Authority (NMA) headed by the Prime Minister of India, in September, 2010, is at the apex of the NMEW

National Resource Centre for Women (NRCW) functional with 31 gender experts

24 States have notified State Mission Authority (SMA)

State Resource Centres for Women (SRCW) set up in 14 States

Constitution of Inter Ministerial Co-ordination Committee (IMCC) to review and identify inter ministerial issues related to women requiring convergence on a continuous basis

Constitution of Central Monitoring Committee under the Chairmanship of Honble Minister, Women and Child Development to monitor and assess the Missions progress and to ensure that objectives of the Mission are met

Pilot Convergence models in Dist. Pali, Rajasthan since Sep 17,2011 showing impressive results

2 Smaller scale Pilot convergence models launched in Dist. Kamrup, Assam

 Six Regional Conferences held with all the States & UTs governments during the months of February April 2012

Action Plan being prepared for 2013-2014

PSK in Dist Jaintia hills, Meghalaya: Recruitment in process

11 thematic Pilots in collaboration with Partner Ministries, State Govts, CSOs launched on 18th Aug, 2012 which are showing progress

Gender Convergence Officer (GCO) appointed by 8 Partner Ministries

Charter of Collaboration signed and thematic convergence projects announced with eight partner organizations on 14th November, 2012 during the Opening Ceremony of Vatsalya Mela, 2012 with UNDP (India), UN Women, South Asia Regional Office, UNESCO, (India, Bhutan, Maldives and Sri Lanka), CSC eGovernance Services India Ltd., Nehru Yuva Kendra Sangathan, IIT Delhi, FICCI FLO & Women Power Connect.

Consultation on Valuation of Womens Unpaid Work organized in November, 2012 with eminent economists, gender experts and representatives from 14 partner Ministries.

A Series of three consultations held on Designing a Social Inclusion Plan for Socially Marginalized and Excluded Population

NMEW participation in Vatsalya Mela, 2012 and grand success of unique model of community participation named Nari ki Choupal

Literacy Mission Preraks, Anganwadi, ASHA, Poorna Shakti Kendra village co-ordinators and other grass root level workers to be termed as Ahimsa Messengers to work towards prevention of violence against women

Successful completion of Orientation programme for Nodal Officers of SRCW in December, 2012

A Stakeholder Dialogue held in collaboration with UN Women and Planning Commission on No Policy is Gender Neutral and Launch of 8 Policy Briefs in December, 2012.

Collaborating with 5 Partner Ministries:

Ministry of Rural Development (MoRD)

Research Study of MGNREGA to identify low work participation of women

Visit to Mahila Kisan Sashaktikaran Pariyojana (MKSP) districts of Kerala & Andhra Pradesh to study best practices for convergence

Ministry of Labour & Employment (MOLE)

Two joint studies on Skill development programmes for women with different Ministries & their impact on womens employment and identifying gaps

Identifying constraints and barriers in women availing and accessing vocational training institutes under DGE&T along with identification of new trades

Ministry of Law & Justice (MoLJ)

Action Research proposal on Access to Justice by Women in 7 districts in 5 North Eastern States to which either Schedule 6 Applies/ excluded under Article 371 A of the constitution

Ministry of Human Resources Development (MoHRD)

Utilize the Mahila Samakya platform for building capacities of women

Recommendations of study on An assessment of convergence of Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan with selected Central and State Schemes in Mewat district of Haryana shared with MHRD and Govt. of Harayana

In-house Communication Needs Assessment Study of Saakshar Bharat, a centrally sponsored scheme of Department of School Education and Literacy (DSEL), Ministry of Human Resource Development (MHRD) to find out the gaps in the current communication strategy being used by the MHRD for the Saakshar Bharat programme and to suggest a more efficient and effective communication strategy for the same, so that more women at the grassroots enrol for the programme and are benefitted.

Ministry of Panchyati Raj (MOPR)

Pilots to address Declining Child Sex Ration in 12 gender critical districts. Recruitment process of Gender Convergence Officers for implementation of these projects is currently going on.

Action Research Studies:

Completion of a study to develop a Communication Charter based on Behaviour Change Communication (BCC) Study with Breakthrough in order to chalk out a cohesive communication strategy to address the problem of female foeticide or Sex Selective Elimination (SSE).

Study on Access and Utilization of Government Schemes in Pali, Rajasthan

 Study with Lawyers Collective Womens Rights Initiative (LC) on monitoring and evaluation of the Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005. Best Practices Manual to be launched in December

Review of concurrent evaluation reports on Support to Training and Employment Programme (STEP) to strengthen the program

Study on Accessibility and utilization of basic services rendered to women of SC/ST community to meet their Rights and Entitlements. (Avinashlingam University, Coimbatore)

Gender Atlas of India: A Geo-spatial Perspective (by Delhi University)

Women and Multiple Vulnerabilities in an area of unrest: Key issues and challenges of Tribal women in Dumka and Jamtara of Jharkhand (by PRIA)

In-house assessment of Labour Laws and impact on female workforce participation

Critical gender concerns of MGNREGA- Review of Research Studies

Activities in the Pipe Line

1. Scaling up the Poorna Shakti Kendra (PSK) model in 20 districts across the country and roll out 50 thematic pilots across the country. The thematic models will cover a range of issues concerning women, however major focus will be on addressing the issue of declining Child Sex Ratio (CSR). Districts showing declining CSR as per census 2011 will be targeted for focussed interventions.

2. A mass movement to address Violence Against Women called Ahimsa Messenger, using the platform of convergence projects, both the PSK models and thematic pilots will be initiated. The mass movement in coordination with multiple stakeholders will involve men, women and young persons at the grassroots levels to undertake the mission of spreading the message about domestic violence,

dowry, female foeticide, child marriage, trafficking of women and girls for commercial sexual and other forms of exploitation.

3. Raise important issues concerning women in the State Mission Authority (SMA), under the Chief Ministers of respective States to bring about Policy and Programmatic changes as shown by the States of Goa and West Bengal.

4. Strengthen and build capacities of the State Resource Centres for Women (SRCW) to develop detailed Action Plan for the activities in the State.

5. Implement initiatives for training PSK coordinators on Legal Rights of Women in 150 Gram Panchayats of Dist Pali, Rajasthan.

Achievements under the IGMSY and SABLA schemes:

Indira Gandhi Matritva Sahyog Yojana (IGMSY)

Indira Gandhi Matritva Sahyog Yojana (IGMSY) a Conditional Cash Transfer scheme for pregnant and lactating women is a Centrally Sponsored Scheme introduced in the year 2010-11.

The Scheme envisages providing cash directly to P&L women during pregnancy and lactation in response to individual fulfilling specific conditions. The scheme addresses short term income support objectives with long term objective of behaviour and attitudinal change and also attempts to partly compensate for wage loss to Pregnant & lactating women both prior to and after delivery of the child.

The beneficiraies are paid Rs. 4000/ in three instalments between the second trimester of pregnancy till the child attains the age of 6 months on fulfilling specific conditions related to maternal and child health (All Government/PSUs (Central & State) employees are excluded from the scheme as they are entitled for paid maternity leave).

 Anganwadi worker (AWW) and Anganwadi helper (AWH) receives an incentive of Rs.200/- and Rs. 100/- respectively per P & L woman after all the due cash transfers to the beneficiary are complete.

In 2012-13, as per information furnished by States/UTs, progressive achievement up to 30.09.2012 is 2.6 lakh.

Rajiv Gandhi Scheme for Empowerment of Adolescent Girls (RGSEAG) Sabla

Rajiv Gandhi Scheme for empowerment of adolescent girls Sabla was introduced on a pilot basis in 2010 and is operational in 205 selected districts across the country. Sabla aims at all-round development of adolescent girls of 11-18 years with a focus on all out-of-school adolescent girls. The scheme has two major components Nutrition and Non Nutrition Component.

Nutrition of 600 calories and 18-20 grams of protein per beneficiary per day for 300 days in a year is given to 11-14 years out of school girls and to all girls of 14 -18 years (out of school and in school girls).

In the Non Nutrition Component, out of school adolescent girls of 11-18 years are being provided IFA supplementation, health check-up & referral services, nutrition & health education, ARSH counseling/guidance on family welfare, life skill education, guidance on accessing public services and vocational training (only 16-18 year old adolescent girls).

Against the budgetary outlay of Rs 517 crore for 2012-13, total releases made to the States/UTS is Rs. 265 crore .

Against the target of one crore beneficiaries for nutrition component under Sabla in 2012-13, as per information furnished by States/UTs, progressive achievement up to 30.09.2012 is 83.14 lakh.

The other achievements and initiatives taken by the M/O WCD are as follows:

1.

Constitution of the High Level Committee to study the Status of Women

The Government constituted a High Level Committee on Status of Women in February 2012 to undertake a comprehensive study to understand the current status of women and evolve appropriate policy interventions based on a contemporary assessment of womens needs. The Committee is mandated to give its recommendations in two years time.

2.

The Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Bill, 2012

The constitutional guarantee of gender equality includes protection from sexual harassment and the right to work with dignity. To provide a safe and secure environment to women at the workplace, a Bill was piloted by this Ministry for protection of women against sexual harassment at workplace. The Bill was passed in the Lok Sabha on 3rd September, 2012. The Bill is now expected to be taken up for consideration and passing in the Rajya Sabha in the Budget Session, 2013.

The Bill once enacted, would improve womens participation in the workforce resulting in their empowerment and inclusive growth.

3.

Amendments in the Indecent Representation of Women ( Prohibition ) Act (IRWA), 1986

This Ministry has proposed amendments in the IRWA, 1986 to cover newer forms of communication such as internet and satellite based communication, multi-media messaging, cable television etc and to make the Act more effective by enhancing the quantum of punishment for violating provisions of the Act. The Bill was introduced in Rajya Sabha in the Winter Session of the Parliament.

4.

Measures taken to address problems of declining child sex ratio

The Ministry celebrated the National Girl Child Day on 24.1.2012, during which inter alia a Panel discussion on reasons for and measures to be taken for arresting the declining child sex ratio, measured as the number of girl children in the age group of 0 to 6 years as compared to boys, was held.

The Ministry set up a Sectoral Innovation Council in 2012 to suggest measures to improve CSR, which has since given its report.

Recently the Ministry has also set up an Inter-Ministerial Working Group to draw up a National Plan of Action for improving CSR in a time bound manner, which had its first meeting on 26.12.2012.

5. Core Group on Child Marriage

A Core Group on Child Marriage was set up by this Ministry in February 2012 under whose oversight, a National Consultation on Child Marriage was held in May 2012. The Core Group has,in December 2012,come out with a draft National Strategy to address the problem of Child Marriage.

6. Initiatives on Prevention of Trafficking and Related matters

The Central Advisory Committee on Trafficking held a meeting in May 2012.

A number of meetings of the Project Sanctioning Committee to clear the pendency of project proposals under Ujjawala Scheme were held, including through video conferencing.

The Ministry proactively filed an application, [in Criminal Appeal Case No 135/20101- Budhadev Karmaskar case] for modification of Supreme Court panel term of reference that sought to make conditions conducive for sex workers who continue voluntarily in the profession, and got a clarification from the Apex Court that the Supreme court is not in favour of legalising prostitution.

The Ministry set up an Inter-ministerial Group to suggest amendments in Immoral Traffic Prevention Act, 1956. The IMG has submitted its report on 7 December 2012.

7. Gender Responsive Parliament

In September 2012, for the first time, this Ministry has suggested a definition of Gender Sensitive Parliament as input of India for further consideration and debate by the Inter-Parliamentary Union. Tags: Ministry of Women and Child DevelopmentYear end review 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Ministry of Human Resource DevelopmentYear review 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 28, 2012 in Human Resource

Rate This

Central Universities

Sixteen Central Universities have been established which include conversion of three State universities in Chattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh and Uttarakhand. All of them have become functional.

Indian Institute of Management

Established seven Indian Institutes of Management (IIMs) and all of them have become functional.

Indian Institutes of Technology (IITs)

 Eight new IITs in Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Rajasthan, Orissa, Punjab, Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh and Himachal Pradesh have commenced their academic activities. Land for these IITs has been identified and all, except Gandhinagar and Indore, have taken up construction of their permanent campuses.

Indian Institutes of Information Technology ((IIITs) under (PPP) mode

20 IIITs and approximately 1000 polytechnics are proposed to be set up under this mode. 15 State Governments have identified land for setting up of the Institute. In four cases, the State Governments have also identified the industry partners.

National Institutes of Technology (NITs) in each of the larger States/ UTs

The Government has established 10 new NITs at Arunachal Pradesh, Sikkim, Meghalaya, Nagaland, Manipur, Mizoram, Goa, Delhi, Uttarakhand and Puducherry. As on date, there are approximately 1600 students pursuing undergraduate programmes.

Indian Institutes of Science Education & Research (IISERs)

Five IISERs, with objective of promoting excellence in science education have been established in Mohali (Punjab), Kolkata (West Bengal), Bhopal (Madhya Pradesh), Thiruvananthapuram (Kerala) and Pune (Maharashtra).

International Collaborations

During the last 3 years, Education Exchange Programme (EEP)/MOUs have been signed with 12 countries, bringing the total number of such exchanges to 41.

Mahatma Gandhi Institute of Education for Peace & Sustainable Development

 Agreement has been signed with UNESCO for establishment of Mahatma Gandhi Institute of Education for Peace & Sustainable Development This is first Category-I Institute of UNESCO in the entire Asia-Pacific Region established at New Delhi. It will serve as a platform for India to emerge as a global leader in the areas of education for Peace and Sustainable Development.

Establishment of Centre of Excellence for Studies in Classical Kannada and Telugu

These research centres identify sources of classical Kannada/Telugu languages to promote, propagate and preserve.

Modernization of Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur

On its Diamond Jubilee a one-time special assistance of Rs. 100.00 crore has been released for modernization of IIT-Kharagpur.

New Polytechnics

Out of 300 un-served/under-served districts, 281 have been provided a partial financial assistance of Rs.1915.99 crores till 12.11.2012.

A partial financial assistance of Rs.255.50 crores for Strengthening of existing polytechnics has been provided to 500 polytechnics under the Scheme till 31.08.2012.

Out of 500 existing AICTE approved polytechnic 487 polytechnics have been provided partial financial assistance of Rs.241.60 crore till 31st August, 2012.

 2.20 lakh persons have availed training under the Community development through polytechnics scheme during financial year 2011-12. An amount of Rs. 127.98 crores has been released under this scheme till 31st August, 2012.

More than 2.5 Lakh have been given training in four Regional Boards of Apprenticeship/Practical Training (BOATs/BPOT) located at Mumbai, Kolkata, Kanpur and Chennai during last three years.

National Mission on Education through Information and Communication Technology

A total of 400 Universities and 19069 Colleges have been provided with connectivity under the scheme as on 31.10.2012.

Low Cost Access-cum-Computing Devices (LCAD)

The Low Cost Access-cum-computing Devices, AAKASH-2 has been launched by Honble President of India on 11.11.2012 at Vigyan Bhawan, New Delhi. Aakash-2 is powered by processor running at 1Ghz., has 512 MB RAM, a 7 capacitive touch screen and a battery which works for 3 hours.

N-LIST (National Library and Information Services Infrastructure for Scholarly Content)

As of now more than 74,000 e-books from 297 publishers and 3700 e-Journals are available to 1,08,729 students associated to 1,512 Institutions. Similarly for University students more than 7,500 eJournals to students associated to 297 Institutions are available from INFLIBNET & IIT Delhi. Full text eThesis numbering 2224 and more is also available on the INFLIBNET network.

Virtual Lab

On 23rd February 2012 89 Virtual labs were launched for quality enhancement so that the learners in distance education system and remotely located & backward areas can reap the benefit of quality and relevant education, through ICT mode.

Interest subsidy on Educational Loans

The scheme, based solely on income criteria and not social background, has become effective from academic year 2009-10. An amount exceeding Rs.800 crores has been released by Government for benefiting about 2155831 students till 31st August, 2012.

National Book Promotion Policy

The draft of National Book Promotion Policy has been approved by Central Advisory Board of Education (CABE) in its 58th meeting held on 7th June 2011.

Higher Education for Minorities

Academies for professional development of Urdu Medium Teachers have been set up in three Central Universities viz (i) Aligarh Muslim University (AMU) (ii) Jamia Milia Islamia (JMI) and (iii) Maulana Azad National Urdu University.

Rs.61.31 crores has been sanctioned for establishment of Residential Coaching Academics for Minorities, Women/SCs/STs.

Two new campuses of Aligarh Muslim University (AMU) have become operational at Murshidabad in West Bengal and Malappuram, Kerala.

University Grants Commission has sanctioned 284 women hostels in colleges in 90 Minority Concentrated Districts/Area during XI Plan.

374 Minority concentrated Districts/Areas have been identified for Establishment of Model Degree Colleges. Approval has been granted to 14 model degree colleges.

 An amount of Rs.232.67 crore has been released as initial grants for setting up polytechnics in 46 districts out of 57 districts.

Education of Scheduled Castes /Scheduled Tribes

Remedial Coaching at UG/PG level

Coaching Classes to prepare for National Eligibility Test (NET)

Coaching Classes for Entry in Services

Establishment of SC/ ST Cells in Universities to safeguard

their interest.

Establishment of Equal Opportunity Cells (EOCs) for sensitizing university/college community on problems faced by SC/ST students in higher education.

Post-Graduate Scholarships to SCs/STs and Minorities

Post-Doctoral Fellowships for SCs/STsMeasures Initiated by the IITs To Prevent any Form of CasteBased Discrimination

Regional Centre of Indira Gandhi National Tribal University, Amarkantak, M.P.has been inaugurated on 9th September, 2009 in Manipur with the launch of M. Phil programme of Political Science.

Education of Women

Establishment of Day Care Centres in Universities and Colleges.

Indira Gandhi Scholarship for Single Girl Child for pursuing Higher and Technical Education

Construction of Women Hostels for Colleges

Development of Womens Studies in Universities and Colleges

Capacity Building for Women Managers in Higher Education

Post-doctoral Fellowships for Women

Tags: Ministry of Human Resource DevelopmentYear review 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Ministry of Micro Small & Medium EnterprisesYear Review 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 27, 2012 in Industry

Rate This

Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises has proved to be an engine of growth in the economic development of the country. For their promotion and development, The Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME) has been implementing various programmes and schemes.

Procurement Policy

The Government has notified a Public Procurement Policy for goods produced and services rendered by Micro & Small Enterprises (MSEs) order, 2012 effective from 1st April, 2012.

The policy mandates that all the Central Ministries / Departments / CPSUs shall procure minimum of 20% of their annual value of goods / services required by them from Micro and Small Enterprises. Further, policy has earmarked a sub-target of 4% procurement out of this 20% from MSEs owned by SC / ST Entrepreneurs.

The policy has been circulated by the Secretary (MSME) to all the Central Ministries / Departments / CPSUs for success and effective implementation and the policy along with other related documents is available on the office website. All the Chief Ministers of State Governments have been requested by the then Central Minister, MSME to formulate similar policy for Micro and Small Enterprises in their state as per the provisions in MSMED Act, 2006. Queries / doubts raised by the Ministries / Departments / CPSUs for implementation of the policy are clarified from time to time.

A concept paper on the policy has been prepared and requisite information for developing data bank for match making between suppliers and buyer are being compiled. For developing MSEs vendors, all the Ministries / Departments / CPSUs have been requested to organize vendor development programmes and buyer-seller meets between MSEs suppliers and government procuring agencies. The Ministry through the field offices i.e. Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Institutes has planned for the year 2012-13 to organize 50 national vendor development programmes and 350 state vendor development programmes throughout the country in order to develop MSE vendors.

MSE- Cluster Development Programme

The Ministry of MSME has adopted the cluster approach for holistic development of micro and small enterprises in a cost effective manner. Soft Interventions are undertaken in the existing clusters/new industrial areas/ estates or existing industrial areas/estates.

To ensure the transparency and speedy implementation of MSE-CDP this office has started online application system from 1st April 2012.

National Manufacturing Competitiveness Programme

The National Manufacturing Competitiveness Programme (NMCP) for the MSMEs, aims at enhancing the competitiveness of enterprise in this sector. There are 10 components of the NMCP, which have been approved and are available for MSMEs.

These are:-

Lean Manufacturing Competitiveness Scheme (LMCS) for MSMEs;

Design Clinics Scheme for design expertise to MSMEs manufacturing sector;

Marketing Assistance and Technology Upgradation Scheme for MSMEs;

Enabling manufacturing sector to be competitive through Quality Management Standards (QMS) and Quality Technology Tools (QTS);

Technology of Quality Upgradation Support for MSMEs;

Promotion of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) in MSME sector;

Setting up Mini Tool Room & Training Centres under PPP Mode;

Marketing Assistance/Support to MSEs (Bar Code);

Building Awareness on Intellectual Rights for MSMEs;

Scheme for Providing Support for Entrepreneurial and Managerial Developments of SMEs through Incubators.

Prime Ministers Employment Generation Programme(PMEGP)

A national level credit linked subsidy scheme, namely, Prime Ministers Employment Generation Programme (PMEGP)was introduced in August 2008 by merging erstwhile PMRY and REGP schemes of this Ministry with a total plan outlay of Rs.4485 crore towards margin money subsidy for generating an estimated 37.38 lakh additional employment opportunities during the four terminal years of XI plan (2008-09 to 2011-12). An amount of Rs.250 crore has also been kept towards backward forward linkages. Under this programme, financial assistance is provided for setting up of micro enterprises each costing upto Rs.10 lakh in service sector and Rs.25 lakh in manufacturing sector. The assistance is provided in the form of subsidy upto 25 per cent (35 per cent for Special category including weaker sections) of the project cost in rural areas while it is 15 per cent (25 per cent for Special category including weaker sections) for urban areas.

During 2012-13 (upto 31.10.12), Out of allocations of Rs.12.38 crore as margin money under PMEGP, Rs.7.24 crore have been released which have benefited 13,868 units.

Skill Development

Skill Development has been taken up as a high priority area by Ministry of MSME through various measures like enhancing the training capabilities of the Tool Rooms, MSME Development Institutes and other organizations under the Ministry of MSME. The agencies under the Ministry of MSME conducted programmes for skill development for nearly 4.29 lakh trainees during 2011-12 and the targets set for

2012-13 is 4.94 lakh persons. The Ministry of MSME provides all such trainings for SCs/STs free of cost. Special programmes are organized through MSME-DIs for weaker sections of the society viz., SC/STs, women and physically handicapped free of cost besides providing a monthly stipend of Rs. 125/- per week per candidate during the entire period of training.

Credit Guarantee Scheme

The Government is implementing the Credit Guarantee Fund Scheme for Micro and Small Enterprises with the objective of facilitating flow of credit to the MSEs, particularly to micro enterprises by providing guarantee cover for loans upto Rs.100 lakh without collateral / third party guarantees. For making the scheme more attractive to both lenders as well as borrowers, several modifications have been undertaken which, inter alia, include: (a) enhancement in the loan limit to Rs.100 lakh; (b) enhancement of guarantee cover from 75% to 85% for loans upto Rs. 5 lakh; (c) enhancement of guarantee cover from 75% to 80% for MSEs owned/operated by women and for loans in North Eastern Region (NER); (d) reduction in one-time guarantee fee from 1.5% to 1% and annual service charges from 0.75% to 0.5% for loans upto Rs. 5 lakh and (e) reduction in one-time guarantee fee for NER 1.5% to 0.75% etc.

Credit Linked Capital Subsidy Scheme for Micro and Small Enterprises

Under the CLCSS for technology up-gradation of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises. The scheme was launched in October-2000 and revised from 29.9.2005. The revised scheme aims at facilitating technology up-gradation of Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs) by providing 15% capital subsidy (limited to maximum Rs. 15 lakhs) for purchase of Plant & Machinery. Maximum limit of eligible loan for calculation of subsidy under the scheme is Rs. 100/- lakhs. Presently, 48 well established and improved technologies/sub sectors have been approved under the Scheme.

The CLCSS is implemented through 11 nodal banks/agencies including SIDBI, NABARD and Tamil Nadu Industrial Investment Corporation Limited, Chennai (TIIC) and NSIC Ltd.

Marketing Assistance Scheme

The main objectives of Marketing Assistance Scheme are to enhance the marketing competitiveness of the micro, small and medium enterprises (MSMEs), to provide them a platform for interaction with the individual / institutional buyers, to update them with prevalent market scenario and to provide them a forum for redressing their problems. The National Small Industries Corporation Ltd., (NSIC) a public sector undertaking under the administrative control of this Ministry acts as a facilitator to promote marketing efforts and enhance the competency of the MSMEs for capturing the new market opportunities by way of organizing / participating in various domestic & international exhibitions/trade fairs, buyers-seller meets, intensive campaigns/seminars and other marketing promotion activities.

BE for 2012-13 is Rs. 11.00 crore and it is targeted to support participation in 10 international and 90 domestic exhibitions/trade fairs, 15 buyer-seller meets and 700 marketing campaigns.

Performance and Credit Rating Scheme

The National Small Industries Corporation Ltd. (NSIC), a public sector undertaking under the Ministry of MSME has been implementing Performance & Credit Rating Scheme for micro and small enterprises (MSEs) on behalf of the Government. The scheme is being operated through 07 accredited rating agencies i.e. CRISIL, SMERA, ONICRA, CARE, FITCH, ICRA and M/s Brickworks. The scheme is aimed to create awareness amongst micro, small & medium enterprises about the strengths and weakness of their existing operations and to provide them an opportunity to enhance their organizational strengths and credit worthiness. The rating under the scheme serves as a trusted third party opinion on the capabilities and creditworthiness of the micro, small & medium enterprises. An independent rating by an accredited rating agency has a good acceptance from the Banks/Financial Institutions, Customers/Buyers and Vendors. Under this Scheme, rating fee to be paid by the micro, small & medium enterprises is subsidized for the first year only and that is subject to maximum of 75% of the fee or Rs. 40000/-, whichever is less.

BE for 2012-13 is Rs. 100.00 crore and it is targeted to support rating of 18000 MSEs during the year.

International Cooperation Scheme

International Cooperation (IC) Scheme, being implemented by M/o MSME, is an ongoing Scheme of the Ninth Plan (under implementation since 1996), which is continuing in the Eleventh Plan (2007-

2012) with an outlay of Rs. 10.00 crore. Technology infusion and/or upgradation of Indian micro, small and medium enterprises (MSMEs), their modernisation and promotion of their exports are the important objectives of the Scheme. Under the scheme, financial assistance is provided to industry associations/agencies for participation in international trade fairs as well as for organising international conferences in India and aboard for the promotion of MSMEs.

The Scheme encompasses the following activities:

(i) Deputation of MSME business delegations to other countries for exploring new areas of technology infusion/upgradation, facilitating joint ventures, improving market of MSMEs products, foreign collaborations, etc.

(ii) Participation by Indian MSMEs in international exhibitions, trade fairs and buyer-seller meets in foreign countries as well as in India, in which there is international participation.

(iii) Holding international conferences and seminars on topics and themes of interest to the MSMEs.

BE for 2012-13 is Rs. 4.00 crore and it is expected that 300 entrepreneurs would be facilitated to participate in 30 international events.

Assistance to Training Institutions

Under the scheme assistance is provided to existing and new training Institutions for establishment of Entrepreneurship Development Institute (EDI) and strengthening of their training infrastructure on a matching basis. Ministry provides assistance on a matching basis, not exceeding 50 percent of the project cost or Rs. 150 lakh whichever is less (90 percent or Rs. 270 lakh of the project cost whichever is less, for State level EDIs in Union Territories of Andaman & Nicobar and Lakshadweep Islands) excluding cost of land and working capital. The balance 50 percent of the matching contribution (10 percent for State level EDIs in Union Territories of Andaman & Nicobar and Lakshadweep Islands) should come from the concerned Institute, State/UT Government, public funded institution(s), NGOs/Trusts/ Banks/Companies/ Societies/ Voluntary organizations etc.

The assistance would be for creation of infrastructure. The land will have to be provided by the state Goverment or any other institution or by the applicant. Financial assistance would be for construction of building, purchase of training aids/equipments, office equipments, computers and for providing other support services e.g. libraries/data bases etc. The costs of land, construction of staff quarters etc. would not qualify for calculation of matching grant from the Central Government. All the proposals under this scheme are required to be recommended by and routed through the concerned State/UT Government.

A new component of training has been added under this scheme, i.e. assistance would be provided under the scheme to following Training Institutions, for conducting Entrepreneurship Development Programmes (EDPs) and Entrepreneurship cum Skill Development Programmes (ESDPs) and Training of Trainers (ToTs) programmes in the areas of Entrepreneurship and/or Skill Development:

(a)

National level EDIs (including branches),

(b)

Training Institutions established by Partner Institutions (PIs) of national level EDIs,

(c)

Training/Incubation centers of NSIC,

(d)

Training cum Incubation Centers (TICs) set up by Franchisees of NSIC

(e) Other Training institutions with proven professional competency, capacity and experience, approved under the scheme.

Entrepreneurship Skill Development (ESDP) training would normally be of 100 to 300 hours (1 to 3 months). Entrepreneurship Development (EDP) training would be of 72 hours (2 weeks) and Trainers Training for 300 hours.

BE for 2012-13 is Rs. 71 crore and it is targeted to provide financial assistance to 4 existing/new EDIs and to train 2,24,365 persons. The scheme is likely to take off with the addition of new component,

i.e., provision of financial assistance for imparting training through national EDIs/NSIC and their partner institutions.

Rajiv Gandhi Udyami Mitra Yojana

The objectives of Rajiv Gandhi Udyami Mitra Yojana (RGUMY) is to provide handholding support and assistance to the potential first generation entrepreneurs, who have already successfully completed or undergoing Entrepreneurship Development Training Programme (EDP) / Skill Development Training Programme (SDP)/ Entrepreneurship cum Skill Development Training Programme (ESDP) /Vocation Training Programmes (VT), through the selected lead agencies i.e. Udyami Mitras , in the establishment and management of the new enterprise, in dealing with various procedural and legal hurdles and in completion of various formalities required for setting up and running of the enterprise.

A Udyami Helpline (a Call Centre for MSMEs) with toll-free number 1800-180-6763 is in operation to provide information, support, guidance and assistance to first generation entrepreneurs as well as other existing entrepreneurs to guide them regarding various promotional schemes of the Government, procedural formalities required for setting up and running of the enterprise and help them in accessing Bank credit etc. The Udyami Helpline has become a useful tool for entrepreneurs and general public to gather information about various schemes of the Ministry. The target for 2012-13 is to assist 3000 udyamis under the Scheme. Tags: Ministry of Micro Small & Medium EnterprisesYear Review 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Disinvestment of 12.5 percent paid up equity capital of Rashtriya Chemicals and Fertilizers Ltd. Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 26, 2012 in Corporate Affairs

Rate This

The Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs today approved the disinvestment of 12.5 percent paid up equity capital of the Rashtriya Chemicals and Fertilizers Ltd., that is 6,89,61,012 shares each of face value of Rs. 10/- each, out of Government of Indias shareholding of 92.5 percent, in the domestic market, as per SEBI Rules and Regulations. The paid up equity capital of the company is Rs. 551.69 crore having 55,16,88,100 equity shares, each of face value Rs.10/.

Rashtriya Chemicals and Fertilizers Ltd. is a Schedule A listed Mini-Ratna Central Public Sector Enterprise (CPSE) under the administrative control of the Ministry of Chemicals & Fertilizers, Department of Fertilizers. It is engaged in the business of manufacturing and marketing fertilizers, industrial chemicals such as methanol, methylamines, ammonium bicarbonate, ammonium nitrate etc. from its two operating units at Trombay and Thal in Maharashtra and marketing of these products through its Zonal/ Regional Marketing/Area offices located in different States of the country. The Company has one subsidiary, namely Rajasthan Rashtriya Chemicals and Fertilizers Ltd. and three joint ventures, with share holding ranging between 33.3 percent to 50 percent. Tags: Disinvestment of 12.5 percent paid up equity capital of Rashtriya Chemicals and Fertilizers Ltd. Permalink Leave a comment 133rd Anniversary of Dr. Mukhtar Ahmad Ansari Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 26, 2012 in Personalities

Rate This

The Vice President of India, M. Hamid Ansari inaugurated a function to celebrate 133rd Anniversary of the noted freedom fighter Dr. Mukhtar Ahmad Ansari in Yusufpur, District Gazipur, Uttar Pradesh today. The Annual Day function of Dr. M.A. Ansari Intremediate College, Yusufpur was also celebrated on the occasion. The Vice President presented a Full sized portrait of Dr. M.A. Ansari to the school management which was presented to him by the Turkish Parliament during his visit to Turkey last year. He also presented the school management a full page news story published in 1927 in a prominent national daily newspaper which was based on a famous speech delivered by Dr. M.A. Ansari.

Dr. M. A. Ansari believed in the education for all and he himself was a highly educated Doctor who served for the common masses in and outside the country. He was a noted freedom fighter and his home in Delhi was the centre of freedom movement. He led a medical delegation to Turkey during the period of crisis and the people of Turkey do remember him for this noble cause. Tags: 133rd Anniversary of Dr. Mukhtar Ahmad Ansari Permalink Leave a comment Cheetal Choppers For Army Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 25, 2012 in Defence

Rate This

With the armed forces marred by long delays in replacing the vintage Cheetah/ Chetak choppers, Defence Ministry has approved a proposal to procure around 22 Cheetal helicopters for Army.

The Army is planning to deploy these choppers for supporting its high altitude operations in Ladakh and Siachen.

The Cheetals are an upgraded version of the vintage Cheetahs with more powerful engines manufactured by Hindustan Aeronautics Ltd (HAL).

These choppers are being procured as there is a delay in the acquisition of new Light Utility Helicopters (LUHs) for replacing the Cheetah/Chetak fleet of IAF and Army due to cancellation of procurement procedures in the recent past.

Army has some of its squadrons of Cheetah/Chetak choppers deployed in Siachen base camp and around Leh in Jammu and Kashmir to support its troops deployed at and along the worlds highest battlefield there.

The Defence Ministry is procuring 197 LUHs of which 133 would go to Army while the remaining would go to IAF.

European Eurocopter and Russian Kamov 226 Sergei are in the race for supplying these new choppers but the Defence Ministry is yet to take a final decision on starting commercial negotiations with the two vendors.

The Navy has also issued a tender for procuring 56 choppers that will replace its fleet of the vintage Cheetah/ Chetak helicopters.

Tags: Cheetal Choppers For Army

Permalink Leave a comment Indian Coast Guard Inducts New Interceptor Boat Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 25, 2012 in Defence

Rate This

Indian Coast Guard (ICG) has inducted the first of 36 high speed interceptor boats to boost the coastal security forces capability to prevent terror attacks like the one on Mumbai in 2008 and illegal activities close to the 7,516-km coast.

The $200-million order for the 36 interceptor boats had been placed by the Indian government post26/11 terror strikes as part of the new coastal security measures.

Designed and built in-house by Indian private sector Larsen and Toubro at its Surat unit, the interceptor boat was commissioned at Porbander in Gujarat. The 30-metre Interceptor Boat C-401, with 90-tonne displacement, can achieve a maximum speed of 45 knots or 83 km per hour.

The vessel is fitted with state-of-the-art navigation and communication equipment and medium-range armament, and is designed for high speed interception, close-coast patrol, low-intensity maritime operations, search and rescue and maritime surveillance.

The commissioning of the interceptor boat has taken the ICG force level to 77 vessels and with more planned inductions in the future; it is expected to double by 2018.

The interceptor boat will be based at Mundra under the administrative and operational control of the Commander Coast Guard Region (North-West).

The interceptor boat has a full aluminum-alloy body for reduced weight and is powered by twin waterjet propulsion systems.

It can operate effectively in shallow waters, critical for actions close to the shore. Tags: Indian Coast Guard Inducts New Interceptor Boat Permalink Leave a comment Agriculture Year-end review: 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 24, 2012 in Agriculture

1 Vote

Indian Agriculture Shows Resilience: Low Impact of Drought on Foodgrain Production

Rising Capital Formation, Plan outlay, Farm Credit to Result in Higher Growth in Agri Sector

The year 2012 was a challenging year for Indian agriculture as monsoon played truant in the main cropping season. Yet, crop production in the summer season, i.e. kharif, was second best achieved so far. In addition, the current season, i.e. rabi, presents prospects of a good harvest, and total food grain production is likely to surpass all previous years production except 2011-12 when the country harvested record 257 million tonne food grains aided by a good monsoon.

The new-found resilience in Indian agriculture comes from many recent developments, including the area- and crop- specific scheme the National Food Security Mission, a highly flexible mega-scheme to encourage investment in farming the Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana, and a high level of coordination between the Centre and States in taking emergency steps to handle drought. The strategies fine-tuned in the recent years are likely to attain a growth rate of about 4% in the years to come.

A glimpse of challenges and the initiatives taken to tackle them, achievements, and special efforts to invigorate Indian agriculture can be seen below.

CROP PRODUCTION TRENDS, STOCKS AND EXPORTS

India produced a record 257.44 million tonnes of food grains during 2011-12 compared to 244.78 million tonnes in the previous year.

Production of wheat, estimated at 93.90 million tonnes, is an all-time record. Similarly, production of rice at 104.32 million tonnes is also the highest production ever.

Cotton production has increased from 33.00 million bales in 2010-11 to 35.20 million bales in 2011-12. (1 bale= 170 kgs) another all-time record.

Sugarcane production in 2011-12 is estimated at an all-time record of 357.67 million tonnes.

 Against the base of 14 million tonnes at which production had stagnated for over a decade, production of pulses is estimated at17.21 million tonnes in 2011-12, and is likely to cross 18 million tonnes once the figures for summer pulses become available.

Due to special initiative of the Ministry, around 15 lakh hectares has been brought under summer pulses.

Oilseed production in 2011-12 is 30.01 million tonnes and that of maize is 21.57 million tonnes.

Overall increased production is reflected in FCI stocks. Against a buffer norm of 21 million tonnes as on 1st October, 2012 we have a stock more than 66.5 million tonnes. From a position of having to import about 6 million tonnes of wheat in 2006-07, the country today has become a net exporter of wheat and rice.

According to data received from DGFT, around 7.73 million tonnes of non-basmati rice and 3.59 million tonnes of wheat has been exported pursuant to notification dated 09.09.2011 issued by GOI allowing export of wheat and rice by placing it in the OGL. Indias agriculture export in 2011-12 stood at Rs. 1.86 lakh crore compared to Rs. 1.20 lakh crore in 2010-11, recording growth of 56%.

Production of fruits during 2011-12 is estimated at 75.38 million tonnes as against 74.87 million tonnes during previous year and production of vegetables during 2011-12 is estimated at 150.59 million tonnes as against 146.5 million tonnes during previous year.

Per capita availability of fruits has increased from 138 gm/person/day in 2005 to 175 gms/person/day in 2012. Similarly, per capita availability of vegetables has increased from 279 gm/person/day in 2005 to 316gm/person/day in 2012.

STRATEGIES THAT WORKED: HIGHER INVESTMENT, INPUTS, PRICES TO FARMERS

 Strategies for rejuvenating agriculture sector to achieve 4% per annum rate of growth have started producing results: average annual growth rate achieved in the agriculture and allied sector during 11th Plan has improved to 3.3% as against 2.5% and 2.4% in the Ninth and Tenth Plan periods, respectively.

The 11th Five Year Plan period has seen an increase in total food grain production of 173.38 million tonnes over the 10th Five Year Plan period. This despite two years of drought in various parts of the country in 2009-10 and 2010-11.

Government initiatives such as RKVY, Extending Green revolution to Eastern States, 60000 pulses villages, National Food Security Mission, National Mission on Micro Irrigation, Availability of quality inputs, enhanced farm credit, successful MSP policy etc. have played an important role in achieving this success.

MSP of major crops such as paddy, wheat and pulses have increased by more than 100% between 2004-05 and 2012-13.

Gross Capital Formation (GCF) in agriculture and allied sectors as a proportion of the GDP in the sector stagnated around 14% during 2004-05 to 2006-07. It has jumped to 20.1% in 2010-11 at constant 2004-05 prices.

Plan outlay of Department of Agriculture and Cooperation increased from Rs.15,000 crore in 10th Five Year Plan to Rs.66, 577 crores in the 11th Five Year Plan and is likely to be further increased to Rs.1,34,746 crores during 12th Five Year Plan.

The flow of agriculture credit in 2011-12 reached Rs.4,68,000 crore from a level of Rs.86, 981 crore in 2003-04. The target for agriculture credit for 2012-13 has been raised to Rs. 5,75,000 crore.

To make cheap agriculture credit available to farmers for short term crop loan, incentive of additional interest subvention has been increased to 3% for farmers who repay their loan on schedule, thus making the effective rate of interest to 4% per annum only.

 In order to make available fertilizer at affordable prices to farmers, two Biofertilizers, one Organic Manure, two Fortified fertilizers, Urea briquette and Zinc Oxide suspension have been incorporated in Fertilizer Control Order (FCO).

National Seeds Corporation has introduced 44 newer varieties in the production to improve the product basket.

Under Grameen Bhandaran Yojana, while the target for XI Plan was to create storage capacity 90.00 lakh MT, the achievement was 150% higher at 135.01 lakh MT. There is an all time high budget allocation with an RE proposal of Rs. 400.00 crore for 2012-13. During current year, capacity of 18.43 lakh MT has been sanctioned so far.

Allocation under RKVY has been increased to Rs. 63,246 crores during 12th Five year Plan from 25,000 crores allocated during 11th Five Year Plan. RKVY also served as an engine to boost the states expenditure on agriculture.

Bringing Green Revolution to Eastern Region of the country: This scheme was started in 2010-11 with an allocation of Rs. 400 crores, with the objective of increasing crop productivity through promotion of recommended agricultural technologies and package of practices in Assam, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Odisha, Eastern UP and West Bengal. Focused efforts with scientific backstopping led to record production of 55.3 million tonnes of rice in implementing states during 2011-12 against 47 million tonnes in 2010-11. The allocation for the programme during 2012-13 has been increased to Rs. 1000 crore.

Vidarbha Intensified Irrigation Development Programme: This is a new scheme announced this year i.e. 2012-13, with an allocation of Rs. 300 crore which seeks to bring in more farming areas under protective irrigation in Vidarbha region.

PPP for Integrated Agriculture Development: This has been launched as a pilot scheme under RKVY during 2012-13 with the objective of augmenting governmental effort in leveraging the capability of private sectors in agriculture development.

 A central Sector Scheme Development and Strengthening of Infrastructure Facilities for Production of Distribution of Quality Seeds is being implemented for improving quality of farm saved seeds through Seed Village Programmes to enhance seed replacement rate, boosting seed production in the private sector, helping public- sector seed companies to contribute to enhancing seed production. Under this scheme, 86494 Seed Villages have been organized and 195.64 lakh qtl. of various seeds produced during 2011-12. 4.47 lakh qtl. of seed processing capacity and 2.83 lakh seed storage capacity has been created during 2011-12.

TACKLING DROUGHT

This year, the country witnessed rainfall deficit in large parts of the country during June and July months which are crucial for Kharif sowing. To tide over this crisis, Government took the following measures:

An inter-ministerial forum was constituted under chairmanship of Secretary (Agriculture) took stock of rainfall, weather forecast, progress of sowing, crop health, level of water in major reservoirs in the country etc., on a weekly basis.

Crop contingency plans for 353 districts were prepared and shared with States.

Periodic video conferences were held with rainfall deficit States.

An Empowered Group of Ministers (EGoM) was constituted under chairmanship of Union Agriculture Minister to review the drought situation and to take quick and timely decisions on policy issues, made several decisions, viz. (i) introduction of diesel subsidy scheme; (ii) enhancement of ceiling on seed subsidy; (iii) up-scaling the central sector scheme on feed & fodder; (iv) waiver of import duty on oil cakes; (v) additional allocation of funds under Accelerated Fodder Development Programme (AFDP); (vi) providing assistance for feed and fodder supplements under National Mission for Protein Supplements (NMPS); (vii) introducing drought impact mitigating interventions for perennial horticulture crops and (viii) reducing interest on rescheduled crop loans.

Besides, additional wage employment upto 50 days per household beyond 100 days under MGNREGS in drought notified areas, interim assistance under calamity component of National Rural

Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP) and fast tracking release of installments under NRDWP and Integrated Watershed Management Programme etc. were also announced by EGoM.

The above measures helped in mitigating the drought to a large extent and contain the decline in food grain production as evidenced from the 1st Advance Estimates. The Kharif foodgrain production this year is estimated at 117.18 million tonnes as against the average production of 118.8 million tonnes during the last 5 years. Tags: Agriculture Year-end review: 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Ministry of Health and Family Welfare Year Review 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 24, 2012 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

Ministry of Health and Family Welfare implements several national level programmes /schemes to control Communicable and Non-communicable diseases. The National Rural Health Mission is the flagship programme of the Ministry. It focuses on the challenge of strengthening poor public health systems in the country.

Department of Health & Family Welfare

Since the launch of the National Rural Health Mission, over 1.57 lakh personnel have been added to the health system during 2005-12. Infrastructure has been strengthened by taking up 594 District Hospitals, 2,721 Community Health Centres, 5,459 Primary Health Centres and 31,001 Sub-Centres for new construction or renovation.

Due to constant effort of the Health Ministry, Infant Mortality Rate (IMR) has dropped by 3 points from 47 to 44 infant deaths per 1000 live births during 2011. IMR for rural areas has dropped by 3 points from 51 to 48 infant deaths per 1000 live births while the urban rate now stands at 29 from the previous 31/1000. Among the states, Goa and Manipur have the lowest IMR of 11 infant deaths followed by Kerala with 12 infant deaths per 1000 live births.

To improve health services, the Health Ministry has taken a series of path breaking initiatives to increase the human resources. To overcome the shortage of faculty in Medical Colleges, the following steps have been taken:-

1.

Ceiling on age limit has been raised from 60 to 70 years.

2.

DNB qualifications have been recognized for appointment as faculty.

3. To increase the number of students in PG, teacher-student ratio has been relaxed from 1:1 to 1:2 for post-graduate and super-speciality courses.

4. Ratio has been further liberalized to 1:3 for Anaesthesiology, Forensic Medicine, Radiotherapy, Medical Oncology and Surgical Oncology.

5. Medical Colleges have been permitted to start PG courses in pre and para clinical disciplines at the stage of 3rd renewal without waiting for recognition.

6. Postgraduate degrees of five English speaking countries (US, UK, Canada, Australia and New Zealand) have been recognized for teaching.

7. Land requirement relaxed from 25 acres to 20 acres. In Metropolitan cities and A Grade cities, requirement of land would be 10 acres.

8. In NE & Hill States, notified tribal areas, inaccessible UTs and 8 under-served states of Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, M.P., Orissa, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal land can be in two pieces at a distance of not more than 10 km.

To bring down the capital cost without compromising on the quality of education, the following steps have been taken:-

1. Requirement of infrastructure like institution block, library, auditorium, examination hall, lecture theatres, etc. has been rationalized for optimal use.

2.

Companies registered under the Companies Act have been allowed to establish medical colleges.

3.

Maximum intake at MBBS level has been raised from 150 to 250.

To encourage posting of Doctors in rural areas, the following steps have been taken:-

1. Additional marks will be given in the Post Graduate Entrance Examination at the rate of 10% for each year of rural service subject to a maximum of 30%.

2. 50% seats in post graduate diploma courses have been reserved for medical officers in Government service who have served for at least three years in remote and difficult areas.

As result, positive effects have been seen in the country. In just over three years time, the availability of MBBS seats has gone up from 32,892 to 44,302, including 300 seats in the new AIIMS, an increase of 11,410 seats. The number of PG seats has increased from 13,000 to 22,503, an increase of 9,503 seats. 66 new medical colleges have been established raising the number from 289 to 355 within this period.

To strengthen tertiary Health Care delivery in the government sector, the Ministry took up 19 state governments owned medical colleges for up-gradation under the Pradhan Mantri Swasthya Surakhsha Yojana. 6 institutions have been already completed and rest are likely to be completed by March-April 2013. In 2013, together with 6 new AIIMS and 19 up-graded institutions would provide speciality and super-speciality care in all disciplines with a net addition of 11,390 beds covering 27 locations.

To overcome the shortage of Nurses and ANMs, the Health Ministry has sanctioned 269 nursing schools with an outlay of Rs. 2,030 crores in the last two years, mostly in remote, inaccessible and under-served districts. These institutions will produce an additional 20,000 nurses annually. To give a boost to paramedical education and scale up the availability of para-medics, a National Institute of Paramedical Sciences (NIPS) at Delhi and 8 Regional Institutes have been sanctioned. A total of 10,760 paramedic professionals are expected to be trained annually when these institutes of excellence are fully functional.

In Delhi, there are 4 hospitals which are as follows:-

All India Institute of Medical Sciences

Safdarjung Hospital

Dr RML Hospital

Lady Hardinge Medical College

The Re-development of the Lady Hardinge Medical College and its associated hospitals is a part of the initiative taken by the Ministry to augment the healthcare services. Re-development will address the infrastructure requirements of the institute in a comprehensive manner and will result in the combined student intake at MBBS and PG levels going up by over 60 percent. Similarly, the Kalawati Saran Hospital for Children will have more beds and upgraded modern facilities. A state-of-the-art Super Specialty Block with 447 beds, including ICU, catering primarily to Cardio-Thoracic & Vascular Surgery, Cardiology, Neuro-surgery, Neurology, Oncology and Nephrology is being set up at Dr Ram Manohar Lohia hospital.

An OPD & Paid Private Ward Block within the Super Specialty Block is also being set up. The total capital outlay for these additional facilities at RML Hospital is estimated at Rs.610 crores. Likewise, the Redevelopment Project of Safdarjung Hospital is being approved with an estimated outlay of Rs. 1,384 crores. The Super Specialty Block-cum-Paid Ward Block at Safdarjung Hospital will have 580 beds, including ICU. There will be 200 beds for a Paid Private Ward Block within the Super-Speciality Block and it is proposed to set up a Heart Command Centre. The Emergency & Casualty Block at Safdarjung Hospital will have 500 beds for Medical Emergencies.

AIIMS Delhi is getting a much needed uplift to take care of the ever increasing patient load. Measures being taken to upgrade Infrastructure at the institute include several new buildings such as convergence block, new hostel block, new residential towers, the Mother and Child and Surgical Blocks as well as an underground parking and a tunnel to connect the trauma centre. A Green-field development of the second campus of AIIMS at Badsha in Jhajjar district of Haryana is underway to provide state of the art facilities for teaching, patient care and research. An outreach OPD has been inaugurated on 24th November 2012.

The 19th meeting of Central Supervisory Board (CSB) was held on 20th July 2012. The Board approved the six months training syllabus for MBBS doctors for the purpose of using ultrasound machines under the PNDT Act. The Board also approved the proposal to incorporate a suitable provision in the PNDT Rules to facilitate online submission of Form-F on Government of India web-site to be suitable hyperlinked to related State Government portals.

The Ninth meeting of Mission Steering Group (MSG) of NRHM was held on 23rd October, 2012. The major issues discussed in the meeting were proposal for strengthening of National Programme Management of National Rural Health Mission and proposal for seeking approval for revalidation of unspent balances. Both the proposals were considered and approved by MSG.

The Board of Governors (BoG) of Medical Council of India was reconstituted in May 2012 and the term of BoG has been extended upto one year till further orders vide notification dated 14.05.2012. Curriculum for Bachelor of Science (Community Health) has been finalized in consultation with the Medical Council of India. The modalities of implementation of the course are being finalized. The matter is also being examined by the Department related Parliamentary Standing Committee on Health & Family Welfare. The National Commission for Human Resources for Health Bill was introduced in the Rajya Sabha on 22nd December 2011, which referred to the Bill to the Department related Parliamentary Standing Committee on Health & Family Welfare for examination. The recommendations of the Committee have since been received and the same are being examined.

Department of AYUSH

For the first time since the IMCC Act of 1970 was passed, Govt. of India has approved the Minimum Standard Requirements Regulation for Ayurveda colleges. It was notified on 18th July, 2012 by Central Council for Indian Medicine which is the regulatory body after intensive and extensive consultations with all groups of stakeholders. The Regulations lay down the required number of beds, bed occupancy. OPD attendance, hospital staff, teaching staff and other staff required, instruments, herbal garden etc. which a college must have. This regulation would go a long way in improving the quality of Ayurveda education in the country. On similar lines, regulation for Minimum Standard Requirements for Unani and Siddha colleges are under consideration.

1. In the current academic year 2012-13, the Department has set a record in conveying Govt. decisions to colleges regarding admissions. The cases of all existing colleges and new colleges, new courses and increase in admission capacity have been decided in time.

2. The Government of India has signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) for Country to Country corporation in the fields of Traditional Medicine with Trinidad and Tobago. MoUs are also being signed with the Governments of Serbia and Nepal, and is in pipeline with the Government of Sri Lanka. MoUs for setting up of AYUSH Chair at Durban University of Technology, South Africa and University of West Indies, Trinidad and Tobago were also finalized.

3. The Health Ministry has approved organizing of an international conference on Traditional Medicine for South East Asian Region by the Department of AYUSH in collaboration with WHO, during 12-14th February, 2013 at New Delhi.

4.

AYUSH Information Cell has been set up one each in Mexico and Port of Spain.

5. The Department of AYUSH along with National Medicinal Plants Board (NMPB) shifted to its own new office building, i.e., AYUSH Bhawan, B-Block, GPO Complex, INA, New Delhi 110023. The building has helped the Department in solving the problems of space constraint and necessary infrastructural requirements. The building was inaugurated formally by the Minister of Health and Family Welfare on 03.11.2012.

6. The Minister of Health and Family Welfare inaugurated a comprehensive national level AROGYA fair ay Hyderabad during October 12-15, 2012 on the sidelines of the Conference of Parties-11 (CoP-11) organized by the Ministry of Environment &Forests on the Convention of Biological Diversity. This AROGYA fair provided a platform to showcase Indias strength in the field of traditional medicine before the CoP delegates, in addition to fulfilling its primary purpose of a health fair.

7. The National Medicinal Plants Board under its Central Sector Scheme for Conservation, Development and Sustainable Management has covered 6 Medicinal Plants Conservation Areas (MPCA), provided support to 10 Joint Forest Management Committees (JFMCs), covered In-situ/Ex-situ land of 3979.90 Ha., funded 9 Research & Development projects and established 2 herbal gardens. Further, the Board through its Centrally Sponsored Scheme has sanctioned53 Nurseries and coverage of cultivation on 24,949.50 Ha. of land.

Department of AIDS Control

India has the third largest number of people living with HIV/AIDS in the world. Department of AIDS Control is working towards providing prevention, treatment, care & support services for HIV/AIDS without stigma & discrimination. NACP III (2007-12) has shown considerable gains in halting and reversing the HIV epidemic. The numbers of new annual infections have decreased by 56% over the past decade and the epidemic has begun to stabilize. NACP- III has been acclaimed globally as a successful programme. This is credited to its collaborative and participative approach supported by strengthening as well as scaling of existing structures to reach out to the unreached. Mainstreaming HIV is an effective approach towards a multi-sectoral response. Mainstreaming has been a strategic priority for India, getting support from highest political and bureaucratic leadership of the country.

As on 30th September 2012, a total of 16,72,875 people living with HIV/AIDS (PLHIV) are registered at 358 Antiretroviral Treatment (ART) Centres across the country. The transmission of HIV is obtained from the HIV positive cases detected at 10,515 Integrated Counselling and Testing Centres throughout the country and reported through Computerized Management Information System under National AIDS Control Programme. Based on this, the Heterosexual mode of HIV transmission accounts for 88.2% of HIV positive cases detected, mother to child transmission accounts for 5.0%, Infected Syringe and Needle 1.7%, Homosexual route 1.5% and contaminated blood and blood products account for 1.0% of HIV infections detected during 2011-12.

An innovative initiative of multi-media and multi-sectoral mass mobilization project of Red Ribbon Express Phase-III was flagged off on January 12, 2012. The RRE will conclude on 12th January 2013. The specially designed RRE will travel through 23 States and cover 162 halt stations. It has three exhibition coaches with exhibits on HIV and AIDS while the fourth exhibition coach on National Rural Health Mission (NRHM) has exhibits on Tuberculosis, Malaria, Reproductive and Child Health services, general health and hygiene. In addition to this, there is one coach for counselling and another for conducting trainings of local stakeholders such as members of Panchayati Raj Institutions, self help groups, health workers, youth organizations, teachers, police personnel etc.

Department of AIDS Control is implementing National AIDS Control programme as a 100% Centrally Sponsored Scheme. The key features of the programme are:

1. Preventing new HIV infections in high risk groups and general population through saturation of coverage of high risk groups with targeted interventions and scaled up interventions in the general population.

2.

Providing greater care, support and treatment to larger number of PLHIV.

3. Strengthening the infrastructure, systems and human resources in prevention, care, support and treatment programmes at the district, state and national levels.

4.

Strengthening the nationwide Strategic Information Management System.

Health for All

The Ministry of Health & Family Welfare would give emphasize on the following priority areas to provide health for all during 12th Five Year Plan period.

1.

Scaling up of public expenditure on Health.

2.

Focus on strengthening primary health care.

3.

Free generic medicines in public health institutions.

4. Further expansion of human resources for health by setting up more medical colleges, nursing colleges and para-medical institutions.

5. Setting up of new and strengthening of existing tertiary health care facilities in the public sector to effectively address rising burden of NCDs.

6.

Starting three year degree course to strengthen rural healthcare.

7. Strengthening District Hospitals to provide advanced level secondary and tertiary care and to use them as District Knowledge Centres to provide training and build local capacities.

8.

Strengthen the drug regulatory system.

Tags: Ministry of Health and Family Welfare - Year Review 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Ministry of Urban DevelopmentYear Review 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 24, 2012 in Transport

Rate This

A number of key decisions were taken by the Ministry of Urban Development during the year to trigger infrastructure growth and boost economy. Efficient and reliable urban transport systems are crucial for India to sustain a high growth rate and alleviate poverty. To improve the current urban transport situation the Government is giving much attention to Metro projects. Mono rails and Regional Rapid Transit Systems are also being explored to supplement the existing transport systems. The year also witnessed the landmark decision of regularizing unauthorized colonies in Delhi and Reviewing of Master Plan 2021. The reform linked scheme of urban infrastructure development Jawahar Lal Nehru National Urban Rural Mission also completed its normal tenure during the year which, however, got 2 year extension for on going projects.

Mass Rapid Transit System

Metro projects are already under implementation across the country Delhi, Kolkata, Mumbai, Bangalore, Chennai, Hyderabad, Jaipur and Kochi. The Foundation-stone of Kochi Metro was laid by the Prime Minister of India, Dr. Manmohan Singh at Kochi, Kerala on 13th September, 2012. The 25.3 km Kochi Metro Rail Project will be fully elevated and has a total completion cost of Rs. 5,181 crore. Besides, following proposals were approved by the Empowered Group of Ministers (EGoM) on Mass Rapid Transit System (MRTS) as part of Delhi Metro Phase-III during the year:

(i) Metro connection from Dwarka to Najafgarh:

Length 5.50 km., fully elevated; total stations-4 (Dwarka, Najafgarh Depot, Municipal Corporation and Najafgarh);

This corridor is targeted for completion by DMRC in 3 years by 2015;

Estimated ridership will be 48,000 passengers per day in 2015 and 61,000 passengers per day in 2022.

Najafgarh is the central point to connect to villages while travelling from Bahadurgarh to Gurgaon.

(ii) Extension of Mukundpur-Yamuna Vihar metro line to Shiv Vihar:

Length 2.717 km, fully elevated, out of which 1.4 km will be in U.P. area;

Total 2 stations, out of which one metro station namely Johri Enclave is in U.P.

Additional completion cost implication of this line is Rs. 281.78 crore (with central taxes) which will be shared by Government of India to the tune of Rs.209.08 including JICA loan of Rs.181 crore; Rs.20.10 crore by Government of Delhi and Rs.51.88 crore by the Government of U.P.

This corridor is targeted for completion by March, 2016.

The implementation of Yamuna Vihar Shiv Vihar extension will provide the much desired metro facility for Shiv Vihar and adjoining areas and can later on be extended to Loni in U.P.

(iii) Extension of Delhi Metro from Mundka to Bahadurgarh, in Haryana:

Length - 11.182 kms.(6.31 km in Delhi and 4.88 km in Haryana), fully elevated;

total number of stations- 7 (Mundka Industrial Area, Ghevra, Tikri Kalan, Tikri Border, Modern Industrial Estate, Bus Stand and City Park );

Estimated cost of Rs.1991 crore, Delhi portion Rs.1079 crore and Haryana portion Rs.912 crore. Total contribution from Government of India for Delhi portion is Rs.518 crore which includes JICA loan of Rs.222 crore and DDA contribution of Rs.54 crore. Government of Haryana has also agreed to provide Rs.152 crore as grant for Delhi portion. Rs.168 crore will be raised through property development by DMRC. Balance cost of Rs.152 crore will be met by GNCTD.

For Haryana portion, contribution from Government of India is Rs.204 crore, from Government of Haryana is Rs.598 crore and DMRC is Rs.110 crore.

This corridor is targeted for completion by March, 2016.

The implementation of the proposed corridor will provide the much needed rapid transport facility between Delhi and Bahadurgah, Haryana. Estimatedridership is 96,000 in 2016-17. This is the 5th town in the National Capital Region to be connected by Delhi Metro network after Gurgaon (Haryana), NOIDA (U.P.), Vaishali (U.P.) and Faridabad (Haryana).

Mono Rails

Another mode of Mass Transport System that is being explored is Mono-rail. Mono rail is ideal as a feeder system to larger metro networks as well as for stand-alone shorter networks in the densely populated pockets of cities. One Mono-rail corridor has already been identified in Delhi and work has been entrusted to DMRC.

Regional Rapid Transit System

The work for preparation of Feasibility Studies of Regional Rapid Transit System (RRTS) corridors for the three prioritized corridors have been awarded to consultants. They are as follows:-

No. RRTS Corridor Length (km)

Regularization of unauthorized colonies

The Union Urban Development Ministry cleared the decks for the Delhi Government to regularize 917 unauthorized colonies during the year. Around 40 lakh residents in these colonies are likely to benefit from the regularization which would entail government spending on civic infrastructure. The Delhi government had completed all the ground work for regularization of the colonies.

Review of Master Plan 2021

The Delhi Development Authority under the Ministry of Urban Development completed a significant milestone in its on going review of the Delhi Master Plan-2021 during the year. Four technical committees engaged in reviewing four broad areas of the Master Plan came up with presentations on the work done so far and top public servants, town planners, urban designers and architects offered their views on the broad ideas that the improved Master Plan seeks to incorporate.

The group deliberating on urban form, heritage and development controls said, inter alia, that the plan should be based on 3D mapping done in a time-bound manner involving professionals like architects.

The group on shelter focused on redevelopment of existing buildings and colonies especially in unauthorized colonies and jhuggi-jhonpri clusters. It said the recommendations on density as proposed in Master Plan Delhi 2021 for low-rise buildings with a high density should be ratified.

The group recommended that sites selected for Transit-Oriented Development (TOD) need to be declared well in advance even before the metro projects are fully operational to synergize works of various agencies.

The group on transport with focus on improved mobility said the TOD plans should be area-specific. It also called for comprehensive multimodal planning and that road safety audits need to be done.

The group on environment and physical infrastructure called for a comprehensive environmental plan for Delhi to be prepared including aspects like seismic zones, biodiversity and climate change.

JNNURM

A major step taken to address the Urban Infrastructure deficit in the country was the launch of the Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JNNURM) by the Government of India.

JNNURM was launched on 3rd December, 2005 with the objective of reforms driven and fast track development of cities across the country, with focus on bringing about efficiency in urban infrastructure, service delivery mechanisms, community participation and accountability of Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) and Parastatal agencies towards citizens. It has two components, namely, the Urban Infrastructure and Governance (UIG) and the Urban Infrastructure Development Scheme for Small and Medium Towns (UIDSSMT). 65 Cities based on population as per 2001 census are covered under the Urban Infrastructure & Governance (UIG) component of JNNURM.

JNNURM is a reform linked Scheme for provisioning of urban infrastructure and services in urban centers. In this, the second and subsequent instalment of ACA is released for projects subject to utilization of 70% of grants and achievement of reforms according to the timelines agreed to by the States and Local Bodies. Due to reasons of non-completion of reforms as per committed time lines in the Memorandum of Agreement (MoA) signed by the State Governments, 10% of ACA are withheld as per schemes stipulation while releasing the second or subsequent installment of ACA for the projects which the State can get reimbursed upon completion of reforms.

The Mission has completed its normal tenure in March 2012. Extension of two years has been given for completion of ongoing projects & reforms only till March 2014.

National Urban Transport Project (NUTP)

The Ministry of Urban Development has initiated the Sustainable Urban Transport Project (SUTP) with the support of Global Environment Facility (GEF), the World Bank and United Nations Development Program (UNDP) to foster a long-term partnership between the Central Government and state/local governments in the implementation of a greener environment under the ambit of the National Urban

Transport Project (NUTP). As a part of this initiative, a number of projects have been undertaken by the Ministry in the country. The 2nd Annual Urban Mobility India Conference cum Exhibition 2012 on the theme Smart Mobility was organized during the year.

During the year the Intelligent Transport System Project being implemented at Mysore, the cultural capital of Karnataka, took a massive stride. It aims to address the critical issue of road congestion by offering state-of-the-art technologies and attractive, convenient, comfortable, value added services to encourage the usage of bus services against individual personal vehicles. It also helps in saving time, effort and money that will eventually help create a better city to live in and be proud of. Tags: Ministry of Urban DevelopmentYear Review 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Commissioning of ICGS Mayabunder Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 24, 2012 in Defence

1 Vote

Indian Coast Guard Station Mayabunder, the first CG Station in the North Andaman Islands was commissioned by the Defence Secretary. The station is a part of on going efforts by the Coast Guard to strengthen Maritime and Coastal Security and the assets based at Mayabunder will help augment patrolling along the Northern Group of Islands for safeguarding Indian maritime interests.

The efforts of the Indian Coast Guard in maintaining a high state of vigil in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands resulting in apprehension of a large number of poachers and saving of precious human lives during search and rescue operations.The implementation of the Coastal Surveillance Network project would be a major milestone in ensuring near gap-free radar surveillance of these Islands.

The need for maintaining continuous vigil of this strategically important archipelago. The Coast Guard had initiated several far-reaching measures to augment force levels and manpower to meet existing and future maritime challenges.

Coast Guard Station Mayabunder will function under the administrative and operational control of the Commander Coast Guard Region (A&N) through the Commander Coast Guard District Headquarter-9 located at Diglipur. Tags: Commissioning of ICGS Mayabunder Permalink Leave a comment HIV Multi Sectoral Approach Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 24, 2012 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

The effort to involve various ministries and departments of the Government in the national response to HIV/AIDS is a welcome step towards prevention and control of HIV in the country. Tackling HIV/AIDS has related social, economic, human as well as psychological dimensions.

India has been able to bring about consistent declines in HIV prevalence, new infections as well as deaths due to AIDS-related causes. There has been an overall reduction in annual new HIV infections by around 57% over the last decade. However, the task is not yet over. We do need the support and partnership of other Ministries to meet the objectives of accelerating the reversal process and moving towards the global goal of Zero New Infections, Zero Stigma and Discrimination and Zero Deaths. The national programme has fostered several partnerships, which contributed to its success. Noteworthy among the partners are the World Bank, DFID, USAID, CDC, UNDP, UNAIDS, UNICEF, BMGF, experts, research institutions, civil society organizations, communities and positive networks. A joint effort by all stakeholders has been successful in arresting and reversing the tide of AIDS epidemic in India over the years.

With increasing survival of persons living with HIV due to the availability of Anti Retro-Viral Therapy, the need for ensuring social protection to them and their families is of great importance in the current scenario and will become increasingly so in the times to come. It is of utmost importance that the overall socio-economic development of these marginalized communities should be facilitated so that they can manage their health in a better way. This requires a multi-sectoral response from the government, with catalytic roles played by ministries in their respective areas. It was with this intention that the National Council on AIDS was formed constituting 31 ministries and other important partners. Mainstreaming and partnerships has been recognized as a key approach under National AIDS Control Programme to facilitate a multi-sectoral response engaging a wide range of stakeholders. Responding to HIV has been a strategic priority for India as we seek to address stigma and discrimination towards HIV and enable persons infected and affected with HIV, better access to health services. Unstinted support is required from the Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment and Ministry of Youth and Sports for reaching Injecting Drug Users and youth who are vulnerable. Improving access to de-addiction and rehabilitation services would help in sustaining safe behaviours. Similarly, Transgender and Sexual Minorities can also be provided social protection through the Ministry of Social Justice & Empowerment, which can reduce their vulnerability to exploitation and Health risks including STIs and HIV.

Women and children are highly vulnerable groups, bearing the burden of infection both directly and indirectly. The frontline workers of the Ministry of Women and Child Development can help in identifying positive pregnant mothers and bringing them to health services for ensuring that No infant is born with HIV infection. The new and more efficacious Prevention of Parent To Child Transmission regimen of the Department of AIDS control can make this possible with the support of the frontline workers and medical fraternity.

Everyone to move ahead seriously and join hands with Department of AIDS Control in meeting the National objective of preventing and controlling the epidemic. The different ministries to issue policy directions, make budgetary allocations and collaborate in setting up inter-ministerial coordination mechanisms at the operational levels to track progress. Tags: HIV Multi Sectoral Approach Permalink Leave a comment MPLAD Guidelines Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 24, 2012 in Governance

Rate This

The Government of India has issued revised guidelines for Members of Parliament Local Area Development (MPLAD) Scheme in August, 2012.

It has been provided in the MPLADS guidelines that for execution of MPLADS works, the District Authority shall follow the established work scrutiny; technical, work estimation, tendering and administrative procedure of the State/UT Government concerned. Whenever any instance of State/UT Governments framing rules for MPLADS implementation in contradiction to MPLADS Guidelines is brought to the notice of this Ministry, appropriate instructions are issued to the concerned State/UT Government for taking immediate corrective action.

The New Salient Features of the Revised MPLADS Guidelines are as under:-

(i) Assistance to physically challenged persons upto maximum of Rs.10 lakh per year for purchase of tri-cycles and artificial limbs have been allowed,

(ii) Ambulances/hearse vans under the District Authority/CMO/Civil Surgeon of the district can now also be operated through private organizations,

(iii) MPs allowed to recommend eligible works upto Rs.10 lakh per year outside the constituency for Lok Sabha MPs and outside States for Rajya Sabha MPs.

(iv) Release of advances to Government implementing agencies has been changed from the ratio of 50 : 50 to 75 : 25.

(v) Contingency funds of 0.5% have been increased to 2% of the annual entitlement as administrative expenses.

(vi) MPLADS works can also be implemented in areas affected by man-made calamities like chemical, biological and radiological hazards.

(vii)

Mobile Library for Government Educational Institutions/Public Libraries now permissible.

(viii) Works from out of the shelf of MGNREGA projects approved by the Zilla Panchayat for the year may also be recommended under the MPLAD Scheme. Similarly, convergence of MPLADS funds with Panchayat Yuva Krida aur Khel Abhiyan (PYKKA) and Urban Sports Infrastructure Scheme (USIS) for creation of durable sports assets from out of the shelf of PYKKA Projects has been allowed.

(ix) Funds from the MPLAD Scheme can be used for construction of Railway Halt Stations to facilitate the local community for boarding/deboarding the train.

(x) An MP has been entitled for setting up of MPLADS Facilitation Centre in the Nodal District for which MPLADS funds not exceeding Rs. 5 lakh being the cost of equipments, furniture, etc. can be used. The space/room would be provided by DC/DM in the premises of Collectorate/DRDA and the recurring running expenses will be booked under 2% administrative charges, of which the Nodal District gets 0.8%.

(xi) MPs may recommend purchase of Books up to Rs. 22 lakh annually for schools/colleges/public libraries subject to certain conditions.

(xii) One MP One Idea competition introduced for selecting three best innovations in solving local problems to be held in each Lok Sabha Constituency annually Tags: MPLAD Guidelines Permalink Leave a comment Government Pro Active On rehabilitation of Displaced Persons Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 24, 2012 in Human Resource

Rate This

Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R&R) issues pertaining to Project Affected Persons (PAPs) in respect of Hydro and Thermal Power Projects are proactively addressed during land acquisition and project construction stage itself. A Rehabilitation Action Plan (RAP) is formulated through extensive consultations process involving PAPs, Head of Panchayats of the affected villages, people representatives and the District Administration etc. The RAP, thus prepared on a consensual basis is

then approved for implementation. The duration of RAP implementation varies from project to project and this normally is completed by the time project implementation is completed. However, despite the best efforts, if some R&R issues are left or they crop up after the completion of the project, they are properly addressed in due course of time.

In regard to employment and other facilities to the affected people, the National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy stipulates preference to affected family (at least one person per nuclear family) in providing employment in the project, subject to the availability of the vacancies and suitability of affected person for the employment. Tags: Government Pro Active On rehabilitation of Displaced Persons Permalink Leave a comment Banking Laws (Amendment) Bill 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 24, 2012 in National Policy

Rate This

The Banking Laws (Amendment) Bill 2011 was introduced in order to amend the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, the Banking Companies (Acquisition and Transfer of Undertakings) Act, 1970/1980. The said Bill has been passed by both the Houses of Parliament during its just concluded Winter Session.

This Bill would strengthen the regulatory powers of Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and to further develop the banking sector in India. It will also enable the nationalized banks to raise capital by issue of

preference shares or rights issue or issue of bonus shares. It would also enable them to increase or decrease the authorized capital with approval from the Government and RBI without being limited by the ceiling of a maximum of Rs. 3000 crore.

Beside above, the Bill would pave the way for new bank licenses by RBI resulting in opening of new banks and branches. This would not only help in achieving the goal of financial inclusion by providing more banking facilities but would also provide extra employment opportunities to the people at large in the banking sector.

The salient features of the Bill are as follows:

To enable banking companies to issue preference shares subject to regulatory guidelines by the RBI;

To increase the cap on restrictions on voting rights;

To create a Depositor Education and Awareness Fund by utilizing the inoperative deposit accounts;

To provide prior approval of RBI for acquisition of 5% or more of shares or voting rights in a banking company by any person and empowering RBI to impose such conditions as it deems fit in this regard;

To empower RBI to collect information and inspect associate enterprises of banking companies;

To empower RBI to supersede the Board of Directors of banking company and appointment of administrator till alternate arrangements are made;

To provide for primary cooperative societies to carry on the business of banking only after obtaining a license from RBI;

 To provide for special audit of cooperative banks at instance of RBI by extending applicability of Section 30 to them; and

To enable the nationalized banks to raise capital through bonus and rights issue and also enable them to increase or decrease the authorized capital with approval from the Government and RBI without being limited by the ceiling of a maximum of Rs. 3000 crore under the Banking Companies (Acquisition and Transfer of Undertakings) Act, 1970/1980.

Certain additional official amendments have been proposed on the basis of recommendations of the Standing Committee of Finance which gave its report on the Bill on the 13th December, 2011 and has recommended enactment of the Bill, subject to the following modifications:

i) Voting rights in banks may be restricted up to 26%.

ii) The Depositors Education and Awareness Fund may be used for the purpose of promoting depositors interests.

Further, pursuant to the discussion with Indian Banks Association (IBA), RBI and Industry Associations, the following additional amendments are proposed:

a) to exempt guarantee agreements of banks from the purview of the section 28 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 to bring finality to redemption of such guarantees;

b) to allow select Directors on the Board of RBI a fixed maximum tenure of eight years with terms of not more than two terms of four years each either continuously or intermittently in consonance with the directions of the ACC;

c) to exempt conversion of branches of foreign banks to wholly owned subsidiary entities of foreign banks and transfer of shareholding of banks to the Holding Company structure pursuant to guidelines of RBI from payment of stamp duty; and

d) to ensure that unnecessary inspections are avoided and to encourage regulatory coordination, a condition has been added such that the inspection of the associate enterprise of a banking company would be conducted by RBI jointly with the sector regulator. Tags: Banking Laws (Amendment) Bill 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Ministry of Mines for theYear Review2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 24, 2012 in Corporate Affairs

Rate This

Achievements and initiatives of the Ministry of Mines for the Year 2012 Mineral concession System and Transparency

The Ministry of Mines has vide order dated 4.3.2009 constituted a Central Coordination-cumEmpowered Committee (CEC) under the chairpersonship of Secretary (Mines) to monitor and minimize delays at various levels in grant of approvals for mineral concession applications. The CEC meets quarterly, and has so far held ten meetings wherein important decisions aimed at minimizing delays in processing of mineral concession applications at various levels and bringing about efficiency and transparency in the overall mineral concession regime were taken.

In the current calendar year, four meetings of the CEC have been held, with the last meeting having been held on 21.9.2012.

Revision Application & Disposal

Under Section 30 of the Mines and Minerals (Development & Regulation) Act, 1957 (MMDR Action, 1957), the Ministry of Mines exercises its revisionary powers in dealing with the revision applications filed by the applicants who are aggrieved by any order passed by the State Government or any other authority in exercise of the powers conferred by the MMDR Act. The Mineral Concession Rules, 1960 (MCR 1960) prescribes the detailed procedure for filing and disposal of revision applications under Rule 54 and 55.

It was decided vide order dated 27.3.2012 that from 1.4.2012 only Joint Secretary level officers will function as the Revisional Authority and now there are 4 Revisional Authorities handling the work.

During the period from 01.01.2012 to 17.12.2012, 233 revision applications have been disposed of.

Geological Survey of India (GSI)

During the FS 2012-13 GSI has made significant augmentation /discoveries in Gold, Platinum, Rare Earth Element, Basemetal, Iron ore, Manganese, Phosporite, Limestone in the states of Rajasthan, Karnataka, Tamilnadu, Andhra Pradesh, Odisha and Madhya Pradesh. GSI has estimated coal resource of 5610.86 million tonnes in West Bengal, Odisha, Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh and Andhra Pradesh and 13.665 million tonnes of lignite in Rajasthan (till 1.04.2012).

India has won its bid to host the 36th International Geological Congress (IGC) in the year 2020, at the recently concluded 34th IGC at Brisbane, Australia and this prestigious event returning to India after more than five decades will be attended by about 10,000 geoscientists from across the globe, who have carved a niche in their areas of specialization.

The 2nd meeting of the Geoscience Advisory Council (GAC), the highest policy-planning forum to advise the Ministry of Mines and the Geological Survey of India in the matters of Earth Sciences, held under the Chairmanship of Shri Dinsha J. Patel, Minister of Mines on 20th June 2012. Minister stressed the importance of mineral resources that play a key role for economic development. The Minister expressed

his concern about the scarcity of water, which is vital for the well being of the society. It was emphasised to explore opportunities for long-term strategic partnerships or cooperative arrangements with Central and State Ministries, Institutions, Universities and Private sector.

assessing and exploiting the mineral wealth in the NORTHEASTERN Region

For giving impetus to the activities of mineral investigation in North-eastern Region the 7th Review Meeting of on going Mineral Development Projects in North Eastern Region was held at Itanagar, Arunachal Pradesh on 17th September 2012 under the Chairmanship of Joint Secretary, Ministry of Mines. The meeting was attended by the AMD- Department of Atomic Energy, IBM, MECL, NEC, Government of Assam, Meghalaya, Arunachal Pradesh and representatives of Directorate of Mining and Geology of Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya and Arunachal Pradesh besides GSI.

INDIAN BUREAU OF MINES (IBM)

Mineral Production / Trade

The total value of mineral production (excluding atomic minerals) during 2012-13 has been estimated at Rs. 234612.66 crores. During 2012-13, estimated value for fuel minerals account for Rs. 156834.04 crores or 66.85% of mineral production. The production of metallic minerals stood at Rs. 43381.67 crores or 18.49% of the total value of production and non-metallic minerals including minor minerals contributed to Rs. 34396.95 crores or 14.66% of the total value. The provisional value of minerals and ores exported during the year 2011-12 (Provisional) was Rs. 175310 crores whereas the value of import was Rs. 944430 crores.

Achievements of IBM in 2012-13 (upto November, 2012)

For promotion of conservation and scientific development of mineral resources and ensuring protection of mines environment in mining areas, IBM carried out 1,457 Inspection of mines for enforcement of provision of MCDR, 1988 and examination of MP/MS, approved 149 Mining Plans and 334 Schemes of Mining. For up gradation and utilization of low grade and sub-grade ores and minerals, IBM carried out 39 Ore dressing investigations, 27,911 Chemical Analysis, 1,706 Mineralogical studies and one in Plant study. As a part of Consultancy services on charge and promotional basis to mining industry on mining,

geological & environmental aspects, IBM completed 1 Technical Consultancy Assignments and 2 Mining Research Assignments and conducted 09 training courses for IBM and Industry personnel. Updation of 100 multi-mineral maps with forest overlays in respect of Karnataka and Odisha are in progress. Updation of NMI as on 01.4.2010 is completed for 70 minerals. For dissemination of data on mines and minerals, 12 Statistical and technical publications have been released.

Implementation of amended Rule 45 of Mineral Conservation and Development Rules 1988

The central Government has developed on-line system for registration and on-line reporting systems to facilitate the submission of monthly returns for iron ore. The on-line registration system has already commenced in the IBM and so far up to November, 2012, 5223 lease holders, 2975 traders, 586 exporters, 1195 stockiest and 2181 end-users have registered their details.

HINDUSTAN COPPER LIMITED (HCL)

Hindustan Copper Limited (HCL) has earned Profit before tax of Rs. 472.92 crore for the financial year 2011-12 which is highest ever since inception.

The Company has paid Rs. 92.14 crore as dividend to Government of India for the year 2011-12.

Ore Production in 2011-12 at 3.48 million tonnes is 2nd highest in last 13 years.

The CCEA in its meeting held on 14.09.2012 had inter alia approved the disinvestment of 9.59% paid up equity (88728406 shares) of HCL out of Govt. of India holdings of 99.59%. The issue of HCL opened on 23.11.2012 and 51604148 equity shares of the company (approximately 5.58% of the paid up equity capital) were sold through Stock Exchange mechanism. Now Govt. of Indias shareholding in HCL is 94.01%.

The Company has rolled out mine expansion plan to increase mine production to 12.4 million tonnes by financial year 2017-18. The plan envisages expansion of Malanjkhand, Khetri, Kolihan and Surda Mines;

re-opening of Rakha and Kendadih Mines; & development of new mines namely Banwas and ChapriSidheswar

The company was accorded BRPSE Turnaround Award 2012 by the Government of India.

MINERAL EXPLORATION CORPORATION LTD. (MECL)

MECL has submitted 30 numbers of Geological reports and added 2373.17 million tonnes of mineral reserves in National Mineral Inventory.

MECL has successfully completed drilling operation in high altitude area of Chumathang, district Leh, Jammu & Kashmir for geothermal studies for Naval Materials Research Laboratory, DRDO.

MECL has acquired and commissioned two latest high capacity drill rigs Sandwik DE 740 for deeper drilling for minerals upto depth of 1500 m in NQ size.

MECL is planning to expand its exploration services in overseas projects. As a consortium member with SAIL, NALCO, HCL, Jindal Steel & Power Limited and Monet Ispat & Energy Limited, the company participated in global tender for exploration of copper prospects in Afganistan. One geologist from MECL visited Afganistan in this connection for preliminary survey of the mineral prospect. Tags: Ministry of Mines for theYear Review2012 Permalink Leave a comment Sangeet Natak Akademi fellowships and Akademi Awards 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 24, 2012 in Art and Culture

Rate This

Sangeet Natak Akademi fellowships (Akademi Ratna) and Akademi Awards (Akademi Puraskar) for the Year 2012 Announced

The General Council of Sangeet Natak Akademi, the National Academy of Music, Dance and Drama, elected three (3) eminent personalities in the field of performing arts, namely N. Rajam, T.H. Vinayakram and Ratan Thiyam as Sangeet Natak Akademi Fellows (Akademi Ratna). The Fellowship of the Akademi is the most prestigious and rare honour, which is restricted to a very limited number at a given time. Presently there are only 40 Fellows of the Sangeet Natak Akademi.

The General Council of the Akademi also selected thirty six (36) persons from the fields of Music, Dance, Theatre and Puppetry for the Sangeet Natak Akademi Awards (Akademi Puraskar) for the year 2012.

In the field of Music, nine eminent artists, namely Rajashekhar Mansur and Ajay Pohankar for Hindustani Vocal Music, Sabir Khan (Tabla) and Bahauddin Dagar (Rudra Veena) for Hindustani Instrumental Music, O.S. Thyagarajan for Carnatic Vocal Music, Mysore M. Nagaraja, (Violin) and K.V. Prasad (Mridangam) for Carnatic Instrumental Music, Illayaraja for Creative & Experimental Music and Bhai Balbir Singh Ragi (Gurbani) for Other Major Traditions of Music have been selected for the Akademi Award 2012.

In the field of Dance, nine eminent practitioners, namely Priyadarsini Govind (Bharatanatyam), Vijay Shankar (Kathak), Vazhengada Vijayan (Kathakali), Vedantam Ramalinga Sastry (Kuchipudi), Sharmila Biswas (Odissi), Jai Narayan Samal (Chhau), Painkulam Damodara Chakyar (Kutiyattam), Jwala Prasad (Music for Dance) and Aditi Mangaldas (Creative & Experimental Dance) have been selected for the Akademi Award 2012.

In the field of Theatre, eight eminent artists have been selected for Akademi Awards 2012. They include Arjun Deo Charan for Playwriting, Tripurari Sharma and Waman Kendre for Direction, Parvesh Sethi, Nirmal Rishi and Purisai Kannappa Sambandan for Acting, Murari Roychoudhury for Theatre Music and Ghulam Rasool Bhagat for Major Traditions of Theatre (Bhand Pather).

For their contribution to Other Traditional/Folk/ Tribal Music/ Dance/ Theatre and Puppetry, eight artists have been selected for the Akademi Award. They are Goru Channabasappa for Folk Music (Karnataka), Kinaram Nath Oja for Suknani Ojapali (Assam), Prem Singh Dehati for Folk Theatre (Haryana), Sulochana Chavan for Lavani (Maharashtra), Mattannur Sankaran Kutty Marar for Thayambaka (Kerala), Govind Ram Nirmalkar for Nacha (Chhattisgarh), Heera Das Negi for Mask Making (Himachal Pradesh) and Prafulla Karmakar for Traditional Puppetry (West Bengal).

Nandini Ramani and Arun Kakade will receive the Akademi Award 2012 for Overall Contribution/Scholarship in Performing Arts.

The honour of Akademi Fellow has been conferred since 1954 and Akademi Award since 1952. They not only symbolize the highest standard of excellence and achievements on a national basis, but also recognize sustained individual work and contribution to the practice and appreciation of the arts through performance, teaching and scholarship. The honour of Akademi Fellow carries a purse money of Rs 3,00,000/- (Rupees three lacs) and Akademi Awards carry Rs 1,00,000/- (Rupees one lac), besides Tamrapatra and Angavastram. Tags: Sangeet Natak Akademi fellowships and Akademi Awards 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Committee of Eminent Jurists to Suggest Amendments to Criminal Law Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 24, 2012 in Committes and Commissions

1 Vote

Government has decided to constitute a committee of eminent jurists to look into possible amendments to the criminal law so as to provide for quicker trial and enhanced punishment for criminals, accused of committing sexual assault of extreme nature against women.

Shri Justice (Retd) JS Verma, former Chief Justice of India will be the Chairman of the committee. Smt.Justice (Retd) Leila Seth, former Chief Justice of Himachal Pradesh and Shri Gopal Subramaniam, former Solicitor General of India will be the other members. The committee shall submit its report within 30 days.

In the light of the recent incident, the Government has given anxious consideration to the need for reviewing the present laws so as to provide for speedier justice and enhanced punishment in cases of aggravated sexual assault. Tags: Committee of Eminent Jurists to Suggest Amendments to Criminal Law Permalink Leave a comment Year End Review 2012 Department of Youth Affairs Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 24, 2012 in Sports

Rate This

The youth play a crucial role in shaping a countrys destiny. The total youth population (10 to 35 years) as per 2011 census is 563 million with about 70 percent living in the rural areas. The main focus of the Ministry of Youth Affairs and Sports is an all round development of youth by empowering them with attitudes, skills and competencies so that they can fulfil their legitimate aspirations and engage more effectively in the process of nation building. Further, there would be focus on developing qualities of good citizenship and community service amongst the youth and inculcating in them the spirit of volunteerism.

Under the Department of Youth Affairs, major schemes and their achievements for the year 2012 are given below:

National Youth Policy, 2012:

Recognizing that the National Youth Policy 2003 needs to be dynamic so as to cater to the ever changing scenario in the country, a review was initiated. Large scale consultations were held with stakeholders form all fields on matters concerning Youth Development and for coordinating the related activities and programmes of the Central Government Ministries /Departments, the State Governments and Community and Youth organizations. Based on the feedback so received, a draft National Youth Policy 2012 was conceptualized. This Exposure Draft National Youth Policy 2012 envisages to put in place a comprehensive strategy to ensure the fullest development and realization of the potential of the youth, in the context of future socio-economic growth. Draft Policy has been circulated to all MPs of Lok Sabha, Rajya Sabha, Representatives of Youth Wings of all Political Parties recognized by EC, Parliamentary Forum on Youth and Parliamentary consultative committees on Youth Affairs and comments are awaited

NEHRU YUVA KENDRA SANGATHAN:

The Ministry of Youth Affairs & Sports the nodal Ministry for youth empowerment and development has been working towards inculcating in the youth an enhanced sense of volunteerism, community service, personality development and good citizenship. Towards this end the Nehru Yuva Kendra Sangathan, one of its flagship implementing arms has endeavoured to help set up, mentor and nurture rural youth clubs. Nehru Yuva Kendras were established in the year 1972 with the objective of providing rural youth

avenues to take part in the process of nation building as well as providing opportunities for the development of their personality and skills. In the year 1987-88, Nehru Yuva Kendra Sangathan (NYKS) was converted into as an autonomous organization under the Government of India, Ministry of Youth Affairs and Sports, to oversee working of these Kendras. NYKS is the largest grassroots level voluntary organization, one of its kind in the world.

Highlights and Achievements of Nehru Yuva Kendra Sangathan are as under:

(i)

Skill Up-gradation training programme for women:

NYKS organised Skill upgradation training programme for women in 606 district level Kendras of NYKS across the country by running different training centres. The training is provided to improve agriculture practices, sericulture, and floriculture, cutting and tailoring, shoe making, traditional handicrafts of the area. The training is also provided in agro-based projects depending upon the local needs. The reputed institutes/organisations like ATDC, NSDC, NCVT, KVK, Agricultural Universities are associated for the training to make it effective and meaningful. Under the programme 34000 women have been trained.

(ii) Skill Development Training Programme (SDTP) under ATDC & NSDC: The Skill Training in SMART courses was provided under which 180 youths of Unnao and Barabanki districts of Uttar Pradesh were trained. Further, action has been initiated to provide training under ATDC to 540 youth from 06 districts of U.P. viz Pandrauna/Kushinagar, Raibarelli, Sultanpur, Amethi, Allahabad and Pratapgarh.

(iii) Skill Development training of NYC Volunteers through KVK: The first phase of training started on 20th September, 2012 under which 296 Volunteers were provided training in the field of Animal Husbandry, Sericulture, Soil Testing , Bee- keeping, Nursery Management, Vegetable Cultivation, Value added courses in agriculture , milk and milk products organic farming etc.

(iv) Silver Jubilee of NYKS and Quami Ekta Diwas on 19th November, 2012: In order to observe Silver Jubilee Year of the formation of NYKS a programme was organized at Constitution Club, New Delhi on 19th November, 2012 in which around 3000 youth participated.

(v) Awareness and Education for the Prevention of Drug Abuse & Alcoholism in the States of Punjab and Manipur: Nehru Yuva Kendra Sangathan took up a Project on Awareness and Education for

the Prevention of Drug Abuse & Alcoholism in the States of Punjab and Manipur, covering 3000 villages under 75 Blocks of 10 Districts in the State of Punjab and 750 villages under 25 Blocks in 7 Districts of Manipur. Under the project 3,00,000 youth in the State of Punjab and 75,000 youth in the State of Manipur were contacted. 3000 village Advisory Committees have been constituted in the State of Punjab and 750 village advisory Committees have been constituted in the State of Manipur.

(vi) 70 Skill Up-gradation Training Programmes for Women in the State J & K: The objective of the programme is to enhance the skill level of women so as to enable them to meet their own requirement / self employment. NYKS conducted 70 Skill Up-gradation Training Programmes for women in 14 districts of J & K. In each district skill up-gradation training programmes for 140 women in traditional handicraft of the area, cutting and tailoring, shoe making, agro based projects viz dairy, poultry, bee keeping, angora rabbit farming, sheep and wool rearing, sericulture and floriculture bee keeping, vermiculture, mushroom cultivation, etc. were organised. These programmes are being run in coordination with reputed institutes like ATDC, NSDC, KVK, Animal Husbandry Department, Agriculture University Extension Services, Master Trainers etc. for making the training effective and gainful.

(vii) Skill Development and Vocational Training for Youth: NYKS in collaboration with NSDC has been activity involved in conduct of various programmes/activities for skill development and vocational training of Youth under Youth Employability Skill (YES) Project. Under the project, 1283 youth from North Eastern States and J&K have been trained. Out of them 946 Youth have also received job offers/placement made. The youth including NYC Volunteers have been provided Skill Training in various fields like computer applications, Information Technology, Beauty Parlour, Hotel Management etc. The course provide secure future employment to the Youth. The phase II of the YES Project has also been launched on 16th September, 2012 to provide Skill Training to the Youth of J&K State.

(viii) Skill Development of Volunteers through Tata Motors (NEEV): NYKS in collaboration with Tata Motors Limited have trained 3700 Youth, out of which 1100 rural youth are now associated in sales and marketing of motor vehicle in 3 states viz U.P., Tamil Nadu & Andhra Pradesh. The training programme has been expanded to 4 other states viz Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra and Rajasthan. Under the programme the youth is provided training in sales, marketing skills, product knowledge and process clarity by Accenture and then work for Tata Motors. The training gives youth the desired Skill and Confidence to face the customers which enhances their training potential and help develop leadership qualities. Average income earned under the NEEV programme varies from Rs. 4,000 to Rs. 15,000 per month.

(ix) World Environment Day: NYKS observed the World Environment Day on 5th June, 2012 in 501 districts of the country by organizing Green Pledge Signature Campaign, Tree Plantation, Drawing Competition, Quiz, Slogan Writing, Cultural Programmes for creating awareness on environmental issues.

(x) World Population Day: NYKS observed the World Population Day on 11th July, 2012 in 501 districts of the country by organizing family welfare activities, including promoting gender equality, poverty alleviation, maternal health and human rights discussion on the educational information sessions, rallies, Poster/slogan writing, cultural programmes for creating awareness on population issues.

(xi) Mentor Youth Club: A revised scheme of Mentor Youth Club (MYC) has been launched to strengthen the network of youth clubs. The objective is to build a strong and effective network of youth clubs in the country. The Mentor Youth Club work to make non functional/ inactive clubs active, provide support and guidance to youth clubs and develop a strong& dependable network of self supporting/self reliant youth clubs. Under the scheme, 10,000 Mentor Youth Clubs are being set up in 5000 blocks of the country. Each of these Mentor Youth Club is being provided a onetime grant of Rs. 10,000/- for development of infrastructure. 20,000 office bearers of these 10,000 Mentor Clubs are being provided five day long capacity building training to enhance their understanding about effective planning, management and administration of Youth Clubs so that they become active partners in village development programme.

III. NATIONAL SERVICE SCHEME (NSS):

National Service Scheme (NSS) is one of the flagship programmes of the Ministry of Youth Affairs and Sports aimed at developing qualities of good citizenship and spirit of Volunteerism among youth and to provide them an opportunity to work with the people in the villages and slum dwellers. The scheme seeks to achieve its objectives through twin approach i.e. Campus to Community and College to Village.

National Service Scheme was launched during the birth centenary celebration of Mahatma Gandhi on 24th September 1969 with 40,000 students. Today, NSS has more than 3.2. million student volunteers on its roll spread over 299 Universities.

In 1993-94, during the Silver Jubilee year of NSS, the Indira Gandhi National Service Scheme Awards (IGNSSA) were instituted to give recognition to selfless service rendered by the NSS volunteers. This year, 52 IGNSS Awards were given away by the Honble President of India and the Ceremony was held on 19th November, 2012 at Rashtrapati Bhavan, including Rajiv Gandhi University of Health Science, Karnataka for exemplary contribution in the field of Community Health through NSS.

A new initiative Youth to the Edge was launched with the flagging off of three batches for 3 adventure trails at Tinsukia on 28th February 2012. The adventure training of the batches commenced at Roing, Hayuliang and Dzuko Valley in Arunachal Pradesh and Nagaland respectively. The scheme is implemented by the Ministry of Youth Affairs & Sports, GOI, under the aegis of Ministry of DONER/ NEC in coordination with the respective local State Governments and other agencies. An amount of Rs. 2.87 crore will be incurred in these adventure activities.

IV.

National Programme for Youth Adolescent Development(NPYAD):

17th National Youth Festival was organized at Mangalore, Karnataka, during 12th to 16th January, 2012 to commemorate the Birth Anniversary of the Greatest Youth ICON of the country Swami Vivekanand. The festival was inaugurated by the then Minister of State (Independent Charge), Youth Affairs and Sports Shri Ajay Maken. The National Youth awards for the year 2010-2011 were conferred on 28 individuals and two organizations by Minister of State for Youth Affairs & Sports (Independent Charge) during the opening ceremony of 17th National Youth Festival.

Tenzing Norgay National Adventure Award, 2011 were conferred on four individual for Land , Air and Water Adventure and one for Life time achievement during a gliterring ceremony held on 29.8.2012 at Rashtrapati Bhawan.

V. RAJIV GANDHI NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF YOUTH DEVELOPMENT (RGNIYD):

The Rajiv Gandhi National Institute of Youth Development [RGNIYD] was started in 1993 in the memory of Shri. Rajiv Gandhi at Sriperumbudur, the place of his martyrdom.

2. RGNIYD is an apex research and training institute dedicated to Youth Development in the country. Through its eight divisions the Institute undertakes various research, training and extension

programmes. The Academic division of the Institute has five Schools and they offer Master of Arts degree in various youth related issues. A Flagship Post Graduate Programme in M A Youth Development with specializations is proposed to be introduced in the next year. Rajiv Gandhi National Institute of Youth Development has been declared as an Institute of National Importance and, to this effect, the RGNIYD Act has been notified to commence w.e.f. 19.11.2012.

VI.

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION (IC):

Under this programme, Exchange of Youth Delegations with friendly countries is taken up on reciprocal basis for promoting exchange of ideas, values, culture amongst the Youth of different countries. The following major Youth Exchanges were organized during the current year.

A 500-member Chinese Youth Delegation visited India from 25th February to 4th March, 2012. On 27th February, 2012, Chinese delegates met Honble President of India and President delivered a speech on Indo-China relationship and importance of youth in both the countries development. The delegation was divided in six groups and visited different parts of the country and interacted with various youth Organizations.

Under the Indo-Korean Youth Exchange Programme, a 20 member Korean Youth Delegation visited India from 21st to 30th June, 2012 and reciprocally the same number of. Indian Youth Delegation led by Director General, Nehru Yuva Kendra Sangathan visited Korea from 8th to 17th August, 2012.

Visit of 20-member Indian Youth Delegation led by Shri Ajay Maken, the then Minister of State (IC) for Youth Affairs and Sports to Baku, Azerbaijan to participate in the First International Youth Congress and Festival Great Silk Way from 26-30 June, 2012.

Under the Indo- China Youth Exchange Programme, a 100 member Indian Youth Delegation visited China from 12th to 21st July 2012 led by Secretary, Youth Affairs and reciprocally the same number of. Chinese Youth Delegation visited India from 13th to 20th November, 2012.

Under the Indo-Bangladesh Youth Exchange Programme, a 100 member Bangladeshi Youth Delegation visited India from 6th 13th October, 2012. During this, the delegation has visited Delhi, Agra, Kolkata and Shantiniketan. The delegation has also met His Excellency President of India, Shri Pranab Mukherjee

on 8th October, 2012 at Rashtrapati Bhavan, New Delhi. It is hoped that such a tour would foster greater goodwill and knowledge about each others societies and contribute to better relations.

VII.

YOUTH HOSTEL:

Youth Hostels are built to promote youth travel and to enable the young people experience the rich cultural heritage of the country. The construction of the Youth hostels is a joint venture of the Central and State Governments. While the Central Government bears the cost of construction, the State Governments provide fully developed land free of cost with water, electricity and approach roads. Youth Hostels provide good accommodation for the youth at reasonable rates. So far 80 Youth Hostels have been constructed across the country out of which 68 youth hostels are with the Department and 4 more Youth Hostels are under various stages of construction. Tags: Year End Review 2012 - Department of Youth Affairs Permalink Leave a comment Ministry for Consumer Affairs Food and Public DistributionYear Review 2012 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 24, 2012 in Agriculture

Rate This

The year 2012 has been very eventful for the Ministry for Consumer Affairs Food and Public Distribution with many important decisions and initiatives taken for providing food security to vulnerable class by allocating more food grains at highly subsidised prices and strengthening overall food grains

management. The year with its record grain procurement saw important steps being taken to augment the storage capacity especially through PPP, additional food grain allocation under Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS). The end-to-end computerization of TPDS under is being strongly pursued by the Government with many States/UTs already taken commendable strides in this direction. Crucial decisions balancing the needs and benefits of farmers, industry and consumers in the sugar and edibleoils sector is yet another highlight of this year., The National Food Security Bill, 2011 was introduced in the Lok Sabha with the aim to bring in a food regime that will ensure the food security and nutritional needs of the low income and disadvantaged sections of our society.

Increase in procurement of wheat and rice

The year saw a record procurement of food grains. In Rabi Marketing Season (RMS) April-March 201213 record quantity of 381.48 lakh tonnes wheat was procured. During Kharif Marketing Season (KMS), October 2011- September 2012, 350.36 lakh tonnes of rice was procured for the central pool. During the on going KMS 2012-13 as on 14-12-2012, 138.62 lakh tonnes of rice has already been procured which is 5.5% higher than the quantity procured during the same period of previous KMS. Higher MSP over the last few years, coupled with better outreach has led to higher procurement in the last few years. As a result, procurement of food grains has risen and the Central Pool stock had increased from 196.38 lakh MTs as on 1.4.2008 to a peak level 823.17 lakh MTs as on 1.6.2012. The safe upkeep of the stocks which reached record levels this year was a major challenge.

In order to keep prices of wheat and rice under check , the Government made allocation of total 95 lakh tonnes of wheat during the year for tender sale to bulk consumers/private traders. In addition, an allocation of 5 lakh tonnes of wheat and 5 lakh tonnes of rice was also made under Open Market Sale Scheme (OMS) for sale through States/UTs/Co-operatives.

MORE allocation under Targeted Public Distribution System(TPDS)

A quantity of 499.42 lakh tons of food grains has been allocated under Targeted Public Distribution System(TPDS) covering Antyodaya Anna Yozna (AAY), BPL and APL families for the year 2012-13. During the year, the Government made adhoc additional allocation of 50 lakh tons of food grains for the BPL families at highly subsidised prices. Further on the recommendations of committee headed by Justice (Retd.) D. P. Wadhwa an allocation of 19.42 lakh tons of food grains for the additional AAY and BPL families in the poorest districts of the country at AAY and BPL prices besides allocation of 7.26 lakh tons of food grains for the festivals, drought/flood relief, etc. Thus, a total of 576.10 lakh tons of food grain

has been allocated so far during the current year 2012-13 under TPDS against the total allocation of 565.70 lakh tons during 2011-12. Further, 49 lakh tons of food grains has been allocated for Other Welfare Schemes like Mid-day Meal Scheme, Wheat Based Nutrition Programme under ICDS, Rajiv Gandhi Scheme for Empowerment of Adolescent Girls (RGSEAG) (SABLA), SC/ST/OBC Hostels Scheme, Annapurna Scheme and Emergency feeding Programme in Odisha.

INITIATIVES TO AUGMENT FODGRAINS STORAGE CAPACITY

A number of steps have been taken to augment the storage capacities for food grains in view of increased procurement. The storage capacity, Covered and Cover and Plinth (CAP) available with the Food Corporation of India increased from 238.94 lakh MTs as on 31.3.2008 to 373.43 lakh MTs as on 30.11.2012, an increase of about 56%. The storage capacities, both covered and CAP, available with State agencies for storage of Central stock of food grains have also increased from 291.32 lakh MTs as on 31.3.2012 to 341.35 lakh MTs as on 30.11.2012. As a result, a total of about 715.00 lakh MTs of storage capacity was available for storage of Central stock of food grains. However, to meet the storage requirement of an all time high stock levels of 823.17 lakh MTs, achieved this year, the FCI resorted to short term hiring and efficiently managed the stocks.

With a view to incentivizing the creation of storage capacity further, the Government initiated the Private Entrepreneurs Guarantee (PEG) Scheme which aims to construct storage godowns through private entrepreneurs, Central Warehousing Corporation (CWC) and State Warehousing Corporations (SWCs). Assessment of additional storage capacities under the scheme is based on overall procurement/consumption levels and the storage space already available. Under the PEG Scheme, FCI guarantees a 10 years usage of storage capacities to the private investors and 9 years to CWC and SWCs. Under the scheme, a capacity of 181.08 lakh MTs has been approved for the construction of godowns in 19 States out of which a capacity of 129.97 lakh MTs has been sanctioned for construction. A capacity of 32.27 lakh MTs has been completed out of which a capacity of 22.91 lakh MTs has been taken over during the year and the balance is expected to be taken over shortly. Further capacity of about 65 lakh MTs is under construction. It is expected that by March 2013, a capacity of 73 lakh MTs will be completed, thus solving the shortage of covered godown space to a great extent.

For ensuring long term scientific storage, the Government has also approved construction of 20 lakh MTs of storage capacity in silos within the overall sanctioned capacity of the aforesaid mentioned PEG Scheme. Besides the PEG Scheme which aims at creation of storage space through the PPP mode, the Government has finalised a Plan scheme for creation of an additional storage capacity of 5.40 lakh tonne in the North Eastern States through the FCI, in the next 3 to 4 years.

MEASURES TO ENSURE QUALITY FOODGRAINS

As a result of various quality control measures, there has been sharp decrease in quantity of damaged/non-issuable foodgrains in the FCI. The quantity of damaged/non-issuable foodgrains in FCI has come down from 1.35 lakh tons in the year 2002-03 to 0.014 lakh tons in the year 2012-13 (as on 01.11.2012). In the percentage term, damaged/non-issuable stocks in FCI has come down from 0.10% in the year 2007-08 to 0.005% in the year 2012-13 (as on 01.11.2012).

END-TO-END COMPUTERIZATION OF PDS

With a view to modernise the implementation of PDS, Department of Food & Public Distribution has made vigorous efforts towards computerisation of TPDS across the country. Computerisation of TPDS will help in correct identification of beneficiaries, minimise leakages and diversion of food grains, introduce accountability in implementation of TPDS, ensure dissemination of TPDS related information through SMS alerts, web portals, etc.

The Government of India has approved a scheme on End-to-end Computerisation of TPDS Operations in all States/UTs with a total outlay of Rs. 884.07 crore on cost sharing basis under the 12th Five Year Plan (2012-17). In the first phase, the scheme covers various aspects such as creation of digitized beneficiary and other databases, supply chain management, transparency and grievance redressal mechanism using toll-free numbers, SMS alerts and portal etc. Digitization of beneficiary and other databases will be completed by March 2013 and computerization of supply-chain management would be completed by October 2013. All States & UTs have been requested to send their financial proposals at the earliest.

Computerized Online Real-time Electronic PDS (COREPDS) project has been implemented in 151 FPSs in Raipur city since July, 2012 wherein the beneficiary may lift food grains from the FPS of his/her choice after biometric authentication in offline or online mode using smart ration cards. This has resulted in beneficiary satisfaction, minimising leakages, incentivising better performing FPSs, etc. Use of Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojna (RSBY) cards as smart ration cards for TPDS of Chhattisgarh is also being taken up.

In the State of AP, 47 FPSs of East Godawari district have been automated wherein food grains are distributed to beneficiaries after successful Aadhaar based bio-metric authentication at the FPS. Since October 2012, more than 50,000 sales transactions (food grain distribution) are reported to occur monthly with more than 97% accuracy and the system has also bought about 15% to 20% savings in the first month.

All beneficiary databases has been digitised in Karnataka and 103 FPSs have been automated using electronic weighing machines cum point of sale machines.

The center has also asked each State/UT to set up a toll-free helpline number (TFN) for grievance registration and redressal and that such number should be widely publicized. Department of Telecom has been asked to reserve 1967 as 4-digit TFN for TPDS purposes across the country.

As a result of State initiatives and this Departments efforts, Digitization of Ration cards/Beneficiary database has been completed in Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Andhra Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Daman and Diu, Delhi, Gujarat, Karnataka, Kerala, Puducherry, Tamil Nadu and Uttar Pradesh. Automation of Supply-Chain has been completed in States of Chhattisgarh, Delhi and Gujarat. Transparency Portal with PDS related information has been created in Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Chhattisgarh, Gujarat and Puducherry. Dissemination of information through SMS alerts regarding food grain dispatch/availability at FPS is operational in Chhattisgarh and Puducherry. Call Centre/Toll free helpline number for PDS has been established in Assam, Chandigarh, Chhattisgarh, Delhi, Gujarat, Haryana, Jammu & Kashmir, Jharkhand, Karnataka, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Mizoram, Odisha, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal. Online Grievance redressal mechanism for registration and tracking of Grievances is available in Chhattisgarh, Delhi, Gujarat, Mizoram, Odisha and Tamil Nadu. All States/UTs are being pursued to computerise their TPDS operations in a time bound manner.

FETCHING SUBSTANTIAL FOREIGN EXCHANGE THROUGH EXPORT OF FOODGRAINS

Considering availability of sufficient stocks of food grains in Central Pool far in excess of buffer norm, the Government has allowed export of 2 million tons of wheat from Central Pool Stock of FCI through Central Public Sector Undertakings. A proposal to allow additional 25 lakh tonnes for export of wheat is under consideration.

Besides, in view of comfortable stock position, the Government has put export of wheat and rice under OGL. As on 19-11-2012, a quantity of 77.25 lakh tons of non basmati rice and 35.95 lakh tons of wheat have been exported under Open General Licence(OGL) out of privately held stocks, permitted on 8-9-2011. Due to rising trend in the prices of wheat in international market, these exports are fetching substantial foreign exchange for the country. Permission to export of wheat products upto 6.50 lakh tons through customs EDI ports on private account has also been extended upto 31st March, 2013.

MORE AVAILABILITY OF EDIBLE OILS AT REASONABLE PRICES

To augment the availability of edible oils in the country and to provide relief to consumers from rising prices, especially the BPL households, the Government have taken various measures as:

The prevailing import duty structure of zero percent on crude oils and 7.5% on refined oil has been continued.

The existing ban on export of edible oil has been extended till further orders except for export of coconut oil through Kochi port and oils produced from minor forest produce and edible oils in branded consumer packs upto 5 Kg. with a ceiling of 20,000 tons per annum.

The State Governments have been allowed to impose the stock holding limits on edible oils and oilseeds for a further period upto 30.9.2013.

A scheme for distribution of subsidized imported edible oils implemented by Government since 2008-09 through State Governments/UTs @ 1 litre per ration card per month with a Central subsidy of Rs. 15/- per kg. has been continued during 2011-12 and further extended upto 30.9.2013. So far States of Maharashtra, Goa, Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh and Rajasthan have been allocated total quantity of about 5.87 lakh tons for period from October, 2012 to September, 2013.

Price management of sugar

 The Central Government fixes the Fair and Remunerative Price (FRP) of sugarcane having regard to cost of production of sugarcane; return to the growers from alternative crops and the general trend of prices of agricultural commodities; availability of sugar to consumers at a fair price; price at which sugar produced from sugarcane is sold by sugar producers; recovery of sugar from sugarcane etc. The FRP is a benchmark guaranteed price of sugarcane determined by the Central Government below which no sugar mill can purchase sugarcane from cane growers. For 2012-13 sugar season, the FRP has been fixed at Rs. 170/- per quintal linked to a basic recovery rate of 9.5%, subject to a premium of Rs. 1.79 per quintal for every 0.1 percentage point increase in recovery above that level.

The Central Government vide notification dated 11.05.2012 has dispensed with the requirement of export release orders for export of sugar under Open General License (OGL) during 2011-12 sugar season.

As the sugar production in 2011-12 was in excess of requirement for domestic consumption, the Government allowed export of sugar under Open General Licence (OGL) up to 36.73 lakh tonnes were registered upto 30.09.2012. Through effective market interventions and timely decisions on sugar export, Department was able to achieve equilibrium between maintaining reasonable prices of sugar for domestic market and speedier settlement of cane price arrears by improved cash flows with sugar mills. The domestic sugar production and the stock availability was more than the requirement and the sugar industry was instrumental in exporting around 36 lakh MT of domestic sugar, thereby also earning valuable foreign exchange in the process, apart from getting improved cash flows.\

Further, in an attempt to provide freedom to the industry to handle its cash flow requirement, the system of monthly releases for the open market sale was changed to quarterly releases.

Similarly, in order to provide logistical freedom to the State Government to lift levy sugar for meeting the PDS requirement in time, the levy sugar allocation system has been shifted to quarterly regime.

In order to improve and systemize the data inflow the sugar industry on periodic basis, Department has created and implemented a web-based platform for online submission of inputs by the sugar mills in the country on monthly basis. This system is expected to become the backbone of timely information generation for effective policy decision as well as for management of the sugar sector.

 Sugar Development Fund is an important source of funds for providing loans at concessional rate to sugar factories, to modernize and expand their capacity and utilize the by-products like bagasse and molasses to improve revenue generation and their viability. As on date, the amount disbursed to various Sugar Mills for various schemes during the financial year 2012-13 is Rs. 308.58870 crore.

India held the Chairmanship of International Sugar Organisation for the calendar year 2012 and in the process, the 41st Meeting of International Sugar Organisation was held in New Delhi from 24th 26th April, 2012. The meeting presented a forum for exchange of views on sugar related issues among various country delegates and stakeholders.

NATIONAL FOOD SECURITY BILL, 2011

Government of India has introduced National Food Security Bill, 2011 in the Parliament (Lok Sabha) with the objective to provide for food and nutritional security, in human life cycle approach, by ensuring access to adequate quantity of quality food at affordable prices to people to live a life with dignity. The Bill provides for coverage of upto 75% of the rural population, with at least 46% population belonging to priority households and upto 50% of the urban population, with at least 28% population belonging to priority households for receiving subsidized foodgrains under Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS). The Bill also contains provisions for nutritional support to women and children besides provisions for meals to special groups such as destitute and homeless, emergency and disaster affected persons and persons living in starvation. The Bill is under examination with the Parliamentary Standing Committee on Food, Consumer Affairs and Public Distribution since 5th January, 2012. Tags: Ministry for Consumer Affairs Food and Public DistributionYear Review 2012 Permalink Leave a comment Rediscovering India: 1961-201 Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 24, 2012 in Art and Culture

Rate This

Culture Minister to Inaugurate Exhibition Titled Rediscovering India: 1961-2011

Archaeological Survey of India has organized an exhibition of antiquities titled Rediscovering India: 1961-2011, The exhibition will remain open for the public till 31st January 2013 between 10:00 to 17:00 hours every day except Monday and Republic Day.

Established in 1861, Archaeological Survey of India completed 150 years of its glorious existence in 2011. The opening function was followed by a number of activities viz., exhibitions, conferences, seminars, etc. arranged across the length and breadth of India either directly or through its regional offices. The present exhibition is the last in the series and has been organized to showcase the achievements of Archaeological Survey of India in the field of exploration and excavation in the period 1961-2011. This is in continuation of the centenary celebrations in 1961, when the institution had completed a hundred years and an exhibition was organized highlighting the achievements during the said period (1861-1961).

There will be 307 objects on display including some retrieved antiquities and four fibre glass replicas. The antiquities have been selected from all the major periodic divisions of Indian history (prehistory to modern history) and from different regions of the country. In addition there will be some photographs, map, illustrations and explanatory charts and write-ups.

The earliest artefacts in the exhibition are the prehistoric stone tools used by primitive man when he was a hunter/food gatherer. The pottery which first appeared during Neolithic period is also on display. A major attraction is the objects belonging to the Harappan culture which include the inscribed seals, beads, pottery, terracotta figurines, etc. The furrow marks which are the first evidence of agriculture at Kalibangan and the oldest signboard at Dholavira, both discovered through excavations and belonging to Harappan period are photographically displayed. The objects from Megalithic culture are interesting as they were put in the burials under life after death concept. The bronzes from Sirpur (M.P.) belonging to 7th-8th century with Brahmanical and Buddhist affiliation are landmark finds of early medieval period witnessing remarkable metallurgical skills of contemporary artist. The antiquities from early, medieval

and modern periods of history are represented by a variety of objects made in terracotta, stone, metal and household utility items, ornaments, weapons, beads, coins, inscriptions, pottery, etc. An outstanding exhibit is the fibre glass replica of a relief panel from Kanaganahalli near Sannati in Karnataka depicting King Asoka with his consort which is the first sculpture of the legendary Mauryan emperor. Tags: Rediscovering India: 1961-201 Permalink Leave a comment National Pharmaceutical Pricing Authority Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 21, 2012 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

NPPA is an organization of the Government of India which was established, inter alia, to fix/ revise the prices of controlled bulk drugs and formulations and to enforce prices and availability of the medicines in the country, under the Drugs (Prices Control) Order, 1995.

The organization is also entrusted with the task of recovering amounts overcharged by manufacturers for the controlled drugs from the consumers.

It also monitors the prices of decontrolled drugs in order to keep them at reasonable levels.

Functions of National Pharmaceutical Pricing Authority

To implement and enforce the provisions of the Drugs (Prices Control) Order in accordance with the powers delegated to it.

to deal with all legal matters arising out of the decisions of the Authority;

to monitor the availability of drugs, identify shortages, if any, and to take remedial steps;

to collect/ maintain data on production, exports and imports, market share of individual companies, profitability of companies etc, for bulk drugs and formulations;

to undertake and/ or sponsor relevant studies in respect of pricing of drugs/ pharmaceuticals;

to recruit/ appoint the officers and other staff members of the Authority, as per rules and procedures laid down by the Government;

to render advice to the Central Government on changes/ revisions in the drug policy;

to render assistance to the Central Government in the parliamentary matters relating to the drug pricing. Tags: National Pharmaceutical Pricing Authority Permalink Leave a comment National Initiative for Allied Health Sciences (NIAHS) Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 21, 2012 in Health and Family Welfare

Rate This

The Report of the National Initiative for Allied Health Sciences (NIAHS) From Paramedics to Allied Health Professionals: Landscaping the Journey and Way Forward .

Highlights of the report are as follows:

1. Allied Health Professionals are defined and interpreted differently within and among countries. Largely known as paramedic in India, the term refers to a professional providing emergency care and

ambulance services in the rest of the world. Hence, it is essential to address the issue of perception urgently and thus it is imperative to standardize a comprehensive definition of AHP, along with a defined career pathway, salary structure and cadre formation to ensure their growth prospects.

2. A considerable regulatory gap in the allied health space is attributed to the lack of a comprehensive regulatory framework and absence of centres for excellence or apex bodies for professional development and training of AHPs. A number of councils such as the Medical Council of India (MCI), Dental Council of India (DCI) to name a few, have already been established by Government of India for regulating the standards of education and training, as well as the registration of practitioners in respective fields. The aim is to prevent unqualified people from practicing and also for maintain the standards of these professions. However, there is no central regulatory mechanism for AHPs. As threes councils are established by an Act, it is recommended to set up a National Board for Allied Health Sciences as an interim measure to undertake the work of capacity augmentation and re-organization for this group of the healthcare workforce.

3. Present project has studied over 1000 institutes and carried out literature review which reveals a plethora of institutions across the country all offering a wide variety of courses varying in quality and output on allied subjects. The lack of planned courses and institutions non-uniform nomenclature for the existing courses, diverse standards of practice and lack of qualified faculty pose a threat to the quality of education and skills of the AHP, thus there is a need to standardize the course duration, curricula, training methodologies and other such components pertaining to the education and training of allied health professionals.

4. A supply-demand analysis undertaken using an access-efficiency factor for urban and rural population based on best practices of HRH norms reveal a total national shortage of approx. 64 lakh AHPs with highest gaps in the states of UP, West Bengal, Maharashtra, Bihar and AP. The Ministry of Health and Family Welfare aims to address the shortage by establishing one national and eight regional institutes of allied health science across the country, which will serve as the centres of excellence based on the lines of AIIMS in medical education.

5. Solutions for augmenting the capacity should also focus on partnership, affiliate and other network models. It is recommended to utilize the current centres of excellence across the various groups of allied health sciences. The National and Regional institutes may form a network of affiliation with these centres of excellences to standardize the education system across the country. Public private partnership will pay a crucial role in augmenting the workforce capacity.

6. For effective management of the institutes, it is recommended that the national and regional institutes of allied health science may be established as autonomous bodies fully funded by GoI, lands to be provided by the state government and they should be encouraged to find ways to sustainable operational cost;

7. The study indicated that Affiliation to a hospital/medical college is critical to develop practical skills and competencies in these students;

8. New methods of teaching and training should be introduced in the public sector to keep up with changing technologies and new age educational methods such as e-learning, web tools, SIM models and others.

9. In the Indian public health care system, there are limited options for employment, which is not based on a rational approach. Analysis also reveals that, given the fast-paced growth in the healthcare sector, there is a potential for developing cadres of several new and emerging fields of AHPs. Augmenting the capacity of public sector through provision of employment opportunities by sanctioning new posts for the allied health cadre in the healthcare delivery system will address the gap. Tags: National Initiative for Allied Health Sciences (NIAHS) Permalink Leave a comment Classical Tamil Awards Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 21, 2012 in Tamilnadu

Rate This

92 Year Old Archaeologist and French Scholar Conferred Classical Tamil Awards by President

The President of India conferred the Presidential Awards for Classical Tamil . 92 year old Prof. C. Govindarajanar was conferred Tolkappiyar Award for outstanding contribution in the field of Tamil studies. Prof. Govindarajanar is an eminent archeologist who did fieldwork for 17 years in the historically important region from Pumpukar to Vanci which led to the identification of the Kannaki temple.

Prof. Francois Gros, a French National received Kural Pitam Award for the year 2008-09. Prof. Gros has translated many Tamil Classics into French and was Vice President of the International Association of Tamil Research.

Young Scholar Awards for year 2008-09 were also conferred on to Dr. A. Lakshmi Duttai, Dr. S. Madhavan, Dr. M. Ramakrishnan and Dr. S. Sentamizhpavai for showing excellence in Tamil studies.

Presidential Awards for Classical Tamil are instituted by Ministry of Human Resource Development, Government of India, to give due recognition and honour to distinguished scholars who have made outstanding contribution to Classical Tamil language and literature. Tags: Classical Tamil Awards Permalink Leave a comment Five Pronged Strategy to bring back the black Money Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 20, 2012 in Governance

Rate This

The Central Government has been vigorously pursuing the cases of black money stashed abroad and in bringing them back. For this purpose, a five pronged strategy has been adopted which is as follows:

i) Joining the global crusade against black money (for example out action in G 20, Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax purposes, Task Force on Financial Integrity and Economic Development, Financial Action Task Force, UN, OECD, etc.);

ii) Creating an appropriate legislative framework: (various anti tax evasion measures legislated in existing Act and proposed in the DTC, New DTAAs and TIEAs, amend existing DTAAs);

iii) Setting up institutions for dealing with illicit funds (10 Income Tax Overseas Units, dedicated computerized Exchange of Information [EIO Unit], FIU);

iv) Developing systems for implementation (ne manpower policy); and

v) Imparting skills to the manpower for effective action (constant training for skill development).

While these measures have started yielding results, Government is facing difficulties to bring back the money deposited with the Foreign/Swiss banks on various grounds such as non-availability of official estimates of black money stashed abroad, lack of information on the identity of the account holders who possess illicit money in foreign banks, the prohibition of fishing expedition in the tax treaties, etc.

Drive against tax evasion is a continuous and on going process. The Income Tax Department takes several punitive and deterrent steps to unearth unaccounted money and curb tax evasion. These include scrutiny of tax returns, surveys, search and seizure actions, imposition of penalty and launching of

prosecution in appropriate cases. Information technology is also used in a systematic way for collection and collation of information to take action against tax evaders. Tags: Five Pronged Strategy to bring back the black Money Permalink Leave a comment Several initiatives taken for Development of Electronics Hardware Manufacturing Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 19, 2012 in Information and Communication Technology ICT

Rate This

Indian electronics hardware production constitutes only around 1.3% of the global hardware production and it is estimated that demand of electronics products and systems in India is expected to grow to USD 400 Billion by 2020. The conventional rate of growth of domestic production, it would only be possible to meet demand of about USD 100 Billion by 2020. The Government recognizes that sustaining growth in IT and telecom is hugely dependent on our ability to foster Electronics System Design and Manufacturing (ESDM) in the country.

While there have been concerted efforts for rapid growth of the electronics (including telecom) hardware manufacturing sector in the past like 100% FDI permitted under automatic route, no Industrial license requirement, these efforts have not led to a substantial impact. Indias growing strength in chip design and embedded software, the increasing importance of design in product development has the potential to make India a favoured destination for ESDM.

The initiatives that have been taken for the development of electronics (including telecom) hardware manufacturing in the country:

National Policy on Electronics (NPE) 2012

National Telecom Policy 2012 (NTP-2012)

Electronics Manufacturing Clusters (EMC) Scheme

Modified Special Incentive Package (M-SIPS) Scheme

Setting up Semiconductor Wafer Fabrication Units

Preference to Domestically Manufactured Electronic Goods (Preferential Market Access)

Notification by the Department of Telecommunications (DOT) on 5th October 2012 for Government Procurement and Government funded projects

Electronics Development Fund (EDF)

Scheme for mandatory registration of identified Electronic Products for meeting specified safety standards

Export Promotion Scheme for ESDM Industry

According Priority Sector Status to IT purchases

 Declaring Mobile phones as goods of special importance under the CST Act, 1956

Communication and Marketing Tags: Several initiatives taken for Development of Electronics Hardware Manufacturing Permalink Leave a comment Census info India Software Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 19, 2012 in Human Resource

Rate This

Census Info India Software has been launched by Registrar General & Census Commissioner, India, and the country chiefs of UNFPA, UN Women and the representative of UNICEF. The software has been developed by the United Nations Statistics Division, in partnership with UNICEF and UNFPA.

India informed that the Census Info India Software is an innovative and flexible database technology used for the dissemination of Population and Housing Census results to help countries disseminate their census results at any relevant geographical level, on CD-ROM and also on the web.

The salient features of the Software,

The software has a unique feature which allows user to create tables, maps and charts using her/his own data. The Census Info India on Houses, Household Amenities and Assets based on Census 2011 data provides access to the dataset on a number of indicators at State and District level.

The House listing and Housing Census has immense utility as it provides comprehensive data on the conditions of human settlements, housing deficit and consequently the housing requirement to be taken care of in the formulation of housing policies.

It also provides a wide range of data on amenities and assets available to the households. Such an information shall facilitate the departments of the Union and State Governments and other nonGovernmental agencies for development and planning at the local level as well as the State level.

The user friendly CensusInfo Software would help all the stakeholders to make use of 2011 Census data on House listing and Housing in a meaningful manner. Tags: Census info India Software Permalink Leave a comment Labour Laws Applicable to Casual and Self Employed Work Force Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 19, 2012 in Human Resource

Reliable estimates of employment and unemployment are obtained through quinquennial labour force surveys conducted by National Sample Survey Office (NSSO). Last such quinquennial labour force survey was conducted during 2009-10. As per results of the most recent survey, 15.6 per cent, 33.5 per cent and 51.0 per cent of the total work force on usual status basis was found to be engaged in regular wage/salaried work, casual labour and self employment respectively during 2009-10.

The Central labour laws applicable for the casual labour in the country are broadly The Minimum Wages Act, 1948, The Equal Remuneration Act, 1976, The Inter-State Migrant Workmen (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1979, The Contract Labour (Regulation and abolition) Act,

1970, The Beedi and Cigar Workers (Conditions of Employment) Act, 1966 and The Unorganized Workers Social Security Act, 2008. Tags: Labour Laws Applicable to Casual and Self Employed Work Force Permalink Leave a comment Southern Zonal Tourism Council Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 19, 2012 in Miscellaneous

Tourism ministry announced the setting up of the Southern Zonal Tourism Council (SZTC) comprising the States of Andhra Pradesh, Kerala, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu and the Union Territory of Puducherry. The Minister in his interaction with the office bearers of World Travel & Tourism Council- India Initiative (WTTCII) welcomed the idea that emanated from the WTTCII Bekal Retreat held in September this year. The setting up of the Southern Zonal Tourism Council will help facilitate development of Tourism and tourism products of Southern India in a holistic and comprehensive manner. Development of Integrated Tourism Circuits among the Southern states will be the way forward. The issues of competitive taxation of tourism products, inter-state taxation, seamless tourist movement by facilitating smooth facilitation at entry and exit points of the States will be addressed by the council.

The Ministry will be writing to the Chief Secretaries of the States, who would Chair the SZTC by rotation. Tourism Secretary and Finance Secretary of the respective states will be permanent invitees to the SZTC. The SZTC will also interact with the Stakeholder to understand the concerns and issues facing the tourism industry. The SZTC will have a mandate to look at the inter-State taxation on tourist vehicles, interstate permits, smooth facilitation at the entry and exit points of the States, development of requisite infrastructure to and at destinations.

Welcoming the move WTTCII in a statement said that this is an excellent step in the direction of a coordinated and planned approach to develop tourism in South India. This move will enhance the necessary infrastructure, policy and other interventions needed to take Tourism to the next level in this region. Tags: Southern Zonal Tourism Council Permalink

Leave a comment Revamp of Primary Education Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 19, 2012 in Education

Education reforms are a continuous process and the Government seeks to carry them forward through expansion, inclusion and rapid improvement in quality through institutional and policy reforms and by enhancing public spending.

In the realm of elementary education, the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education (RTE) Act, 2009 which has become operative with effect from 1st April, 2010 lays special focus on improving the quality of education. Further, the Government has issued an Advisory to State Governments on the implementation of section 29 of the RTE Act for initiating curriculum reform, including,

(i) formulating age-appropriate curricula and syllabi in keeping with the National Curriculum Framework (NCF) -2005,

(ii) maintaining subject balance,

(iii) initiating textbook content and production reform,

(iv) ensuring continuous and comprehensive assessment for learning.

The Central Board of Secondary Education has introduced the scheme of Continuous and Comprehensive Evaluation (CCE) in its schools in a phased manner for the improvement of quality in the schools affiliated to it. The Board has also made the Class X Board Examination optional for the students studying in Senior Secondary Schools and who do not wish to move out of the CBSE system after Class X. Tags: Revamp of Primary Education Permalink

Leave a comment Inclusion of Classical Music and Dance in School Curriculum Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 19, 2012 in Education

The National Curriculum Framework (NCF)-2005 recommends that Arts Education and Heritage Crafts are to be brought into the domain of the curriculum.

In consonance with the NCF-2005, the new syllabi and textbooks in all subject areas developed by the National Council of Educational Research and Training (NCERT) include the components of Indian Culture and Philosophy in an integrated manner.

The NCERT has also developed syllabi in the areas of Arts, Music and Theatre for classes I to XII, which incorporate various components including classical music.

he Central Board of Secondary Education (CBSE) prescribes the NCERT syllabus in different subjects and the students can offer the main subjects of Music/Dance/Indian Traditional Dance Drama as electives in Senior Secondary level. Tags: Inclusion of Classical Music and Dance in School Curriculum Permalink Leave a comment Foreign Universities Institutions in India Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 19, 2012 in Education

The Foreign Educational Institutions (Regulation of Entry and Operations) Bill, 2010 permits reputed Foreign Educational Institutions (FEI), which have been offering educational services for at least 20 years in the country of origin and are accredited in the home country, to apply to be notified as a Foreign

Education Provider (FEP) by the Central Government, based on recommendations of the University Grants Commission (UGC) or any other body which may replace the Commission in future.

The UGC (Promotion and Maintenance of Standards of Academic Collaboration between Indian and Foreign Educational Institutions) Regulations, 2012 has dropped the condition that an FEI has to be ranked in the top 500 institutions in the world to enter into an academic collaboration with an Indian institution. However, under the regulations, no foreign university can set up institutions independently in India.

The Foreign Educational Institutions (Regulation of Entry and Operations) Bill, 2010 requires FEPs to declare in its prospectus, each component of fees, deposits and other charges payable by students, the percentage of tuition fee and other charges refundable to students, before the commencement of admission to any of its courses or programmes of study. Any FEI which is not an FEP cannot charge any fee or admit students and in case it does so, will be liable to a penalty between ten lakh to fifty lakh rupees in addition to refund of the fee. The prospectus would also contain details of the teaching faculty, their educational qualifications and teaching experience and information on physical and academic infrastructure and other facilities including hostel accommodation, library etc. Failure to adhere to its disclosure in the prospectus would result in withdrawal of recognition as FEP. Moreover, once an FEI is notified as an FEP, it will be subject to the control of the law of the land and regulations of the statutory regulatory body.

There is no proposal that these Universities will be a part of single entrance exams proposed to be conducted for engineering, medical and other post graduate degrees in the Ministry of Human Resource Development. However, the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare has decided to conduct single entrance examinations for admission to various Under Graduate (UG) and Post Graduate (PG) medical courses viz. National Eligibility cum Entrance Test (NEET) w.e.f. academic year 2013-14. NEET is mandatory in respect of medical colleges falling under the ambit of Indian Medical Council (IMC) Act, 1956 as per regulations notified by Medical Council of India (MCI). The Central Board of Secondary Education (CBSE) has been identified as the agency for conducting NEET for UG and National Board of Examinations (NBE) for PG medical courses.

The Department related Parliamentary Standing Committee on Human Resources Development has presented its report on the Foreign Educational Institutions (Regulation of Entry and Operations) Bill, 2010. The report is under examination by the Ministry. Tags: Foreign Universities Institutions in India

Permalink Leave a comment Manufacturing of Telecom equipments Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 19, 2012 in Information and Communication Technology ICT

To promote telecom equipment manufacturing within the country and to check the imbalance, following steps have been taken:

i) The National Telecom Policy-2012 (NTP-2012) inter-alia, has following objectives on promoting Telecom Equipment Manufacturing:

Promote the ecosystem for design, Research and Development, IPR creation, testing, standardization and manufacturing i.e. complete value chain for domestic production of telecommunication equipment to meet Indian telecom sector demand to the extent of 60% and 80% with a minimum value addition of 45% and 65% by the year 2017 and 2020 respectively.

Provide preference to domestically manufactured telecommunication products, in procurement of those telecommunication products which have security implications for the country and in Government procurement for its own use, consistent with our World Trade Organization (WTO) commitments.

ii) With a view to increasing share of domestically manufactured electronic products which includes telecom equipment also, laid down the policy for providing preference to domestically manufactured electronic products in procurement. Department of Telecommunications has notified telecom products to be procured by all the Ministries or Departments (except the Ministry of Defence) of Government and the agencies under their administrative control and for all Government funded telecom projects (e.g. NFS and projects funded by USOF like NOFN etc.) The notification proposes 50% to 100% preferential market access for domestically manufactured telecom equipment with minimum value addition of 25% to 65%. National Telecom Policy-2012 and Unified Licensing Regime

Tags: Manufacturing of Telecom equipments Permalink Leave a comment Rural Livelihood Project in NER Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 18, 2012 in North East

The Development of North Eastern Region (DoNER), the North East Rural Livelihood Project (NERLP) is being implemented in four North Eastern States of Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim and Tripura. Details of districts covered under this project, State-wise are as below:

(i) Mizoram; Aizawl and Lunglei Districts. (ii) Nagaland; Peren and Tuensang Districts. (iii) Sikkim; South Sikkim, West Sikkim Districts and Panchayat wards of East Sikkim. (iv) Tripura; North and West Districts of Tripura.

The objective of NERLP is to improve rural livelihoods especially that of women, unemployed youth and of most disadvantaged sections of society, by providing access to economic opportunities, improving adoption of sustainable agricultural and natural resource management through participatory and accountable community based institutions.

The aim of NERLP are:

(i) Create sustainable community institutions for women Self-Help Groups (SHGs), youth groups of men and women and Community Development Groups.

(ii) Build capacity of community institutions for self governance, bottom up planning, democratic functioning with transparency and accountability.

(iii) Develop partnership of community institutions for natural resource management, micro-finance, market linkages and sectoral economic services.

The Project became effective in March, 2012. Hence, it is still early to tell benefits from this project. However, project will emphasise on formation of sustainable and vibrant primary institutions on principle of thrift and credit in form of Self Help Groups (SHGs) in the community, the Minister added. Tags: Rural Livelihood Project in NER Permalink Leave a comment Presidents Standards Awarded to IAFs 25 Squadron and 33 Squadron Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 18, 2012 in Defence

The President of India presented the prestigious Presidential Standards to two of the IAFs Squadrons 25 Squadron and 33 Squadron, in an impressive ceremonial parade held at Air Force Station Sulur.

Located in the South Western Sector, 25 Squadron called The Himalayan Eagles was formed on 01 Mar 1963 at Chandigarh. With a motto SATVADHINA HI SIDDHAYA ie EXCELLENCE THROUGH DELIGENCE it has been the lifeline of troops stationed in the Northern region for over five decades, in peace as well as in war. During the 1965 and 1971 Indo-Pak conflicts and Kargil Operations the squadron played a vital role.

33 Squadron was formed on 09 Jan 1963 with two Caribou aircraft. With a motto SHRAMO DADATI SIDDIM meaning THROUGH HARD WORK COMES GLORY. The squadron participated in operations in both 1965 and 1971 Indo-Pak conflict. It also has the distinction of spearheading the largest ever formation in the history of the IAF during the Tangail operations in 1971. In 1986 the squadron was reequipped with AN-32, which has over the years proven to be the work horse of the IAF. The squadron flew extensively during the IAFs Tsunami rescue and relief operations. Based at Sulur, the squadron maintains an effective air bridge to the far flung island territories of Andaman and Nicobar and Lakshadweep.

The Standards are awarded to Operational Units while Colours are awarded to non flying formations. IAF Operational Squadrons become eligible for award of Presidential Standards after completion of 18 years. Tags: Presidents Standards Awarded to IAFs 25 Squadron and 33 Squadron Permalink Leave a comment Use of BIO-Fertilizers and Manure being Promoted for better Soil Health Posted by Ias Generalstudies2.0 on December 18, 2012 in Agriculture

Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) has developed technology for preparation of compost including enriched/vermi-compost from various organic wastes namely crop residues, livestock and poultry excreta etc. Use of organic manures not only helps in reducing use of chemical fertilizers but also improves soil fertility and physical and biological health.

Under National Project on Organic Farming (NPOF) Scheme, financial assistance is provided as credit linked back ended subsidy through NABARD for setting up of Fruit & Vegetable, Market waste/Agriculture waste compost unit @ 33% of total financial outlay or Rs. 60.00 lakh whichever is less for 100 ton per day capacity and financial assistance up to 25% of total financial outlay of Rs.40 lakh whichever is less for establishment of state of the art sterile liquid / carrier based 200 TPA bio-fertilizers and microbial bio-pesticides production units as credit linked back ended subsidy through NABARD. Under National Horticulture Mission (NHM), financial assistance is provided for setting up of vermicompost units @ 50% of the cost subject to a maximum of Rs 30,000/- per beneficiary and under National Project on Management of Soil Health & Fertility (NPMSF), financial assistance is provided @ Rs. 500/- per hectare maximum for use of organic manure

Tags: Use of BIO-Fertilizers and Manure being Promoted for better Soil Health Permalink

Todays Update June 2013M 1 3 10 17 24 May 4 11 18 25 T 2 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 8 15 22 29 9 16 23 30 W T F S S

Recent Posts Mother and Child Tracking System Inflation Index Bonds (IIBs) Scholarships to Poor Students of General Category Green Cess on Industry Committee on Business Climate National Council for Tribal Welfare Yash Chopra, Rajesh Khanna to receive Dadasaheb Phalke awards National Electricity Fund Better Air Connectivity for NE Region Air Space Policy Body Archives

Current Affairs

Most Read

Posts | Pages | Comments

All | Today | This Week | This Month Lightest Material on Earth 5/5 (4 votes) Bagurumba folk dance 5/5 (3 votes) Global Environment Facility 5/5 (2 votes) National Policy for Farmers (NPF) 5/5 (2 votes) Actual Forest Area in the Country 5/5 (2 votes) Goodreads

Blogroll Defence Missile Shield Video IAS Preparation Online

Follow Blog via Email

Enter your email address to follow this blog and receive notifications of new posts by email.

Join 169 other followers

Blog Stats 123,738 hits Posts I Like Lightest Material on Earth on IAS Preparation Online Community

IAS Preparation Online Blog at WordPress.com. Theme: Nuntius.